As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 1, 2010
Registration Nos. 033-05033
811-04642
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM N-1A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
|
Pre-Effective Amendment No. |
¨ |
|
Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 |
x |
and/or
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
|
Amendment No. 63 |
x |
(check appropriate box or boxes)
Virtus Variable Insurance Trust
(formerly, The Phoenix Edge Series Fund)
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
Area Code and Telephone Number: (800) 248-7971
100 Pearl Street
Hartford, CT 06103
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
Kevin J. Carr, Esq.
Counsel
Virtus Investment Partners, Inc.
100 Pearl Street
Hartford, CT 06103
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
Copies of All Correspondence to:
David C. Mahaffey, Esq.
Sullivan & Worcester LLP
1666 K Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20006
Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: as soon as practicable after the effective date of the Registration Statement.
Title of Securities Being Registered: Shares of the Virtus Premium Alpha Sector Series of the Virtus Variable Insurance Trust.
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):
| ¨ | immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) |
| ¨ | on pursuant to paragraph (b), or |
| ¨ | 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) |
| ¨ | on pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) |
| x | 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) |
| ¨ | on pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485 |
If appropriate, check the following box:
| ¨ | this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment. |
This Post-Effective Amendment consists of the following:
| 1. | Facing Sheet of the Registration Statement |
| 2. | Prospectus for Virtus Premium AlphaSector Series |
| 3. | Statement of Additional Information |
| 4. | Part C |
| 5. | Signature Page |
This Post-Effective Amendment is being filed for the purpose of beginning the registration process for a new series, Virtus Premium AlphaSector Series.
The prospectuses for Virtus Capital Growth Series, Virtus Growth & Income Series, Virtus International Series, Virtus Multi-Sector Fixed Income Series, Virtus Real Estate Securities Series, Virtus Small-Cap Growth Series, Virtus Small-Cap Value Series and Virtus Strategic Allocation Series from Part A of Registrants Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 to its registration statement filed on April 30, 2010, as supplemented, are incorporated by reference herein and this Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 is being filed for the purpose of beginning the registration process for a new series.
VIRTUS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
PROSPECTUS
Virtus Premium AlphaSector SM Series
|
The Prospectus describes the Series that is available as an underlying investment through your variable contract. For information about your variable contract, including information about insurance-related expenses, see the prospectus for your variable contract.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense. Please carefully consider the investment objectives, risks, charges, and expenses of the Series before investing. For this and other information about any Virtus Variable Insurance Trust Series, call 1-800-367-5877 or visit Virtus.com for a prospectus. Read it carefully before you invest. |
|
February , 2011
Not FDIC Insured No Bank Guarantee May Lose Value |
|
|
|
||||
| 1 | ||||
| 1 | ||||
| 1 | ||||
| 1 | ||||
| 1 | ||||
| 2 | ||||
| 2 | ||||
| 2 | ||||
| 2 | ||||
| Virtus Premium AlphaSector SM Series |
Virtus Premium AlphaSector Series
Long-term capital appreciation.
The following table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Virtus Premium AlphaSector Series (the Series). The table does not include any fees or sales charges imposed under the variable contracts for which the Series is an investment option. If they were included, your costs would be higher.
| Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment): | None |
Annual Series Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment.)
| Management Fees | 1.10% | |||
| Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees | 0.25% | |||
| Other Expenses | 3.43% | |||
| Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses | 0.22% | |||
| Total Annual Series Operating Expenses 1 | 5.00% | |||
| Expense Reimbursements 2 | (3.08%) | |||
| Net Annual Series Operating Expenses | 1.92% | |||
| 1 |
Estimated for current fiscal year. |
| 2 |
The Series investment adviser has contractually agreed to limit the Series total operating expenses (excluding interest, taxes, extraordinary expenses and acquired fund fees and expenses, if any) so that such expenses do not exceed 1.70% through April 30, 2012. Following the contractual period, the adviser may discontinue these expense reimbursement arrangements at any time. Under certain conditions, the adviser may recapture operating expenses reimbursed under these arrangements for a period of three years following the fiscal year in which such reimbursement occurred. |
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Series with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Series for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Series total operating expenses remain the same. The example does not reflect variable contract fees and charges, and if it did, the costs shown would be higher. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
| 1 Year | 3 Years | |||||||
| Virtus Premium AlphaSector Series | $ | $ | ||||||
Portfolio Turnover
The Series pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or turns over its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs.
These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Series Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Series performance.
Principal Investment Strategies
The Series may invest in the nine Select Sector SPDR ® exchange traded funds (ETFs), representing the primary sectors of the S&P 500 ® Index, plus an ETF representing short-term U.S. Treasuries. The primary sectors of the S&P 500 ® Index represented by the Select Sector SPDR ® ETFs are: consumer discretionary, consumer staples, energy, financials, healthcare, industrials, materials, technology, and utilities. Allocations are based on a proprietary quantitative model that seeks to evaluate true trends within each sector by adjusting for market noise and changing levels of volatility in the market. The Series has the flexibility to be invested in any combination of the nine sector ETFs, a combination of sector ETFs and short-term U.S. Treasuries, or 100% in short-term U.S. Treasuries. The Series may also invest in stocks of primarily large-cap issuers, and in high quality, short-term securities.
The Series may not achieve its objectives, and it is not intended to be a complete investment program. The value of the Series investments that supports your share value may decrease. If between the time you purchase shares and the time you sell shares the value of the Series investments decreases, you will lose money. Investment values can decrease for a number of reasons. Conditions affecting the overall economy, specific industries or companies in which the Series invests can be worse than expected, and investments may fail to perform as the adviser expects. As a result, the value of your shares may decrease. In addition, you will also be subject to the risks associated with the principal investment strategies of the exchange-traded funds in which the Series invests. The principal risks of investing in the Series are:
Equity Securities Risk. The risk that events negatively affecting issuers, industries or financial markets in which the Series invests will impact the value of the stocks held by the Series and thus, the value of the Series shares over short or extended periods.
Exchange-Traded Funds (ETFs) Risk. The risk that the value of an ETF will be more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities the ETF is designed to track, or that the costs to the Series of owning shares of the ETF will exceed those the Series would incur by investing in such securities directly.
Market Volatility Risk. The risk that the value of the securities in which the Series invests may go up or down in response to the prospects of individual companies and/or general economic conditions. Price changes may be temporary or may last for extended periods.
Sector Concentration Risk. The risk that events negatively affecting a particular industry or market sector in which the Series focuses its investments will cause the value of the Series shares to decrease, perhaps significantly. To the extent that the Series invests a significant portion of its portfolio in ETFs representing one or more of the primary sectors of the S&P 500 ® Index (such as consumer discretionary, energy, healthcare) or in an ETF representing U.S. Treasuries, the Series is more
| Virtus Premium AlphaSector SM Series | 1 |
vulnerable to conditions that negatively affect such sectors as compared to a Series that is not significantly invested in such sectors.
U.S. Government Securities Risk. The risk that U.S. Government securities in the Series portfolio will be subject to price fluctuations, or that an agency or instrumentality will default on an obligation not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States.
More information about the principal risks is included below under More About Principal Risks. A description of other risks that may affect the Series is included below under Other Investment
Performance history will be available for the Series after it has been in operation for one full calendar year.
The Adviser and Subadviser
Virtus Investment Advisors, Inc. (VIA) is the investment adviser to the Series. F-Squared Institutional Advisors, LLC (F-Squared) is the subadviser to the Series.
Portfolio Managers
Howard Present, Co-founder, President and CEO of F-Squared, is a manager of the Series. Mr. Present has been Portfolio Manager since inception on February , 2011.
Amy Robinson, Vice President of VIA (since 1992), is a manager of the Series. Ms. Robinson has been Portfolio Manager since inception on February , 2011.
Purchase and Sale of Series Shares
The Series does not offer its shares to the general public. The Series currently offers shares only to the separate accounts of the insurance companies. Virtus Valuable Insurance Trust (the Trust or VVIT), of which the Series is a separate investment portfolio, has entered into an agreement with the insurance company sponsor of each separate account (participation agreement) setting forth the terms and conditions pursuant to which the insurance company will purchase and redeem shares of the Series. For information concerning the purchase of units of the separate accounts, see the variable contract prospectus.
Since the separate accounts are the only shareholders of the Series, no discussion is included herein as to the federal income tax consequences at the shareholder level. For information concerning the federal income tax consequences to the purchasers of variable contracts, see the variable contract prospectus which describes the particular separate account and variable contract.
Payments to Insurance Companies and Other Financial Intermediaries
Series shares are generally available only through intermediaries, i.e. , the separate accounts. The Series (and/or its related companies) may pay the insurance companies (and/or
their related companies) for distribution and/or other services; some of the payments may, in turn, go to broker-dealers and other financial intermediaries. For example, the Series may make payments for sub-transfer agency services to one or more of the insurance companies. Such payments may create a conflict of interest for an intermediary by influencing the intermediarys investment recommendations, or be a factor in the insurance companys decision to include the Series as an underlying investment option in a variable contract. Ask your salesperson or review your variable contract prospectus for more information.
More About Principal Investment Strategies
The Series may invest in the nine Select Sector SPDR ® ETFs, representing the primary sectors of the S&P 500 ® Index, plus an ETF representing short-term U.S. Treasuries. The primary sectors of the S&P 500 ® Index represented by the Select Sector SPDR ® ETFs are: consumer discretionary, consumer staples, energy, financials, healthcare, industrials, materials, technology, and utilities. Allocations are based on a proprietary quantitative model that seeks to evaluate true trends within each sector by adjusting for market noise and changing levels of volatility in the market. The model allocates to the nine sectors using a binary model, with sectors either included in the portfolio or entirely excluded. The analytical model does not attempt to determine relative weights versus the S&P 500 ® Index weights or relative to other sector weights; it simply seeks to determine whether or not each sector is positioned to produce positive absolute returns. Sectors that are included are equally weighted, with a maximum allocation per sector of 25% at time of rebalancing. When three or fewer sectors are represented, the remainder is allocated to an ETF that represents short-term U.S. Treasuries, up to 100%.
In times of extreme market weakness, the Series has the ability to move partially or fully to short-term U.S. Treasuries.
The subadviser provides the adviser with a model portfolio weekly based on the Index. The adviser is responsible for final portfolio allocation decisions and for placing all transactions. The adviser monitors the Series allocations to the underlying securities and is responsible for rebalancing assets to maintain the target allocations among the underlying ETFs, while taking into account any other factors the adviser may deem relevant, such as cash flow and/or timing considerations.
The Series may also invest in stocks of primarily large-cap issuers, and high-quality, short-term securities.
Please see More About Principal Risks for
Equity Securities Risk
Generally, prices of equity securities are more volatile than those of fixed income securities. The prices of equity securities will rise and fall in response to a number of different factors. In particular, equity securities will respond to events that affect entire financial markets or industries (such as changes in inflation or consumer demand) and to events that affect particular issuers (such as news about the success or failure of a
| 2 | Virtus Premium AlphaSector SM Series |
new product). Equity securities also are subject to stock market risk, meaning that stock prices in general may decline over short or extended periods of time. When the value of the stocks held by the Series goes down, the value of the Series shares will be affected.
| v |
Large Market Capitalization Companies. The risk that the value of investments in larger companies may not rise as much as smaller companies, or that larger companies may be unable to respond quickly to competitive challenges, such as changes in technology and consumer tastes. |
Exchange-Traded Funds (ETFs) Risk
ETFs invest in a portfolio of securities designed to track a particular market segment or index. The risks associated with investing in ETFs generally reflect the risks of owning shares of the underlying securities the ETF is designed to track, although lack of liquidity in an ETF could result in its value being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities. Assets invested in ETFs incur a layering of expenses, including operating costs and advisory fees that Series shareholders indirectly bear; such expenses may exceed the expenses the Series would incur if it invested directly in the underlying portfolio of securities the ETF is designed to track. Shares of ETFs trade on a securities exchange and may trade at, above, or below their net asset value.
Industry/Sector Concentration Risk
The value of the investments of a series that focuses its investments in a particular industry or market sector will be highly sensitive to financial, economic, political and other developments affecting that industry or market sector, and conditions that negatively impact that industry or market sector will have a greater impact on the Series as compared with a series that does not have its holdings similarly concentrated. Events negatively affecting the industries or markets sectors in which the Series has invested are therefore likely to cause the value of the Series shares to decrease, perhaps significantly.
Market Volatility Risk
The risk that the value of the securities in which the Series invests may go up or down in response to the prospects of individual companies and/or general economic conditions. Price changes may be temporary or may last for extended periods.
Instability in the financial markets has led to volatile financial markets that expose the Series to greater market and liquidity risk and potential difficulty in valuing portfolio instruments that it holds. In response to financial markets that experienced extreme volatility, and in some cases a lack of liquidity, the U.S. Government has taken a number of unprecedented actions, including acquiring distressed assets from financial institutions and acquiring ownership interests in those institutions. The implications of government ownership and disposition of these assets are unclear. Additional legislation or government regulation may also change the way in which funds themselves are regulated, which could limit or preclude the Series ability to achieve its investment objective.
Short-Term Investments
The fund may invest in short-term investments, which may include money market instruments, repurchase agreements,
certificates of deposits and bankers acceptances and other short-term instruments that are not U.S. Government securities. These securities generally present less risk than many other investments, but they are generally subject to credit risk and may be subject to other risks as well.
U.S. Government Securities Risk
Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies, authorities and instrumentalities and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States only guarantee principal and interest will be timely paid to holders of the securities. The entities do not guarantee that the value of Series shares will increase, and in fact the market values of such obligations may fluctuate. In addition, not all U.S. Government securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States; some are the obligation solely of the entity through which they are issued. There is no guarantee that the U.S. Government would provide financial support to its agencies and instrumentalities if not required to do so by law.
The Adviser
VIA is the investment adviser to the Series. VIA, located at 100 Pearl Street, Hartford, CT 06103, acts as the investment adviser for over 50 mutual funds and as adviser to institutional clients. As of December 31, 2010, VIA had approximately $ billion in assets under management. VIA has acted as an investment adviser for over 70 years and is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Virtus Investment Partners, Inc. (Virtus), a publicly traded multi-manager asset management business.
Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement with the Series and subject to the direction of the Trusts Board of Trustees, VIA is responsible for managing the Series investment program in conformity with the stated policies of the Series as described in this prospectus. VIA, with the approval of the Trusts Board of Trustees, has selected F-Squared to serve as limited services subadviser. F-Squared, subject to the supervision of VIA, is responsible for providing the adviser with a model portfolio weekly, while VIA is responsible for final portfolio allocation decisions and for placing all transactions.
VIA serves as a manager of managers of the Series. In this capacity, VIA: (i) sets the Series overall investment strategies; (ii) evaluates, selects, and recommends to the Board one or more subadvisers needed to manage all or part of the assets of the Series; (iii) monitors and evaluates the subadvisers investment programs and results as well as the performance of the subadvisers relative to the applicable benchmark indexes; and (iv) reviews the Series compliance with its investment objectives, policies and restrictions.
The Trust and VIA have each received an exemptive order from the SEC granting exemptions from certain provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, pursuant to which VIA is permitted, subject to supervision and approval of the Trusts Board of Trustees, to enter into and materially amend subadvisory agreements without such agreements being approved by the shareholders of the Series. The Trust and VIA
| Virtus Premium AlphaSector SM Series | 3 |
therefore have the right to hire, terminate, or replace certain subadvisers without shareholder approval, including, without limitation, the replacement or reinstatement of a subadviser with respect to which a subadvisory agreement has automatically terminated as a result of an assignment. VIA has the ultimate responsibility to oversee the subadvisers and recommend their hiring, termination, and replacement.
The Subadviser
F-Squared has served as the limited services subadviser to the series since its inception in February 2011. F-Squared is located at 16 Laurel Avenue, Wellesley, Massachusetts 02481. F-Squared has been an investment adviser since 2006 and provides investment management and advisory services to institutional and separately managed accounts. As of December 31, 2010, F-Squared had approximately $ million in assets under management.
Board of Trustees Approval of Investment Advisory and Subadvisory Agreements
The Trusts semiannual report to shareholders for the period ended June 30, 2011 is expected to contain a discussion regarding the basis for the Trusts Board of Trustees approval of the investment
Fees and Expenses Paid by the Series
The Series pays the investment adviser a fee for the investment advisory services it performs at an annual percentage rate of 1.10% of the average daily net assets of the Series.
From its investment advisory fee, VIA, not the Series, pays F-Squared for the management services it provides to the Series. (Please see the SAI for more information on subadvisory fees.)
The Trust has entered into an expense limitation agreement with VIA whereby VIA has agreed to reimburse the Series for expenses necessary or appropriate for the operation of the Series (excluding interest, taxes, extraordinary expenses and acquired fund fees and expenses, if any) to the extent that such expenses exceed 1.70% of the Series average net assets. This expense limitation agreement is in place through April 30, 2012.
Portfolio Management
| v |
Howard Present. Mr. Present is co-founder, President and CEO of F-Squared. As Portfolio Manager of the Series, he is responsible for providing the model portfolios to Virtus on a weekly basis. Prior to F-Squared, he was founder and President of Helicon Partners LLC (2004-2006), a boutique management firm specializing in new business development within the financial services industry. Mr. Present has over 20 years of investment management industry experience. |
| v |
Amy Robinson. Ms. Robinson is Managing Director of VIA (since 1992) and leads VIAs equity trading function. In this role, Ms. Robinson is responsible for all trading activities of investment portfolios and mutual funds; she also manages strategic operational initiatives for the firm. As Portfolio |
|
Manager of the Series, she is responsible for determining final allocations and trading decisions following receipt of the subadvisers investment recommendations. Ms. Robinson has 29 years of investment experience and is former president of the Security Traders Association of Connecticut. |
The SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio manager and the portfolio managers ownership of securities in the Series.
Other Investment Strategies and Risks
Information about the Series principal investment strategies and risks appears in the Fund Summary section and the sections entitled Principal Investment Strategies and More About Principal Risks above.
The information below describes other investment strategies that the Series may use that are not principal strategies and the risks of those strategies. Further descriptions of these investment strategies and practices can be found in the SAI.
The greater an investment in a particular asset class by the Series, the greater the impact to the Series of the risks related to the class.
Securities Lending
The Series may loan portfolio securities with a value up to one-third of its total assets to increase its investment returns. If the borrower is unwilling or unable to return the borrowed securities when due, the respective Series can suffer losses. In addition, there is a risk of delay in receiving additional collateral or in the recovery of the securities, and a risk of loss of rights in the collateral, in the event that the borrower fails financially. There is also a risk that the value of the investment of the collateral could decline, causing a loss to the Series.
Distribution Plan
The Trust, on behalf of each series of the Trust, including the Series, has adopted a plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the Distribution Plan). Pursuant to the Distribution Plan, the Trust has entered into a Distribution Agreement relating to the Distribution Plan with VP Distributors, Inc. (the Distributor) located at 100 Pearl Street, Hartford, CT 06103. The Distributor is an affiliate of the adviser, and serves as principal underwriter for the Trust. The Distribution Plan permits the use of Series assets to help finance the distribution of the shares of the Series.
Under the Distribution Plan, the Trust, on behalf of each Series, is permitted to pay to the Distributor (who may in turn pay other service providers) up to a total of 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Series, as payment for services rendered in connection with the distribution of shares. Because these fees are paid out of Series assets on an ongoing basis, over time these costs will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than other types of sales charges.
| 4 | Virtus Premium AlphaSector SM Series |
More About the Trust and the Series
Organization of the Trust
The Trust was organized as a Massachusetts business trust on February 18, 1986. The Trust currently consists of nine series of which the Series is one. The Trusts business and affairs are managed by its Board of Trustees.
Shares of Beneficial Interest
Shares (including fractional shares) of the Series have equal rights with regard to voting, redemptions, dividends, distributions and liquidations with respect to the Series. All voting rights of the separate accounts as shareholders are passed through to the variable contract owners. Shareholders of all series of the Trust currently vote on the election of Trustees and other matters. On matters affecting an individual series such as the Series (such as approval of an advisory or subadvisory agreement or a change in fundamental investment policies), a separate vote of that series is required. The Trust is not required to hold annual shareholder meetings.
Series shares attributable to any insurance company assets and Series shares for which no timely instructions from variable contract owners are received will be voted by the appropriate insurance company in the same proportion as those shares for which instructions are received.
The assets received by the Trust for the issue or sale of shares of the Series, and all income, earnings, profits and proceeds thereof, subject only to the rights of creditors, are allocated to the Series, and constitute the underlying assets of the Series. The underlying assets of the Series are required to be segregated on the books of account, and are to be charged with the expenses of the Series and with a share of the general expenses of the Trust. Any general expenses of the Trust not readily identifiable as belonging to a particular series shall be allocated by or under the direction of the Trustees in such manner as the Trustees determine to be fair and equitable.
Taxes
The Trust intends for the Series to qualify as a regulated investment company (a RIC) by satisfying the requirements under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), including requirements with respect to diversification of assets, distribution of income, and sources of income. In general, a series that qualifies as a RIC will be relieved of Federal income tax on its net investment income and net capital gains distributed to its shareholders. In addition, the Trust intends for the Series to comply with the investment diversification requirements for variable contracts contained in the Code. Moreover, the Trust intends to distribute sufficient net investment income and net capital gains of the Series to avoid imposition of any Federal excise tax.
Accordingly, the Trust intends that, at the close of each quarter of the taxable year, (i) not more than 25% of the market value of the Series total assets will be invested in the securities of a single issuer and (ii) with respect to 50% of the market value of the Series total assets, not more than 5% of the market value of the Series total assets will be invested in the securities of a
single issuer and the Series will not own more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of a single issuer.
Actual and deemed distributions of ordinary income and net capital gains generally are taxable to the Series shareholders, which in this case are the separate accounts. Because the sole shareholders of the Series will be the separate accounts, no discussion is included in this prospectus as to the Federal income tax consequences at the shareholder level. For information concerning the Federal income tax consequences to purchasers of the variable contracts, please see the variable contract prospectuses.
If the Series has rental income or income from the disposition of real property acquired as a result of a default on securities such Series may own, the receipt of such income may adversely affect its ability to retain its tax status as a RIC.
Disruptive Trading and Market Timing
As an investment vehicle for variable contracts, which are designed as long-term investments, the Series is not appropriate for market timing or other trading strategies that entail rapid or frequent investment and trading. Frequent purchases, redemptions and transfers, transfers into and then out of the Series in a short period of time, and transfers of large amounts at one time may be indicative of market timing and otherwise disruptive trading (Disruptive Trading), which can have risks and harmful effects for other investors. These risks and harmful effects include:
| v |
dilution of the interests of long-term investors, if market timers or others transfer into a fund at prices that are below the true value or exchange out of the Series at prices that are higher than the true value; |
| v |
an adverse effect on portfolio management, such as causing the Series to maintain a higher level of cash than would otherwise be the case, or causing the Series to liquidate investments prematurely; and |
| v |
increased brokerage and administrative expenses. |
For example, mutual funds that invest primarily in international securities may be more susceptible to pricing arbitrage opportunities because of time zone differences between the closing of international and domestic markets. Funds that invest primarily in small and mid-cap securities may be more susceptible to arbitrage opportunities because of the less liquid nature of small and mid-cap securities. Funds that hold significant investments in high yield bonds may also be susceptible to market timing because high yield bonds are often thinly traded so that their market prices may not accurately reflect current market developments. To the extent that the Series invests in these types of securities, it may be more susceptible to the risks of Disruptive Trading.
In order to attempt to protect Trust investors, the Trusts Board of Trustees has adopted market timing policies reasonably designed to discourage Disruptive Trading. The Trust reserves the right to amend these policies at any time without prior notice. Because the record owners of the Series are the insurance companies and not the variable contract owners, the Trust is not
| Virtus Premium AlphaSector SM Series | 5 |
ordinarily in a position to monitor for or uncover Disruptive Trading by variable contract owners. Therefore, under the Trusts policies, the Trust delegates to each insurance company the duty to establish and maintain policies and procedures designed to detect, monitor and deter (including, without limitation, by rejecting specific purchase orders) investors (or their agents) whose purchase and redemption activity follows a Disruptive Trading pattern, and to take such other actions as the insurance company may deem necessary to discourage or reduce Disruptive Trading activities. An insurance company may only modify such policies and procedures if it provides reasonable notice to the Trust and the Trusts Chief Compliance Officer. Please see your variable contract prospectus for information relating to applicable restrictions on purchases or transfers through your variable contract.
The Trust may also take certain actions to stop Disruptive Trading, including imposing redemption fees for the Series and ceasing sales of additional shares of the Series to a separate account through which variable contract owners are engaging in Disruptive Trading. Because the Trust reserves discretion in applying these policies, they may not be applied uniformly. In addition, the Trust, as required under SEC regulations, has entered into an agreement with each insurance company under which the insurance companies have agreed to provide the Trust or its designee with information about variable contract owner transactions in the Series upon request.
Although the Trust will endeavor to ensure that each insurance company can and does identify and deter Disruptive Trading by its variable contract owners, the Trust cannot control their efforts or guarantee their success at deterrence. In addition, the Trust cannot guarantee that monitoring by the insurance companies and the Trust will be 100% successful in detecting all Disruptive Trading activity. Consequently, there is a risk that some investors could engage in Disruptive Trading while others will bear the effects of their Disruptive Trading activities.
Portfolio Holdings
A description of the Trusts policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Series portfolio securities is available in the SAI.
Shares of the Series are not available to the public directly. You may invest in the Series by buying a variable accumulation annuity contract or a variable universal life insurance policy from an insurance company and directing the allocation of the net purchase payment(s) to the investment option corresponding to the Series. The appropriate insurance company will, in turn, invest payments in shares of the Series as the investor directs at the net asset value next determined.
Sales Charge and Surrender Charges
The Series does not assess any sales charge, either when it sells or when it redeems securities. The sales charges that may be assessed under the variable contracts or policies are described in the variable contract prospectuses, as are other charges.
Determination of Net Asset Value
The net asset value per share of the Series is determined as of the close of regular trading of the NYSE on days when the NYSE is open for trading. Since the Series does not price securities on weekends or United States national holidays, but foreign markets may be open on these days, the value of any foreign assets of the Series and, therefore, the Series net asset value may be significantly affected on days when an investor has no access to the Series. The net asset value per share of the Series is determined by adding the values of all securities and other assets of the Series, subtracting liabilities and dividing by the total number of outstanding shares of the Series. Assets and liabilities are determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and applicable rules and regulations of the SEC.
Assets: The Series assets consist primarily of shares of exchange-traded funds (ETFs), which are valued at current market prices. Equity securities held directly by the Series and ETFs are valued at the official closing price (typically last sale) on the exchange on which the securities are principally traded or, if no closing price is available or there had been no sale that day, at the last bid price. Debt securities (other than short-term investments) held directly by the Series are valued on the basis of broker quotations or valuations provided by a pricing service which utilizes information with respect to recent sales, market transactions in comparable securities, quotations from dealers, and various relationships between securities in determining value. Short-term investments having a remaining maturity of 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost, which approximates market value. Shares of other investment companies are valued at their respective net asset values. All other securities and assets are valued at their fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of the Trustees. Other assets, such as accrued interest, accrued dividends and cash are also included in determining the Series net asset value.
A security that is listed or traded on more than one exchange is valued at the quotation on the exchange determined to be the primary exchange for such security by the Trustees or their delegates. Because of the need to obtain prices as of the close of trading on exchanges throughout the world, the calculation of the net asset value of the Series may not take place contemporaneously with the determination of the prices of certain portfolio securities of the Series. All assets and liabilities initially expressed in foreign currency values will be converted into United States dollar values using the foreign currency exchange rate of such currencies against United States dollars as last quoted by any recognized dealer. If an event were to occur after the value of an investment was so established but before the net asset value per share was determined, which was likely to materially change the net asset value, then the instrument would be valued using fair value considerations by the Board or its delegates.
Liabilities: Accrued liabilities for the Series-specific expenses (if any) and other liabilities are deducted from the assets of the Series. Accrued expenses and liabilities that are not Series- specific are allocated among the series in proportion to each series net assets except where an alternative allocation can be more appropriately made.
| 6 | Virtus Premium AlphaSector SM Series |
Fair Valuation
If market quotations are not readily available or where available prices are not reliable, the Series determines a fair value for an investment according to rules and procedures approved by the Board. The types of assets for which such pricing might be required include: (i) securities whose trading has been suspended; (ii) securities where the trading market is unusually thin or trades have been infrequent; (iii) debt securities that have recently gone into default and for which there is no current market quotation; (iv) a security whose market price is not available from an independent pricing source and for which otherwise reliable quotes are not available; (v) securities of an issuer that has entered into a restructuring; (vi) a security whose price as provided by any pricing source, does not, in the opinion of the adviser/subadviser, reflect the securitys market value; (vii) foreign securities subject to trading collars for which limited or no trading takes place; and (viii) securities where the market quotations are not readily available as a result of significant events. This list does not include all situations that may require a security to be fair valued, nor is it intended to be conclusive in determining whether a specific event requires fair valuation.
The value of a portfolio security held by the Series for which market quotations are not readily available shall be determined in good faith and in a manner that assesses the securitys fair value on the valuation date ( i.e. , the amount that the Series might reasonably expect to receive for the security upon its current sale), based on a consideration of all available facts and all available information, including, but not limited to, the following: (i) the fundamental analytical data relating to the investment; (ii) an evaluation of the forces which influence the
market in which these securities are purchased and sold ( e.g. , the existence of merger proposals or tender offers that might affect the value of the security); (iii) price quotes from dealers and/or pricing services; (iv) an analysis of the companys financial statements; (v) trading volumes on markets, exchanges or among dealers; (vi) recent news about the security or issuer; (vii) changes in interest rates; (viii) information obtained from the issuer, analysts, other financial institutions and/or the appropriate stock exchange (for exchange traded securities); (ix) whether two or more dealers with whom the adviser regularly effects trades are willing to purchase or sell the security at comparable prices; (x) other news events or relevant matters; and (xi) government (domestic or foreign) actions or pronouncements.
Certain foreign common stocks may be fair valued in cases where closing prices are not readily available or are deemed not reflective of readily available market prices. For example, significant events (such as movement in the U.S. securities market, or other regional and local developments) may occur between the time of closing of the foreign market where the security is principally traded and the time that the Series calculates its net asset value (generally, the close of the NYSE) that may impact the value of securities traded in these foreign markets. In these cases, information from an external vendor may be utilized to adjust closing market prices of certain foreign common stocks to reflect their fair value. Because the frequency of significant events is not predictable, fair valuation of certain foreign common stocks may occur on a frequent basis.
The value of a security, as determined using the Series fair valuation procedures, may not reflect such securitys market value.
| Virtus Premium AlphaSector SM Series | 7 |
100 Pearl Street
Hartford, CT 06103
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
You can find more information about the Series in the following documents:
Annual and Semiannual Reports
Annual and semiannual reports contain more information about the Series investments. The annual report discusses the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Series performance during the last fiscal year.
Statement of Additional Information (SAI)
The SAI contains more detailed information about the Series. It is incorporated by reference and is legally part of the prospectus.
To obtain free copies of these documents, you can download copies from the Individual Investors section of our Web site, Virtus.com, or you can request copies by calling us toll-free at 1-800-367-5877.
Information about the Series (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commissions (SEC) Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. For information about the operation of the Public Reference Room, call 1-202-551-8090. This information is also available on the SECs Internet site at sec.gov. You may also obtain copies upon payment of a duplicating fee by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, DC 20549-6009 or by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov.
Virtus Customer Service: 1-800-367-5877
|
Virtus Variable Insurance Trust (VVIT)
Investment Company Act File No. 811-04642 |
2-11 | |
| XXXX |
PRSRT STD
U.S. POSTAGE
PAID
THE PHOENIX
COMPANIES
VIRTUS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
(formerly, The Phoenix Edge Series Fund)
100 Pearl Street
Hartford, CT 06103
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
February , 2011
This Statement of Additional Information (SAI) is not a prospectus. Much of the information contained in this SAI expands upon subjects discussed in the current prospectus for Virtus Variable Insurance Trust (formerly, The Phoenix Edge Series Fund) (the Trust or VVIT). Accordingly, the SAI should be read together with the prospectus, which may be obtained free of charge by calling 800/367-5877 or by writing to VP Distributors, Inc. (VP Distributors) at 100 Pearl Street, Hartford, CT 06103. The financial statements and the notes thereto relating to each Series and the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP with respect thereto for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 are contained in the Trusts annual report and are incorporated herein by reference. Copies of the Trusts Annual and Semiannual Reports have been delivered to shareholders and are available without charge, upon request, by calling Virtus Mutual Fund Services at 800/367-5877 or visiting Virtus website at virtus.com. The contents of this SAI are incorporated by reference into the prospectus in their entirety. The Series of the Trust include the following:
|
Ø Virtus Capital Growth Series Ø Virtus Growth & Income Series Ø Virtus International Series Ø Virtus Multi-Sector Fixed Income Series Ø Virtus Premium AlphaSector Series Ø Virtus Small-Cap Growth Series Ø Virtus Small-Cap Value Series Ø Virtus Real Estate Securities Series Ø Virtus Strategic Allocation Series |
2/2011
| PAGE |
| 3 | ||||
| 3 | ||||
| 22 | ||||
| 24 | ||||
| 25 | ||||
| 26 | ||||
| 32 | ||||
| 42 | ||||
| 43 | ||||
| 43 | ||||
| 44 | ||||
| 44 | ||||
| 45 | ||||
| 45 | ||||
| 45 | ||||
| 47 | ||||
| 48 | ||||
| 48 | ||||
| 51 | ||||
| 52 | ||||
|
Appendix BInvestment Management and Subadviser Proxy Policy and Procedures |
55 |
2
The Trust is an open-end, management investment company as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act), with nine series. It was formed on February 18, 1986 as a Massachusetts business trust and commenced operations on December 5, 1986. Prior to November 5, 2010, the Trust was named The Phoenix Edge Series Fund. All of the Series described in this SAI are classified as diversified under the 1940 Act, except for the Virtus Real Estate Securities Series, which is non-diversified.
Shares in each Series of the Trust are generally available only as underlying investments in a variable accumulation annuity contract or a variable universal life insurance policy issued by a
PERMITTED INVESTMENTS AND RISK FACTORS
The investment objectives, principal investment strategies and principal risks are set forth in the prospectus. The following supplements that information.
All of the Series described in this SAI may invest in the following investments unless specifically noted otherwise. Additional information detailing investment policies that apply to one or more individual Series is set forth below and is intended to supplement information in the prospectus. Any percentage limitations noted are based on market value at the time of investment.
Unless otherwise stated in the prospectus, many investment techniques are discretionary. That means the advisers or subadvisers may elect to engage or not engage in the various techniques at their sole discretion. Investors should not assume that any particular discretionary investment technique or strategy will be employed at all times, or ever employed.
Bankers Acceptances
A bankers acceptance is a time draft drawn on a commercial bank by a borrower usually in connection with an international commercial transaction (to finance the import, export, transfer or storage of goods). The borrower, as well as the bank, is liable for payment, and the bank unconditionally guarantees to pay the draft at its face amount on the maturity date. Most acceptances have maturities of six months or less and are traded in secondary markets prior to maturity.
Brady Bonds
Brady Bonds are securities created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to public and private entities in certain emerging markets for new bonds in connection with debt restructurings under a debt restructuring plan introduced by former U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, Nicholas F. Brady (the Brady Plan). Brady Plan debt restructurings have been implemented to date in Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, Costa Rica, Croatia, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Jordan, Mexico, Morocco, Nigeria, Panama, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Slovenia, Uruguay and Venezuela. Brady Bonds have been issued only recently, and for that reason do not have a long payment history. Brady Bonds may be collateralized or uncollateralized, are issued in various currencies (but primarily the U.S. dollar) and are actively traded in over-the-counter secondary markets. U.S. dollar-denominated, collateralized Brady Bonds, which may be fixed rate bonds or floating-rate bonds, are generally collateralized in full as to principal by U.S. Treasury zero coupon bonds having the same maturity as the bonds. Brady Bonds are often viewed as having three or four valuation components: the collateralized repayment of principal at final maturity; the collateralized interest payments; the uncollateralized interest payments; and any uncollateralized repayment of principal at maturity (these uncollateralized amounts constituting the residual risk). In light of the residual risk of Brady Bonds and the history of defaults of countries issuing Brady Bonds with respect to commercial bank loans by public and private entities, investments in Brady Bonds may be viewed as speculative.
Certificates of Deposit
Certificates of deposit are generally short-term, interest-bearing negotiable certificates issued by banks or savings and loan associations against funds deposited in the issuing institution.
Commercial Bank Obligations
For the purposes of each Series investment policies with respect to bank obligations, obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks and of foreign banks are obligations of the issuing bank and may be general obligations of the parent bank. Such obligations, however, may be limited by the terms of a specific obligation and by government regulation. As with investment in non-U.S. securities in general, investments in the obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks and of foreign banks may subject the Series to investment risks that are different in some respects from those of investments in obligations of domestic issuers. Although a Series typically will acquire obligations issued and supported by the credit of U.S. or foreign banks having total assets at the time of purchase of $1 billion or more, this $1 billion figure is not an investment policy or restriction of any Series. For the purposes of calculation with respect to the $1 billion figure, the assets of a bank will be deemed to include the assets of its U.S. and non-U.S. branches.
3
Commercial Paper
Commercial paper refers to short-term, unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper is usually sold on a discount basis and has maturity at the time of issuance not exceeding nine months.
Convertible Securities
A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock or other security that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specific price or formula. A convertible security entitles the holder to receive interest generally paid or accrued on debt or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Convertible securities have several unique investment characteristics such as (1) higher yields than common stocks, but lower yields than comparable nonconvertible securities, (2) a lesser degree of fluctuation in value then the underlying stock since they have fixed income characteristics and (3) the potential for capital appreciation if the market price of the underlying common stock increases. Up to 5% of each Series assets may be invested in convertible securities that are rated below investment grade (commonly referred to as junk securities). Such securities present greater credit and market risks than investment grade securities. A convertible security might be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible securitys governing instrument. If a convertible security held by a Series is called for redemption, the Series may be required to permit the issuer to redeem the security, convert it into the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party.
Corporate Asset-Backed Securities
Corporate asset-backed securities, issued by trusts and special purpose corporations, are backed by a pool of assets, such as credit card and automobile loan receivables, representing the obligations of a number of different parties. These securities present certain risks. For instance, in the case of credit card receivables, these securities may not have the benefit of any security interest in the related collateral. Credit card receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. Most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have a proper security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables. Therefore, there is the possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities. The underlying assets (e.g., loans) are also subject to prepayments which shorten the securities weighted average life and may lower their return.
Corporate asset-backed securities are backed by a pool of assets representing the obligations of a number of different parties. To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make payments, the securities may contain elements of credit support which fall into two categories: (i) liquidity protection and (ii) protection against losses resulting from ultimate default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to ensure that the receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from ultimate default ensures payment through insurance policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties. The Series will not pay any additional or separate fees for credit support. The degree of credit support provided for each issue is generally based on historical information respecting the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets. Delinquency or loss in excess of that anticipated or failure of the credit support could adversely affect the return on an investment in such a security.
Corporate Securities
The Series may invest in debt securities, such as convertible and non-convertible bonds, notes and debentures, issued by corporations, limited partnerships and other similar entities.
Debt Securities
The value of a Series investments in debt securities will change as interest rates fluctuate. When interest rates decline, the values of such securities generally can be expected to increase, and when interest rates rise, the values of such securities generally can be expected to decrease. The lower-rated and comparable unrated debt securities described above are subject to greater risks of loss of income and principal than are higher-rated fixed income securities. The market value of lower-rated securities generally tends to reflect the markets perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and short-term market developments to a greater extent than is the case with more highly rated securities, which reflect primarily functions in general levels of interest rates.
4
Depositary Receipts
Each Series may hold foreign securities. Such investments may include American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), American Depositary Shares (ADSs), Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs) and European Depositary Receipts (EDRs). ADRs and ADSs typically are issued by an American bank or trust company and evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign corporation. EDRs, which are sometimes referred to as Continental Depositary Receipts (CDRs), are issued in Europe typically by foreign banks and trust companies and evidence ownership of either foreign or domestic securities. GDRs are similar to EDRs and are designed for use in several international financial markets. Generally, ADRs and ADSs in registered form are designed for use in United States securities markets and EDRs in bearer form are designed for use in European securities markets. For purposes of a Series investment policies, its investments in ADRs, ADSs, GDRs and EDRs will be deemed to be investments in the underlying foreign equity securities.
ADR facilities may be established as either unsponsored or sponsored. While ADRs issued under these two types of facilities are in some respects similar, there are distinctions between them relating to the rights and obligations of ADR holders and the practices of market participants. A depository may establish an unsponsored facility without participation by (or even necessarily the acquiescence of) the issuer of the deposited securities, although typically the depository requests a letter of non-objection from such issuer prior to the establishment of the facility. Holders of unsponsored ADRs generally bear all the costs of such facilities. The depository usually charges fees upon the deposit and withdrawal of the deposited securities, the conversion of dividends into U.S. dollars, the disposition of non-cash distributions and the performance of other services. The depository of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the issuer of the deposited securities or to pass through voting rights to ADR holders with respect to the deposited securities. Sponsored ADR facilities are created in generally the same manner as unsponsored facilities, except that the issuer of the deposited securities enters into a deposit agreement with the depository. The deposit agreement sets out the rights and responsibilities of the issuer, the depository and the ADR holders. With sponsored facilities, the issuer of the deposited securities generally will bear some of the costs relating to the facility (such as dividend payment fees of the depository), although ADR holders continue to bear certain other costs (such as deposit and withdrawal fees). Under the terms of most sponsored arrangements, depositories agree to distribute notices of shareholder meetings and voting instructions, and to provide shareholder communications and other information to the ADR holders at the request of the issuer of the deposited securities. The Series may invest in both sponsored and unsponsored ADRs.
Broker/dealers have recently launched another form of depositary receipt which represents an ownership interest in a pro rata portion of a portfolio of debt securities, which may, or may not, include foreign securities. The issuer may be a custodial receipt account held for the benefit of receipt purchasers or a trust. The custodian/ trust passes principal and interest payments received on the underlying portfolio to the receipt holders and also distributes corporate action notices as well. Receipt holders generally pay an annual administrative/trustee fee and may pay a redemption fee. In addition to risks associated with the underlying portfolio of securities, receipt holders also must consider credit standings of the custodians and broker/dealer sponsors. The receipts are not registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and qualify as Rule 144A securities which may make them more difficult and costly to sell.
Dollar Denominated Foreign Debt Securities
Investing in dollar-denominated foreign debt represents a greater degree of risk than investing in domestic securities, due to less publicly available information, less securities regulation, war or expropriation. Special considerations may include higher brokerage costs and thinner trading markets. Investments in foreign countries could be affected by other factors including extended settlement periods.
Emerging Market Securities
Emerging Markets are those countries or regions with relatively low gross national product per capita compared to the worlds major economies, and those countries or regions with the potential for rapid economic growth (emerging markets). Emerging markets in Asia will include countries: (i) having an emerging stock market as defined by the International Finance Corporation; (ii) with low-to middle-income economies according to the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the World Bank); (iii) listed in World Bank publications as developing; or (iv) determined by the adviser to be an emerging market as defined above. The Series may invest in securities of: (i) companies where the principal securities trading market is an emerging market country; (ii) companies organized under the laws of, and with a principal office in, an emerging market country; or (iii) companies whose principal activities are located in emerging market countries.
The risks of investing in foreign securities may be intensified in the case of investments in emerging markets. Securities of many issuers in emerging markets may be less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable domestic issuers. Emerging markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when a portion of the assets of the Series is
5
uninvested and no return is earned thereon. The inability of the Series to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems could cause the Series to miss attractive investment opportunities. Inability to dispose of portfolio securities due to settlement problems could result either in losses to the Series due to subsequent declines in value of the portfolio securities or, if the Series has entered into a contract to sell the security, in possible liability to the purchaser. Securities prices in emerging markets can be significantly more volatile than in the more developed nations of the world, reflecting the greater uncertainties of investing in less established markets and economies. In particular, countries with emerging markets may have relatively unstable governments, present the risk of nationalization of businesses, restrictions on foreign ownership or prohibitions of repatriation of assets, and may have less protection of property rights than more developed countries. The economies of countries with emerging markets may be predominantly based on only a few industries, may be highly vulnerable to changes in local or global trade conditions, and may suffer from extreme and volatile debt burdens or inflation rates. Local securities markets may trade a small number of securities and may be unable to respond effectively to increases in trading volume, potentially making prompt liquidation of substantial holdings difficult or impossible at times. Securities of issuers located in countries with emerging markets may have limited marketability and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements.
Certain emerging markets may require governmental approval for the repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities by foreign investors. In addition, if deterioration occurs in an emerging markets balance of payments or for other reasons, a country could impose temporary restrictions on foreign capital remittances. The Series could be adversely affected by delays in, or a refusal to grant, any required governmental approval for repatriation of capital, as well as by the application to the Series of any restrictions on investments. Investments in certain foreign emerging market debt obligations may be restricted or controlled to varying degrees. These restrictions or controls may at times preclude investment in certain foreign emerging market debt obligations and increase the expenses of the Series.
Equity Linked Derivatives
The Series may invest in equity-linked derivative products designed to replicate the composition and performance of particular indices. Examples of such products include Standard & Poors Depositary Receipts (SPDRs), World Equity Benchmark Series (WEBs), NASDAQ 100 tracking shares (QQQs), Dow Jones Industrial Average Instruments (DIAMONDS) and Optimized Portfolios as Listed Securities (OPALS). Investments in equity-linked derivatives involve the same risks associated with a direct investment in the types of securities included in the indices such products are designed to track. There can be no assurance that the trading price of the equity-linked derivatives will equal the underlying value of the basket of securities purchased to replicate a particular index or that such basket will replicate the index. Investments in equity-linked derivatives may constitute investments in other investment companies.
Equity Securities
Equity securities include common stocks, preferred stocks and preference stocks; securities such as bonds, warrants or rights that are convertible into stocks; and depositary receipts for those securities. These securities may be listed on securities exchanges, traded in various over-the-counter markets or have no organized market. Investments in equity securities in general are subject to market risks that may cause their prices to fluctuate over time. The value of convertible equity securities is also affected by prevailing interest rates, the credit quality of the issuer and any call provisions. Fluctuations in the value of equity securities in which a Series invests will cause the net asset value of the Series to fluctuate.
Financial Futures and Related Options
The Series may enter into futures contracts on financial instruments (financial futures) for the purchase or sale of debt obligations which are traded on recognized exchanges or boards of trade that are licensed and regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, and may purchase or sell options on financial futures contracts.
Financial futures contracts consist of interest rate futures contracts, foreign currency futures contracts and securities index futures contracts. An interest rate futures contract obligates the seller of the contract to deliver, and the purchaser to take delivery of, the interest rate securities called for in the contract at a specified future time and at a specified price. A foreign currency futures contract obligates the seller of the contract to deliver, and the purchaser to take delivery of, the foreign currency called for in the contract at a specified future time and at a specified price. A securities index assigns relative values to the securities included in the index, and the index fluctuates with changes in the market values of the securities so included. A securities index futures contract is a bilateral agreement pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to a specified dollar amount times the difference between the index value at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the futures contract is originally struck. An option on a financial futures contract gives the purchaser the right to assume a position in the contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put) at a specified exercise price at any time during the period of the option.
A public market presently exists in interest rate futures contracts covering long-term U.S. Treasury bonds, U.S. Treasury notes, three-month U.S. Treasury bills and GNMA certificates. Securities index futures contracts are currently traded with
6
respect to the S&P 500 and other securities indices. A clearing corporation associated with a board of trade on which a financial futures contract trades assumes responsibility for the completion of transactions and guarantees that open futures contracts will be performed.
A futures contract on a debt obligation is a binding contractual commitment which, if held to maturity, will result in an obligation to make or accept delivery, during a particular month, of obligations having a standard face value and rate of return. By entering into a futures contract for the purchase of a debt obligation, a Series will legally obligate itself to accept delivery of the underlying security and pay the agreed price. Futures contracts are valued at the most recent settlement price, unless such price does not reflect the fair value of the contract, in which case such positions will be valued by or under the direction of the Board of Trustees of the Trust. Positions taken in the futures markets are not normally held to maturity, but are instead liquidated through offsetting transactions which may result in a profit or loss. While futures positions taken by a Series usually would be liquidated in this manner, it may instead make or take delivery of the underlying securities whenever it appears economically advantageous for it to do so.
In contrast to the situation when Series purchase or sell a security, no security is delivered or received by the Series upon the purchase or sale of a financial futures contract. Initially, a Series will be required to deposit in a segregated account with its custodian bank an amount of cash, U.S. Treasury bills or liquid high-grade debt obligations. This amount is known as initial margin and is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract. The current initial deposit required per contract is approximately 5% of the contract amount. Brokers may establish deposit requirements higher than this minimum. Subsequent payments called variation margin, will be made to and from the account on a daily basis as the price of the futures contract fluctuates. This process is known as marking to market.
The writer of an option on a futures contract is required to deposit margin pursuant to requirements similar to those applicable to futures contracts. Upon exercise of an option on a futures contract, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writers margin account. In the case of a call, this amount will be equal to the amount by which the market price of the futures contract at the time of exercise exceeds, or, in the case of a put, is less than the exercise price of the option on the futures contract. For more information regarding options, see below.
Although financial futures contracts by their terms call for actual delivery or acceptance of securities, in most cases the contracts are closed out before the settlement date without the making or taking of delivery. Closing out is accomplished by effecting an offsetting transaction. Effecting a futures contract purchase for the same aggregate amount of securities and the same delivery date closes out a futures contract sale. If the sale price exceeds the offsetting purchase price, the seller immediately would be paid the difference and would realize a gain. If the offsetting purchase price exceeds the sale price, the seller immediately would pay the difference and would realize a loss. Similarly, effecting a futures contract sale for the same securities and the same delivery date closes out a futures contract purchase. If the offsetting sale price exceeds the purchase price, the purchaser would realize a gain, whereas if the purchase price exceeds the offsetting sale price, the purchaser would realize a loss.
A Series may enter into financial futures contracts and related options as a hedge against anticipated changes in the market value of its portfolio securities or securities denominated in a foreign currency. Hedging is the initiation of an offsetting position in the futures market which is intended to minimize the risk associated with a positions underlying securities in the cash market. Hedging is accomplished when an investor takes a position in the futures market opposite to his cash market position. There are two types of hedgeslong (or buying) and short (or selling) hedges. Historically, prices in the futures market have tended to move in concert with cash market prices, and prices in the futures market have maintained a fairly predictable relationship to prices in the cash market. Thus, to a considerable extent, a decline in the market value of securities in a Series portfolio may be protected against by gains realized on futures contracts sales. Similarly, it is possible to protect against an increase in the market price of securities that a Series may wish to buy in the future by purchasing futures contracts.
The purpose of hedging in debt obligations is to establish more certainty than otherwise would be possible in the effective rate of return on portfolio securities. A Series might, for example, take a short position in the futures markets by entering into contracts for the future delivery of securities held by it in order to hedge against an anticipated rise in interest rates that would adversely affect the value of such securities. When hedging of this type is successful, any depreciation in the value of securities will be substantially offset by appreciation in the value of the futures position. On the other hand, a Series might take a long position by entering into contracts for the future purchase of securities. This could be done when the Series anticipates the future purchase of particular debt securities but expects the rate of return then available in the securities market to be less favorable than rates that are currently available in the futures markets.
Transactions in financial futures contracts and related options will be primarily for hedging purposes. In addition, each Series will not purchase or sell any financial futures contract or related option for non-bona fide hedging purposes if,
7
immediately thereafter, the sum of the cash or U.S. Treasury bills committed with respect to its existing futures and related options positions and the premiums paid for related options would exceed 5% of the market value of its total assets. At the time of the purchase of a futures contract or a call option on a futures contract, any asseteither including equity securities and non-investment grade debt so long as the asset is liquid, unencumbered and marked to market daily equal to the market value of the futures contract, minus the initial margin deposit with respect theretowill be specifically designated in the Series accounting records to fully collateralize the position and thereby ensure that it is not leveraged. The extent to which the Series may enter into financial futures contracts and related options also may be limited by requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the Code) for qualification as a regulated investment company.
A Series will incur brokerage fees in connection with its financial futures transactions, and will be required to deposit and maintain Trusts with its custodian in its own name as margin to guarantee performance of its future obligations. These commissions may be higher than those that would apply to purchases and sales of securities directly.
While financial futures would be traded to reduce certain risks, futures trading itself entails certain other risks. One risk arises because of the imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the futures contracts and movements in the price of the debt securities that are the subject of such contracts. In addition, the market price of futures contracts may be affected by certain factors, such as the closing out of futures contracts by investors through offsetting transactions, margin, deposit and maintenance requirements, and the participation of speculators in the futures market. Another risk is that there may not be a liquid secondary market on an exchange or board of trade for a given futures contract or at a given time, and in such event it may not be possible for the Series to close a futures position. Finally, successful use of futures contracts by a Series is subject, where applicable, to the advisers or subadvisers ability to correctly predict movements in the direction of interest rates and other factors affecting the market for debt securities. Thus, while a Series may benefit from the use of such contracts, the operation of these risk factors may result in a poorer overall performance for the Series than if it had not entered into any futures contract. The risk in purchasing an option on a financial futures contract is that the Series will lose the premium it paid. Also, there may be circumstances when the purchase of an option on a financial futures contract would result in a loss to the Series while the purchase or sale of the contract would not have resulted in a loss.
Immediately after entering into a futures contract for the receipt or delivery of a security, the value of the securities called for by all of the Series futures contracts (both for receipts and delivery) will not exceed 10% of its total assets.
Fixed Income Securities
Fixed income securities are debt obligations issued by corporations, municipalities and other borrowers. The market value of a Series fixed income investments will change in response to interest rate changes and other factors. During periods of falling interest rates, the values of outstanding fixed income securities generally rise. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, the values of such securities generally decline. Securities with longer maturities are subject to greater fluctuations in value than securities with shorter maturities. Fixed income securities rated in the fourth highest rating category lack outstanding investment characteristics, and have speculative characteristics as well. Changes by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization in the rating of a fixed income security and in the ability of an issuer to make payments of interest and principal also affect the value of these investments.
Changes in the value of a Series securities will not affect cash income derived from these securities but will affect the Series net asset value.
Foreign Currency Transactions
For each Series investing in foreign securities, the value of the assets of such Series as measured in United States dollars may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in foreign currency exchange rates and exchange control regulations, and a Series may incur costs in connection with conversions between various currencies. A Series will conduct its foreign currency exchange transactions either on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market, or through forward contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies. A forward foreign currency exchange contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are traded directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. Unless the Series already owns a security denominated in (or otherwise exposed to) the foreign currency in the same amount as the forward contract, at the time of the purchase of a forward foreign currency exchange contract, any asset, including equity securities and non-investment grade debt so long as the asset is liquid, unencumbered and marked to market daily equal to the market value of the contract, minus the Series initial margin deposit with respect thereto, will be specifically designated in the Series accounting records to fully collateralize the position and thereby ensure that it is not leveraged.
When a Series enters into a contract for the purchase or sale of a security denominated in or exposed to a foreign currency, it may want to establish the United States dollar cost or proceeds. By entering into a forward contract in United States dollars for the purchase or sale of the amount of foreign currency involved in the underlying security transaction, a Series may be able
8
to protect itself against a possible loss between trade and settlement dates resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between the United States dollar and such foreign currency. However, this tends to limit potential gains that might result from a positive change in such currency relationships.
When the adviser or subadviser believes that the currency of a particular foreign country may suffer a substantial decline against the United States dollar, it may enter into a forward contract to sell an amount of foreign currency approximating the value of some or all of a Series portfolio securities denominated in or exposed to such foreign currency. The forecasting of short-term currency market movement is extremely difficult and whether such a short-term hedging strategy will be successful is highly uncertain.
It is impossible to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio securities at the expiration of a contract. Accordingly, it may be necessary for a Series to purchase additional currency on the spot market (and bear the expense of such purchase) if the market value of the security is less than the amount of foreign currency the Series is obligated to deliver when a decision is made to sell the security and make delivery of the foreign currency in settlement of a forward contract. Conversely, it may be necessary to sell on the spot market some of the foreign currency received upon the sale of the portfolio security if its market value exceeds the amount of foreign currency the Series is obligated to deliver.
If the Series retains the portfolio security and engages in an offsetting transaction, it will incur a gain or a loss to the extent that there has been movement in forward contract prices. If the Series engages in an offsetting transaction, it may subsequently enter into a new forward contract to sell the foreign currency. Should forward prices decline during the period between the Series entering into a forward contract for the sale of a foreign currency and the date it enters into an offsetting contract for the purchase of the foreign currency, the Series would realize gain to the extent the price of the currency it has agreed to sell exceeds the price of the currency it has agreed to purchase. Should forward prices increase, the Series would suffer a loss to the extent the price of the currency it has agreed to purchase exceeds the price of the currency it has agreed to sell. Although such contracts tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, they also tend to limit any potential gain which might result should the value of such currency increase. The Series will have to convert holdings of foreign currencies into United States dollars from time to time. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the spread) between the prices at which they are buying and selling various currencies.
Foreign Securities
Each Series listed in the chart below may invest its net assets in foreign securities up to the limit stated in the chart. These limitations on investing in foreign securities do not necessarily reflect the actual percentage of net assets in foreign securities by the Series.
|
Series |
% Limits |
|
| Virtus Capital Growth | 25% | |
| Virtus Growth & Income | 20% | |
| Virtus International | 100% | |
| Virtus Small-Cap Growth | 20% | |
| Virtus Small-Cap Value | 10% |
The Virtus Multi-Sector Fixed Income Series may invest up to 50% of net assets in foreign debt securities. In addition, the Virtus Strategic Allocation Series may invest in foreign securities up to 20%, but under normal circumstances will not invest more than 10% of its total assets in foreign securities.
The Series may invest in government obligations supported by the authority to levy taxes sufficient to ensure the payment of all principal and interest due on such obligations. Because foreign government obligations, like U.S. government obligations, are generally guaranteed for principal and interest by the government issuing the security, the principal risk of investing in foreign government obligations is that the foreign government will not or will be unable to meet its obligations. The Series also may purchase securities of nongovernmental issuers considered creditworthy by the adviser or subadviser, as applicable.
For the Series that may purchase foreign debt securities denominated in foreign currencies (non-U.S. dollar securities), the amount invested in such non-U.S. dollar securities may vary depending on the relative yield of such securities, the relative strength of the economies and the financial markets of such countries, the relative interest rates available in such countries and the relationship of such countries currencies to the U.S. dollar. Investments in non-U.S. dollar securities and currency will be evaluated on the basis of fundamental economic criteria (e.g., relative inflation levels and trends, growth rate forecasts, balance of payments status, and economic policies) as well as technical and political data.
As a result of its investments in foreign securities, the Series may receive interest or dividend payments, or the proceeds of the sale or redemption of such securities, in the foreign currencies in which such securities are denominated. In that event,
9
the Series may convert such currencies into dollars at the then current exchange rate. Under certain circumstances, however, such as where the adviser believes that the applicable rate is unfavorable at the time the currencies are received or the adviser anticipates, for any other reason, that the NYSE rate will improve, the Series may hold such currencies for an indefinite period of time.
In addition, the Series may be required to receive delivery of the foreign currency underlying forward foreign currency contracts into which it has entered. This could occur, for example, if an option written by the Trust is exercised or the Trust is unable to close out a forward contract. The Series may hold foreign currency in anticipation of purchasing foreign securities. The Series also may elect to take delivery of the currencies underlying options or forward contracts if, in the judgment of the adviser, it is in the best interest of the Series to do so. In such instances as well, the Series may convert the foreign currencies to dollars at the then current exchange rate, or may hold such currencies for an indefinite period of time.
Indexed Securities
The Series may purchase securities with principal and/or interest payments whose prices are indexed to the prices of other securities, securities indices, currencies, precious metals or other commodities, credit default swaps or other financial indicators. Indexed securities typically, but not always, are debt securities or deposits whose value at maturity or coupon rate is determined by reference to a specific instrument or statistic. The Series may also purchase indexed deposits with similar characteristics. Gold-indexed securities, for example, typically provide for a maturity value that depends on the price of gold, resulting in a security whose price tends to rise and fall together with gold prices. Currency-indexed securities typically are short-term to intermediate-term debt securities whose maturity values or interest rates are determined by reference to the values of one or more specified foreign currencies, and may offer higher yields than U.S. dollar denominated securities of equivalent issuers. Currency-indexed securities may be positively or negatively indexed; that is, their maturity value may increase when the specified currency value increases, resulting in a security that performs similarly to a foreign-denominated instrument, or their maturity value may decline when foreign currencies increase, resulting in a security whose price characteristics are similar to a put on the underlying currency. Currency-indexed securities may also have prices that depend on the values of a number of different foreign currencies relative to each other. Certain indexed securities may expose the Series to the risk of loss of all or a portion of the principal amount of its investment and/or the interest that might otherwise have been earned on the amount invested.
The performance of indexed securities depends to a great extent on the performance of the security, currency or other instrument to which they are indexed, and may also be influenced by interest rate changes in the U.S. and abroad. At the same time, indexed securities are subject to the credit risks associated with the issuer of the security, and their values may decline substantially if the issuers creditworthiness deteriorates. Recent issuers of indexed securities have included banks, corporations and certain U.S. Government-sponsored entities.
Inverse Floating Rate Obligations
The Series may invest in so-called inverse floating rate obligations or residual interest bonds or other obligations or certificates relating thereto structured to have similar features. In creating such an obligation, a municipality issues a certain amount of debt and pays a fixed interest rate. Half of the debt is issued as variable rate short term obligations, the interest rate of which is reset at short intervals, typically 35 days. The other half of the debt is issued as inverse floating rate obligations, the interest rate of which is calculated based on the difference between a multiple of (approximately two times) the interest paid by the issuer and the interest paid on the short-term obligation. Under usual circumstances, the holder of the inverse floating rate obligation can generally purchase an equal principal amount of the short term obligation and link the two obligations in order to create long-term fixed rate bonds. Because the interest rate on the inverse floating rate obligation is determined by subtracting the short-term rate from a fixed amount, the interest rate will decrease as the short-term rate increases and will increase as the short-term rate decreases. The magnitude of increases and decreases in the market value of inverse floating rate obligations may be approximately twice as large as the comparable change in the market value of an equal principal amount of long-term bonds which bear interest at the rate paid by the issuer and have similar credit quality, redemption and maturity provisions.
Investments in Other Investment Companies
Investments in other investment companies may include open-end investment companies, closed-end investment companies and unit investment trusts. Under the 1940 Act, a Series may not own more than 3% of the outstanding voting stock of an investment company, invest more than 5% of its total assets in any one investment company, or invest more than 10% of its total assets in the securities of investment companies. In some instances, a Series may invest in an investment company in excess of these limits; for instance, with respect to investments in money market funds or investments made pursuant to an exemptive order granted by the SEC.
10
In certain countries, investments by the Series may only be made through investments in other investment companies that, in turn, are authorized to invest in the securities that are issued in such countries. Investors should recognize that the Series purchase of the securities of such other investment companies results in the layering of expenses such that investors indirectly bear a proportionate part of the expenses for such investment companies including operating costs and investment advisory and administrative fees.
Investment companies in which the Series may invest may include index-based investments such as exchange-traded funds (ETFs),
which hold substantially all of their assets in securities representing their specific index. Accordingly, the main risk of investing in index-based investments is the same as investing in a portfolio of equity securities comprising the index. As a
shareholder of another investment company, a Series would bear its pro rata portion of the other investment companys expenses, including advisory fees, in addition to the expenses a Series bears directly in connection with its own operations.
The market prices of index-based investments will fluctuate in accordance with both changes in the market value of their underlying portfolio securities and due to supply and demand for the instruments on the exchanges on which they are traded
(which may result in their trading at a discount or premium to their NAVs). Index-based investments may not replicate exactly the performance of their specific index because of transaction costs and because of the temporary unavailability of certain
Junk Bonds
The chart below sets forth the Series that are permitted to invest in junk bonds and the percentage of net assets each Series may invest in such securities.
|
Series |
% Limits |
|
|
Virtus Multi-Sector Fixed Income |
50% | |
|
Virtus Strategic Allocation |
10% |
Junk bonds are non-investment grade debt securities. The market prices of such lower-rated securities generally fluctuate in response to changes in interest rates and economic conditions more than those of higher-rated securities. Additionally, there is a greater possibility that an adverse change in the financial condition of an issuer, particularly a higher leveraged issuer, may affect its ability to make payments of income and principal and increase the expenses of the Series seeking recovery from the issuer. Lower-rated securities may be thinly traded and less liquid than higher-rated securities and therefore harder to value and more susceptible to adverse publicity concerning the issuer.
Lending of Portfolio Securities
Subject to certain investment restrictions, a Series may, from time to time, subject to the Trustees and Trust Treasurers approval, lend securities from its portfolio to brokers, dealers and financial institutions deemed creditworthy and receive, as collateral, cash or cash equivalents which at all times while the loan is outstanding will be maintained in amounts equal to at least 100% of the current market value of the loaned securities. Any cash collateral will be invested in short-term securities that will increase the current income of the Series lending its securities. When securities or a letter of credit are used as collateral, a Series will receive a lending fee paid by the borrower of the securities. A Series will have the right to regain record ownership of loaned securities to exercise beneficial rights such as voting rights and subscription rights. While a securities loan is outstanding, the Series is to receive an amount equal to any dividends, interest or other distributions with respect to the loaned securities. A Series may pay reasonable fees to persons unaffiliated with the Trust for services in arranging such loans.
Even though securities lending usually does not impose market risks on the lending Series, a Series would be subject to risk of loss due to an increase in value if the borrower fails to return the borrowed securities for any reason (such as the borrowers insolvency). In addition, the value of the collateral taken as security for the securities loaned may decline in value or may be difficult to convert to cash in the event that a Series must rely on the collateral to recover the value of the securities. Moreover, if the borrower of the securities is insolvent, under current bankruptcy law, a Series could be ordered by a court not to liquidate the collateral for an indeterminate period of time. If the borrower is the subject of insolvency proceedings and the collateral held might not be liquidated, the result could be a material adverse impact on the liquidity of the lending Series.
Leverage
Each Series may borrow funds to meet redemption requests. Except as set forth below, the Series will borrow only from banks, and only if immediately after such borrowing the value of the assets of the Series (including the amount borrowed), less its liabilities (not including any borrowings) is at least three times the amount borrowed. Each Series may borrow up to an additional 5% of its total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. The amount of the borrowings will be dependent upon the availability and cost of credit from time to time. If, due to market fluctuations or other reasons, the value of such Series assets computed as provided above become less than three times the amount of the borrowings for investment purposes, the Series, within three business days, is required to reduce bank debt to the extent necessary to meet the required
11
300% asset coverage. If the value of such Series assets decreases and the amount of the loans exceed one-third of the Series net assets, the Series must reduce its outstanding loans within three business days so that the amount of the loan does not exceed one-third of the Series net assets. In a declining market a Series may have to sell securities under poor market conditions to maintain the required asset coverage.
The Virtus Growth & Income Series may not borrow except from banks for emergency or other extraordinary purposes.
Interest on money borrowed will be an expense of those Series with respect to which the borrowing has been made. Because such expense otherwise would not be incurred, the net investment income of such Series is not expected to be as high as it otherwise would be during periods when borrowings for investment purposes are substantial.
Bank borrowings for investment purposes must be obtained on an unsecured basis. Any such borrowing also must be made subject to an agreement by the lender that any recourse is limited to the assets of such Series with respect to which the borrowing has been made.
Any investment gains made with the additional monies borrowed in excess of interest paid will cause the net assets value of such Series shares to rise faster than otherwise would be the case. On the other hand, if the investment performance of the additional securities purchased fails to cover its cost (including any interest paid on the monies borrowed) to such Series, the net asset value of the Series will decrease faster than otherwise would be the case.
Loans and Other Direct Indebtedness
The Series may purchase loans and other direct indebtedness. In purchasing a loan, the Series acquires some or all of the interest of a bank or other lending institution in a loan to a corporate, governmental or other borrower. Many such loans are secured, although some may be unsecured. Such loans may be in default at the time of purchase. Loans that are fully secured offer the Series more protection than an unsecured loan in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. However, there is no assurance that the liquidation of collateral from a secured loan would satisfy the corporate borrowers obligation, or that the collateral can be liquidated.
These loans are made generally to finance internal growth, mergers, acquisitions, stock repurchases, leveraged buy-outs and other corporate activities. Such loans are typically made by a syndicate of lending institutions, represented by an agent lending institution which has negotiated and structured the loan and is responsible for collecting interest, principal and other amounts due on its own behalf and on behalf of the others in the syndicate, and for enforcing its and their other rights against the borrower. Alternatively, such loans may be structured as a novation, pursuant to which the Series would assume all of the rights of the lending institution in a loan or as an assignment, pursuant to which the Series would purchase an assignment of a portion of a lenders interest in a loan either directly from the lender or through an intermediary. The Series may also purchase trade or other claims against companies, which generally represent money owned by the company to a supplier of goods or services. These claims may also be purchased at a time when the company is in default.
Certain of the loans and the other direct indebtedness acquired by the Series may involve revolving credit facilities or other standby financing commitments which obligate the Series to pay additional cash on a certain date or on demand. These commitments may have the effect of requiring the Series to increase its investment in a company at a time when the Series might not otherwise decide to do so (including at a time when the companys financial condition makes it unlikely that such amounts will be repaid). To the extent that the Series is committed to advance additional funds, it will at all times hold and specifically designate in the Series accounting records, cash or other high grade debt obligations in an amount sufficient to meet such commitments.
The Series ability to receive payment of principal, interest and other amounts due in connection with these investments will depend primarily on the financial condition of the borrower. In selecting the loans and other direct indebtedness which the Series will purchase, the adviser will rely upon its own (and not the original lending institutions) credit analysis of the borrower. As the Series may be required to rely upon another lending institution to collect and pass onto the Series amounts payable with respect to the loan and to enforce the Series rights under the loan and other direct indebtedness, an insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the lending institution may delay or prevent the Series from receiving such amounts. In such cases, the Series will evaluate as well the creditworthiness of the lending institution and will treat both the borrower and the lending institution as an issuer of the loan for purposes of certain investment restrictions pertaining to the diversification of the Series portfolio investments. The highly leveraged nature of many such loans and other direct indebtedness may make such loans and other direct indebtedness especially vulnerable to adverse changes in economic or market conditions. Investments in such loans and other direct indebtedness may involve additional risk to the Series.
Mortgage-Backed Securities
Mortgage-backed securities include mortgage pass-through certificates, real estate mortgage investment conduit (REMIC) certificates and collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs). CMOs are hybrid instruments with characteristics of both mortgage-backed and mortgage pass-through securities. Similar to a bond, interest and prepaid
12
principal on a CMO are paid, in most cases, semiannually. CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans but are more typically collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA), for Fannie Mae (formerly Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA)). CMOs are structured into multiple classes, with each class bearing a different stated maturity. Monthly payments of principal, including prepayments, are first returned to investors holding the shortest maturity class; investors holding the longer maturity classes receive principal only after the first class has been retired. REMICs are similar to CMOs and are fixed pools of mortgages with multiple classes of interests held by investors.
Mortgage pass-through securities are securities representing interests in pools of mortgage loans. Monthly payments of interest and principal by the individual borrowers on mortgages are passed through to the holders of the securities (net of fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of the securities) as the mortgages in the underlying mortgage pools are paid off. The average lives of mortgage pass-throughs are variable when issued because their average lives depend on prepayment rates. The average life of these securities is likely to be substantially shorter than their stated final maturity as a result of unscheduled principal prepayment. Prepayments on underlying mortgages result in a loss of anticipated interest, and all or part of a premium if any has been paid, and the actual yield (or total return) to the Series may be different than the quoted yield on the securities. Mortgage premiums generally increase with falling interest rates and decrease with rising interest rates. Like other fixed income securities, when interest rates rise the value of mortgage pass-through security generally will decline; however, when interest rates are declining, the value of mortgage pass-through securities with prepayment features may not increase as much as that of other fixed-income securities. In the event of an increase in interest rates which results in a decline in mortgage prepayments, the anticipated maturity of mortgage pass-through securities held by the Series may increase, effectively changing a security which was considered short or intermediate-term at the time of purchase into a long-term security. Long-term securities generally fluctuate more widely in response to changes in interest rates than short or intermediate-term securities.
Payment of principal and interest on some mortgage pass-through securities (but not the market value of the securities themselves) may be guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government (in the case of securities guaranteed by the GNMA); or guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government (such as the Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac (Freddie Mac) (formerly the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC)), which are supported only by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agencys obligations). Non-governmental issuers (such as commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers) may also issue mortgage pass-through securities. Various forms of insurance or guarantees may support some of these mortgage pass-through securities.
Interests in pools of mortgage-related securities differ from other forms of debt securities, which normally provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts with principal payments at maturity or specified call dates. Instead, these securities provide a monthly payment that consists of both interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a pass-through of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities. Additional payments are caused by prepayments of principal resulting from the sale, refinancing or foreclosure of the underlying property, net of fees or costs that may be incurred. Some mortgage pass-through securities (such as securities issued by the GNMA) are described as modified pass-through. These securities entitle the holder to receive all interests and principal payments owed on the mortgages in the mortgage pool, net of certain fees, at the scheduled payment dates regardless of whether the mortgagor actually makes the payment.
The principal governmental guarantor of mortgage pass-through securities is GNMA. GNMA is a wholly owned U.S. Government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. GNMA is authorized to guarantee, with the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, the timely payment of principal and interest on securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA (such as savings and loan institutions, commercial banks and mortgage bankers) and backed by pools of Federal Housing Administration (FHA)insured or Veterans Administration (VA)guaranteed mortgages. These guarantees, however, do not apply to the market value or yield of mortgage pass-through securities. GNMA securities are often purchased at a premium over the maturity value of the underlying mortgages. This premium is not guaranteed and will be lost if prepayment occurs.
Fannie Mae operates in the U.S. secondary mortgage market. Rather than making home loans directly with consumers, it works with mortgage bankers, brokers, and other primary mortgage market partners to help ensure they have funds to lend to home buyers at affordable rates. Fannie Mae finds mortgage investments primarily by issuing debt securities in the domestic and international capital markets.
Fannie Mae was established as a federal agency in 1938, and in 1968 was chartered by Congress as a private shareholder-owner company. On September 6, 2008, Director James Lockhart of the Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA) appointed FHFA as conservator of Fannie Mae. In addition, the U.S. Department of the Treasury agreed to provide up to $100 billion of capital as needed to ensure the company continues to provide liquidity to the housing and mortgage markets.
13
Freddie Mac is also a government-sponsored corporation owned by private stockholders. Freddie Mac issues Participation Certificates (PCs) which represent interests in conventional mortgages (i.e., not federally insured or guaranteed) for its national portfolio. Freddie Mac guarantees timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal regardless of the status of the underlying mortgage loans.
At December 31, 2008, Freddie Macs liabilities exceeded its assets under generally accepting accounting principals by $(30.6) billion, and stockholders equity (deficit) totaled $(30.7) billion. On March 31, 2009, pursuant to a request by the Director of FHFA, the U.S. Department of the Treasury provided $30.8 billion in immediately available funds to Freddie Mac and in accordance with the terms of the Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement between Freddie Mac and the U.S. Department of the Treasury, in order to address the $30.7 billion deficit in stockholders equity that existed at December 31, 2008. [to be provided by amendment]
Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create pass through pools of mortgage loans. Such issuers may also be the originators and/or servicers of the underlying mortgage-related securities. Pools created by such non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than government and government-related pools because there are no direct or indirect government or agency guarantees of payments in the former pools. However, timely payment of interest and principal of mortgage loans in these pools may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit. Governmental entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers issue the insurance and guarantees. There can be no assurance that the private insurers or guarantors can meet their obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee arrangements. The Series may also buy mortgage-related securities without insurance or guarantees.
A particular risk associated with pass-through securities involves the volatility of prices in response to changes in interest rates or prepayment risk. Prepayment rates are important because of their effect on the yield and price of securities. Prepayments occur when the holder of an individual mortgage prepays the remaining principal before the mortgages scheduled maturity date. As a result of the pass-through of prepayments of principal on the underlying securities, mortgage-backed securities are often subject to more rapid prepayment of principal than their stated maturity would indicate. Although the pattern of repayments is estimated and reflected in the price paid for pass-through securities at the time of purchase, the actual prepayment behavior of mortgages cannot be known at that time. Therefore, it is not possible to predict accurately the realized yield or average life of a particular issue of pass-through securities. Prepayments that occur faster than estimated adversely affect yields for pass-throughs purchased at a premium (that is, a price in excess of principal amount) and may cause a loss of principal because the premium may not have been fully amortized at the time the obligation is repaid. The opposite is true for pass-throughs purchased at a discount. Furthermore, the proceeds from prepayments usually are reinvested at current market rates, which may be higher than, but usually are lower than, the rates earned on the original pass-through securities. Prepayments on a pool of mortgage loans are influenced by a variety of economic, geographic, social and other factors, including changes in mortgagors housing needs, job transfers, unemployment, mortgagors net equity in the mortgaged properties and servicing decisions. Generally, however, prepayments on fixed rate mortgage loans will increase during a period of falling interest rates and decrease during a period of rising interest rates. Mortgage-backed securities may decrease in value as a result of increases in interest rates and may benefit less than other fixed income securities or decline in value from declining interest rates because of risk of prepayment. Pass-through securities are forms of derivatives.
Mortgage Dollar-Roll Transactions
A Series may enter into mortgage dollar roll transactions pursuant to which it sells mortgage-backed securities for delivery in the future and simultaneously contracts to repurchase substantially similar securities on a specified future date. During the roll period, the Series foregoes principal and interest paid on the mortgage-backed securities. The Series is compensated for the lost interest by the difference between the current sales price and the lower price for the future purchase (often referred to as the drop) as well as by the interest earned on, and gains from, the investment of the cash proceeds of the initial sale. The Series may also be compensated by receipt of a commitment fee. If the income and capital gains from the Series investment of the cash from the initial sale do not exceed the income, capital appreciation and gain or loss that would have been realized on the securities sold as part of the dollar roll, the use of this technique will diminish the investment performance of the Series compared with what the performance would have been without the use of the dollar rolls. Dollar roll transactions involve the risk that the market value of the securities the Series is required to purchase may decline below the agreed upon repurchase price of those securities. If the broker/dealer to whom the Series sells securities becomes insolvent, the Series right to purchase or repurchase securities may be restricted. Successful use of mortgage dollar rolls may depend upon the advisers ability to correctly predict interest rates and prepayments. There is no assurance that dollar rolls can be successfully employed.
Options
Buying Call and Put Options. Each of the Series may invest up to an aggregate of 5% of its total assets in exchange-traded or over-the-counter call and put options on securities, securities indices and foreign currencies. Purchases of such options may
14
be made for the purpose of hedging against changes in the market value of the underlying securities or foreign currencies. The Series may invest in call and put options whenever, in the opinion of the adviser or subadviser, a hedging transaction is consistent with its investment objectives. The Series may sell a call option or a put option that it has previously purchased prior to the purchase (in the case of a call) or the sale (in the case of a put) of the underlying security or foreign currency. Any such sale would result in a net gain or loss depending on whether the amount received on the sale is more or less than the premium and other transaction costs paid on the call or put which is sold. Purchasing a call or put option involves the risk that the Series may lose the premium it paid plus transaction costs.
The seller of an option receives a cash payment or premium at the time of sale, which is retained by the seller whether or not, the option is exercised. This premium represents consideration to the seller for undertaking the obligation under the option contract. In the case of call options, the premium compensates the seller for the loss of the opportunity to profit from any increase in the value of the security or the index. The premium to a seller of a put option compensates the seller for the risk assumed in connection with a decline in the value of the security or index.
A call option on a security or a foreign currency gives the purchaser of the option, in return for the premium paid to the writer (seller), the right to buy the underlying security or foreign currency at the exercise price at any time during the option period.
A put option on equity or debt securities gives the holder the right to sell such a security at a specified price (the exercise price) for a stated period of time. Prior to the expiration of the option, the seller of the option has an obligation to buy the underlying security from the holder of the option at the original price specified regardless of the market price of the security at the time the option is exercised.
Call and put options on stock market indexes operate the same way as call and put options on equity or debt securities except that they are settled in cash. In effect, the holder of a call option on a stock market index has the right to buy the value represented by the index at a specified price and for a stated period of time. Conversely, the holder of a put option on a stock market index has the right to sell the value represented by the index for a specified price and for a stated period of time. To be settled in cash means that if the option is exercised, the difference in the current value of the stock market index and the exercise value must be paid in cash. For example, if a call option was bought on the XYZ stock market index with an exercise price of $100 (assuming the current value of the index is 110 points, with each point equal to $1.00), the holder of the call option could exercise the option and receive $10 (110 points minus 100 points) from the seller of the option. If the index equals 90 points, the holder of the option receives nothing.
A Series may close an open call or put option position by selling a call option, in the case of an open call position, or a put option, in the case of an open put option, which is the same as the option being closed. The Series will receive a premium for selling such an option. The premium received may be more than, equal to or less than the premium paid by the Series when it bought the option that is being closed.
The premium paid by the Series for the purchase of a call or a put option and the expiration or closing sale transaction with respect to such options are treated in a manner analogous to that described above, except there is no liability created to the Series. The premium paid for any such option is included in assets and marked to the market value on a current basis. If the options expire, the Series will realize a short-term loss on the amount of the cost of the option. If a purchased put or call option is closed out by the Series entering into a closing sale transaction, the Series will realize a short-term gain or loss, depending upon whether the sale proceeds from the closing sale transaction are greater or less than the cost of the put or call option.
Writing (Selling) Call and Put Options. Prior to the expiration of the option, the seller of a call option has an obligation to sell the underlying security to the holder of the option at the original price specified regardless of the market price of the security at the time the option is exercised. The seller of the call option receives a cash payment (premium) at the time of sale, which premium is retained by the seller whether or not the option is exercised. The premium represents consideration to the seller for undertaking the obligations under the option contract and thereby foregoing the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market price of the underlying security above the exercise price (except insofar as the premium represents such a profit).
Upon exercise by the purchaser, the writer of a call option has the obligation to sell the underlying security or foreign security, except that the value of the option depends on the weighted value of the group of securities comprising the index and all settlements are made in cash. The writer (seller) may terminate a call option by entering into a closing purchase transaction in which it purchases an option of the same Series as the option previously written.
A put option on a security or foreign currency gives the purchaser of the option, in return for the premium paid to the writer (seller), the right to sell the underlying security or foreign currency at the exercise price at any time during the option period. Upon exercise by the purchaser, the writer of a put option has the obligation to purchase the underlying security or foreign currency at the exercise price. A put option on a securities index is similar to a put option on an individual security, except that the value of the options depends on the weighted value of the group of securities comprising the index and all settlements are made in cash.
15
The Series may write exchange-traded call options on their securities. Call options may be written on portfolio securities, securities indices and foreign currencies. The Series may, with respect to securities and foreign currencies, write call and put options on an exchange or over the counter. Call options on portfolio securities will be covered since the Series will own the underlying securities or other securities that are acceptable for escrow at all times during the option period. Call options on securities indices may be written to hedge in an economically appropriate way portfolio securities which are not otherwise hedged with options or financial futures contracts and will be covered by identifying the specific portfolio securities being hedged. Call options on foreign currencies and put options on securities and foreign currencies will be covered by securities acceptable for escrow. The Series may not write options on more than 50% of its total assets. Management presently intends to cease writing options if and as long as 25% of such total assets are subject to outstanding options contracts.
The Series will write call and put options in order to obtain a return on its investments from the premiums received and will retain the premiums whether or not the options are exercised. Any decline in the market value of portfolio securities or foreign currencies will be offset to the extent of the premiums received (net of transaction costs). If an option is exercised, the premium received on the option will effectively increase the exercise price or reduce the difference between the exercise price and market value.
During the option period, the writer of a call option gives up the opportunity for appreciation in the market value of the underlying security or currency above the exercise price. It retains the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security or foreign currency decline. Writing call options also involves risks relating to the Series ability to close out options it has written.
During the option period, the writer of a put option has assumed the risk that the price of the underlying security or foreign currency will decline below the exercise price. However, the writer of the put option has retained the opportunity for any appreciation above the exercise price should the market price of the underlying security or foreign currency increase. Writing put options also involves risks relating to a portfolios ability to close out options it has written.
The Series may cover written call options with any assets, including equity securities and noninvestment grade debt, so long as the assets are liquid, unencumbered and marked to market daily (liquid assets), in the accounting records of the Series in amounts sufficient to ensure that it is able to meet its obligations under the written call should it be exercised. This method does not reduce the potential loss to the Series should the value of the underlying security increase and the option be exercised.
A written put option contract may be covered with liquid assets on the accounting records of the Series. While this may help ensure that the Series will have sufficient assets to meet its obligations under the option contract should it be exercised, it will not reduce the potential loss to the Series should the value of the underlying security decrease and the option be exercised.
Writing Covered Call Options. The Series may write (sell) covered call options on securities owned by them, including securities into which convertible securities are convertible, provided that such call options are listed on a national securities exchange.
When a Series writes a covered call option, an amount equal to the premium received by it is included in assets of the Series offset by an equivalent liability. The amount of the liability is subsequently marked to reflect the current market value of the written option. Market value is the last sale price of the options on the NYSE or other market on which it is traded or, in absence of a sale, the mean between last bid and offer prices. If an option which the Series has written either ends or the Series enters into a closing purchase transaction, the Series realizes a gain (or loss if the cost of a closing purchase transaction exceeds the premium received when the option was sold) without regard to any unrealized gain or loss on the underlying security, and the liability related to such option concludes.
Premium income earned with respect to a qualified covered call option which lapses or experiences gain or loss from such an option which is closed out (other than by exercise) generally will be short-term capital gain or loss. Further, gain or loss with respect to the exercise of such an option generally will be short-term or long-term depending upon the actual or deemed holding period of the underlying security. However, any loss realized from writing a qualified covered call option which has a strike price less than the applicable security price (defined in Section 1092(C)(4)(G) of the Code) will be treated as a long-term capital loss, if gain from the sale of the underlying security at the time the loss is realized would be long-term capital gain. Also, with respect to such options, the holding period of the underlying security will not include any period during which the Trust has an outstanding written option.
Purchasing Warrants and Stock Rights. Warrants and stock rights are almost identical to call options in their nature, use and effect except that they are issued by the issuer of the underlying security, rather than an option writer, and they generally have longer expiration dates than call options.
16
Over-the-Counter (OTC) Options. OTC options differ from exchange-traded options in several respects. They are transacted directly with dealers and not with a clearing corporation, and there is a risk of nonperformance by the dealer. However, the premium is paid in advance by the dealer. OTC options are available for a greater variety of securities and foreign currencies and in a wider range of expiration dates and exercise prices than exchange-traded options. Since there is no exchange, pricing is normally done by reference to information from a market maker. This information is carefully monitored or caused to be monitored by the adviser or subadviser and verified in appropriate cases.
A writer or purchaser of a put or call option can terminate it voluntarily only by entering into a closing transaction. In the case of OTC options, there can be no assurance that a continuous liquid secondary market will exist for any particular option at any specific time. Consequently, a Series may be able to realize the value of an OTC option it has purchased only by exercising it or entering into a closing sale transaction with the dealer that issued it. Similarly, when a Series writes an OTC option, it generally can close out that option prior to its expiration only by entering into a closing purchase transaction with the dealer to which it originally wrote the option. If a covered call option writer cannot effect a closing transaction, it cannot sell the underlying security or foreign currency until the option expires or the option is exercised. Therefore, the writer of a covered OTC call option may not be able to sell an underlying security even though it otherwise might be advantageous to do so. Likewise, the writer of a secured OTC put option may be unable to sell the securities pledged to secure the put for other investment purposes while it is obligated as a put writer. Similarly, a purchaser of an OTC put or call option also might find it difficult to terminate its position on a timely basis in the absence of a secondary market.
The Trust understands the position of the SEC staff to be that purchased OTC options and the assets used as cover for written OTC options are generally considered illiquid securities. Although the dealers with which a Series will engage in OTC options transactions are generally agreeable to and capable of entering into closing transactions, the Trust has adopted procedures for engaging in OTC options transactions for the purpose of reducing any potential adverse effect of such transactions upon the liquidity of the Series.
A Series will engage in OTC options transactions only with dealers that meet certain credit and other criteria established by the Board of Trustees of the Trust. The Trust and the adviser believe that the approved dealers present minimal credit risks to the Trust and, therefore, should be able to enter into closing transactions if necessary. A Series currently will not engage in OTC options transactions if the amount invested by the Series in OTC options, plus a liquidity charge related to OTC options written by the Series in illiquid securities plus any other portfolio securities considered to be illiquid, would exceed 10% of the Series total assets. The liquidity charge referred to above is computed as described below.
The Series anticipates entering into agreements with dealers to which the Series sell OTC options. Under these agreements a Series would have the absolute right to repurchase the OTC options from the dealer at any time at a price no greater than a price established under the agreements (the Repurchase Price). The liquidity charge referred to above for a specific OTC option transaction will be the Repurchase Price related to the OTC option less the intrinsic value of the OTC option. The intrinsic value of an OTC call option for such purposes will be the amount by which the current market value of the underlying security exceeds the exercise price. In the case of an OTC put option, intrinsic value will be the amount by which the exercise price exceeds the current market value of the underlying security. If there is no such agreement requiring a dealer to allow a Series to repurchase a specific OTC option written by the Series, the liquidity charge will be the current market value of the assets serving as cover for such OTC option.
PIK Bonds
Payment-in-kind (PIK) bonds are debt obligations that provide that the issuer may, at its option, pay interest on such bonds in cash or in the form of additional debt obligations. Such investments benefit the issuer by mitigating its need for cash to meet debt service, but also require a higher rate of return to attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash. Such investments may experience greater volatility in market value than debt obligations that make regular payments of interest. The Series will accrue income on such investments for tax and accounting purposes, which is distributable to shareholders and which, because no cash is received at the time of accrual, may require the liquidation of other portfolio securities to satisfy the Series distribution obligations.
Private Placements and Rule 144A Securities
Each Series may purchase securities, which have been privately issued and are subject to legal restrictions on resale or which are issued to qualified institutional investors under special rules adopted by the SEC. Such securities may offer higher yields than comparable publicly traded securities. Such securities ordinarily can be sold by the Series in secondary market transactions to certain qualified investors pursuant to rules established by the SEC, in privately negotiated transactions to a limited number of purchasers or in a public offering made pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 1933 Act). Public sales of such securities by a Series may involve significant delays and expense. Private sales often require negotiation with one or more purchasers and may produce less favorable prices than the sale of similar unrestricted securities. Public sales generally involve the time and expense of the preparation and processing of
17
a registration statement under the 1933 Act (and the possible decline in value of the securities during such period) and may involve the payment of underwriting commissions. In some instances, the Series may have to bear certain costs of registration in order to sell such shares publicly. Except in the case of securities sold to qualifying institutional investors under special rules adopted by the SEC for which the subadviser, under procedures adopted by the Trustees, determine the secondary market is liquid, Rule 144A Securities will be considered illiquid. Trustees may determine the secondary market is liquid based upon the following factors which will be reviewed periodically as required pursuant to procedures adopted by the Series: the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security; the frequency of trades; dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; and the nature of the security and its market. Investing in Rule 144A Securities could have the effect of increasing the level of these Series illiquid securities to the extent that qualified institutional buyers become, for a time, uninterested in purchasing these securities. Each Series, other than those listed below, may invest up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.
Privatizations
The governments of some foreign countries have been engaged in programs of selling part or all of their stakes in government owned or controlled enterprises (privatizations). Privatizations may offer opportunities for significant capital appreciation. In certain foreign countries, the ability of foreign entities to participate in privatizations may be limited by local law, or the terms on which a Series may be permitted to participate may be less advantageous than those for local investors. There can be no assurance that foreign governments will continue to sell companies currently owned or controlled by them or that privatization programs will be successful.
Real Estate Investment Trusts
REITs pool investors Trusts for investment primarily in income-producing commercial real estate or real estate related loans. A REIT is not taxed on income distributed to shareholders if it complies with several requirements relating to its organization, ownership, assets and income and a requirement that it distribute to its shareholders at least 90% of its taxable income (other than net capital gains) for each taxable year.
REITs generally can be classified as follows:
|
Ø |
Equity REITs, which invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive their income primarily from rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. | |
|
Ø |
Mortgage REITs, which invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive their income primarily from interest payments. | |
|
Ø |
Hybrid REITs, which combine the characteristics of both equity REITs and mortgage REITs. | |
Selecting REITs requires an evaluation of the merits of each type of asset a particular REIT owns, as well as regional and local economics. Due to the proliferation of REITs in recent years and the relative lack of sophistication of certain REIT managers, the quality of REIT assets has varied significantly.
In addition to these risks, equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying properties owned by the trusts, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. Further, equity and mortgage REITs are dependent upon management skills and generally are not diversified. Equity and mortgage REITs also are subject to potential defaults by borrowers, self-liquidation and the possibility of failing to qualify for tax-free status of income under the Code and failing to maintain exemption from the Investment Company Act of 1940. In the event of default by a borrower or lessee, the REIT may experience delays in enforcing its rights as a mortgagee or lessor and may incur substantial costs associated with protecting its investments. In addition, investment in REITs could cause the Series to possibly fail to qualify as a regulated investment company.
REITs are like closed-end investment companies in that they are essentially holding companies that rely on professional managers to supervise their investments.
Repurchase Agreements
Repurchase Agreements are agreements by which a Series purchases a security and obtains a simultaneous commitment from the seller (a member bank of the Federal Reserve System or, to the extent permitted 1940 Act, a recognized securities dealer) that the seller will repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and date. The resale price is in excess of the purchase price and reflects an agreed upon market rate unrelated to the coupon rate on the purchased security. In fact, such a transaction is a loan of money to the seller of the securities.
A repurchase transaction is usually accomplished either by crediting the amount of securities purchased to the accounts of the custodian of the Trust maintained in a central depository or book-entry system or by physical delivery of the securities to the Trusts custodian in return for delivery of the purchase price to the seller. Repurchase transactions are intended to be short-term transactions with the seller repurchasing the securities, usually within 7 days.
18
Even though repurchase transactions usually do not impose market risks on the purchasing Series, if the seller of the repurchase agreement defaults and does not repurchase the underlying securities, the Series might incur a loss if the value of the underlying securities declines, and disposition costs may be incurred in connection with liquidating the underlying securities. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced regarding the seller, realization upon the underlying securities may be delayed or limited, and a loss may be incurred if the underlying securities decline in value.
Each Series may invest in repurchase agreements. However, no more than 15% of a Series net assets will be invested in repurchase agreements having maturities of more than 7 days. Repurchase agreements will be entered into with commercial banks, brokers and dealers considered by the Board of Trustees and the adviser or subadviser, as applicable, acting at the Boards direction, to be creditworthy. In addition, the repurchase agreements are fully collateralized by the underlying instrument and are marked to market every business day. However, the use of repurchase agreements involves certain risks such as default by, or insolvency of, the other party to the transaction.
Reset Options
In certain instances, the Series may purchase or write options on U.S. Treasury securities, which provide for periodic adjustment of the strike price and may also provide for the periodic adjustment of the premium during the term of each such option. Like other types of options, these transactions, which may be referred to as reset options or adjustable strike options grant the purchaser the right to purchase (in the case of a call) or sell (in the case of a put), a specified type of U.S. Treasury security at any time up to a stated expiration date (or, in certain instances, on such date). In contrast to other types of options, however, the price at which the underlying security may be purchased or sold under a reset option is determined at various intervals during the term of the option, and such price fluctuates from interval to interval based on changes in the market value of the underlying security. As a result, the strike price of a reset option, at the time of exercise, may be less advantageous than if the strike price had been fixed at the initiation of the option. In addition, the premium paid for the purchase of the option may be determined at the termination, rather than the initiation, of the option. If the premium for a reset option written by the Series is paid at termination, the Series assumes the risk that (i) the premium may be less than the premium which would otherwise have been received at the initiation of the option because of such factors as the volatility in yield of the underlying Treasury security over the term of the option and adjustments made to the strike price of the option, and (ii) the option purchaser may default on its obligation to pay the premium at the termination of the option. Conversely, where the Series purchases a reset option, it could be required to pay a higher premium than would have been the case at the initiation of the option.
Reverse Repurchase Agreements
A reverse repurchase agreement is a borrowing transaction in which the Series transfers possession of a security to another party, such as a bank or broker/dealer in return for cash, and agrees to repurchase the security in the future at an agreed upon price, which includes an interest component. A Series will specifically designate in its accounting records the liquid assets in an amount sufficient to cover its obligations under reverse repurchase agreements with broker/dealers. A Series may borrow through reverse repurchase agreements in connection with meeting requests for the redemption of a Series shares. Transactions involving reverse repurchase agreements may increase fluctuations in the market value of a Series assets and may be viewed as a form of leverage. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by a Series may decline below the price at which the Series is obligated to repurchase the securities.
Short Sales
The Series may seek to hedge investments or realize additional gains through short sales. The Series may make short sales, which are transactions in which a Series sells a security it does not own, in anticipation of a decline in the market value of that security. To complete such a transaction, the Series must borrow the security to make delivery to the buyer. The Series then is obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at the time of replacement. The price at such time may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by the Series. Until the security is replaced, the Series is required to repay the lender any dividends or interest which accrue during the period of the loan. To borrow the security, the Series also may be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the security sold. The broker, to the extent necessary to meet margin requirements until the short position is closed out will retain the net proceeds of the short sale. The Series also will incur transaction costs in effecting short sales.
The Series will incur a loss as a result of the short sale if the price of the security increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the Series replaces the borrowed security. The Series will realize a gain if the price of the security declines between those dates. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of the premium, dividends or interest the Series may be required to pay in connection with a short sale.
Whenever the Series engages in short sales, it identifies liquid and unencumbered assets in an amount that, when combined with the amount of collateral deposited with the broker connection with the short sale, equals the current market value of the security sold short.
19
Short Sales Against the Box
The Series may make short sales against the box, i.e., when a security identical to one owned by the Series is borrowed and sold short. If the Series enters into a short sale against the box, it is required to segregate securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short (or securities convertible or exchangeable into such securities) and is required to hold such securities while the short sale is outstanding. The Series will incur transaction costs, including interest, in connection with opening, maintaining, and closing short sales against the box.
Small and Mid Capitalization Securities
Investments in small or mid capitalization companies involve greater risk than is generally associated with larger, more established companies. The securities of smaller companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than larger companies. The securities of small or medium-sized companies are often traded over-the-counter, and may not be traded in volumes typical of securities traded on a national securities exchange. Consequently, the securities of small or medium-sized companies may have limited market stability and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than securities of larger, more established companies or the market averages in general.
Speculative Bonds
The Series may invest in fixed income and convertible securities rated Baa by Moodys Investors Service, Inc. (Moodys) or BBB by Standard & Poors Corporation (Standard & Poors), Fitch or Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Company (Duff & Phelps) and comparable unrated securities. These securities, while normally exhibiting adequate protection parameters, have speculative characteristics and changes in economic conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make principal and interest payments than in the case of higher grade securities.
Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities
Stripped mortgage-backed securities (SMBS) are derivative multi-class mortgage securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan institutions, mortgage banks, commercial banks and investment banks. SMBS are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions from a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of SMBS will have one class receiving some of the interest and most of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive most of the interest and the remainder of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (the interest-only or IO class) while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only or PO class). The yield to maturity on an IO is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments, including prepayments on the related underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on such securitys yield to maturity. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Series may fail to fully recoup its initial investment in these securities. The market value of the class consisting primarily or entirely of principal payments generally is unusually volatile in response to changes in interest rates. Because SMBS were only recently introduced, established trading markets for these securities have not yet developed, although the securities are traded among institutional investors and investment banking firms.
Swap Agreements
Swap agreements are two party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In a standard swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments. The gross returns to be exchanged or swapped between the parties are calculated with respect to a notional amount, i.e., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency, or in a basket of securities representing a particular index. Commonly used swap agreements include (i) interest rate caps, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or cap, (ii) interest rate floors, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified level, or floor, and (iii) interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor or vice versa in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels. The notional amount of the swap agreement is only a fictive basis on which to calculate the obligations that the parties to a swap agreement have agreed to exchange. The Series obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the net amount). The Series obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owing to the Series) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by specifically designating in the Series accounting records the liquid assets to avoid any potential leveraging of the Series holdings. The Series will not enter into a swap agreement with any single party if the net amount owed or to be received under existing contracts with that party would exceed 5% of the Series assets.
20
Whether the Series use of swap agreements will be successful in furthering its investment objective will depend on an adviser or subadvisers ability to correctly predict whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments. Because they are two party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid. Moreover, the Series bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of swap agreement counterparty. The adviser or subadviser will cause the Series to enter into swap agreements only with counterparties that would be eligible for consideration as repurchase agreement counterparties under the Series repurchase agreement guidelines. Certain restrictions imposed on the Series by the Internal Revenue Code may limit a Series ability to use swap agreements. The swaps market is largely unregulated. Swaps agreements generally are exempt or excluded from most provisions of the Commodity Exchange Act (CEA) and, therefore, are not regulated as futures or commodity option transactions under the CEA. It is possible that developments in the swaps market, including potential government regulation, could adversely affect a Series ability to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.
Temporary Borrowing
The Series may borrow money for temporary purposes (e.g., to meet redemption requests or settle outstanding purchases of portfolio securities).
Time Deposits
Time deposits are deposits in a bank or other financial institution for a specified period of time at a fixed interest rate for which negotiable certificates are not received.
U.S. Government Obligations
Securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States Government include a variety of Treasury securities, which differ only in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance. Treasury bills have a maturity of one year or less. Treasury notes have maturities of one to seven years, and Treasury bonds generally have maturity of greater than five years.
Agencies of the United States Government which issue or guarantee obligations include, among others, Export-Import Bank of the United States, Farmers Home Administration, Federal Housing Administration, Government National Mortgage Association, Maritime Administration, Small Business Administration and The Tennessee Valley Authority. Obligations of instrumentalities of the United States Government include securities issued or guaranteed by, among others, the Federal National Mortgage Association, Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, Banks for Cooperatives and the U.S. Postal Service. Securities issued or guaranteed by the Export-Import Bank of the United States, Farmers Home Administration, Federal Housing Administration, Government National Mortgage Association, Maritime Administration and Small Business Administration are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury. Securities issued or guaranteed by Federal National Mortgage Association and Federal Home Loan Banks are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the Treasury. Securities issued or guaranteed by the other agencies or instrumentalities listed above are supported only by the credit of the issuing agency.
Variable and Floating Rate Obligations
Investments in variable or floating rate securities normally will involve industrial development or revenue bonds which provide that the rate of interest is set as a specific percentage of a designated base rate, such as rates on Treasury Bonds or Bills or the prime rate at a major commercial bank, and that a bondholder can demand payment of the obligations on behalf of the Series on short notice at par plus accrued interest, which amount may be more or less than the amount the bondholder paid for them. The maturity of floating or variable rate obligations (including participation interests therein) is deemed to be the longer of (i) the notice period required before the Series is entitled to receive payment of the obligation upon demand or (ii) the period remaining until the obligations next interest rate adjustment. If not redeemed by the Series through the demand feature, the obligations mature on a specified date that may range up to thirty years from the date of issuance.
When-Issued Securities
The Series may purchase securities on a when-issued basis. New issues of certain securities are offered on a when-issued basis, that is, delivery and payment for the securities normally takes place 15 to 45 days or more after the date of the commitment to purchase. The payment obligation and the interest rate if any, that will be received on the securities are each fixed at the time the buyer enters into the commitment. The Series will generally make a commitment to purchase such securities with the intention of actually acquiring the securities. However, the Series may sell these securities before the settlement date if it is deemed advisable as a matter of investment strategy. When the Series purchases securities on a when-issued basis, cash or liquid securities equal in value to commitments for the when-issued securities will be specifically designated in the Series accounting records. Such segregated securities either will mature or, if necessary, be sold on or before the settlement date.
21
Securities purchased on a when-issued basis are subject to changes in market value. Therefore, to the extent the Series remains substantially fully invested at the same time that they have purchased securities on a when-issued basis, there will be greater fluctuations in the net asset values than if the Series merely set aside cash to pay for when-issued securities. In addition, there will be a greater potential for the realization of capital gains. When the time comes to pay for when-issued securities, the Series will meet its obligations from then available cash flow, the sales of securities or, although it would not normally expect to do so, from the sale of the when-issued securities themselves (which may have a value greater or less than the payment obligation). Lastly, investing in when-issued securities includes the risk that the securities may never be issued, in which event the Series may incur expenses associated with unwinding such transactions.
Yield Curve Options
The Series may enter into options on the spread, or yield differential, between two fixed income securities, in transactions referred to as yield curve options. In contrast to other types of options, a yield curve option is based on the difference between the yields of designated securities, rather than the prices of the individual securities, and is settled through cash payments. Accordingly, a yield curve option is profitable to the holder if this differential widens (in the case of a call) or narrows (in the case of a put), regardless of whether the yields of the underlying securities increase or decrease.
Yield curve options may be used for the same purposes as other options on securities. Specifically, the Series may purchase or write such options for hedging purposes. For example, the Series may purchase a call option on the yield spread between two securities, if it owns one of the securities and anticipates purchasing the other security and wants to hedge against an adverse change in the yield spread between the two securities. The Series may also purchase or write yield curve options for other than hedging purposes (i.e., in an effort to increase its current income) if, in the judgment of the adviser, the Series will be able to profit from movements in the spread between the yields of the underlying securities. The trading of yield curve options is subject to all of the risks associated with the trading of other types of options. In addition, however, such options present risk of loss even if the yield of one of the underlying securities remains constant, if the spread moves in a direction or to an extent which was not anticipated. Yield curve options written by the Series will be covered. A call (or put) option is covered if the Series holds another call (or put) option on the spread between the same two securities and owns liquid and unencumbered assets sufficient to cover the Series net liability under the two options. Therefore, the Series liability for such a covered option is generally limited to the difference between the amount of the Series liability under the option written by the Series less the value of the option held by the Series. Yield curve options may also be covered in such other manner as may be in accordance with the requirements of the counterparty with which the option is traded and applicable laws and regulations. Yield curve options are traded over-the-counter and because they have been only recently introduced, established trading markets for these securities have not yet developed.
Zero and Deferred Coupon Debt Securities
The Series may invest in debt obligations that do not make any interest payments for a
specified period of time prior to maturity (deferred coupon obligations) or until maturity (zero coupon obligations). Because deferred and zero coupon bonds do not make interest payments for a certain period of time, they are
purchased by the Series at a deep discount and their value fluctuates more in response to interest rate changes than does the value of debt obligations that make current interest payments. The degree of fluctuation with interest rate changes is
greater when the deferred period is longer. Therefore, there is a risk that the value of the Series shares may decline more as a result of an increase in interest rates than would be the case if the Series did not invest in deferred or zero
ADDITIONAL INVESTMENT POLICIES OF CERTAIN SERIES
The following policies are non-fundamental and may be changed without shareholder vote.
Virtus Growth & Income Series
The Virtus Growth & Income Series may invest up to 5% of its net assets in warrants and stock rights, but no more than 2% of its net assets in warrants and stock rights not listed on the NYSE.
Virtus International Series
The Virtus International Series may invest up to 5% of its net assets in warrants and stock rights, but no more than 2% of its net assets in warrants and stock rights not listed on the NYSE.
This Series also may hedge its foreign currency exchange rate risk by engaging in currency financial futures and options transactions.
The Series may invest in nonconvertible fixed income securities of non-U.S. issuers when the adviser believes that such securities are appropriate for the achievement of the Series investment objective. The nonconvertible fixed income securities may consist of: corporate notes, bonds, debentures and other securities (such as Euro-currency instruments) of non-U.S. issuers that are rated within the three highest rating categories of rating services or, if unrated, are deemed by the adviser to
22
be of comparable credit quality; and securities issued by foreign governments and supranational agencies (such as the World Bank).
Virtus Multi-Sector Fixed Income Series
The Virtus Multi-Sector Fixed Income Series may only purchase a call option to terminate a previously written call option. (See Writing Covered Call Options.)
Virtus Real Estate Securities Series
As the Virtus Real Estate Securities Series invests in REITs, investors will bear not only the proportionate share of the expenses of the Series but also, the similar expenses of the underlying REITs.
The Virtus Real Estate Securities Series will not invest in real estate directly, but only in securities issued by real estate companies. However, the portfolio may be subject to risks similar to those associated with the direct ownership of real estate because of its policy of concentrating in the securities of companies in the real estate industry. These include declines in the value of real estate, risks related to general and local economic conditions, dependence on management skill, cash flow dependence, possible lack of availability of long-term mortgage trusts, overbuilding, extended vacancies of properties, decreased occupancy rates and increased competition, increases in property taxes and operating expenses, changes in neighborhood values and the appeal of the properties to tenants and changes in interest rates.
The Virtus Real Estate Securities Series may invest in debt securities rated BBB or better by Standard & Poors or Baa or better by Moodys or, if not rated, are judged to be of comparable quality as determined by Duff & Phelps. In choosing debt securities for purchase by the Series, Duff & Phelps will employ the same analytical and valuation techniques utilized in managing the equity portion of the Virtus Real Estate Securities Series holdings and will invest in debt securities only of companies that satisfy Duff & Phelps investment criteria.
Virtus Strategic Allocation Series
Immediately after entering into an opening option position, the total value of all open option positions based on exercise price will not exceed 10% of the Virtus Strategic Allocation Series total assets.
Market Segment Investments. The Virtus Strategic Allocation Series seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in the three market segments of stocks, bonds and money market instruments described below.
| Ø | Stocks common stocks and other equity-type securities such as preferred stocks, securities convertible into common stock and warrants; |
| Ø | Bonds bonds and other debt securities with maturities generally exceeding one year, including: |
| |
publicly-offered straight debt securities having a rating within the 4 highest grades as determined by Moodys (Aaa, Aa, A or Baa) or Standard & Poors (AAA, AA, A or BBB) or, if unrated, those publicly-offered straight debt securities which are judged by the Account to be of equivalent quality to securities so rated; |
| |
obligations issued, sponsored, assumed or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities; |
| |
obligations (payable in U.S. dollars) issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the Government of Canada or of a Province of Canada or any instrumentality or political subdivision thereof, provided such obligations have a rating within the highest grades as determined by Moodys (Aaa, Aa or A) or Standard & Poors (AAA, AA or A) and do not exceed 25% of the Virtus Strategic Allocation Series total assets; |
| |
publicly offered straight debt securities issued or guaranteed by a national or state bank or bank holding company (as defined in the Federal Bank Holding Company Act, as amended) having a rating within the 3 highest grades as determined by Moodys (Aaa, Aa or A) or Standard & Poors (AAA, AA or A), and certificates of deposit of such banks; and |
| |
high yield, high risk fixed income securities (commonly referred to as junk bonds) having a rating below Baa by Moodys or BBB by Standard & Poors or unrated securities of comparable quality provided such securities do not exceed 10% of the Virtus Strategic Allocation Series total assets. |
| Ø | Money Market money market instruments and other debt securities with maturities generally not exceeding one year, including: |
| |
those money market instruments described in this SAI; and |
| |
reverse repurchase agreements with respect to any of the foregoing obligations. Reverse repurchase agreements are agreements in which the Series, as the seller of the securities, agrees to repurchase them at an agreed time and price. This transaction constitutes a borrowing of money by the seller of the securities. The Series will maintain sufficient |
23
|
Trusts in a segregated account with its custodian to repurchase securities pursuant to any outstanding reverse repurchase agreement. The Series is required to maintain asset coverage of at least 300% at all times for all obligations under reverse repurchase agreements. |
Trading . The adviser will engage in trading when it believes that the trade, net of transaction costs, will improve interest income or capital appreciation potential, or will lessen capital loss potential. Whether these goals will be achieved through trading depends on the advisers ability to evaluate particular securities and anticipate relevant market factors, including interest rate trends and variations. If the advisers evaluations and expectations prove to be incorrect, the Series income or capital appreciation may be reduced and its capital losses may be increased. Portfolio trading involves transaction costs. Purchases and sales of securities will be made, whenever necessary, in the advisers view, to achieve the total return investment objective of the Series without regard to the resulting brokerage costs.
In addition to the traditional investment techniques for purchasing and selling and engaging in trading, the Virtus Strategic Allocation Series may enter into financial futures and options contracts.
The Trusts fundamental policies as they affect any Series cannot be changed without the approval of a vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of such Series, which is the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the voting securities of such Series present at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such Series are present or represented by proxy or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such Series. A proposed change in fundamental policy or investment objective will be deemed to have been effectively acted upon by any Series if a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that Series votes for the approval of the proposal as provided above, notwithstanding (1) that such matter has not been approved by a majority of the outstanding securities of any other Series affected by such matter and (2) that such matter has not been approved by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust. Compliance with applicable percentage thresholds is measured as of the time of initial investment.
Fundamental Investment Restrictions
The following investment restrictions are fundamental policies of the Series described in this SAI and may not be changed except as described above.
| 1. | A Series may not, with respect to 75% of its total assets, purchase securities of an issuer (other than the U.S. Government, its agencies, instrumentalities or authorities or repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government securities and other investment companies, if: (a) such purchase would, at the time, cause more than 5% of the Series total assets, taken at market value, to be invested in the securities of such issuer; or (b) such purchase would, at the time, result in more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer being held by the Series. This restriction does not apply to the Virtus Real Estate Securities Series. |
| 2. | A Series may not purchase securities in a given industry if, after giving effect to the purchase, more than 25% of its total assets would be invested in the securities of one or more issuers conducting business activities in the same industry (excluding the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities). This restriction does not apply to the Virtus Real Estate Securities. In addition, the Virtus Strategic Allocation Series may invest more than 25% of its assets in the banking industry. This prohibition shall not apply to the purchase of investment company shares by the Virtus Premium AlphaSector Series. |
| 3. | A Series may not issue senior securities in contravention of the 1940 Act. Activities permitted by SEC exemptive orders or staff interpretations shall not be deemed prohibited by this restriction. |
| 4. | A Series may not borrow money, except (i) in amounts not to exceed one third of the value of the Series total assets (including the amount borrowed) from banks, and (ii) up to an additional 5% of its total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. For purposes of this restriction, (a) investment techniques such as margin purchases, short sales, forward commitments, and roll transactions, (b) investments in instruments such as futures contracts, swaps, and options, and (c) short-term credits extended in connection with trade clearances and settlement shall not constitute borrowing. |
| 5. | A Series may not underwrite the securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that, in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities, a Series may be deemed to be an underwriter under the applicable law. |
| 6. | A Series may not purchase or sell real estate, except that a Series may (i) acquire or lease office space for its own use, (ii) invest in securities of issuers that invest in real estate or interests therein, (iii) invest in mortgage-related securities and other securities that are secured by real estate or interests therein, or (iv) hold and sell real estate acquired by the Series as a result of the ownership of securities. |
24
| 7. | A Series may not lend securities or make any other loans if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of its total assets would be lent to other parties except that a Series may purchase debt securities, may enter into repurchase agreements, may lend portfolio securities and may acquire loans, loan participations and assignments (both funded and unfunded) and other forms of debt instruments. |
| 8. | A Series may not purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except a Series may purchase and sell derivatives (including, but not limited to, options, futures contracts and options on futures contracts) whose value is tied to the value of a financial index or a financial instrument or other asset (including, but not limited to, securities indices, interest rates, securities, currencies and physical commodities). |
The portfolio turnover rate of each Series is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities during the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the Series securities (excluding all securities, including options, with maturities at the time of acquisition of one year or less). All long-term securities, including long-term U.S. Government securities, are included. A high rate of portfolio turnover generally involves correspondingly greater brokerage commission expenses, which must be borne directly by the Series. Turnover rates may vary greatly from year to year as well as within a particular year and also may be affected by cash requirements for redemptions of each Series shares by requirements that enable the Trust to receive certain favorable tax treatments. The portfolio turnover rates for each Series are set forth under Financial Highlights in the prospectus. The portfolio turnover rates for Virtus Small-Cap Value Series may have been a higher than average portfolio turnover rate for 2009 since a new subadviser was appointed to manage the Series.
25
Unless noted otherwise, the address of each Trustee is c/o Virtus Variable Insurance Trust, 100 Pearl Street, Hartford, CT 06103.
Independent Trustees
|
Name,
|
Position with
|
Term of Office
|
Principal Occupation(s)
|
Number of
|
Other Directorships
|
|||||
|
Roger A. Gelfenbien 67 |
Trustee; Lead Independent Trustee and Chairperson of the Audit Committee |
Served since
2000 |
Retired. | [9] |
Director, Webster Bank (2003-present).
Director, USAllianz Variable Insurance Product Trust, 23 funds (1999-present). |
|||||
|
Eunice S. Groark 72 |
Trustee; Chairperson of Governance and Nominating Committee |
Served since
1999 |
Attorney, private practice. | [9] | Director, Peoples Bank (1995-present). | |||||
|
John R. Mallin 59 |
Trustee |
Served since
1999 |
Partner/Attorney, McCarter & English LLP
(2003-present). |
[9] | N/A | |||||
|
Hassell H. McClellan 64 |
Trustee; Chairperson of Investment Performance Committee |
Served since
2008 |
Associate Professor, Wallace E. Carroll School of Management, Boston College (1984-present). | [9] | Independent Trustee, John Hancock Trust (2000-present) and John Hancock Funds II (2005-present). Board of Overseers, Tufts University School of Dental Medicine (2000-2008). Board of Directors, Barnes, 2010. | |||||
|
Philip R. McLoughlin 64 |
Chairman/Trustee; |
Served since
2003 |
Partner, Cross Pond Partners, LLC, (2006-present). | [9] | Director, World Trust Fund. Director/Trustee/ Chairperson, Virtus Mutual Funds (1989-present). | |||||
26
Officers
|
Name, Address
|
Position with
|
Term of Office
|
Principal Occupation(s)
|
|||
|
George R. Aylward 46 |
President |
Indefinite Term; Served since November 2010 |
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (since 2008), Virtus Investment Partners, Inc. and/or certain of its subsidiaries. Director and President (2006-2008), Chief Operating Officer (2004-2006), Vice President, Finance, (2001-2002), Phoenix Investment Partners, Ltd. and/or certain of its subsidiaries. Various senior officer and directorship positions with Virtus (formerly Phoenix) affiliates (2005-present). Senior Executive Vice President and President, Asset Management (2007-2008), Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Asset Management (2004-2007), Vice President and Chief of Staff (2001-2004), The Phoenix Companies, Inc. Various senior officer and directorship positions with Phoenix affiliates (2005-2008). President (2006-present), Executive Vice President (2004-2006), the Virtus Mutual Funds Family. Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, The Zweig Fund Inc. and The Zweig Total Return Fund Inc. (2006-present) | |||
|
Marc Baltuch 900 Third Avenue New York, NY 10022 64 |
Independent
Chief Compliance Officer (CCO) |
Indefinite Term; Served since 2004 | Chief Compliance Officer, Zweig-DiMenna Associates LLC (1989-present); Vice President and Compliance Officer, certain of the Trusts in the Virtus Trust Family; Vice President, The Zweig Total Return Trust, Inc. (2004-present); Vice President, The Zweig Trust, Inc., (2004-present); President and Director of Watermark Securities, Inc. (1991-present) | |||
|
Kevin J. Carr 56 |
Vice President,
Chief Legal Officer (CLO), Counsel and Secretary |
Indefinite Term; Served since November 2010 |
Senior Vice President (since 2009), Counsel and Secretary (2008-present) and Vice President (2008-2009), Virtus Investment Partners, Inc. and/or certain of its subsidiaries. Vice President and Counsel, Phoenix Life Insurance Company (2005-2008). Compliance Officer of Investments and Counsel, Travelers Life & Annuity Company (January 2005-May 2005). Assistant General Counsel and certain other positions, The Hartford Financial Services Group (1995-2005). | |||
|
W. Patrick Bradley 38 |
Sr. Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer (CFO), Treasurer and Principal Accounting Officer |
Indefinite Term; Served since November 2004 | Senior Vice President, Fund Administration (since 2009), Vice President, Fund Administration (2007-2009), Second Vice President, Fund Control & Tax (2004-2006), Virtus Investment Partners, Inc. and/or certain of its subsidiaries (formerly known as Phoenix Investment Partners, Ltd., and an affiliate of The Phoenix Companies, Inc., through 2008). Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Principal Accounting Officer (2006-present), Assistant Treasurer (2004-2006), Virtus Variable Insurance Trust. Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (2005-present), Assistant Treasurer (2004-2006), certain funds within the Virtus Mutual Funds Family (formerly known as the Phoenix Funds, and affiliates of The Phoenix Companies, Inc., through 2008). | |||
27
|
Name, Address
|
Position with
|
Term of Office
|
Principal Occupation(s)
|
|||
|
Francis G. Waltman 48 |
Senior Vice President |
Indefinite Term; Served since November 2010 |
Executive Vice President, Head of Product Management (since 2009), Senior Vice President, Asset Management Product Development (2008-2009), Senior Vice President, Asset Management Product Development (2005-2007), Virtus Investment Partners, Inc. and/or certain of its subsidiaries (formerly known as Phoenix Investment Partners, Ltd., and an affiliate of The Phoenix Companies, Inc., through 2008). Director (2008-present), Director and President (2006-2007), VP Distributors, Inc. (f/k/a Phoenix Equity Planning Corporation). Director and Senior Vice President, Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc. (since 2008). | |||
None of the Trustees or officers directly own shares of the Trust. The Trustees and officers as a group owned variable contracts that entitled them to give voting instructions with respect to less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Trust.
The Board and Oversight Function. The Board is responsible for oversight of the Trust. The Trust has engaged Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc. (VIA) to manage the Trust on a day-to-day basis. The Board is responsible for overseeing VIA and the other service providers in the operations of the Trust in accordance with the Trusts investment objective and policies and otherwise in accordance with its prospectus, the requirements of the 1940 Act and other applicable Federal, state and other securities and other laws, and the Trusts charter and bylaws. The Board meets in-person at regularly scheduled meetings four times throughout the year. In addition, the Trustees may meet in-person or by telephone at special meetings or on an informal basis at other times. The Independent Trustees also regularly meet without the presence of any representatives of management. As described below, the Board has established four standing committeesthe Audit, Governance and Nominating, Executive, and Investment Performance Committeesand may establish ad hoc committees or working groups from time to time, to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities. Although each committee is composed exclusively of Independent Trustees, any interested Trustees may also attend the Committee meetings. The responsibilities of each committee, including its oversight responsibilities, are described further below. The Independent Trustees have also engaged independent legal counsel, Sullivan & Worcester LLP, to assist them in performing their oversight responsibilities. In addition, the Trustees have engaged a Chief Compliance Officer for the Trust.
Board Conclusion on Experience, Qualifications, Attributes and Skills of Trustees
The Governance and Nominating Committee of the Board, which is composed of five Independent Trustees, reviews the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills of potential candidates for nomination or election by the Board, and would conduct a similar review in connection with the proposed nomination of current Trustees for re-election by shareholders at any annual or special meeting of shareholders. In evaluating a candidate for nomination or election as a Trustee the Governance and Nominating Committee takes into account the contribution that the candidate would be expected to make and the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills that the Governance and Nominating Committee believes contributes to good governance for the Fund.
The Board has concluded that, based on each Trustees experience, qualifications, attributes and skills on an individual basis and in combination with those of the other Trustees, each Trustee is qualified and should continue to serve as such. Three of the five Independent Trustees have been a Board member for approximately ten years. The two remaining Trustees have served the Trust for approximately three and six years. In determining that a particular Trustee was and continues to be qualified to serve as a Trustee, the Board has considered a variety of criteria. In addition, the Board has taken into account the actual service, commitment and participation of each Trustee during his or her past tenure with the Fund in concluding that each Trustee should continue to serve. Information about the specific experience, skills, attributes and qualifications of each Trustee, which in each case led to the Boards conclusion that the Trustee should continue to serve as a director of the Fund, is as follows.
Mr. Gelfenbien, currently retired, was employed as an accountant and consultant in the financial services sector for over thirty years, as well as having ten years experience with an unaffiliated fund as a director.
Mrs. Groark, currently retired, was a sole practitioner attorney for ten years. Mrs. Groark was elected Connecticuts first female Lieutenant Governor in 1990 (in office 1991-1995) and served as Corporation Counsel in Hartford, CT from 1987 to 1990. She also served on the Hartford, CT City Council for four years. Mrs. Groark was a director of a Bank of America predecessor.
28
Mr. Mallin is a real estate partner and practice group leader for the Real Estate / Construction / Environmental Practice Group at McCarter & English LLP. During his career, he has been involved in all aspects of real estate development and financial transactions related to real estate.
Mr. McClellan has extensive business experience in advising and consulting with companies to improve the companys management and operations, as well as serving as a business educator at several colleges.
Mr. McLoughlin has extensive investment advisory experience. He was the Chairman (1997-2002) and Chief Executive Officer (1995-2002) for Phoenix Investment Partners, Ltd., an investment adviser registered with the SEC. He was also the Chief Investment Counsel (12/1994-2002) for Phoenix Investment Partners, Ltd. and the General Counsel (1983-1988) for Phoenix Mutual Life Insurance Company.
The Board believes that, collectively, the Trustees have the appropriate experience, qualifications, attribute, and skills, which allow the Board to operate effectively in governing the Fund and protecting the interests of shareholders. Common attributes to all Trustees are their ability to review, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them (and to request additional information), to interact effectively with VIA, the subadvisers, the Administrator, VP Distributors, Inc., and other service providers, the independent CCO, CLO and Funds independent registered public accounting firm.
Mr. McLoughlin, the Chairman of the Board, is an Independent Trustee. Under the previous adviser, he was not deemed to be an Independent Trustee by reason of his relationship with affiliates of the previous advisers parent company. The Chairmans duties include setting the agenda for each Board meeting in consultation with management, presiding at each Board meeting, meeting with management between Board meetings, and facilitating communication and coordination between the Trustees and management. The Trustees have determined that the Boards leadership by the Chairman, Lead Independent Trustee and its committees composed exclusively of Independent Trustees is appropriate because they believe it sets the proper tone to the relationships between the Fund, on the one hand, and VIA, the subadvisers and other service providers, on the other, and facilitates the exercise of the Boards independent judgment in evaluating and managing the relationships.
Risk Oversight. The Fund is subject to a number of risks, including investment, compliance and operational risks, among others. In general, the Board exercises oversight of the risk management process primarily through the Audit Committee and Investment Performance Committee, as well as through oversight by the Board itself. In particular, the day-to-day investment risk, including credit and liquidity risks, is managed by VIA, the subadvisers, and the Administrator. Operational risk and overall business risk is managed by the Administrator, CCO, and other service providers. Compliance risk is managed by the CCO and VIAs Chief Compliance Officer.
Risk oversight forms part of the Boards general oversight of the Funds investment program and operations and is addressed as part of various regular Board and committee activities, especially the Investment Performance Committee. The Funds investment management is carried out by or through VIA, the subadvisers and other service providers. Each of these persons has an independent interest in risk management functions but the policies and the methods by which one or more risk management functions are carried out may differ from the Funds and each others in the setting of priorities, the resources available or the effectiveness of relevant controls. For example, the Trustees conduct occasional on-sight visits to the subadvisers and the independent CCO conducts on-sight visits to the service providers on an annual basis. In general, the Trustees receive quarterly reports from, among others, management, VIAs Chief Compliance Officer, the Trusts independent registered public accounting firm, and independent counsel to the Independent Trustees, if requested by the Trustees, regarding risks faced by the Fund and VIAs and the subadvisers management programs.
Not all risks can be identified, nor can controls be developed to eliminate or mitigate the occurrence or effects of all risks. Moreover, it is necessary to bear certain risks such as investment-related risks to achieve the Funds goals. As a result, Funds ability to manage risk is subject to substantial limitations.
Committees of the Board
Audit Committee. The Board has an Audit Committee comprised of entirely Independent Trustees. Audit Committee members are: Roger A. Gelfenbien, Eunice S. Groark, John R. Mallin, and Hassell H. McClellan. The Audit Committee meets with the Trusts Independent auditors to review the scope of their services, including non-audited functions, as well as the results of their examination of the Trusts financial statements. The Audit Committee also meets with the Independent auditors to review the adequacy of the Trusts accounting policies and procedures. The Audit Committee met in person two times and had two telephonic meetings in 2009.
Governance and Nominating Committee. The Board has a Governance and Nominating Committee comprised entirely of Independent Trustees that selects and nominates new candidates for election as Independent Trustees; develops and recommends to the Board a set of governance principles applicable to the Trust; oversees annually the evaluation of the Board, this Committee and management of other committees of the Trust; and assists the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to matters relating to the interests of the shareholders of the Trust. The Governance and Nominating Committee will not consider nominees recommended by Policyholders or Contract owners. Eunice S. Groark,
29
Roger A. Gelfenbien, John R. Mallin, and Hassell H. McClellan comprise the Governance and Nominating Committee. The Governance and Nominating Committee met in person four times in 2009.
Investment Performance Committee. The Board has an Investment Performance Committee comprised entirely of Independent Trustees that monitors and reviews the investment performance of the Trust. Investment Performance Committee members are Eunice S. Groark, Roger A. Gelfenbien, John R. Mallin, and Hassell H. McClellan. The Investment Performance Committee met in person four times in 2009.
Executive Committee. The Executive Committee can act for the Board of Trustees in any manner that the Board of Trustees may direct subject to the 1940 Act. Eunice S. Groark, and John R. Mallin serve as members of the Executive Committee of the Board of Trustees. The Executive Committee did not meet in 2009.
Compensation Table
Trustee costs are allocated equally to each of the Series of the Trust. Officers and employees of the adviser who are interested persons are compensated by the adviser and receive no compensation from the Trust. Each Independent Trustee receives from the Trust a $20,000 retainer plus $8,000 for each Board meeting attended, $4,000 for attendance at each special in person or telephonic attendance at regularly scheduled in person meeting and $1,000 per telephonic attendance at special telephone meeting. The Lead Director receives an additional $5,000 retainer fee. The Chairperson of the Governance and Nominating Committee receives an additional $2,000 retainer fee. The Chairperson of the Investment Performance Committee receives an additional $2,000 retainer fee. Committee members receive an additional fee of $2,000 for each committee meeting attended. The Chairperson of the Audit Committee receives an additional $2,000 retainer fee. In addition, the Trust reimburses each of the Independent Trustees for travel and other expenses incurred in connection with attendance at such meetings. Trustees are not entitled to receive any retirement benefits or deferred compensation from the Trust. The Trustees received the following compensation from the Trust for the year ended December 31, 2009:
|
Name |
Aggregate Compensation+
|
|||
| Frank M. Ellmer | $ | 68,000 | | |
| Roger A. Gelfenbien | $ | 54,000 | ||
| Eunice S. Groark | $ | 62,000 | ||
| Frank E. Grzelecki* | $ | 57,000 | ||
| John R. Mallin | $ | 60,000 | ||
| Hassell H. McClellan | $ | 63,000 | ||
| Philip R. McLoughlin | $ | 60,000 | ||
| TOTAL | $ | 424,000 | ||
| * | Frank E. Grzelecki retired from the Trust as of December 31, 2009. |
| |
Frank M. Ellmer retired from the Trust as of June 30, 2010. |
| + | For 2009, each Independent Trustee received from the Trust a $20,000 retainer, $8,000 quarterly Board fee for attendance, $4,000 for a scheduled in-person or telephonic meeting, and $1,000 for a special telephonic Board or Committee meeting. The Lead Director and Committee Chairpersons compensation remains the same as the 2008 compensation. |
|
A deferred compensation plan is available to the Trustees. Neither the Fund nor any affiliates provide additional compensation with respect to this deferred
|
Trustee Ownership of Securities
As of December 31, 2009, no Trustee owned beneficially any shares of the Trust or any portfolio in the family of investment companies.
Interests of Independent Trustees
SEC Release No. 33-7932 requires, among other things, that for certain regulatory filings made after February 15, 2002, mutual Trust registrants must disclose potential conflicts of interest involving trustees that could affect their independence. These requirements require disclosure by each Independent Trustee, or their immediate family members, of any direct or indirect interests or material interests, which exceed $120,000, during the two most recently completed calendar years, or which could impact on their independence. An Independent trustee has agreed to provide the following disclosures in accordance with the referenced release. The trustee maintains that the existence of these facts or circumstances have not, or do not, in any manner, affect her ability to serve as impartial and Independent trustees.
Mrs. Groarks husband, Tom Groark, is Of Counsel to the law firm of Day Pitney LLP (Day). During the last completed calendar year, Day provided legal services to Phoenix affiliates. Mr. Groark did not work on or have any other involvement with any of these matters and they did not have a material effect on his compensation.
30
Board of Trustees Consideration of Advisory and Subadvisory Agreements
A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees approving the investment advisory and subadvisory agreements is available in the Trusts annual and semiannual reports covering the period January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009.
Description of Shares
The Declaration of Trust authorizes the issuance of an unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest of each Series, each of which represents an equal proportionate interest in that Series.
For each Series, the Trust currently issues only one class of shares that participates equally in dividends and distributions and has equal voting, liquidation and other rights. Each share upon liquidation entitles a shareholder to a pro rata share in the net assets of that Series. Shareholders have no preemptive conversion or exchange rights. When issued for the consideration described in the prospectus, the shares are fully paid and nonassessable by the Trust. The Declaration of Trust provides that the Trustees of the Trust may create additional Series of shares or separate classes of portfolios without shareholder approval. Share certificates representing the shares will not be issued.
Voting
Each share of each Series entitles the shareholder of record to one vote. Where a matter pertains solely to one or more Series, only the shareholders of such Series will be entitled to vote. Under the Declaration of Trust and Massachusetts business trust law, the Trust is not required to hold annual shareholder meetings. It is not anticipated that the Trust will hold shareholder meetings unless required by law, although special meetings may be called for a specific Series, or for the Trust as a whole, for the election or removal of a Trustee, changing a fundamental policy, or approving a new or amended advisory contract or subadvisory agreement. In addition, the Declaration of Trust provides that the holders of not less than two-thirds of the outstanding voting shares may remove a person serving as trustee either by written instrument or at a meeting held for that purpose. The Trustees are required to call a meeting for the purpose of considering the removal of a person serving as a Trustee, if requested in writing by the holders of not less than 10% of the outstanding shares of the Trust. In accordance with current laws, it is anticipated that an insurance company issuing a variable contract that participates in the Trust will request voting instructions from the variable contract owners and will vote the shares in the separate account in proportion to the voting instructions received. The Trusts shares do not have cumulative voting rights.
Manager of Managers Exemptive Order
The Trust and VIA have each received an exemptive order from the SEC granting exemptions from certain provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, pursuant to which VIA will, subject to supervision and approval of the Trusts Board of Trustees, be permitted to enter into and materially amend subadvisory agreements without such agreements being approved by the shareholders of the applicable Series of the Trust. The Trust and VIA, therefore, with approval from the Board of Trustees have the right to hire, terminate, or replace certain subadvisers without shareholder approval, including, without limitation, the replacement or reinstatement of a subadviser with respect to which a subadvisory agreement has automatically terminated as a result of an assignment. VIA will continue to have the ultimate responsibility to oversee the subadvisers to the Board of Trustees and recommend their hiring, termination and replacement. Within 90 days of the hiring of any new subadviser for a Series, variable contract owners that are invested in the Series through their contract will be furnished with all information about the new subadviser that would be in a proxy statement seeking shareholder approval of the new subadviser.
Mixed and Shared Funding
Shares of the Trust are not directly offered to the public. Shares of the Trust are currently offered through separate accounts to fund variable accumulation annuity contracts and variable universal life insurance policies issued by participating insurance companies.
The interests of variable annuity contract owners and variable life policy owners could diverge based on differences in federal and state regulatory requirements, tax laws, investment management or other unanticipated developments. The Trustees currently do not foresee any such differences or disadvantages at this time. However, the Trustees intend to monitor for any material conflicts and will determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to such conflicts. If such a conflict should occur, one or more separate accounts may be required to withdraw its investment in the Trust or shares of another fund may be substituted.
Control Persons
Phoenix Life Insurance Company (Phoenix), PHL Variable Insurance Company (PHL Variable) and Phoenix Life and Annuity Company (PLAC), offering variable insurance and annuity products, own 100% of the outstanding shares of the Trust.
Phoenix (a New York insurance company) is a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of The Phoenix Companies, Inc. (PNX). PHL Variable (a Connecticut insurance company) and PLAC (a Connecticut insurance company) are wholly owned
31
subsidiaries of PM Holdings, Inc. PM Holdings, Inc. is a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Phoenix. The executive offices of the companies are located at One American Row, Hartford, CT. No shares are held by any adviser or subadviser of the Trust. A shareholder owning of record or beneficially more than 25% of a Series outstanding shares may be considered a controlling person. That Shareholders vote could have a more significant effect on matters presented at a Shareholders meeting than votes of other Shareholders.
THE INVESTMENT ADVISER, SUBADVISERS AND PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
The Investment Advisers
The Trust has entered into an Investment Advisory Agreement (an Agreement) with VIA to serve as investment adviser to the Series of the Trust, as described below. The Agreements provide that the Adviser shall furnish continuously, at its own expense, an investment program for each of the Series, subject at all times to the supervision of the Trustees.
The Agreement also provides that the Adviser shall furnish investment research and advice, implementation of the investment program, including the purchase and sale of securities, and regular reports to the Trustees or hire a subadviser to provide such advisory services. Generally, the Agreement provide that the Adviser shall supply, at its own expense, certain items, such as office facilities, personnel necessary to perform the functions required to manage the investment of each Series assets, and personnel to serve, without salary from the Trust, as officers of the Trust.
The Agreement remains in effect for two years following the initial effective date with respect to a Series, and continues in force from year to year thereafter for all Series, provided that, with respect to each Series, the applicable agreement must be approved at least annually by the Trustees or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that Series (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act). In addition, and in either event, the terms of the Agreements and any renewal thereof must be approved by the vote of a majority of Trustees who are not parties to the Agreement or interested persons (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The agreement will terminate automatically if assigned and may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, either by the Trust or by the Adviser, on sixty (60) days written notice. The Agreement provides that the Adviser shall not be liable to the Trust or to any shareholder of the Trust for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Trust or by any shareholder of the Trust in connection with the matters to which the Agreement relates, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard on the part of the adviser in the performance of its duties thereunder.
The Trust pays the Adviser, as full compensation for the services and facilities furnished to the Trust under the Agreement, a fee based on an annual percentage of the average daily net assets of each of the Series, as described in the table below. There can be no assurance that the Series will reach a net asset level high enough to realize a reduction in the rate of the advisory fee.
|
Series |
Rate for First
|
Rate for Next
|
Rate for
|
|||||||||
| Virtus Capital Growth | .70 | % | .65 | % | .60 | % | ||||||
| Virtus Growth & Income | .70 | % | .65 | % | .60 | % | ||||||
| Virtus International | .75 | % | .70 | % | .65 | % | ||||||
| Virtus Multi-Sector Fixed Income | .50 | % | .45 | % | .40 | % | ||||||
| Virtus Strategic Allocation | .60 | % | .55 | % | .50 | % | ||||||
|
Series |
Rate for First
|
Rate for Next
|
Rate Over
|
|||||||||
| Virtus Real Estate Securities | .75 | % | .70 | % | .65 | % | ||||||
|
Series |
Rate |
|||||||||||
| Virtus Premium AlphaSector Series | 1.10 | % | ||||||||||
| Virtus Small-Cap Growth | .85 | % | ||||||||||
| Virtus Small-Cap Value | .90 | % | ||||||||||
VIA
VIA began serving as investment adviser to the Trust in November 2010 and currently serves as investment adviser to each of the Series. VIA provides the day-to-day management to the Virtus Growth & Income Series and the Virtus Strategic Allocation Series (equity portfolio only). Prior to November 5, 2010, Phoenix Variable Advisers, Inc. (PVA) served as investment adviser to each of the series, except Virtus Premium AlphaSector Series, which series commenced operation on February , 2011.
32
VIA serves as investment adviser for over 50 mutual funds and as adviser to institutional clients. VIA has acted as an investment adviser for over 70 years and is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Virtus Investment Partners, Inc., a publicly traded multi-manager asset management business. VIA is located at 100 Pearl Street, Hartford, CT 06103, As of December 31, 2010, VIA had approximately $ billion in assets under management.
Compensation of Portfolio Managers of VIA
Virtus Investment Partners, Inc. and its affiliated investment management firms, including VIA , Duff & Phelps, Kayne and SCM Advisors (collectively Virtus), believe that the firms compensation program is adequate and competitive to attract and retain high-caliber investment professionals. Investment professionals at Virtus receive a competitive base salary, an incentive bonus opportunity and a benefit package. Certain professionals who supervise and manage others also participate in a management incentive program reflecting their personal contribution and team performance. Certain key individuals also have the opportunity to take advantage of a Long-Term Incentive Compensation program, including potential awards of Virtus restricted stock units (RSUs) with a multi-year vesting, subject to Virtus board approval, and opportunities to defer their compensation and reduce tax implications.
Following is a more detailed description of the compensation structure.
Base Salary . Each portfolio manager is paid a fixed base salary, which is determined by Virtus and is designed to be competitive in light of the individuals experience and responsibilities. Virtus management uses compensation survey results of investment industry compensation conducted by an independent third party in evaluating competitive market compensation for its investment management professionals.
Incentive Bonus. Incentive bonus pools are based upon individual firm profits and in some instances overall Virtus profitability. The short-term incentive payment is generally paid in cash, but a portion may be made in Virtus RSUs. Individual payments are assessed using comparisons of actual investment performance compared with specific peer group or index measures established at the beginning of each calendar year. Performance of the funds managed is measured over one-, three- and five-year periods. Generally, an individual managers participation is based on the performance of each fund/account managed as weighted roughly by total assets in each of these funds/accounts. In certain instances comparison of portfolio risk factors to peer or index risk factors, as well as achievement of qualitative goals, may also be components of the individual payment potential.
The Performance Incentive Plan applicable to some portfolio managers varies from the description above. For instance, plans applicable to certain portfolio managers (i) may have an override based upon revenues generated, (ii) may contain a component that is based on the profitability of the management division with which the portfolio manager is associated, or (iii) may contain a guarantee payout.
Other Benefits . Portfolio managers are also eligible to participate in broad-based plans offered generally to employees of Virtus and its affiliates, including 401(k), health and other employee benefit plans.
Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Manager
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2010 regarding any other accounts managed by the VIA portfolio managers named in the prospectus. As noted in the table, the portfolio managers managing the Series may also manage or be members of management teams for other mutual funds or other similar accounts.
|
Virtus Growth & Income Series Virtus Strategic Allocation Series |
|
|||||||||||
|
Number of Other Accounts Managed;
|
||||||||||||
|
Portfolio Manager |
Registered
|
Other Pooled
|
Other
|
|||||||||
| David Dickerson | [6: $ | 1.23 billion | ] | None | None | |||||||
| Carlton Neel | [6: $ | 1.23 billion | ] | None | None | |||||||
| Note: | Registered Investment Companies include all open- and closed-end mutual funds. Pooled Investment Vehicles (PIVs) include, but are not limited to, securities of issuers exempt from registration under Section 3(c) of the Investment Company Act, such as private placements and hedge fund. Other accounts would include, but are not limited to individual managed accounts, separate accounts, institutional accounts, pension funds, collateralized bond obligations and collateralized debt obligations. |
33
Description of any Potential Material Conflicts of Interest
There may be certain inherent conflicts of interest that arise in connection with the portfolio managers management of each Series investments and the investments of any other accounts they manage. Such conflicts could include aggregation of orders for all accounts managed by a particular portfolio manager, the allocation of purchases across all such accounts, the allocation of IPOs and any soft dollar arrangements that the adviser may have in place that could benefit the funds and/or such other accounts. The Board of Trustees has adopted on behalf of the Trust policies and procedures designed to address any such conflicts of interest to ensure that all transactions are executed in the best interest of the Series shareholders. The advisers and subadvisers are required to certify their compliance with these procedures to the Board of Trustees on a quarterly basis. There have been no material compliance issues with respect to any of these policies and procedures during the Trusts most recent fiscal year. For the REIT Series there are seldom any material conflicts of interest since
Ownership of Trust Securities by Portfolio Managers
The members of the portfolio management team do not beneficially own any shares in the Trust.
Expense Reimbursement Arrangements
VIA has contractually agreed to reimburse expenses of certain series of the Trust until at least November 30, 2012, to the extent that total operating expenses, excluding interest, taxes, extraordinary expenses and acquired fund fees and expenses, if any, exceed the total operating expenses of the Series average net assets (the expense caps) as listed in the chart below.
|
Series |
Maximum Total Operating Expense |
|||
| Virtus Capital Growth | .95 | % | ||
| Virtus Growth & Income | .90 | % | ||
| Virtus International | 1.03 | % | ||
| Virtus Multi-Sector Fixed Income | .75 | % | ||
| Virtus Premium AlphaSector Series | 1.70 | %* | ||
| Virtus Real Estate Securities | 1.10 | % | ||
| Virtus Small-Cap Growth | 1.05 | % | ||
| Virtus Small-Cap Value | 1.30 | % | ||
| Virtus Strategic Allocation | .85 | % | ||
| * | Until April 30, 2012 |
The Agreement provides that all costs and expenses not specifically enumerated, as payable by VIA shall be paid by the Trust. To the extent that any expenses are paid by the Trust, they will be paid by the Series incurring them or, in the case of general expenses, may be charged among the Series in relation to the benefits received by the shareholders, as determined by the financial agent under the supervision of the Board of Trustees. Such expenses shall include, but shall not be limited to, all expenses (other than those specifically referred to as being borne by the adviser) incurred in the operation of the Trust and any offering of its shares, including, among others, interest, taxes, brokerage fees and commissions, fees of Trustees, expenses of Trustees and shareholders meetings including the cost of printing and mailing proxies, expenses of insurance premiums for fidelity and other coverage, expenses of repurchase and redemption of shares, certain expenses of issue and sale of shares, association membership dues, charges of custodians, transfer agents, dividend disbursing agents and financial agents, bookkeeping, auditing and legal expenses. The Trust also will pay the fees and bear the expense of registering and maintaining the registration of the Trust and its shares with the SEC and the expense of preparing and mailing prospectuses and reports to shareholders.
VIA became investment adviser to the Trust effective November 5, 2010. PVA and its predecessor advisers were compensated for the last three calendar years as follows:
|
Compensation for the year
ended
|
||||||||||||
|
Series |
2009 |
2008 |
2007 |
|||||||||
| Virtus Capital Growth 1 | $ | 1,465,000 | $ | 2,087,396 | $ | 2,869,453 | ||||||
| Virtus Growth & Income 2 | $ | 576,000 | $ | 853,827 | $ | 1,007,735 | ||||||
| Virtus International 2 | $ | 2,624,000 | $ | 3,098,746 | $ | 3,348,090 | ||||||
| Virtus Multi-Sector Fixed Income 2 | $ | 968,000 | $ | 1,100,863 | $ | 1,230,534 | ||||||
| Virtus Real Estate Securities 3 | $ | 652,000 | $ | 923,482 | $ | 1,260,081 | ||||||
| Virtus Small-Cap Growth 5 | $ | 203,000 | $ | 343,276 | $ | 419,394 | ||||||
Virtus Premium AlphaSector Series commenced operations on February , 2011; therefore, no advisory fees were paid by the series for the periods shown above.
34
|
Compensation for the year
ended
|
||||||||||||
|
Series |
2009 |
2008 |
2007 |
|||||||||
| Virtus Small-Cap Value 4 | $ | 371,000 | $ | 626,998 | $ | 877,436 | ||||||
| Virtus Strategic Allocation 2 | $ | 959,000 | $ | 1,317,316 | $ | 1,735,618 | ||||||
| 1 |
Prior to September 2008, the subadviser was Harris Investment Management, Inc. |
| 2 |
Prior to August, 2007, the investment adviser to the Series was Phoenix Investment Counsel, Inc. |
| 3 |
Prior to August, 2007, the investment adviser to the Series was Duff & Phelps Investment Management Co. |
| 4 |
Prior to May 1, 2009, the subadviser to the Series was AllianceBernstein, L.P. |
| 5 |
Prior to September 2008, the subadviser was Fred Alger Management, Inc. |
The Subadvisers
The Adviser employs subadvisers to furnish portfolio management services to certain of the Series, subject to Investment Subadvisory Agreements, the terms of which are described below.
| Ø | Aberdeen Asset Management Inc. |
VIA has engaged Aberdeen Asset Management Inc. (Aberdeen) as a subadviser to the Virtus International Series. Aberdeen provides the day-to-day portfolio management for the Series. For implementing certain portfolio transactions and providing other services to the Series, VIA pays a monthly fee to Aberdeen based on an annual percentage of the average daily net assets of the Series as follows:
|
Series |
Rate |
|||
| Virtus International Series | 0.25 | % | ||
Aberdeen may, as needed, use the resources of its parent, Aberdeen Asset Management PLC and its parents wholly owned subsidiaries for implementing certain portfolio transactions and for providing research services. For implementing certain portfolio transactions, providing research and other services with regard to investments in particular geographic areas, for example, Aberdeen shall engage the services of its affiliates for which such entities shall be paid a fee by Aberdeen.
Aberdeen is a wholly owned subsidiary of Aberdeen Asset Management PLC, and its principal offices are located at 1735 Market Street, 37th Floor, Philadelphia, PA 19103. Aberdeen Asset Management Asia Limited is a direct subsidiary of Aberdeen Asset Management PLC, and its principal offices are located at 21 Church Street, #01-01 Capital Square Two, Singapore 049480. Aberdeen Asset Management PLC was founded in 1983 and through subsidiaries operating from offices in Scotland; London, England; Singapore and the United States and elsewhere around the globe, provides investment management services to unit and investment trusts, segregated pension funds and other institutional and private portfolios. As of December 31, 2010, Aberdeen Asset Management PLC, and its advisory subsidiaries, had approximately $ billion in assets under management. Aberdeen Asset Management PLCs principal offices are located at Bow Bells House, 1 Bread Street, London EC4M 9HH.
Compensation of Portfolio Managers of the Subadviser
Like its competitors in the investment management industry, Aberdeen Asset Management PLC (Aberdeen PLC) recognizes the importance of motivating and retaining key employees. Overall compensation packages are competitive relative to investment management industry standards. Aberdeen PLC seeks to offer its investment professionals both competitive short-term and long-term compensation. Portfolio managers and research professionals are paid (i) base salaries, which are linked to job function, responsibilities, experience and financial services industry peer comparison and (ii) variable compensation, which is linked to investment performance, individual contributions to the team, the overall performance of the team/business unit and Aberdeen PLCs financial results. Variable compensation may include a cash bonus incentive and participation in a variety of long-term equity programs (usually in the form of Aberdeen PLC equity).
Bonus and long-term incentives comprise a greater proportion of total compensation as an investment professionals seniority and compensation levels increase. Top performing investment professionals earn a total compensation package that is highly competitive, including a bonus that can be a multiple of their base salary. The amount of equity awarded under the long-term equity programs is generally based on the individuals total compensation package and may comprise from 0%-40% of the total compensation award. Certain senior investment professionals may be subject to a mandatory deferral of a portion of their cash and equity compensation to act as a retention tool.
As a UK listed PLC, Aberdeen PLC has an Independent Remuneration Committee that has sole responsibility for authorizing all compensation payments to senior employees, many of which will be investment professionals. This committee is also mandated to agree the design of any incentive scheme that must ultimately go for shareholder approval. To evaluate its investment professionals, Aberdeen PLC uses a Performance Management Process. Objectives evaluated by the process are related to investment performance and generally take into account peer group and benchmark related data. The ultimate goal
35
of this process is to link the performance of investment professionals with client investment objectives and to deliver investment performance that meets clients risk and return objectives. When determining total compensation, Aberdeen PLC considers a number of quantitative and qualitative factors such as:
| |
Investment performance over various periods versus benchmark (such as the benchmark used in the prospectus) and appropriate peer group, taking into consideration risk targets. Qualitative measures include adherence to the investment process and individual contributions to the process, among other things. |
| |
Other factors, including contributions made to the investment team as well as adherence to compliance, risk management, and general good corporate behavior, are part of a discretionary component which gives management the ability to reward these behaviors on a subjective basis through bonus incentives. |
In addition, Aberdeen PLC analyzes competitive compensation levels through the use of extensive market data surveys. Portfolio manager compensation is reviewed and may be modified each year as appropriate to reflect changes in the market, as well as to adjust the factors used to determine overall compensation to promote good sustained investment performance.
Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Managers
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2010 regarding any other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and portfolio management team members for the Series. As noted in the table, the portfolio managers managing the Series may also manage or be members of management teams for other mutual Trusts or other similar accounts.
| Virtus International Series | ||||||||||||
|
Number of Other Accounts Managed;
|
||||||||||||
|
Portfolio Manager |
Registered
|
Other Pooled
|
Other Accounts |
|||||||||
| Stephen Docherty | 0 | [20; $4 billion | ] | [17; $3 billion | ] | |||||||
| Bruce Stout | 0 | [9; $3 billion | ] | [17; $3 billion | ] | |||||||
| Andrew McMenigall | 0 | [6; $1 billion | ] | [17; $3 billion | ] | |||||||
| Jamie Cumming | 0 | [6; $1 billion | ] | [17; $3 billion | ] | |||||||
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2010 regarding the portfolio managers involved in this account that are responsible for managing accounts with performance based fees at this time.
| Virtus International Series | ||||||||||||
|
Number of Other Accounts Managed;
|
||||||||||||
|
Portfolio Manager |
Registered
|
Other Pooled
|
Other
|
|||||||||
| Stephen Docherty | 0 | [1: $ | 1.3 billion | ] | 0 | |||||||
| Bruce Stout | 0 | [1: $ | 1.3 billion | ] | 0 | |||||||
| Andrew McMenigall | 0 | [1: $ | 1.3 billion | ] | 0 | |||||||
| Jamie Cumming | 0 | [1: $ | 1.3 billion | ] | 0 | |||||||
Description of any Potential Material Conflicts of Interest
The portfolio managers management of other accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with their management of the Funds investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the other. The other accounts may have the same investment objective as the Fund. Therefore, a potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the identical investment objectives, whereby the portfolio manager could favor one account over another. However, Aberdeen believes that these risks are mitigated by the fact that; (i) accounts with like investment strategies managed by a particular portfolio manager are generally managed in a similar fashion, subject to exceptions to account for particular investment restrictions or policies applicable only to certain accounts, differences in cash flows and account sizes, and similar factors; and (ii) portfolio manager personal trading is monitored to avoid potential conflicts. In addition, Aberdeen has adopted trade allocation procedures that require equitable allocation of trade orders for a particular security among participating accounts.
In some cases, another account managed by the same portfolio manager may compensate Aberdeen based on the performance of the portfolio held by that account. The existence of such a performance-based fee may create additional conflicts of interest for the portfolio manager in the allocation of management time, resources and investment opportunities.
36
Another potential conflict could include instances in which securities considered as investments for the Fund also may be appropriate for other investment accounts managed by Aberdeen or its affiliates. Whenever decisions are made to buy or sell securities by the Fund and one or more of the other accounts simultaneously, Aberdeen may aggregate the purchases and sales of the securities and will allocate the securities transactions in a manner that it believes to be equitable under the circumstances. As a result of the allocations, there may be instances where the Fund will not participate in a transaction that is allocated among other accounts. While these aggregation and allocation policies could have a detrimental effect on the price or amount of the securities available to the Fund from time to time, it is the opinion of Aberdeen that the benefits from Aberdeens organization outweigh any disadvantage that may arise from exposure to simultaneous transactions. Aberdeen has adopted policies that are designed to eliminate or minimize conflicts of interest, although there is no guarantee that procedures adopted under such policies will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.
Ownership of Securities
None of the portfolio managers beneficially own any shares in the Trust.
| Ø | Duff & Phelps Investment Management Co. |
VIA has engaged Duff & Phelps Investment Management Co. (Duff & Phelps) as subadviser to the Virtus Real Estate Securities Series. Duff & Phelps provides the day-to-day portfolio management for the Series. For implementing certain portfolio transactions and providing other services to the Series, VIA pays a monthly fee to Duff & Phelps at the rate of 50% of the gross advisory fee.
Duff & Phelps also serves as investment adviser and subadviser for other mutual funds. Duff & Phelps is a subsidiary of Virtus Investment Partners, Inc. (Virtus). Virtus provides investment management and related services to institutional investors, corporations and individuals through operating subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2010, Duff & Phelps had approximately $ billion in assets under management. Duff & Phelps offices are located at 200 S. Wacker Drive, Suite 500, Chicago, Illinois 60606.
Compensation of Portfolio Managers of the Subadviser
Please see the description under Compensation of Portfolio Managers of VIA, above.
Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Manager
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2010 regarding any other accounts that Duff & Phelps portfolio managers provide investment recommendations.
| Virtus Real Estate Securities | ||||||||||||
|
Number of Other Accounts Managed;
|
||||||||||||
|
Portfolio Manager |
Registered
|
Other Pooled
|
Other Accounts |
|||||||||
| Geoffrey Dybas | [4: $ | 3.2 billion | *] | [1: $27.5 million | ] | [9: $142.9 million | ] | |||||
| Frank Haggerty | [4: $ | 3.2 billion | *] | [1: $27.5 million | ] | [9: $142.9 million | ] | |||||
| * | Mr. Dybas and Mr. Haggerty are Portfolio Managers for 4 registered investment companies which include $ billion from a closed-end fund of which $ million are REIT securities. |
Description of any Potential Material Conflicts of Interest
There may be certain inherent conflicts of interest that arise in connection with the portfolio managers management of each Series investments and the investments of any other accounts they manage. Such conflicts could include aggregation of orders for all accounts managed by a particular portfolio manager, the allocation of purchases across all such accounts, the allocation of IPOs and any soft dollar arrangements that the adviser may have in place that could benefit the funds and/or such other accounts. The Board of Trustees has adopted on behalf of the Trust policies and procedures designed to address any such conflicts of interest to ensure that all transactions are executed in the best interest of the Series shareholders. The advisers and subadvisers are required to certify their compliance with these procedures to the Board of Trustees on a quarterly basis. There have been no material compliance issues with respect to any of these policies and procedures during the Trusts most recent fiscal year. For the REIT Series there are seldom any material conflicts of interest since portfolio managers generally manage Trusts and other accounts having
Ownership of Trust Securities by Portfolio Managers
The members of the portfolio management team do not beneficially own any shares in the Trust.
37
| Ø | F-Squared Institutional Advisors, LLC. |
VIA has engaged F-Squared Institutional Advisors, LLC (F-Squared) as limited services subadviser to the Virtus Premium AlphaSector Series. F-Squared provides to the Adviser weekly the model portfolio; VIA is responsible for providing final allocation and trading decisions following receipt of F-Squareds investment recommendations for the Series. For implementing certain portfolio transactions and providing other services to the Series, VIA pays a monthly fee to F-Squared at the rate of 50% of the net advisory fee.
F-Squared has been an investment adviser since 2006 and provides investment management and advisory services to institutional and separately managed accounts. As of December 31, 2010, F-Squared had approximately $ billion in assets under management. F-Squareds offices are located at 16 Laurel Avenue, Wellesley, Massachusetts 02481.
Compensation of Portfolio Managers of the Subadvisor
Howard Present is both Portfolio Manager for the Premium AlphaSector Series as
well as CEO of F-Squared. His compensation includes a base salary and bonus, with the bonus comprised of both cash and equity. The determination of the bonus amount is made by the F-Squared Board of Directors, based on Mr. Presents
Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Manager
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2010 regarding any other accounts that Duff & Phelps portfolio managers provide investment recommendations.
| Virtus Premium AlphaSector Series | ||||||||||||
|
Portfolio Manager |
Number of Other Accounts Managed;
|
|||||||||||
|
Registered
|
Other Pooled
|
Other
|
||||||||||
| Howard Present | ||||||||||||
Description of any Potential Material Conflicts of Interest
There may be certain inherent conflicts of interest that arise in connection with the portfolio managers management of each Series investments and the investments of any other accounts they manage. Such conflicts could include aggregation of orders for all accounts managed by a particular portfolio manager, the allocation of purchases across all such accounts, the allocation of IPOs and any soft dollar arrangements that the advisor may have in place that could benefit the funds and/or such other accounts. The Board of Trustees has adopted on behalf of the Trust policies and procedures designed to address any such conflicts of interest to ensure that all transactions are executed in the best interest of the Series shareholders. The advises and subadvisers are required to certify their compliance with these procedures to the Board of Trustees on a quarterly basis. There have been no material compliance issues with respect to any of these policies and procedures during the Trusts most recent fiscal year.
Ownership of Trust Securities by Portfolio Managers
The portfolio manager does not beneficially own any shares in the Trust.
| Ø | Goodwin Capital Advisers, Inc. |
VIA has engaged Goodwin Capital Advisers, Inc. (Goodwin) as subadviser to the Virtus Multi-Sector Fixed Income Series and the fixed income portion of the Virtus Strategic Allocation Series. Goodwin, is located at One American Row, Hartford, Connecticut 06102-5056. Goodwin acts as subadviser for 17 mutual funds and manages fixed income assets for individuals and institutions.
As of December 31, 2010, Goodwin had approximately $ billion in assets under management. For implementing certain portfolio transactions and providing other services to the Series, VIA pays a monthly fee to Goodwin based on the average daily net assets of the Series at the following annual rates:
|
Series |
Rate for First
|
Rate for Next
|
Rate for
|
|||||||||
| Virtus Multi-Sector Fixed Income Series | 19.63 | % | 19.66 | % | 19.7 | % | ||||||
| Virtus Strategic Allocation Series (fixed income portion) | 22.55 | % | 22.62 | % | 22.63 | % | ||||||
Compensation of Portfolio Managers of the Subadviser
Goodwins compensation policies with respect to its portfolio managers are identical to the compensation policies of the PVA, as described above under Compensation of Portfolio Managers of PVA.
38
Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Managers
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2010 regarding any other accounts managed by the Goodwin portfolio managers named in the prospectus. As noted in the table, the portfolio managers managing the Series may also manage or be members of management teams for other mutual funds or other similar accounts.
|
Virtus Multi-Sector Fixed Income
Virtus Strategic Allocation |
||||||||||||
|
Portfolio Manager |
Number of Other Accounts Managed;
|
|||||||||||
|
Registered
|
Other Pooled
|
Other
|
||||||||||
| David L. Albrycht | [8: $ | 2.65 billion | ] | 0 | 0 | |||||||
For 2010, Mr. Albrycht received a base salary, cash bonus, restricted stock and deferred cash compensation.
Description of any Potential Material Conflicts of Interest
There may be certain inherent conflicts of interest that arise in connection with the portfolio managers management of each Series investments and the investments of any other accounts they manage. Such conflicts could include aggregation of orders for all accounts managed by a particular portfolio manager, the allocation of purchases across all such accounts, the allocation of IPOs and any soft dollar arrangements that the adviser may have in place that could benefit the funds and/or such other accounts. The Board of Trustees has adopted on behalf of the Trust policies and procedures designed to address any such conflicts of interest to ensure that all transactions are executed in the best interest of the Series shareholders. The advisers and subadvisers are required to certify their compliance with these procedures to the Board of Trustees on a quarterly basis. There have been no material compliance issues with respect to any of these policies and procedures during the Trusts most recent fiscal year. For the REIT Series there are seldom any material conflicts of interest since portfolio managers generally manage Trusts and other accounts having similar investment strategies.
Ownership of Trust Securities by Portfolio Managers
The portfolio manager does not beneficially own any shares in the Trust.
| Ø | Kayne Anderson Rudnick Investment Management LLC |
VIA has engaged Kayne Anderson Rudnick Investment Management LLC (Kayne) as subadviser to the Virtus Small-Cap Growth Series and the Virtus Small-Cap Value Series. Kayne provides the day-to-day portfolio management for the Series. For implementing certain portfolio transactions and providing other services to the Series, VIA pays a monthly fee to Kayne at the rate of 50% of the gross advisory fee for each Series.
Kayne also serves as subadviser for other mutual funds. Kayne is a subsidiary of Virtus Investment Partners, Inc. (Virtus). Virtus provides investment management and related services to institutional investors, corporations and individuals through operating subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2010, Kayne had approximately $ billion in assets under management. Kaynes offices are located at 1800 Avenue of the Stars, Los Angeles, CA 90067.
Compensation of Portfolio Managers of the Subadviser
Please
Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Manager
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2010 regarding any other accounts that Kayne portfolio managers provide investment recommendations.
| Virtus Small-Cap Growth Series and Virtus Small-Cap Value Series | ||||||||||||
|
Number of Other Accounts Managed;
|
||||||||||||
|
Portfolio Manager* |
Registered
|
Other Pooled
|
Other Accounts |
|||||||||
| Todd Beiley | [7: $ | 269 million | ] | None | [9,548: $ | 2.2 billion | ] | |||||
| Jon Christensen | [7: $ | 269 million | ] | None | [9,548: $ | 2.2 billion | ] | |||||
| Julie Kutasov | [7: $ | 269 million | ] | None | [9,548: $ | 2.2 billion | ] | |||||
| Robert Schwarzkopf | [7: $ | 269 million | ] | None | [9,548: $ | 2.2 billion | ] | |||||
| Craig Stone | [7: $ | 269 million | ] | None | [9,548: $ | 2.2 billion | ] | |||||
39
| * | These investment professionals function as a team and are not segregated along product lines or by client type. The portfolio managers work on all core equity products and the data shown for these managers reflects firm-level numbers of accounts and assets under management segregated by vehicle type. |
Description of any Potential Material Conflicts of Interest
There may be certain inherent conflicts of interest that arise in connection with the portfolio managers management of each Series investments and the investments of any other accounts they manage. Such conflicts could include aggregation of orders for all accounts managed by a particular portfolio manager, the allocation of purchases across all such accounts, the allocation of IPOs and any soft dollar arrangements that the adviser may have in place that could benefit the funds and/or such other accounts. The Board of Trustees has adopted on behalf of the Trust policies and procedures designed to address any such conflicts of interest to ensure that all transactions are executed in the best interest of the Series shareholders. The advisers and subadvisers are required to certify their compliance with these procedures to the Board of Trustees on a quarterly basis. There have been no material compliance issues with respect to any of these policies and procedures during the Trusts most recent fiscal year. There are seldom any material conflicts of interest since portfolio managers
Ownership of Trust Securities by Portfolio Managers
The members of the portfolio management teams do not beneficially own any shares in the Trust.
| Ø | SCM Advisors LLC |
VIA has engaged SCM Advisors, LLC (SCM Advisors) as subadviser to the Virtus Capital Growth Series. SCM Advisors provides the day-to-day portfolio management for the Series. For implementing certain portfolio transactions and providing other services to the Series, VIA pays a monthly fee to SCM Advisors at the rate of 50% of the gross advisory fee.
SCM Advisors also serves as subadviser for other mutual funds. SCM Advisors is a subsidiary of Virtus Investment Partners, Inc. (Virtus). Virtus provides investment management and related services to institutional investors, corporations and individuals through operating subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2010, SCM Advisors had approximately $ billion in assets under management. SCM Advisors offices are located at 909 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, CA 94133.
Compensation of Portfolio Managers of the Subadviser
Please see the description under Compensation of Portfolio Managers of VIA, above.
Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Manager
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2010 regarding any other accounts that SCM Advisors portfolio managers provide investment recommendations.
| Virtus Capital Growth Series | ||||||||||||
|
Number of Other Accounts Managed;
|
||||||||||||
|
Portfolio Manager |
Registered
|
Other Pooled
|
Other
|
|||||||||
| Douglas Couden | [2: $ | 521 million | ] | None | [67: $ | 123 million | ] | |||||
Description of any Potential Material Conflicts of Interest
There may be certain inherent conflicts of interest that arise in connection with the portfolio managers management of the Series investments and the investments of any other accounts they manage. Such conflicts could include aggregation of orders for all accounts managed by a particular portfolio manager, the allocation of purchases across all such accounts, the allocation of IPOs and any soft dollar arrangements that the adviser may have in place that could benefit the funds and/or such other accounts. The Board of Trustees has adopted on behalf of the Trust policies and procedures designed to address any such conflicts of interest to ensure that all transactions are executed in the best interest of the Series shareholders. The advisers and subadvises are required to certify their compliance with these procedures to the Board of Trustees on a quarterly basis. There have been no material compliance issues with respect to any of these policies and procedures during the Trusts most recent fiscal year. There are seldom any material conflicts of interest since portfolio managers generally manage funds and other accounts having similar investment strategies.
Ownership of Trust Securities by Portfolio Managers
The portfolio manager does not beneficially own any shares in the Trust.
40
Subadviser Compensation
The subadvisers were compensated for the last three calendar years as follows:
| Aberdeen Asset Management, Inc. | ||||||||||||
|
Compensation for the year
ended
|
||||||||||||
|
Series |
2010 |
2009 |
2008 |
|||||||||
| Virtus International Series | $ | 1,311,853 | $ | 1,549,460.59 | ||||||||
| AllianceBernstein L.P. | ||||||||||||
|
Compensation for the year
ended
|
||||||||||||
|
Series |
2010 |
2009 |
2008 |
|||||||||
| Virtus Small-Cap Value Series x | $ | 255,630 | $ | 436,819.96 | ||||||||
| x |
AllianceBernstein L.P. managed this Series from May 2, 2009 through November 5, 2010; prior thereto they were managed by Sanford Bernstein. |
| Duff & Phelps Investment Management Co. | ||||||||||||
|
Compensation for the year ended
|
||||||||||||
|
Series |
2010 |
2009 |
2008 |
|||||||||
| Virtus Real Estate Securities | $ | 326,026 | $ | 461,741.05 | ||||||||
| Goodwin Capital Advisers, Inc. | ||||||||||||
|
Compensation for the year
ended
|
||||||||||||
|
Series |
2010 |
2009 |
2008 |
|||||||||
| Virtus Multi-Sector Fixed Income Series | $ | 387,273 | $ | 440,378 | ||||||||
|
Virtus Strategic Allocation Series
(fixed income portion) |
$ | 387,273 | $ | 213,828 | ||||||||
| Fred Alger Management, Inc. | ||||
|
Compensation for the year ended
|
||||
|
Series |
2008 |
|||
| Virtus Small-Cap Growth Series* | $ | 144,357 | ||
| * | This Series was managed by Fred Alger Management, Inc. from January 7, 2005 through September 15, 2008. |
| Harris Investment Management, Inc. | ||||
|
Compensation for the year ended
|
||||
|
Series |
2008 |
|||
| Virtus Capital Growth Series* | $ | 718,998 | ||
| * | This Series was managed by Harris Investment Management, Inc. from June 26, 2006 through September 15, 2008. |
| Neuberger Berman Management LLC | ||||||||||||
|
Compensation for the year ended
|
||||||||||||
|
Series |
2010 |
2009 |
2008 |
|||||||||
| Virtus Capital Growth Series x | $ | 732,788 | $ | 220,570 | ||||||||
| Virtus Small-Cap Growth x | $ | 131,381 | $ | 45,682 | ||||||||
| x |
Neuberger Berman LLC managed these series from September 15, 2008 through November 5, 2010. |
41
| Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc. | ||||||||||||
|
Compensation for the year
ended
|
||||||||||||
|
Series |
2010 |
2009 |
2008 |
|||||||||
| Virtus Growth & Income Series* | $ | 263,400 | $ | 390,320 | ||||||||
| Virtus Strategic Allocation Series (equity portion)* | $ | 367,689 | $ | 291,363 | ||||||||
| * | Until November 5, 2010, Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc. (VIA) served as subadviser to these Series; effective November 5, 2010, VIA serves as investment adviser. |
The Trust has a distribution agreement (Distribution Agreement) with VP Distributors, Inc. (VP Distributors or the Distributor) in which VP Distributors serves as the Distributor for the Trust. VP Distributors has a business office located at 100 Pearl Street, Hartford, CT 06103. Each Series has also adopted a plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (Distribution Plan).
The Trusts Distribution Agreement with respect to the shares of the Series (Distribution Agreement) was approved by the Board of Trustees at a Board meeting held on July 27, 2010, and was effective on November 5, 2010. The Distribution Agreement will remain in effect from year to year provided the Distribution Agreements continuance is approved annually by (i) a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to such agreement or interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust or a Series and, if applicable, who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Distribution Plan or any such related agreement and (ii) either by vote of a majority of the Trustees or a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust.
Pursuant to the Distribution Plan, adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 of the 1940 Act, the Trust compensates the Distributor from assets attributable to the shares of Series for services rendered and expenses borne in connection with activities primarily intended to result in the sale of the shares of the Series. It is anticipated that a portion of the amounts received by the Distributor will be used to defray various costs incurred or paid by the Distributor in connection with the printing and mailing of Trust prospectuses, statements of additional information and any supplements thereto and shareholder reports, and holding seminars and sales meetings with wholesale and retail sales personnel designed to promote the distribution of shares of the Series. The Distributor may also use a portion of the amounts received to provide compensation to financial intermediaries and third-party broker-dealers for their services in connection with the distribution of the shares of the Series.
The Distribution Plan provides that the Trust, on behalf of each Series, may pay annually up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of a Series attributable to its shares in respect to activities primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of the Series. However, under the Distribution Agreement, payment to the Distributor for activities pursuant to the Distribution Plan is limited to payments at an annual rate equal to 0.25% of average daily net assets of a Series attributable to its shares. For 2009, the prior Distributor was paid $241,000. Under the terms of the Distribution Plan and the related Distribution Agreement, each Series is authorized to make payments monthly to the Distributor that may be used to pay or reimburse entities providing distribution and shareholder servicing with respect to the shares of the Series for such entities fees or expenses incurred or paid in that regard. The Distribution Plan is of a type known as a compensation plan because payments are made for services rendered to the Trust with respect to shares of the Series regardless of the level of expenditures by the Distributor. The Trustees will, however, take into account such expenditures for purposes of reviewing operations under the Distribution Plan and in connection with their annual consideration of the Distribution Plans renewal. The Distributor has indicated that it expects its expenditures to include, without limitation: (a) the printing and mailing of prospectuses, statements of additional information, any supplements thereto and shareholder reports for prospective Contract owners with respect to the shares of the Series; (b) those relating to the development, preparation, printing and mailing of advertisements, sales literature and other promotional materials describing and/or relating to the shares of the Series; (c) holding seminars and sales meetings designed to promote the distribution of shares of the Series; (d) obtaining information and providing explanations to wholesale and retail distributors of contracts regarding Series investment objectives and policies and other information about the Series, including the performance of the Series; (3) training sales personnel regarding the shares of the Series; and (f) financing any other activity that the Distributor determines is primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of the Series.
The Distribution Plan and any Rule 12b-1 related agreement that is entered into by the Trust or the Distributor of the shares of the Series in connection with the Distribution Plan will continue in effect for a period of more than one year only so long as continuance is specifically approved at least annually by vote of a majority of the Trusts Board of Trustees, and of a majority of the Independent Trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the Distribution Plan or any Rule 12b-1 related agreement. In addition, the Distribution Plan and any Rule 12b-1 related agreement may be
42
terminated as to shares of a Series at any time, without penalty, by vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of that Series, or by vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees. The Distribution Plan also provides that it may not be amended to increase materially the amount (up to 0.50% of average daily net assets annually) that may be spent for distribution of shares of any Series without the approval of shareholders of that Series.
DESCRIPTION OF PROXY VOTING POLICY
The Trust has adopted a Statement of Policy with Respect to Proxy Voting (the Policy) stating the Trusts intention to exercise stock ownership rights with respect to portfolio securities in a manner that is reasonably anticipated to further the best economic interests of shareholders of the Trust. The Trust has committed to analyze and vote all proxies that are likely to have financial implications, and where appropriate, to participate in corporate governance, shareholder proposals, management communications and legal proceedings. The Trust must also identify potential or actual conflicts of interest in voting proxies and must address any such conflict of interest in accordance with the Policy.
The Policy stipulates that the Trusts investment adviser will vote proxies or delegate such responsibility to a subadviser, subject to the Board of Trustees oversight. The investment manager or subadviser will vote proxies in accordance with this Policy, or its own policies and procedures, which in no event will conflict with the Trusts Policy. To view the proxy policies and procedures of the investment managers and subadvisers, please refer to Appendix B. Any investment manager or subadviser may engage a qualified, independent organization to vote proxies on its behalf (a delegate). Matters that may affect substantially the rights and privileges of the holders of securities to be voted will be analyzed and voted on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration such relevant factors as enumerated in the Policy. The views of management of a portfolio company will be considered.
The Policy specifies certain factors that will be considered when analyzing and voting proxies on certain issues, including, but not limited to:
| |
Corporate Governance Matterstax and economic benefits of changes in the state of incorporation; dilution or improved accountability associated with anti-takeover provisions such as staggered boards, poison pills and supermajority provisions. |
| |
Changes to Capital Structuredilution or improved accountability associated with such changes. |
| |
Stock Option and Other Management Compensation Issuesexecutive pay and spending on perquisites, particularly in conjunction with sub-par performance and employee layoffs. |
| |
Social and Corporate Responsibility Issuesthe adviser or subadviser will generally vote against shareholder social and environmental issue proposals. |
The Trust and its delegates seek to avoid actual or perceived conflicts of interest of Trust shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the adviser, subadviser, delegate, principal underwriter, or any affiliated person of the Trust, on the other hand. Depending on the type and materiality, any conflicts of interest will be handled by (i) relying on the recommendations of an established, independent third party proxy voting vendor; (ii) voting pursuant to the recommendation of the delegate; (iii) abstaining; or (iv) where two or more delegates provide conflicting requests, voting shares in proportion to the assets under management of each delegate. The Policy requires each adviser, subadviser or delegate to notify the President of the Trust of any actual or potential conflict of interest. No adviser, subadviser or delegate may waive any conflict of interest or vote any conflicted proxies without the prior written approval of the Board of Trustees or the President of the Trust.
The Policy further imposes certain record keeping and reporting requirements on each adviser, subadviser or delegate. Information regarding how the Trust voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ending June 30 is available free of charge by calling, toll-free, 800/243-1574, or on the Securities and Exchange Commissions website at http://www.sec.gov.
The custodian, under the terms of a custodian agreement, hold the securities and cash of the Series of the Trust. The custodian is:
The Bank of New York Mellon
One Wall Street
New York, NY 10286
The Trust permits the custodian to deposit some or all of its securities in central depository systems as allowed by Federal law. The Board of Trustees of the Trust has authorized the use of foreign custodians and foreign central depositories if certain conditions are met.
43
The Trust may use a foreign custodian in connection with its purchases of foreign securities and may maintain cash and cash equivalents in the care of a foreign custodian. The amount of cash or cash equivalents maintained in the care of eligible foreign custodians will be limited to an amount reasonably necessary to effect the Trusts foreign securities transactions. The use of a foreign custodian involves considerations that are not ordinarily associated with domestic custodians. These considerations include the possibility of expropriations, restricted access to books and records of the foreign custodian, inability to recover assets that are lost while under the control of the foreign custodian, and the impact of political, social or diplomatic developments.
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust, audits the Trusts financial statements. The independent registered public accounting firm also provides other accounting and tax-related services as requested by the Trust from time to time.
44
Under an Administration Agreement, VP Distributors acts as the administrator of the Trust and, and as such, is responsible for certain administrative functions and bookkeeping and pricing functions for the Trust. For its services as Administrator, VP Distributors receives an administration fee based upon the average net assets across all non-money market funds within the Virtus family of funds at the following incremental annual rates.
| First 5 billion | 0.09 | % | ||
| $5 billion to $15 billion | 0.08 | % | ||
| Greater than $15 billion | 0.07 | % |
For purposes of applying the fee breakpoints, the Trusts average net assets may be aggregated with average net assets of other affiliated funds in the Virtus family of funds for which VP Distributors acts as administrator.
BNY Mellon Asset Servicing, Inc. (BNYMellon) has been retained under a Sub-Administration Agreement by VP Distributors to perform certain administrative, fund accounting, tax and financial reporting services for the Trust for which VP Distributors pays BNY Mellon a fee.
Under a Transfer Agent Agreement, BNY Mellon acts as transfer agent to the Trust, and as such, performs certain administrative functions related to recording the purchase and redemption of Trust shares and serving as dividend paying agent. BNY Mellon is not compensated by the Trust for these services.
The Trust and each of its advisers and subadvisers have adopted codes of ethics. The Trust has also adopted a Senior Management Code of Ethics as required by §406 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Subject to certain limitations and procedures, these codes permit personnel that they cover, including employees of the advisers or subadvisers who regularly have access to information about securities purchased for the Trust, to invest in securities for their own accounts. This could include securities that may be purchased by a Series of the Trust. The codes are intended to prevent these personnel from taking inappropriate advantage of their positions and to prevent fraud upon the Trust.
Subject to the supervision and control of the portfolio managers and the Trustees of the Trust, each Series investment manager or subadviser is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for its account and for the placement of its portfolio business and the negotiation of commissions, if any, paid on such transactions.
In effecting portfolio transactions for the Trust, the advisers and subadvisers adhere to the Trusts policy of seeking best execution and price, determined as described below, except to the extent the Trust is permitted to pay higher brokerage commissions for brokerage and research services as defined herein. An adviser or subadviser may cause a Series to pay a broker an amount of commission for effecting a securities transaction in excess of the amount of commission which another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting the transaction, if the adviser or subadviser determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker. As provided in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, brokerage and research services include giving advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of securities; furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy and the performance of accounts; and effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as clearance and settlement). Brokerage and research services provided by brokers to the Series or to the advisers or subadvisers are considered to be in addition to and not in lieu of services required to be performed by the advisers or subadvisers under their advisory contracts, and research services may benefit both the Series and other clients of the advisers or subadvisers. Conversely, research services provided by brokers to other clients of the advisers or subadvisers may benefit the Series.
The Trust has implemented, and the Board of Trustees has approved, policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent (i) the advisers personnel responsible for the selection of broker-dealers to affect Series portfolio securities transactions from taking into account, in making those decisions, broker-dealers promotion or sales efforts, and (ii) the Trust, the advisers and Distributor from entering into any agreement or other understanding under which the Trusts direct brokerage transactions or revenue generated by those transactions to a broker-dealer to pay for distribution of variable annuity contracts and variable life policies. These policies and procedures are designed to prevent the Trust from entering into informal arrangements to direct portfolio securities transactions to a particular broker.
If the securities in which a particular Series of the Trust invests are traded primarily in the over-the-counter market, it is possible the Series will deal directly with the dealers who make a market in the securities involved unless better prices and execution are available elsewhere. Such dealers usually act as principals for their own account. On occasion, securities may be
45
purchased directly from the issuer. Bonds and money market instruments are generally traded on a net basis and do not normally involve either brokerage commissions or transfer taxes.
The determination of what may constitute best execution and price in the execution of a securities transaction by a broker involves a number of considerations including, without limitation, the overall direct net economic result to the Series (involving both price paid or received and any commissions and other costs paid), the efficiency with which the transaction is effected, the ability to effect the transaction at all where a large block is involved, confidentiality, including trade anonymity, the availability of the broker to stand ready to execute possibly difficult transactions in the future and the financial strength and stability of the broker. Such considerations are judgmental and are weighed by the advisers or subadvisers in determining the overall reasonableness of brokerage commissions paid by the Trust.
The adviser may use its brokers/ dealer affiliates to buy and sell securities for the Trust, provided they have the execution capability and that their commission rates are comparable to those of other unaffiliated broker/dealers. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 brokerage commissions paid by the Series on portfolio transactions totaled $1,042,642 and $1,093,981 respectively.
|
Sanford Bernstein |
2008 |
|||
| Commissions paid (in millions) | $ | 14,409 | ||
| Percent of aggregate commissions paid to affiliated brokers | Less than 1 | % | ||
|
Morgan Stanley |
2008 |
|||
| Commissions paid (in millions) | $ | 62,346 | ||
| Percent of aggregate commissions paid to affiliated brokers | 3 | % | ||
|
Lehman Brothers |
2008 |
|||
| Commissions paid (in millions) | $ | 23,490 | ||
| Percent of aggregate commissions paid to affiliated brokers | 1 | % | ||
|
Fred Alger Management |
2008 |
|||
| Commissions paid (in millions) | $ | 23,964 | ||
| Percent of aggregate commissions paid to affiliated brokers | 1 | % | ||
Sanford Bernstein is an affiliate of AllianceBernstein. Van Kampen is an affiliate of Morgan Stanley. Neuberger Berman is an affiliate of Lehman Brothers.
It may frequently happen that the same security is held in the portfolio of more than one account managed by an adviser (Managed Account). Simultaneous transactions are inevitable when several Managed Accounts are managed by the same investment adviser or subadviser, particularly when the same security is suited for the investment objectives of more than one Managed Account. When two or more Series advised by an adviser or subadviser are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the transactions are allocated among the Series in a manner equitable to each Series. It is recognized that in some cases this system could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of the security as far as a Series is concerned. In other cases, however, it is believed that the ability of the Series to participate in volume transactions will produce better executions for the Series. It is the opinion of the Board of Trustees of the Trust that the desirability of utilizing the advisers and subadvisers as investment advisers of securities owned by the Series outweighs the disadvantages that may be said to exist from simultaneous transactions.
The Trust has adopted a policy and procedures governing the execution of aggregated advisory client orders (bunching procedures) in an attempt to lower commission costs on a per-share and per-dollar basis. According to the bunching procedures, the adviser or subadviser, as applicable, shall aggregate transactions unless it believes in its sole discretion that such aggregation is inconsistent with its duty to seek best execution (which shall include the duty to seek best price) for the Series. No advisory account of the adviser or subadviser, as applicable, is to be favored over any other account and each account that participates in an aggregated order is expected to participate at the average share price for all transactions of the adviser or subadviser, as applicable, in that security on a given business day, with all transaction costs shared pro rata based on the Series participation in the transaction. If the aggregated order is filled in its entirety, it shall be allocated among the adviser or subadvisers accounts, as applicable, in accordance with the allocation order, and if the order is partially filled, it will generally be allocated pro rata based on the allocation order. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the order may be allocated on a basis different from that specified in the allocation order if all accounts of the adviser or subadviser, as applicable, whose orders are allocated, receive fair and equitable treatment. Some of the subadvisers use different allocation procedures for allocating securities of initial public offerings.
46
The Trustees of the Trust have adopted policies with respect to the disclosure of the Series portfolio holdings by the Series, issuing companies or the investment advisers. These policies provide that the Series portfolio holdings information generally may not be disclosed to any party prior to the information becoming public. Certain limited exceptions are described below. Additionally, the Series policies prohibit the advisers and the Series other service providers from entering into any agreement to disclose Series portfolio holdings in exchange for any form of compensation or consideration. These policies apply to disclosures to all categories of persons, including individual investors, institutional investors, intermediaries who sell shares of the Series, third parties providing services to the Series (accounting agent, print vendors, etc.), rating and ranking organizations (Lipper, Morningstar, etc.) and affiliated persons of the Series.
Public Disclosures
In accordance with rules established by the SEC, each Series sends semiannual and annual reports to contract and policy owners that contain a full listing of portfolio holdings as of the second and fourth fiscal quarters, respectively, within 60 days of quarter-end. The Series also disclose complete portfolio holdings as of the end of the first and third fiscal quarters on Form N-Q, which is filed with the SEC within 60 days of quarter-end. The Series annual and semiannual reports are available on Virtus website at www.virtus.com. Additionally, beginning in 2011, each Series will provides its top 10 holdings information on Virtus website as of the end of each quarter, generally within 10 business days of the end of the quarter. This information will be available on the website until full portfolio holdings information becomes publicly available as described above. The Series also provide publicly available portfolio holdings information directly to ratings agencies, the frequency and timing of which is determined under the terms of the contractual arrangements with such agencies.
Ongoing Arrangements to Disclose Portfolio Holdings
As previously authorized by the Trusts Board of Trustees and/or the Trusts executive officers, the Series periodically disclose non-public portfolio holdings on a confidential basis to various service providers that require such information in order to assist the Series in their day-to-day operations, as well as public information to certain rating organizations. In addition to the issuing companies, these entities are described in the following table. The table also includes information as to the timing of these entities receiving the portfolio holdings information from the Trusts.
Non-Public Holdings Information
| Type of Service Provider | Name of Service Provider |
Timing of Release of Portfolio Holdings Information |
||
| Adviser | Ø Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc. | Daily | ||
| Subadvisers |
Ø Aberdeen Asset Management Inc. Ø Duff & Phelps Investment Management Co. Ø Goodwin Capital Advisers, Inc. Ø Kayne Anderson Rudnick Investment Management LLC Ø SCM Advisors, LLC |
Daily | ||
| Distributor | Ø VP Distributors, Inc. | Daily | ||
| Custodian | Ø Bank of New York Mellon | Daily | ||
| Sub-financial Agent | Ø BNY Mellon Asset Servicing | Daily | ||
| Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm | Ø PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP |
Ø Annual Reporting Period: within two business days of end of reporting period Ø Semiannual Reporting Period: within 30 business days of end of reporting period |
47
Public Portfolio Holdings Information
| Type of Service Provider | Name of Service Provider |
Timing of Release of Portfolio Holdings Information |
||
| Rating Agencies | Ø Lipper Inc. and Morningstar | Quarterly, 60 days after fiscal quarter-end | ||
| Portfolio Redistribution Firms | Ø Bloomberg, Standard & Poors and Thompson Financial Services | Quarterly, 60 days after fiscal quarter-end |
These service providers are required to keep all non-public information confidential and are prohibited from trading based on the information or otherwise using the information except as necessary in providing services to the Series.
There is no guarantee that the Trusts policies on use and dissemination of holdings information will protect the Series from the potential misuse of holdings by individuals or firms in possession of such information.
The Trust will redeem any shares presented by the shareholder accounts for redemption. The accounts policies on when and whether to buy or redeem Trust shares are described in the contract prospectuses.
At the discretion of the Trustees, the Trust may, to the extent consistent with state and federal law, make payment for shares of a particular Series repurchased or redeemed in whole or in part in securities or other assets of such Series taken at current values. Should payment be made in securities, the shareholder accounts may incur brokerage costs in converting such securities to cash.
The right of redemption may be suspended or the payment date postponed for more than seven days only for any period during which trading on the NYSE is closed for other than customary weekend and holiday closings, or when trading on the NYSE is restricted, as determined by the SEC, for any period when an emergency (as defined by rules of the SEC) exists, or during any period when the SEC has, by order, permitted such suspension. In case of a suspension of the right of redemption, the shareholders may withdraw requests for redemption of shares prior to the next determination of net asset value after the suspension has been terminated or they will receive payment of the net asset value so determined.
The shareholder accounts may receive more or less than was paid for the shares, depending on the net asset value of the shares at the time they are repurchased or redeemed.
The following discussion of the federal tax status of the Series is a general and abbreviated summary based on tax laws and regulations in effect on the date of this statement of additional information. Tax law is subject to change by legislative, administrative or judicial action.
Qualification as Regulated Investment Company
Each Series is treated as a separate taxpayer for federal income tax purposes. The Trust intends for each Series to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of Chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code) and to qualify as a regulated investment company each year. If a Series: (1) continues to qualify as a regulated investment company, and (2) distributes to its shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (including for this purpose its net ordinary investment income and realized net short-term capital gains) and 90% of its tax-exempt interest income (reduced by certain expenses) (the 90% distribution requirement), which the Trust intends each Series to do, then under the provisions of Subchapter M of the Code the Series should have little or no liability for federal
48
income taxes. In particular, a Series will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain ( i.e., realized net long-term capital gain in excess of realized net short-term capital loss) it distributes to shareholders (or treats as having been distributed to shareholders).
Each Series generally will endeavor to distribute (or treat as deemed distributed) to shareholders all of its investment company taxable income and its net capital gain, if any, for each taxable year so that it will not incur federal income taxes on its earnings.
A Series must meet several requirements to maintain its status as a regulated investment company . These requirements include the following: (1) at least 90% of its gross income for each taxable year must be derived from (a) dividends, interest, payments with respect to loaned securities, gains from the sale or disposition of securities (including gains from related investments in foreign currencies), and other income (including gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such securities or currencies, and (b) net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership; and (2) at the close of each quarter of the Series taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the value of the Series total assets must consist of cash, cash items, securities of other regulated investment companies, U.S. Government securities and other securities (provided that no more than 5% of the value of the Series may consist of such other securities of any one issuer, and the Series may not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any issuer), and (b) the Series must not invest more than 25% of its total assets in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities or the securities of other regulated investment companies), the securities of two or more issuers that are controlled by the Series and that are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.
Distributions to Avoid Federal Excise Tax
A regulated investment company generally must distribute in each calendar year an amount equal to at least the sum of: (1) 98% of its ordinary taxable income for the year, (2) 98% of its capital gain net income for the 12 months ended on October 31 of that calendar year, and (3) any ordinary income or net capital gain income not distributed for prior years (the excise tax avoidance requirements). To the extent that a regulated investment company fails to do this, it is subject to a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax on undistributed earnings. However, the excise tax does not apply to a regulated investment company , whose only shareholders during the year are segregated asset accounts of life insurance companies supporting variable life insurance contracts or variable annuity contracts, certain qualified trusts, or parties that contributed in aggregate $250,000 or less in seed money to the Series. The Trust intends that each Series will either qualify for this exception or will make sufficient distributions each year to satisfy the excise tax avoidance requirements.
Section 817(h) Diversification Requirements
Each Series also intends to comply with Section 817(h) of the Code and the regulations issued thereunder, which impose certain investment diversification requirements on life insurance companies separate accounts that are used to support variable life insurance contracts and variable annuity contracts. A separate account may meet these requirements by investing solely in the shares of a regulated investment company registered under the 1940 Act as an open-end management investment company (such as the Series) provided that such regulated investment company satisfies the diversification requirements (as well as certain other requirements) of Section 817(h) of the Code and the regulations issued thereunder. These requirements are in addition to the diversification requirements of subchapter M and the 1940 Act, and may affect the securities in which a Series may invest. In order to comply with future requirements of Section 817(h) (or related provisions of the Code), a Series may be required, for example, to alter its investment objectives.
The Section 817(h) requirements place certain limitations on the assets of each separate account (or underlying regulated investment company ) that may be invested in securities of a single issuer. Specifically, the regulations provide that, except as permitted by a safe harbor described below, as of the end of each calendar quarter, or within 30 days thereafter:
| |
no more than 55% of a Series total assets may be represented by any one investment |
| |
no more than 70% by any two investments |
| |
no more than 80% by any three investments |
| |
no more than 90% by any four investments |
Section 817(h) provides, as a safe harbor, that a separate account (or underlying regulated investment company ) will be treated as being adequately diversified if the diversification requirements under subchapter M are satisfied and no more than 55% of the value of the accounts total assets are cash and cash items, government securities, and securities of other regulated investment companies . For purposes of Section 817(h), all securities of the same issuer, all interests in the same real property project, and all interests in the same commodity are treated as a single investment. In addition, each U.S. Government agency or instrumentality is treated as a separate issuer, while the securities of a particular foreign government and its agencies, instrumentalities, and political subdivisions are considered securities issued by the same issuer.
49
Compliance with Applicable Requirements
If for any taxable year a Series fails to qualify as a regulated investment company or fails to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement, then all of its taxable income becomes subject to federal, and possibly state, income tax at regular corporate rates (without any deduction for distributions to its shareholders). In addition, if for any taxable year a Series fails to qualify as a regulated investment company , owners of variable life insurance contracts and variable annuity contracts who have indirectly invested in the Series might be taxed currently on the investment earnings under their contracts and thereby lose the benefit of tax deferral. Likewise, if a Series fails to comply with the diversification (or other) requirements of section 817(h) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, owners of variable life insurance contracts and variable annuity contracts who have indirectly invested in the Series would be taxed on the investment earnings under their contracts and thereby lose the benefit of tax deferral. Accordingly, compliance with the above requirements is carefully monitored by the Series investment adviser and subadvisers and each Series intends to comply with these requirements as they exist or as they may be modified from time to time. Compliance with the tax requirements described above may result in lower total return for a Series than would otherwise be the case, since, to comply with the above requirements, the investments utilized (and the time at which such investments are entered into and closed out) may be different from what the Series investment adviser and subadvisers might otherwise select.
Investments in Foreign Securities
Investment income received from sources within foreign countries, or capital gains earned by a Series investing in securities of foreign issuers, may be subject to foreign income taxes withheld at the source. In this regard, withholding tax rates in countries with which the United States does not have a tax treaty are often as high as 35% or more. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries that may entitle a Series to a reduced rate of tax or exemption from tax on this related income and gains. The effective rate of foreign tax cannot be determined at this time since the amount of a Series assets to be invested within various countries is not now known. The Trust intends that each Series will operate so as to qualify for applicable treaty-reduced rates of tax where available.
If a Series acquires stock in certain foreign corporations that receive at least 75% of their annual gross income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, rents, royalties or capital gain) or hold at least 50% of their total assets in investments producing such passive income (passive foreign investment companies), that Series could be subject to federal income tax and additional interest charges on excess distributions received from such companies or gain from the sale of stock in such companies, even if all income or gain actually received by the Series is timely distributed to its shareholders. The Series would not be able to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for such a tax. Certain elections may, if available, ameliorate these adverse tax consequences, but any such election requires the applicable Series to recognize taxable income or gain without the concurrent receipt of cash. Any Series that acquires stock in foreign corporations may limit and/or manage its holdings in passive foreign investment companies to minimize its tax liability.
Foreign exchange gains and losses realized by a Series in connection with certain transactions involving non-dollar debt securities, certain foreign currency futures contracts, foreign currency option contracts, foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables denominated in a foreign currency are subject to Code provisions that generally treat such gains and losses as ordinary income and losses and may affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders. Any such transactions that are not directly related to a Series investment in securities (possibly including speculative currency positions or currency derivatives not used for hedging purposes) could, under future Treasury regulations, produce income not among the types of qualifying income from which the Series must derive at least 90% of its annual gross income.
Investments with Original Issue Discount
Each Series that invests in certain payment-in-kind instruments, zero coupon securities or certain deferred interest securities (and, in general, any other securities with original issue discount or with market discount if the Series elects to include market discount in current income) must accrue income on such investments prior to the receipt of the corresponding cash. However, because each Series must meet the 90% distribution requirement to qualify as a regulated investment company , a Series may have to dispose of its portfolio investments under disadvantageous circumstances to generate cash, or may have to leverage itself by borrowing the cash, to satisfy distribution requirements.
50
Options, Futures, and Swaps
A Series transactions in options contracts and futures contracts are subject to special provisions of the Code that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the Series (that is, may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the Series and defer losses of the Series. These rules (1) could affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders of a Series, (2) could require the Series to mark to market certain types of the positions in its portfolio (that is, treat them as if they were closed out) and (3) may cause the Series to recognize income without receiving cash with which to make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement and the excise tax avoidance requirements described above. To mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of a Series as a regulated investment company, the Trust seeks to monitor transactions of each Series, seeks to make the appropriate tax elections on behalf of each Series and seeks to make the appropriate entries in each Series books and records when the Series acquires any option, futures contract or hedged investment.
The federal income tax rules applicable to interest rate swaps, caps and floors are unclear in certain respects, and a Series may be required to account for these transactions in a manner that, in certain circumstances, may limit the degree to which it may utilize these transactions.
Investor Taxation
Under current law, owners of variable life insurance contracts and variable annuity contracts who are indirectly invested in a Series generally are not subject to federal income tax on Series earnings or distributions or on gains realized upon the sale or redemption of Series shares until they are withdrawn from the contract. For information concerning the federal income tax consequences to the owners of variable life insurance contracts and variable annuity contracts, see the prospectuses for such contracts.
The financial statements and the notes thereto relating to the Trust and the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP with respect thereto for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 are contained in the Trusts annual report and are incorporated herein by reference. The annual and semiannual reports are available by calling Virtus Investment Partners at 800/367-5877 or by visiting the Individual Investors section of our Web site: Virtus.com. The participating insurance companies have agreed to send a copy of both the annual report and the semiannual report to shareholders containing the Trusts financial statements to every contract owner or policy owner having an interest in the accounts.
51
APPENDIX A-DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS
Moodys Investors Service, Inc.
Corporate and Municipal Bond Ratings:
Aaa: Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as gilt edged. Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the strong position of such issues.
Aa: Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high-grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.
A: Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper-medium-grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.
Baa: Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations, (i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured). Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.
Ba: Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well-assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.
B: Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.
Caa: Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.
Ca: Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.
C: Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.
Moodys assigns ratings to individual debt securities issued from medium-term note (MTN) programs, in addition to indicating ratings to MTN programs themselves. Notes issued under MTN programs with such indicated ratings are rated at issuance at the rating applicable to all pari passu notes issued under the same program, at the programs relevant indicated rating, provided such notes do not exhibit any of the characteristics listed below. For notes with any of the following characteristics, the rating of the individual note may differ from the indicated rating of the program:
| 1) | Notes containing features which link the cash flow and/or market value to the credit performance of any third party or parties. |
| 2) | Notes allowing for negative coupons, or negative principal. |
| 3) | Notes containing any provision which could obligate the investor to make any additional payments. |
Market participants must determine whether any particular note is rated, and if so, at what rating level. Moodys encourages market participants to contact Moodys Ratings Desks directly if they have questions regarding ratings for specific notes issued under a medium-term note program.
Moodys applies numerical modifiers, 1, 2, and 3, in each generic rating classified from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the issue ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a midrange ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category.
Municipal Short-Term Loan Ratings
MIG 1/VMIG 1: This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
MIG 2/VMIG 2: This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample although not so large as in the preceding group.
52
MIG 3/VMIG 3: This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash flow protection may be narrow and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well established.
SG: This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category lack margins of protection.
Corporate Short-Term Debt Ratings
Moodys short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to repay punctually senior debt obligations which have an original maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.
Moodys employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
PRIME-1: Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institutions) have a superior ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations. Prime-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced by many of the following characteristics: leading market positions in well-established industries; high rates of return on Trusts employed; conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance on debt and ample asset protection; broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and high internal cash generation; and well-established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources of alternate liquidity.
PRIME-2: Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a strong ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations. This will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above but to a lesser degree. Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, may be more subject to variation. Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.
PRIME-3: Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have an acceptable ability for repayment of senior short-term obligations. The effect of industry characteristics and market compositions may be more pronounced. Variability in earnings and profitability may result in changes in the level of debt protection measurements and may require relatively high financial leverage. Adequate alternate liquidity is maintained.
NOT PRIME: Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
STANDARD & POORS
Corporate and Municipal Long-Term Debt Ratings
Long-Term Issuer Credit Ratings
AAA: An obligor rated AAA has EXTREMELY STRONG capacity to meet its financial commitments. AAA is the highest Issuer Credit Rating assigned by Standard & Poors.
AA: An obligor rated AA has VERY STRONG capacity to meet its financial commitments. It differs from the highest rated obligors only in small degree.
A: An obligor rated A has STRONG capacity to meet its financial commitments but is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligors in higher-rated categories.
BBB: An obligor rated BBB has ADEQUATE capacity to meet its financial commitments. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitments.
Obligors rated BB, B, CCC, and CC are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and CC the highest. While such obligors will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.
BB: An obligor rated BB is LESS VULNERABLE in the near term than other lower-rated obligors. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties and exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligors inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.
B: An obligor rated B is MORE VULNERABLE to nonpayment than obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligors capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CCC: An obligor rated CCC is CURRENTLY VULNERABLE, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions to meet its financial commitments.
CC: An obligor rated CC is CURRENTLY HIGHLY VULNERABLE.
Plus (+) or minus(-) The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
53
C: A subordinated debt or preferred stock obligation rated C is CURRENTLY HIGHLY VULNERABLE to nonpayment. The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued. A C also will be assigned to a preferred stock issue in arrears on dividends or sinking Trust payments, but that is currently paying.
R: An obligor rated R is under regulatory supervision owing to its financial condition. During the dependency of the regulatory supervision the regulators may have the power to favor one class of obligations over others or pay some obligations and not others. Please see Standard & Poors issue credit ratings for a more detailed description of the effects of regulatory supervision on specific issues or classes of obligations.
SD and D: An obligor rated SD (Selective Default) or D has failed to pay one or more of its financial obligations (rated or unrated) when it came due. A D rating is assigned when Standard & Poors believes that the default will be a general default and that the obligor will fail to pay all or substantially all of its obligations as they come due. An SD rating is assigned when Standard & Poors believes that the obligor has selectively defaulted on a specific issue or class of obligations but it will continue to meet its payment obligations on other 21 issues or classes of obligations in a timely manner. Please see Standard & Poors issue credit ratings for a more detailed description of the effects of a default on specific issues or classes of obligations.
N.R.: An issuer designated N.R. is not rated.
Public Information Ratings
Ratings with a pi subscript are based on an analysis of an issuers published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuers management and are therefore based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a pi subscript. Ratings with a pi subscript are reviewed annually based on a new years financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuers credit quality.
Outlooks are not provided for ratings with a pi subscript, nor are they subject to potential CreditWatch listings. Ratings with a pi subscript generally are not modified with + or - designations. However, such designations may be assigned when the issuers credit rating is constrained by sovereign risk or the credit quality of a parent company or affiliated group.
Short-Term Rating Definitions
A-1: A short-term obligation rated A-1 is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poors. The obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
A-2: A short-term obligation rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
A-3: A short-term obligation rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B: A short-term obligation rated B is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligors inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
C: A short-term obligation rated C is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
D: A short-term obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poors believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized. of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
54
APPENDIX BINVESTMENT ADVISER AND SUBADVISER PROXY POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
Aberdeen U.S. Registered Advisers
Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
As of February 8, 2010
The following are proxy voting policies and procedures (Policies and Procedures) adopted by affiliated investment advisers registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (Advisers Act), that are subsidiaries of Aberdeen Asset Management PLC (AAM); including, specifically, Aberdeen Asset Management Inc., a Delaware Corporation, (Aberdeen US), Aberdeen Asset Management Asia Limited, a Singapore Corporation (Aberdeen Singapore), Aberdeen Asset Management Limited, an Australian Corporation (Aberdeen AU), and Aberdeen Asset Management Investment Services Limited, a UK Corporation (AAMISL), (collectively referred to herein as Aberdeen Advisers and each an Aberdeen Adviser) (collectively with AAM, Aberdeen). These Policies and Procedures address proxy voting considerations under U.S. law and regulation and under Canadian securities laws. These Policies and Procedures do not address the laws or requirements of other jurisdictions.
Each of the Aberdeen Advisers provides advisory resources to certain U.S. clients, including substantive advice on voting proxies for certain equity securities. These Policies and Procedures are adopted to ensure compliance by the Aberdeen Advisers with Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act and other applicable fiduciary obligations under rules and regulations of the SEC and interpretations of its staff with respect to proxies for voting securities held by client portfolios.
Clients may consist of investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (1940 Act) (Funds and each a Fund), and other U.S. residents as well as non-U.S. registered funds or clients. Each Aberdeen Adviser follows these Policies and Procedures for each of its respective U.S. clients as required under the Advisers Act and other applicable law, unless expressly directed by a client in writing to refrain from voting that clients proxies or to vote in accordance with the clients proxy voting policies and procedures. Aberdeen Advisers who advise or subadvise the Funds follow both these Policies and Procedures and the proxy voting policies and procedures adopted by the Funds and their respective Boards of Directors or Trustees. Aberdeen Advisers located outside the U.S. may provide proxy voting services to their non-U.S. based clients in accordance with the jurisdiction in which the client is located. Aberdeen US, Aberdeen Singapore and Aberdeen AU will provide proxy voting services to Canadian investment funds in accordance with National Instrument 81-106Investment Fund Continuous Disclosure.
I. Definitions
A. Best interest of clients. Clients best economic interests over the long term that is, the common interest that all clients share in seeing the value of a common investment increase over time. Clients may have differing political or social interests, but their best economic interest is generally uniform.
B. Material conflict of interest. Circumstances when an Aberdeen Adviser or any member of senior management, portfolio manager or portfolio analyst knowingly does business with a particular proxy issuer or closely affiliated entity, which may appear to create a material conflict between the interests of the Aberdeen Adviser and the interests of its clients in how proxies of that issuer are voted. A material conflict of interest might also exist in unusual circumstances when Aberdeen has actual knowledge of a material business arrangement between a particular proxy issuer or closely affiliated entity and an affiliate of an Aberdeen Adviser.
II. General Voting Policies
A. Clients Best Interest. These Policies and Procedures are designed and implemented in a way that is reasonably expected to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of clients. Proxies are voted with the aim of furthering the best economic interests of clients, promoting high levels of corporate governance and adequate disclosure of company policies, activities and returns, including fair and equal treatment of stockholders.
B. Shareholder Activism. Aberdeen Advisers seek to develop relationships with the management of portfolio companies to encourage transparency and improvements in the treatment of employees, owners and stakeholders. Thus, Aberdeen Advisers may engage in dialogue with the management of portfolio companies with respect to pending proxy voting issues.
C. Case-by-Case Basis. These Policies and Procedures are guidelines. Each vote is ultimately cast on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the contractual obligations under the advisory agreement or comparable document, and all other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote. Aberdeen Advisers may cast proxy votes in favor of management proposals or seek to change the views of management, considering specific issues as they arise on their merits. Aberdeen Advisers may also join with other investment managers in seeking to submit a shareholder proposal to a company or to oppose a proposal submitted by the company. Such action may be based on fundamental, social, environmental or human rights grounds.
D. Individualized. These Policies and Procedures are tailored to suit Aberdeens advisory business and the types of securities portfolios Aberdeen Advisers manage. To the extent that clients (e.g., investment companies, corporations, pension plans) have adopted their own procedures, Aberdeen Advisers may vote the same securities differently depending upon clients directions.
E. Material Conflicts of Interest. Material conflicts are resolved in the best interest of clients. When a material conflict of interest between an Aberdeen Adviser and its respective client(s) is identified, the Aberdeen Adviser will choose among the procedures set forth in Section IV.B.2. below to resolve such conflict.
F. Limitations. The circumstances under which Aberdeen may take a limited role in voting proxies, include the following:
1. No Responsibility. Aberdeen Advisers will not vote proxies for client accounts in which the client contract specifies that Aberdeen will not vote. Under such circumstances, the clients custodians are instructed to mail proxy material directly to such clients or the clients designees.
2. Limited Value. An Aberdeen Adviser may abstain from voting a client proxy if the Aberdeen Adviser determines that the effect on shareholders economic interests or the value of the portfolio holding is indeterminable or insignificant. Aberdeen Advisers may also abstain from voting the proxies of portfolio companies held in their passively managed funds. Proxies with respect to securities that have been sold before the date of the shareholders meeting and are no longer held by a client generally will not be voted.
3. Unjustifiable Costs. An Aberdeen Adviser may abstain from voting a client proxy for cost reasons (e.g., non-U.S. securities).
4. Securities Lending Arrangements. If voting securities are part of a securities lending program, Aberdeen may be unable to vote while the securities are on loan.
5. Share Blocking. Certain jurisdictions may impose share blocking restrictions at various times which may prevent Aberdeen from exercising its voting authority.
6. Special Considerations. Aberdeens responsibilities for voting proxies are determined generally by its obligations under each advisory contract or similar document. If a client requests in writing that an Aberdeen Adviser vote its proxy in a manner inconsistent with these Policies and Procedures, the Aberdeen Adviser may follow the clients direction or may request that the client vote the proxy directly.
G. Sources of Information. The Aberdeen Advisers may conduct research internally and/or use the resources of an independent research consultant. The Aberdeen Advisers may consider legislative materials, studies of corporate governance and other proxy voting issues, and/or analyses of shareholder and management proposals by a certain sector of companies, e.g., Fortune 500 companies.
H. Subadvisers. To the extent that an Aberdeen Adviser may rely on subadvisers, whether affiliated or unaffiliated, to manage any client portfolio on a discretionary basis, the Aberdeen Adviser may delegate responsibility for voting proxies to the subadviser. However, such subadvisers will be required either to follow these Policies and Procedures or to demonstrate that their proxy voting policies and procedures are consistent with these Policies and Procedures or otherwise implemented in the best interests of the Aberdeen Advisers clients.
I. Availability of Policies and Procedures. Aberdeen Advisers will provide clients with a copy of these Policies and Procedures, as revised from time to time, upon request.
J. Disclosure of Vote. As disclosed in Part II of each Aberdeen Advisers Form ADV, a client may obtain information on how its proxies were voted by requesting such information from its Aberdeen Adviser. Aberdeen Advisers do not generally disclose client proxy votes to third parties, other than as required for Funds, unless specifically requested, in writing, by the client.
III. Specific Voting Policies
A. General Philosophy.
| |
Support existing management on votes on the financial statements of a company and the election of the Board of Directors; |
| |
Vote for the acceptance of the accounts unless there are grounds to suspect that either the accounts as presented or audit procedures used, do not present an accurate picture of company results; and |
| |
Support routine issues such as the appointment of independent auditors, allocation of income and the declaration of stock (scrip) dividend proposals provided there is a cash alternative. |
B. Anti-takeover Measures. Aberdeen Advisers vote on anti-takeover measures on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration such factors as the long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry competition. Key measures of performance will include the growth rates for sales, operating income, net income and total shareholder returns. Other factors which will be considered include margin analysis, cash flow and debt levels.
C. Proxy Contests for Control. Aberdeen Advisers vote on proxy contests for control on a case-by- case basis taking into consideration such factors as long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry, managements
track record, background to the proxy contest, qualifications of director nominees, evaluation of what each side is offering shareholders as well as the likelihood that the proposed objectives and goals can be met, and stock ownership positions.
D. Contested Elections. Aberdeen Advisers vote on contested elections on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration such factors as the qualifications of all director nominees. Aberdeen Advisers also consider the independence of board and key committee members and the corporate governance practices of the company.
E. Executive compensation proposals. Aberdeen Advisers consider such proposals on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration such factors as executive pay and spending perquisites, particularly in conjunction with sub-par performance and employee layoffs.
F. Shareholder Proposals. Aberdeen Advisers consider such proposals on a case-by-case basis. Aberdeen Advisers support those proposals which will improve the companys corporate governance or business profile at a reasonable cost, but may oppose proposals which result in significant cost being incurred with little or no benefit to the company or its shareholders.
IV. Proxy Voting Procedures
This section applies to each Aberdeen Adviser except to the extent that certain procedures are identified as applicable only to a specific Aberdeen Adviser.
A. Obtain Proxy. Registered owners of record, e.g., trustees or custodian banks, that receive proxy materials from the issuer or its information agent, are instructed to sign physical proxy cards in blank and forward directly to the Global Voting Team based in Scotland (PA-UK). Proxies may also be delivered electronically by custodians using proxy services such as ProxyEdge and Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS). Each proxy received is matched to the securities to be voted.
B. Material Conflicts of Interest.
1. Identify the existence of any material conflicts of interest relating to the securities to be voted or the issue at hand. Portfolio managers and research analysts (Analysts) and senior management of each Aberdeen Adviser have an affirmative duty to disclose any personal conflicts such as officer or director positions held by them, their spouses or close relatives in the portfolio company or attempts by the portfolio company to exert influence over such person with respect to their vote. Conflicts based on business relationships or dealings of affiliates of any Aberdeen Adviser will only be considered to the extent that the Aberdeen Adviser has actual knowledge of such business relationships.
2. When a material conflict of interest between an Aberdeen Advisers interests and its clients interests appears to exist, the Aberdeen Adviser may choose among the following options to eliminate such conflict: (1) vote in accordance with these Policies and Procedures if it involves little or no discretion; (2) vote as recommended by a third party service if the Aberdeen Adviser utilizes such a service; (3) echo vote or mirror vote the proxies in the same proportion as the votes of other proxy holders that are not Aberdeen clients; (4) if possible, erect information barriers around the person or persons making voting decisions sufficient to insulate the decision from the conflict; (5) if practical, notify affected clients of the conflict of interest and seek a waiver of the conflict; or (6) if agreed upon in writing with the client, forward the proxies to affected clients allowing them to vote their own proxies.
C. Analysts. The proxy administration process is carried out by the PA-UK. The PA-UK ensures that each proxy statement is directed to the appropriate Analyst. If a third party recommendation service has been retained, the PA-UK will forward the proxy statement to the Analyst with the recommendation highlighted. The Analyst will determine whether to vote as recommended by the service provider or to recommend an alternative and shall advise the PA-UK . The Analyst may consult with the PA-UK as necessary. If the Analyst recommends voting against the third party recommendation, he or she is responsible for documenting the reasons for such recommendation and that no conflict of interest influenced such recommendation. If no third party recommendation service is utilized or if no recommendation is provided, the Analyst is responsible for documenting the rationale for his or her vote recommendation.
D. Vote. The following describes the breakdown of responsibilities between the PA-UK and the Corporate Governance Group (CGG) in voting portfolio securities and the extent to which the Aberdeen Advisers rely on third party service providers.
The PA-UK is responsible for ensuring that votes for Aberdeen Advisers clients are cast in a timely fashion and in accordance with these Policies and Procedures. In addition, the PA-UK is primarily responsible for administering proxy votes for the US and Canadian Funds which are advised or sub-advised by the Aberdeen Advisers.
Responsibility for considering the substantive issues relating to any vote and for deciding how shares will be voted resides with the relevant Analyst.
In the event that a material conflict of interest is identified by an Analyst, decisions on how to vote will be referred to the Corporate Governance Group (CGG). The CGG includes the Chief Investment Officer, the head of the Socially Responsible Research, and representatives from portfolio management teams. The CGG meets as needed to consider material conflicts of interest or any other items raising unique issues. If the CGG determines that there is no material conflict
of interest, the vote recommendation will be forwarded to the PA-UK. If a material conflict of interest is identified, the CGG will follow the conflict of interest procedures set forth in Section IV.B.2., above.
The PA-UK helps facilitate and coordinate proxy voting for U.S. clients of the Aberdeen Advisers. The Aberdeen Advisers have engaged ProxyEdge, a third party service provider, to cast votes electronically for certain clients and to maintain records of such votes electronically. Aberdeen has also engaged ISS, a third party service provider, to provide (1) notification of impending votes; (2) research into non-routine votes, including shareholder resolutions; (3) voting recommendations which may be viewed on-line; and (4) web-based voting. In the absence of any material conflict of interest, the Aberdeen Advisers may either vote in accordance with the ISS recommendation or decline to follow the ISS recommendation based on its own view of the agenda item provided that decisions to vote contrary to the ISS recommendation are documented as set forth in Section IV.C., above. In the event of a material conflict of interest, the Aberdeen Advisers will follow the procedures outlined in Section IV.B.2, above.
E. Review. PA-UK are responsible for ensuring that proxy materials are received in a timely manner and reconciled against holdings on the record date of client accounts over which the Aberdeen Adviser has voting authority to ensure that all shares held on the record date, and for which a voting obligation exists, are voted.
V. Documentation, Recordkeeping and Reporting Requirements
A. Documentation.
Each Advisers Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for implementing and updating these Policies and Procedures;
The PA-UK is responsible for:
1. Overseeing the proxy voting process;
2. Consulting with portfolio managers/analysts for the relevant portfolio security; and
3. Maintaining manual proxy voting records, if any, and overseeing and reviewing voting execution and recordkeeping by third party providers such as ISS and ProxyEdge.
B. Record Keeping.
1. Each Aberdeen Adviser maintains or procures the maintenance of records of all proxies it has voted. As permitted by Rule 204-2(c), electronic proxy statements and the record of each vote cast by each client account will be maintained by either ISS or Proxy Edge, depending on the client account.
A US Funds proxy voting record must be filed with the SEC on Form N-PX. Form N-PX must be completed and signed in the manner required, containing a funds proxy voting record for the most recent twelve-month period ended June 30th (beginning August 31, 2004). If an Aberdeen Adviser delegates this reporting responsibility to a third party service provider such as ISS or Proxy Edge, it will ensure that the third party service provider files Form N-PX accordingly. Aberdeen Advisers shall obtain and maintain undertakings from both ISS and Proxy Edge to provide it with copies of proxy voting records and other documents relating to its clients votes promptly upon request. Aberdeen Advisers, ISS and Proxy Edge may rely on the SECs EDGAR system to keep records of certain proxy statements if the proxy statements are maintained by issuers on that system (e.g., large U.S.-based issuers).
2. As required by Rule 204-2(c), such records will also include: (a) a copy of the Policies and Procedures; (b) a copy of any document created by the Aberdeen Adviser that was material to making a decision on how to vote proxies on behalf of a client or that memorializes the basis for that decision; and (c) each written client request for proxy voting records and the Aberdeen Advisers written response to any (written or oral) client request for such records.
3. Duration. Proxy voting books and records will be maintained in an easily accessible place for a period of five years, the first two in an appropriate office of the Aberdeen Adviser.
C. Reporting. The Aberdeen Advisers will initially inform clients of these Policies and Procedures by summary disclosure in Part II of their respective Forms ADV. Upon receipt of a clients request for more information, the Aberdeen Advisers will provide to the client a copy of these Policies and Procedures and/or, in accordance with the clients stated requirements, how the clients proxies were voted during the period requested subsequent to the adoption of these Policies and Procedures. Such periodic reports, other than those required for Funds, will not be made available to third parties absent the express written request of the client. However, to the extent that any Aberdeen Adviser may serve as a subadviser to another adviser to a Client, such Aberdeen Adviser will be deemed to be authorized to provide proxy voting records on such Client accounts to such other adviser.
For Canadian investment funds, Aberdeen US, Aberdeen AU and Aberdeen Singapore will assist in preparing annual proxy voting records for the period ending June 30 of each year and will post an annual proxy voting record on each Canadian investment funds website no later than August 31 of each year. Upon receipt of a client or securityholders request, Aberdeen
US, Aberdeen AU or Aberdeen Singapore will make available a copy of these Policies and Procedures and the Canadian investment funds proxy voting record, without charge, to any client or securityholder upon a request made by the client or securityholder after August 31.
D. Review of Policies and Procedures. These Policies and Procedures will be subject to review on a periodic basis as deemed appropriate by the Aberdeen Advisers. Any questions regarding the Policies and Procedures should be directed to the Compliance Department of the respective Aberdeen Adviser.
DUFF & PHELPS INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT CO.
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
March 2009
These policies and procedures apply to the voting of proxies by Duff & Phelps Investment Management Co. (Adviser) for accounts over which the firm has proxy voting discretion.
SECTION 1. PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES
The fundamental guideline followed by Adviser in voting proxies is to ensure that the manner in which shares are voted is in the best interest of clients/beneficiaries and the value of the investment. Absent special circumstances of the types described below, it is the policy of Adviser to exercise its proxy voting discretion in accordance with the guidelines set forth in Exhibit A (Proxy Guidelines). These guidelines are applicable to the voting of domestic and global proxies.
SECTION 2. DUFF & PHELPS INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT CO.
As an integral part of the investment process and where authorized by its clients, Adviser has responsibility for voting proxies, along with interpretation and application of its Proxy Guidelines. Given that certain investment teams are managing monies at different locations, the firm has delegated this activity to a third party, which is described in Section 3. There are a limited number of proxies received by the investment team in Chicago that are voted manually in compliance with the Proxy Guidelines. Records pertaining to manually voted proxies are to be kept with the investment team and be provided to the Duff & Phelps Investment Management Co. (DPIM) Compliance Department as requested in order to comply with applicable regulations. The DPIM Compliance Department will also maintain electronic copies of proxy voting information provided by any independent third parties.
SECTION 3. RISKMETRICS GROUP
Adviser has delegated to an independent third party, currently RiskMetrics Group (RMG), the responsibility to review proxy proposals and to make voting recommendations on behalf of the firm, in a manner consistent with the Proxy Guidelines.
SECTION 4. APPLICATION OF PROXY GUIDELINES
It is intended that the Proxy Guidelines will be applied with a measure of flexibility. Accordingly, except as otherwise provided in these policies and procedures, investment managers (with the approval of the Investment Team leader) may vote proxies contrary to the recommendations of RMG if it is determined that such action is in the best interests of the clients/beneficiaries. The DPIM Compliance Department will serve as a facilitator for such requests. In the exercise of such discretion, the investment manager may take into account a wide array of factors relating to the matter under consideration, the nature of the proposal, and the company involved. As a result, a proxy may be voted in one manner in the case of one investment team and in a different manner in the case of another where, for example, the past history of the company, the character and integrity of its management, the role of outside directors, and the companys record of producing performance for investors justifies a high degree of confidence in the company and the effect of the proposal on the value of the investment. Similarly, poor past performance, uncertainties about management and future directions, and other factors may lead to a conclusion that particular proposals by an issuer present unacceptable investment risks and should not be supported. In addition, the proposals should be evaluated in context. For example, a particular proposal may be acceptable standing alone, but objectionable when part of an existing or proposed package, such as where the effect may be to entrench management. Special circumstances or instructions from clients may also justify casting different votes for different clients/beneficiaries with respect to the same proxy vote.
Investment personnel for the respective investment team will document the rationale for any proxy voted contrary to the recommendation of RMG. Such information will be kept by the investment team and be available to the DPIM Compliance Department as part of the recordkeeping process.
SECTION 5. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Adviser may occasionally be subject to conflicts of interest in the voting of proxies due to business or personal relationships it maintains with persons having an interest in the outcome of certain votes. For example, Adviser may provide investment management, brokerage, underwriting, and related services to accounts owned or controlled by companies whose management is soliciting proxies. Adviser and/or its employees may also occasionally have business or personal relationships with other proponents of proxy proposals, participants in proxy contests, corporate directors or candidates for directorships. Adviser seeks to address such conflicts of interest in various ways, including the following:
I. The delegation of proxy review and vote recommendation functions to a third party.
II. Subject to paragraph III below, if it is determined that a particular proxy vote involves a material conflict of interest between Adviser and a person having an interest in the outcome of that vote, it will follow the vote recommendations of a third party.
III. In the case of proxy votes involving securities issued by Virtus Investment Partners, Inc. or its affiliates, or involving issues in which the firm has a direct financial interest (such as shareholder approval of a changed mutual fund advisory fees where Adviser is the fund advisor), the Adviser may resolve such issues in several ways (which may vary depending upon the particular situation and the requirements of applicable law), including, without limitation:
| |
Following the vote recommendation of a third party. |
| |
Voting pursuant to client direction. |
| |
Conduct an analysis of the economic costs and benefits to evaluate the overall financial impact on the matter being considered. |
| |
Voting pursuant to a mirror voting arrangement (under which conflicted shares are voted in the same manner and proportion as non-conflicted shares). |
The method selected may vary depending upon the facts and circumstances of each situation and the requirements of applicable law.
SECTION 6. PROXY VOTING RECORDS; CLIENT DISCLOSURES
Adviser will maintain the following records relating to proxy votes cast under these policies and procedures:
I. A copy of these policies and procedures
II. A copy of each proxy statement the firm receives regarding clients securities
III. A record of each vote cast by the firm on behalf of a client.
IV. A copy of any document created by the Adviser that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies on behalf of a client or that memorialized the basis for that decision.
V. A copy of each written client request for information on how the Adviser voted proxies on behalf of the client, and a copy of any written response by the firm to any (written or oral) client request for information on how the firm voted proxies on behalf of the requesting client.
The foregoing records will be retained for such period of time as is required to comply with applicable laws and regulations. The firm may rely on one or more third parties to make and retain the records referred to in items II. and III. above.
The Adviser will cause copies of the foregoing records, as they relate to particular clients, to be provided to those clients upon request except as may be required by law. It is generally the Advisers policy not to disclose its proxy voting records to third parties or special interest groups.
SECTION 7. ERISA ACCOUNTS
Plans governed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA), are to be administered consistent with the terms of the governing plan documents and applicable provisions of ERISA. In cases where sole proxy voting discretion rests with Adviser, the foregoing policies and procedures will be followed, subject to the fiduciary responsibility standards of ERISA. These standards generally require fiduciaries to act prudently and to discharge their duties solely in the interests of participants and beneficiaries. The Department of Labor has indicated that the voting decisions of ERISA fiduciaries must generally focus on the course that would most likely increase the value of the stock being voted.
The documents governing ERISA individual account plans may set forth various procedures for voting employer securities held by the plan. Where authority over the investment of plan assets is granted to plan participants, many individual account plans provide that proxies for employer securities will be voted in accordance with directions received from plan participants as to shares allocated to their plan accounts. In some cases, the governing plan documents may further provide that unallocated shares and/or allocated shares for which no participant directions are received will be voted in accordance with a proportional voting method in which such shares are voted proportionately in the same manner as are allocated shares for which directions from participants have been received. Consistent with Labor Department positions, it is the policy of Adviser to follow the provisions of a plans governing documents in the voting of employer securities, unless it determines that to do so would breach its fiduciary duties under ERISA.
SECTION 8. CLOSED-END AND OPEN-END MUTUAL FUNDS
Proxies of closed-end and open-end registered management investment companies will be voted subject to any applicable proxy voting guidelines of the fund and, to the extent applicable, in accordance with any resolutions or other instructions approved by authorized persons of the fund.
SECTION 9. OTHER SPECIAL SITUATIONS
Adviser may choose not to vote proxies in certain situations or for certain accounts either where it deems the cost of doing so to be prohibitive or where the exercise of voting rights could restrict the ability of an accounts portfolio manager to freely trade the security in question (as is the case, for example, in certain foreign jurisdictions known as blocking markets).
Various accounts in which the Adviser has proxy voting discretion participate in securities lending programs administered by the custodian or a third party. Because title to loaned securities passes to the borrower, the Adviser will be unable to vote any security that is out on loan to a borrower on a proxy record date. If the Adviser has investment discretion, however, it reserves the right of the portfolio manager to instruct the lending agent to terminate a loan in situations where the matter to be voted upon is deemed to be material to the investment and the benefits of voting the security are deemed to outweigh the costs of terminating the loan.
Exhibit A
Duff & Phelps Investment Management Co.
PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES
Adopted June 6, 2008
These guidelines supplement the formal Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of Duff & Phelps Investment Management Co. (Adviser or the firm) and provide general direction of how the firm will vote on a number of significant and recurring ballot issues. This list is not all inclusive.
I. The Board of Directors
A. Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections
Adviser generally votes for director nominees in uncontested elections, absent countervailing factors such as a lack of director independence (see below) or chronic, unjustified absenteeism or other disqualifying factors.
B. Chairman and CEO are the Same Person
Adviser generally votes against shareholder proposals that would require the positions of chairman and CEO to be held by different persons.
C. Director Independence
Pending the adoption of more definitive independence requirements by the NYSE and NASDAQ, the firm will evaluate shareholder proposals requesting that the board be comprised of a majority of independent directors on a case-by-case basis and will generally vote against shareholder proposals requesting that the board be comprised of a supermajority of independent directors.
Adviser generally votes for shareholder proposals that request that the board audit, compensation and/or nominating committees include independent directors exclusively.
Pending the adoption of more definitive independence requirements by the NYSE and NASDAQ, the firm will consider a board candidate or member to lack independence if, he or she:
| |
is an officer or full-time employee of the company; |
| |
is a former employee of the company regardless of when he/she may have left the company; provides, or if his or her firm provides, a material level of professional services (e.g., through a consulting or advisory arrangement, whether formalized by a contract or not); |
| |
has any transactional relationship with the company granted on terms not generally available; is a founder of the company and not a current employee; or |
| |
has a close family relationship to an executive officer of the company, whether by blood or marriage. |
D. Stock Ownership Requirements
Adviser generally votes against shareholder proposals requiring directors to own a minimum amount of company stock in order to qualify as a director, or to remain on the board.
E. Term of Office
Adviser generally votes against shareholder proposals to limit the tenure of outside directors.
F. Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection
Proposals concerning director and officer indemnification and liability protection are evaluated on a case-by-case basis. Adviser generally votes for proposals providing indemnification protection to officers and directors, and for proposals limiting the liability of officers and directors for monetary damages, provided such proposals do not appear to conflict with applicable law and cover only future actions.
G. Charitable Contributions
Adviser generally votes against shareholder proposals to eliminate, direct or otherwise restrict charitable contributions.
II. Proxy Contests
A. Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections
Votes in a contested election of directors are evaluated on a case-by-case basis, considering the following factors:
| |
long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry; |
| |
managements track record; |
| |
background to the proxy contest; |
| |
qualifications of director nominees (both slates); |
| |
evaluation of what each side is offering shareholders as well as the likelihood that the proposed objectives and goals can be met; and |
| |
stock ownership positions. |
B. Reimburse Proxy Solicitation Expenses
Decisions to provide full reimbursement for dissidents waging a proxy contest are made on a case- by-case basis.
III. Auditors
A. Ratifying Auditors
Adviser generally votes for proposals to ratify auditors, unless an auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company and is not independent; or there is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the companys financial position.
Adviser, on a case-by-case basis, votes shareholder proposals that seek to restrict the ability of a companys auditors to provide non-audit services.
Adviser, on a case-by-case basis, votes shareholder proposals that would request a company to periodically change its audit firm.
IV. Proxy Contest Defenses
A. Board Structure: Staggered vs. Annual Elections
Adviser generally votes against proposals to classify the board and for proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.
B. Shareholder Ability to Remove Directors
Adviser, on a case-by-case basis, votes proposals that provide directors may be removed only for cause.
Adviser generally votes for proposals allowing shareholders to elect replacements and fill vacancies.
C. Cumulative Voting
Adviser generally votes against proposals to eliminate cumulative voting. The firm generally votes for proposals to permit cumulative voting.
D. Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings
Adviser generally votes for proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to call special meetings.
E. Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent
Adviser generally votes for proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to take action by written consent.
F. Shareholder Ability to Alter the Size of the Board
Adviser generally votes against proposals limiting managements ability to alter the size of the board.
V. Tender Offer Defenses
A. Poison Pills
Adviser generally votes against shareholder proposals that ask a company to submit its poison pill for shareholder ratification.
Adviser, on a case-by-case basis, votes proposals to ratify a poison pill.
B. Fair Price Provisions
Adviser, on a case-by-case basis, votes on fair price proposals, taking into consideration whether the shareholder vote requirement embedded in the provision is no more than a majority of disinterested shares.
Adviser generally votes for shareholder proposals to lower the shareholder vote requirement in existing fair price provisions.
C. Greenmail
Adviser, on a case-by-case basis, votes proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or otherwise restrict a companys ability to make greenmail payments.
Adviser generally votes on a case-by-case basis anti-greenmail proposals when they are bundled with other charter or bylaw amendments.
D. Unequal Voting Rights
Adviser generally votes against dual class exchange offers.
Adviser generally votes against dual class recapitalizations.
E. Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement to Amend the Charter or Bylaws
Adviser generally votes against management proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote to approve charter and bylaw amendments.
Adviser generally votes for shareholder proposals to lower supermajority shareholder vote requirements for charter and bylaw amendments.
F. Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement to Approve Mergers
Adviser generally votes against management proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote to approve mergers and other significant business combinations.
Adviser generally votes for shareholder proposals to lower supermajority shareholder vote requirements for mergers and other significant business combinations.
G. White Squire Placements
Adviser, on a case-by-case basis, votes shareholder proposals to require approval of blank check preferred stock issues for other than general corporate purposes.
VI. Miscellaneous Governance Provisions
A. Confidential Voting
Adviser, on a case-by-case basis, votes proposals requiring confidential voting and independent vote tabulators.
B. Equal Access
Adviser, on a case-by-case basis, votes shareholder proposals that would allow significant company shareholders equal access to managements proxy material in order to evaluate and propose voting recommendations on proxy proposals and director nominees, and in order to nominate their own candidates to the board.
C. Bundled Proposals
Adviser, on a case-by-case basis, votes bundled or conditioned proxy proposals. In the case of items that are conditioned upon each other, Adviser examines the benefits and costs of the packaged items. In instances when the joint effect of the conditioned items is not in shareholders best interests, Adviser will vote against the proposals. If the combined effect is positive, Adviser will support such proposals.
D. Shareholder Advisory Committees
Adviser, on a case-by-case basis, votes proposals to establish a shareholder advisory committee.
E. Transact Other Business
Vote against proposals to approve other business when it appears as a voting item.
VII. Capital Structure
A. Common Stock Authorization
Adviser, on a case-by-case basis, votes proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issue.
B. Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends
Adviser generally votes for management proposals to increase common share authorization for a stock split provided management demonstrates a reasonable basis for the split.
C. Reverse Stock Splits
Adviser generally votes for management proposals to implement a reverse stock split, provided management demonstrates a reasonable basis for the reverse split.
D. Blank Check Preferred Authorization
Absent special circumstances (e.g., actions taken in the context of a hostile takeover attempt) indicating an abusive purpose, Adviser, on a case-by-case basis, votes proposals that would authorize the creation of new classes of preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend and distribution, and other rights.
E. Shareholder Proposals Regarding Blank Check Preferred Stock
Adviser, on a case-by-case basis, votes shareholder proposals to have blank check preferred stock placements, other than those shares issued for the purpose of raising capital or making acquisitions in the normal course of business, submitted for shareholder ratification.
F. Adjust Par Value of Common Stock
Adviser generally votes for management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock.
G. Preemptive Rights
Adviser generally reviews on a case-by-case basis, proposals to create or abolish preemptive rights. In evaluating proposals on preemptive rights, we look at the size of a company and the characteristics of its shareholder base. Adviser generally opposes preemptive rights for publicly-held companies with a broad stockholder base.
H. Debt Restructuring
Adviser reviews, on a case-by-case basis, proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan. Adviser will consider the following issues:
Dilution How much will ownership interest of existing shareholders be reduced, and how extreme will dilution be to any future earnings?
Change in Control Will the transaction result in a change in control of the company?
Bankruptcy Is the threat of bankruptcy, which would result in severe losses in shareholder value, the main factor driving the debt restructuring?
Generally, Adviser approves proposals that facilitate debt restructurings unless there are clear signs of self-dealing or other abuses.
I. Share Repurchase Programs
Adviser generally votes for management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms.
VIII. Executive and Director Compensation
Adviser, on a case-by-case basis, votes on executive and director compensation plans. Adviser generally votes for compensation plans if the following criteria are met:
Voting Power Dilution The sum of new shares authorized plus shares available for grant under all existing plans and options granted, but not yet exercised, does not exceed 15 percent of shares outstanding as of record date. This threshold is increased to 20 percent for companies in the technology, banking, and financial services industries.
Discounts The exercise price is no less than 100 percent of fair market value at the time of grant.
Repricing The company has not repriced underwater stock options during the past three years.
A. OBRA-Related Compensation Proposals
| |
Amendments that Place a Cap on Annual Grant or Amend Administrative Features |
Adviser generally votes for plans that simply amend shareholder-approved plans to include administrative features or place a cap on the annual grants anyone participant may receive to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1993 (OBRA) regarding executive compensation.
| |
Amendments to Added Performance-Based Goals |
Adviser generally votes for amendments to add performance goals to existing compensation plans to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) of OBRA.
| |
Amendments to Increase Shares and Retain Tax Deductions Under OBRA |
Adviser, on a case-by-case basis, votes on amendments to existing plans that would both increase shares reserved AND qualify the plan for favorable tax treatment under the provisions of Section 162(m) of OBRA.
| |
Approval of Cash or Cash-and-Stock Bonus Plans |
Adviser, on a case-by-case basis, votes proposals relating to cash or cash-and-stock bonus plans to exempt the compensation from taxes under the provisions of Section 162(m) of OBRA.
B. Shareholder Proposals to Limit Executive and Director Pay
Adviser, on a case-by-case basis, votes shareholder proposals that seek additional disclosure of executive and director pay information.
Adviser, on a case-by-case basis, votes other shareholder proposals that seek to limit executive and director pay.
C. Golden and Tin Parachutes
Adviser, on a case-by-case basis, votes shareholder proposals to have golden and tin parachutes submitted for shareholder ratification.
D. Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs) and Other Broad-Based Employee Stock Plans
Adviser generally votes for proposals to approve an ESOP or other broad-based employee stock purchase or ownership plan, or to increase authorized shares for such existing plans, except in cases when the number of shares allocated to such plans is excessive (i.e., generally greater than ten percent (10%) of outstanding shares).
E. 401(k) Employee Benefit Plans
Adviser generally votes for proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.
F. Director Retirement Benefits
Adviser, on a case-by-case basis, votes shareholder proposals requesting companies cease to pay retirement benefits to directors.
G. Stock Option Expensing
Pending the adoption of definitive rules on option expensing by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB), Adviser generally supports shareholder proposals requesting that companies expense options.
IX. State of Incorporation
A. Voting on State Takeover Statutes
Adviser, on a case-by-case basis, votes proposals to opt in or out of state takeover statutes (including control share acquisition statutes, control share cash-out statutes, freezeout provisions, fair price provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill endorsements, severance pay and labor contract provisions, anti-greenmail provisions, and disgorgement provisions).
B. Voting on Reincorporation Proposals
Proposals to change a companys state of incorporation are examined on a case-by-case basis.
X. Mergers and Corporate Restructurings
A. Mergers and Acquisitions
Votes on mergers and acquisitions are considered on a case-by-case basis, taking into account at least the following:
| |
anticipated financial and operating benefits; offer price (cost vs. premium); |
| |
prospects of the combined companies; how the deal was negotiated; and |
| |
changes in corporate governance and their impact on shareholder rights. |
B. Corporate Restructuring
Votes on corporate restructuring proposals, including minority squeezeouts, leveraged buyouts, spin-offs, liquidations, and asset sales are considered on a case-by-case basis.
C. Spin-offs
Votes on spin-offs are considered on a case-by-case basis depending on the tax and regulatory advantages, planned use of sale proceeds, market focus, and managerial incentives.
D. Asset Sales
Votes on asset sales are made on a case-by-case basis after considering the impact on the balance sheet/working capital, value received for the asset, and potential elimination of diseconomies.
E. Liquidations
Votes on liquidations are made on a case-by-case basis after reviewing managements efforts to pursue other alternatives, appraisal value of assets, and the compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation.
F. Appraisal Rights
Adviser generally votes for proposals to restore, or provide shareholders with, rights of appraisal.
G. Changing Corporate Name
Adviser generally votes for changing the corporate name.
H. Adjourn Meeting
Adviser, on a case-by-case basis, votes on proposals giving management discretion to adjourn a meeting of shareholders in order to solicit additional votes.
XI. Mutual Funds
A. Election of Trustees
Votes on trustee nominees are evaluated on a case-by-case basis.
B. Investment Advisory Agreement
Votes on investment advisory agreements are evaluated on a case-by-case basis.
C. Fundamental Investment Restrictions
Votes on amendments to a funds fundamental investment restrictions and investment policy are evaluated on a case-by-case basis.
D. Distribution Agreements
Votes on distribution agreements are evaluated on a case-by-case basis.
XII. Social and Environmental Issues
Adviser generally supports shareholder social and environmental proposals, and votes such matters, on a case-by-case basis, where the proposal enhances the long-term value of the shareholder.
Goodwin Capital Advisers, Inc.
Proxy Voting Policies And Procedures
Goodwin Capital Advisers, Inc. (GCA) has adopted, pursuant to Rule 206(4)-6 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, policies and procedures in an effort to ensure that proxy votes are cast in the best interests of its clients, and that proper documentation is maintained, relating to how proxies were voted. GCA is not currently managing equity holdings, therefore proxy activity is very limited.
Goodwin Capital Advisers will adhere to those pre-determined proxy voting guidelines (the Guidelines) which have been adopted by Phoenix Investment Counsel, Inc. and will make every effort to ensure that the manner in which shares are voted is in the best interest of clients and the value of the investment. The responsibility to review proxy proposals, and make voting recommendations on behalf of GCA, may be delegated to a qualified, non-affiliated, third party vendor, under the Guidelines. Additionally, GCA may vote a proxy contrary to the Guidelines if it is determined that such action is in the best interests of clients.
Conflicts of Interests relating to proxy proposals will be handled in various ways depending on the type and materiality. Generally, where the Guidelines outline GCAs voting position, as either for or against such proxy proposal, voting will be in accordance with said Guidelines. Where the Guidelines outline GCAs voting position to be determined on a case by case basis for such proxy proposal, or such proposal is not listed in the Guidelines, then GCA will choose either to vote the proxy in accordance with the voting recommendation of a non-affiliated third-party vendor, or vote the proxy pursuant to client direction. The method selected by GCA will depend upon the facts and circumstances of each situation and the requirements of applicable law.
GCA may choose not to vote proxies in certain situations or for certain accounts, such as: 1) where a client has retained the right to vote the proxy, 2) where GCA deems the cost of voting exceeds any anticipated benefit to the client, 3) where a proxy is received for a client account that has been terminated, 4) where a proxy is received for a security no longer held (i.e. GCA had previously sold the entire position), and/or 5) where the exercise of voting rights could restrict the ability of the portfolio manager to freely trade the security. Also, the GCA may be unable to vote proxies for any client account that participates in securities lending programs (i.e. mutual funds).
This information is also disclosed to clients, or prospective clients, pursuant to the Brochure Rule, as part of Form ADV, Schedule F.
Kayne Anderson Rudnick Investment Management, LLC
Proxy Voting
A. Policy
KAR acknowledges its responsibility to vote proxies in a manner that ensures the exclusive benefit for the underlying participants and beneficiaries. The firm casts such proxy votes for the sole purpose of extending benefits to such participants and beneficiaries while using the care, skill, and diligence that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use under the circumstances then prevailing.
KAR votes all proxies so as, in its opinion, to maximize shareholder value which is defined as long-term value accretion through dividend and price appreciation. In addition, the firms investment philosophy is to purchase Quality companies for the portfolios of its clients. One of the four main criteria for Quality is excellence in management. Hence, the firm tends to vote non-shareholder value issues in alignment with managements recommendations, if there is no conflict with shareholder value. For example, Poison Pills and other anti-takeover measures are not supported, even if recommended by management.
Absent special circumstances, it is the policy of the firm to exercise its proxy voting discretion in accordance with its Proxy Voting Guidelines, available at the KAR website. These guidelines are applicable to the voting of domestic and global proxies.
The firm may occasionally be subject to conflicts of interest in the voting of proxies due to business or personal relationships it maintains with persons having an interest in the outcome of certain votes. The firm and/or its employees may also occasionally have business or personal relationships with other proponents of proxy proposals, participants in proxy contests, corporate directors or candidates for directorships. If at anytime, the responsible voting parties become aware of any type of potential conflict of interest relating to a particular proxy proposal, they will promptly report such conflict to the Chief Compliance Officer. Conflicts of interest are handled in various ways depending on the type and materiality as described below.
B. Procedure
As an integral part of the investment process and where authorized by its clients, the Adviser has the responsibility for voting proxies. To assist in analyzing proxies, the Adviser subscribes to RiskMetrics Group, an unaffiliated third party corporate governance research service that provides in-depth analyses of shareholder meeting agendas and vote recommendations.
KAR fully reviews and approves RiskMetrics Proxy Voting Guidelines and follows their recommendations on most issues brought to a shareholder vote. In special circumstances, where a KAR research analyst or portfolio manager believes that any RiskMetrics recommendation would be to the detriment of our investment clients, KAR will override an RiskMetrics recommendation. An appropriate member of senior management will approve the override. All proxy voting is executed by the Corporate Actions Department under the supervision of the Director of Operations.
To fulfill its fiduciary duty in voting client proxies, the firm ensures that (i) knowledge of a vote to be taken is acquired in a timely fashion and sufficient information is acquired to allow for an informed vote; (ii) all proxy votes are cast.
To ensure that all proxy votes are cast, the Corporate Actions Department reviews the number of votes cast with the number of shares held by such clients.
1. Conflicts of Interest
The firm may occasionally be subject to conflicts of interest in the voting of proxies due to business or personal relationships it maintains with persons having an interest in the outcome of certain votes. For example, the firm may provide investment management, brokerage, underwriting, and related services to accounts owned or controlled by companies whose management is soliciting proxies. The firm and/or its employees may also occasionally have business or personal relationships with other proponents of proxy proposals, participants in proxy contests, corporate directors or candidates for directorships. If at anytime, the responsible voting parties become aware of any type of potential conflict of interest relating to a particular proxy proposal, they will promptly report such conflict to the Chief Compliance Officer. Conflicts of interest are handled in various ways depending on the type and materiality. To prevent material conflicts of interest from affecting the manner in which KAR votes clients proxies the following procedures are followed:
(i) Where the RiskMetrics Proxy Voting Guidelines outline the firms voting position, either as for or against such proxy proposal, voting is in accordance with the Advisers Proxy Voting Guidelines.
(ii) Where the RiskMetrics Proxy Voting Guidelines outline the firms voting position to be on a case-by-case basis for such proposal, KAR will vote according to the RiskMetrics recommendation, unless special circumstances prevail.
2. Other Special Circumstances
The firm may choose not to vote proxies in certain situations or for certain accounts, such as: 1) where a client has informed the firm that it wishes to retain the right to vote the proxy, the firm will instruct the custodian to send the proxy material directly to the client, 2) where the firm deems the cost of voting would exceed any anticipated benefit to the client, 3) where a proxy is received for a client account that has been terminated with the firm, 4) where a proxy is received for a security the firm no longer manages (i.e., the firm had previously sold the entire position), or 5) where the exercise of voting rights could restrict the ability of an accounts portfolio manager to freely trade the security in question (as is the case, for example, in certain foreign jurisdictions known as blocking markets).
Various accounts in which the Adviser has proxy voting discretion participate in securities lending programs administered by the custodian or a third party. Since title to loaned securities passes to the borrower, the firm will be unable to vote any security that is out on loan to a borrower on a proxy record date. If the firm has investment discretion, however, it reserves the right of the portfolio manager to instruct the lending agent to terminate a loan in situations where the matter to be voted upon is deemed to be material to the investment and the benefits of voting the security are deemed to outweigh the costs of terminating the loan.
3. ERISA Accounts
Plans governed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA), are to be administered consistent with the terms of the governing plan documents and applicable provisions of ERISA. In cases where sole proxy voting discretion rests with Adviser, the foregoing policies and procedures will be followed, subject to the fiduciary responsibility standards of ERISA. These standards generally require fiduciaries to act prudently and to discharge their duties solely in the interests of participants and beneficiaries. The Department of Labor has indicated that the voting decisions of ERISA fiduciaries must generally focus on the course that would most likely increase the value of the stock being voted.
Consistent with Labor Department positions, it is the policy of KAR to follow the provisions of a plans governing documents in the voting of employer securities, unless it determines that to do so would breach its fiduciary duties under ERISA.
C. Proxy Voting Records
As required under rule 204-2 of the Advisers Act, KAR shall maintain the following proxy records:
(i) A copy of these policies and procedures;
(ii) A copy of each proxy statement the firm receives regarding clients securities;
(iii) A record of each vote cast by the firm on behalf of a client;
(iv) A copy of any document created by the Adviser that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies on behalf of a client or that memorialized the basis for that decision;
(v) A copy of each written client request for information on how the Adviser voted proxies on behalf of the client, and a copy of any written response by the firm to any (written or oral) client request for information on how the firm voted proxies on behalf of the requesting client.
The proxy voting records described in the section shall be maintained and preserved in an easily accessible place for a period of not less than five years. The firm may rely on one or more third parties to make and retain the records referred to in items (ii) and (iii) above.
D. Client Disclosure
As disclosed in Schedule H of the ADV Part II, a copy of these policies and procedures will be provided to clients upon request. In addition, if a client inquires about how a particular proxy proposal was voted, that information will be provided to the client in a timely manner.
SCM Advisors, LLC
Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
Updated: July 1 st , 2007
These policies and procedures apply to the voting of proxies by SCM Advisors, LLC (the firm) for accounts over which the firm has proxy-voting discretion.
SECTION 1: PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES
The fundamental guideline followed by the firm in voting proxies is to ensure that the manner in which shares are voted is in the best interest of clients/beneficiaries and the value of the investment. Absent special circumstances where the firm may use individual proxy guidelines for client accounts or situations of the types described below, it is the policy of the firm to exercise its proxy voting discretion in accordance with the guidelines set forth in Exhibit A (Proxy Voting Guidelines). These guidelines are applicable to the voting of domestic and global proxies.
SECTION 2: SCM ADVISORS, LLC
As an integral part of the investment process and where authorized by its clients, the firm has responsibility for voting proxies, along with interpretation and application of its Proxy Voting Guidelines. The firm has delegated this activity to a third party, which is described in Section 3. The firm will also maintain electronic copies of proxy voting information provided by any independent third parties.
SECTION 3: INSTITUTIONAL SHAREHOLDER SERVICES
The firm has delegated to an independent third party, currently Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS), the responsibility to review proxy proposals and to make voting recommendations on behalf of the firm, in a manner consistent with the Proxy Voting Guidelines.
SECTION 4: APPLICATION OF PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES
It is intended that the Proxy Voting Guidelines will be applied with a measure of flexibility. Accordingly, except as otherwise provided in these policies and procedures, portfolio managers may vote proxies contrary to the recommendations of ISS if it is determined that such action is in the best interests of the clients/beneficiaries. In the exercise of such discretion, the portfolio manager may take into account a wide array of factors relating to the matter under consideration, the nature of the proposal, and the company involved. In addition, the proposals should be evaluated in context. For example, a particular proposal may be acceptable standing alone, but objectionable when part of an existing or proposed package, such as where the effect may be to entrench management. Special circumstances may also justify casting different votes for different clients/beneficiaries with respect to the same proxy vote. This would be a result from the firm being given different guidelines from certain clients.
Portfolio managers will document the rationale for any proxy voted contrary to the recommendation of ISS. Such information will be provided to the firms compliance department as part of the recordkeeping process.
SECTION 5: CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
The firm may occasionally be subject to conflicts of interest in the voting of proxies due to business or personal relationships it maintains with persons having an interest in the outcome of certain votes. For example, the firm may provide investment management and related services to accounts owned or controlled by companies whose management is soliciting proxies and/or its employees may also occasionally have business or personal relationships with other proponents of proxy proposals, participants in proxy contests, corporate directors or candidates for directorships.
Conflicts of interest will be handled in various ways depending on the type of and materiality. This includes:
| 1. | Where the Proxy Voting Guidelines outline the firms voting position, as either for or against such proxy proposal, the firm will unequivocally follow ISSs recommendation. |
| 1 | A Non-Reportable Fine is a monetary sanction that is less in amount than that which is required to be reported to the NASD. Presently, the NASD does not require the reporting of fines less than $2,500. |
| 2 | A Reportable Fine is a monetary sanction that is greater than or equal to the amount that is required to be reported to the NASD. Presently, the NASD requires the reporting of fines greater than or equal to $2,500. |
| 3 | Security means any note, stock, treasury stock, security future, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a security, or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any of the foregoing. |
| 4 | Personal information refers to the nonpublic financial and personal information obtained by us in connection with providing you a financial product or service. |
Best Practices > Proxy Voting
| 2. | Where the Proxy Voting Guidelines outline the firms voting position to be on a case-by-case basis for such proposal, or such proposal is not listed in the Proxy Voting Guidelines, then one of the two following methods will be selected by the firm depending on the facts and circumstances of each situation and the requirement of applicable law: |
| a. | Voting the proxy in accordance with the voting recommendation of an independent third party. |
| b. | Voting the proxy pursuant to client direction. |
Issues involving a material conflict of interest may arise in a situation where the firm has knowledge of a situation where either the firm or one of its affiliates would enjoy a substantial or significant benefit from casting its vote in a particular way. Examples of where a material conflict of interest may occur include, but are not limited to, the following examples:
The Phoenix Companies, Inc., the parent of Phoenix Investment Partners, Ltd., owner of SCM Advisors, LLC, is soliciting proxies in connection with a transaction involving an issuer of securities that the firm holds in its client accounts.
A plan sponsor of a benefit plan to which the firm provides services is also the issuer of securities that the firm holds in its client accounts. However, absent extraordinary circumstances, this situation should not present a material conflict of interest and in no case would a material conflict interest exist unless the assets of such benefit plan managed by the firm constituted more than 1% of the firms assets under management.
An officer or employee of the firm or one of its affiliates serves as a director of a company during a time when the firm has an opportunity to vote securities of that company.
SECTION 6: PROXY VOTING RECORDS; CLIENT DISCLOSURES
The firm will maintain the following records relating to proxy votes cast under these policies and procedures:
| 1. | A copy of these policies and procedures |
| 2. | A copy of each proxy statement the firm receives regarding clients securities |
| 3. | A record of each vote cast by the firm on behalf of a client. |
| 4. | A copy of any document created by the firm that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies on behalf of a client or that memorialized the basis for that decision. |
| 5. | A copy of each written client request for information on how the firm voted proxies on behalf of the client, and a copy of any written response by the firm to any (written or oral) client request for information on how the firm voted proxies on behalf of the requesting client. |
The foregoing records will be retained for such period of time as is required to comply with applicable laws and regulations. The firm may rely on one or more third parties to make and retain the records referred to in items II. and III. above.
The firm will cause copies of the foregoing records, as they relate to particular clients, to be provided to those clients upon request except as may be required by law. It is generally the firms policy not to disclose its proxy voting records to third parties or special interest groups.
SECTION 7: ERISA ACCOUNTS
Plans governed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA), are to be administered consistent with the terms of the governing plan documents and applicable provisions of ERISA. In cases where sole proxy voting discretion rests with the firm, the foregoing policies and procedures will be followed, subject to the fiduciary responsibility standards of ERISA. These standards generally require fiduciaries to act prudently and to discharge their duties solely in the interests of participants and beneficiaries. The Department of Labor has indicated that the voting decisions of ERISA fiduciaries must generally focus on the course that would most likely increase the value of the stock being voted.
The documents governing ERISA individual account plans may set forth various procedures for voting employer securities held by the plan. Where authority over the investment of plan assets is granted to plan participants, many individual account plans provide that proxies for employer securities will be voted in accordance with directions received from plan participants as to shares allocated to their plan accounts. In some cases, the governing plan documents may
Best Practices > Proxy Voting
further provide that unallocated shares and/or allocated shares for which no participant directions are received will be voted in accordance with a proportional voting method in which such shares are voted proportionately in the same manner as are allocated shares for which directions from participants have been received. Consistent with Labor Department positions, it is the policy of the firm to follow the provisions of a plans governing documents in the voting of employer securities, unless it determines that to do so would breach its fiduciary duties under ERISA.
SECTION 8: CLOSED-END AND OPEN-END MUTUAL FUNDS
Proxies of closed-end and open-end registered management investment companies will be voted subject to any applicable proxy voting guidelines of the fund and, to the extent applicable, in accordance with any resolutions or other instructions approved by authorized persons of the fund.
SECTION 9: OTHER SPECIAL SITUATIONS
The firm may choose not to vote proxies in certain situations or for certain accounts, such as
| 1. | Where a client has informed the firm that it wishes to retain the right to vote the proxy, the firm will instruct the custodian to send the proxy material directly to the client; |
| 2. | Where the firm deems the cost of voting would exceed any anticipated benefit to the client; |
| 3. | Where a proxy is received for a client account that has been terminated with the firm; |
| 4. | Where a proxy is received for a security the firm no longer manages (i.e. the firm had previously sold the entire position), and/or; |
| 5. | Where the exercise of voting rights could restrict the ability of an accounts portfolio manager to freely trade the security in question (as is the case, for example, in certain foreign jurisdictions known as blocking markets). |
Various accounts in which the firm has proxy-voting discretion participate in securities lending programs administered by the custodian or a third party. Because title to loaned securities passes to the borrower, the firm will be unable to vote any security that is out on loan to a borrower on a proxy record date. If the firm has investment discretion, however, it reserves the right of the portfolio manager to instruct the lending agent to terminate a loan in situations where the matter to be voted upon is deemed to be material to the investment and the benefits of voting the security are deemed to outweigh the costs of terminating the loan.
VIRTUS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
STATEMENT OF POLICY WITH RESPECT TO PROXY VOTING
I. Definitions . As used in this Statement of Policy, the following terms shall have the meanings ascribed below:
A. Advisor collectively refers to any Advisor and Subadvisor to Virtus Variable Insurance Trust (the Fund).
B. Board of Trustees refers to the Board of Trustees of Virtus Variable Insurance Trust
C. Corporate Governance Matters refers to changes involving the corporate ownership or structure of an issuer whose securities are within a Portfolio Holding, including changes in the state of incorporation, changes in capital structure, including increases and decreases of capital and preferred stock issuance, mergers and other corporate restructurings, anti-takeover provisions such as staggered boards, poison pills, and supermajority voting provisions, among other things.
D. Delegate refers to the Advisor or Subadvisor to whom responsibility has been delegated to vote proxies for the applicable Portfolio Holding, including any qualified, independent organization engaged by an Advisor or Subadvisor to vote proxies on behalf of such delegated entity.
E. Fund shall individually and collectively mean and refer to each of series served by the Board of Trustees of the Fund.
F. Management Matters refers to stock option plans and other management compensation issues.
G. Portfolio Holding refers to any company or entity whose securities is held within the investment portfolio(s) of one or more of the Funds as of the date a proxy is solicited.
H. Proxy Contests refer to any meeting of shareholders of an issuer for which there are at least two sets of proxy statements and proxy cards, one solicited by management and the others by a dissident or group of dissidents.
I. Social Issues refers to social and environmental issues.
J. Subadvisor refers to each registered investment advisor that serves as investment subadvisor to one of the series of the Fund.
K. Subadvisor Procedures shall have such meaning as described in Article IV, Section C hereof.
L. Takeover refers to hostile or friendly efforts to effect radical change in the voting control of the board of directors of a company.
II. General Policy. It is the intention of the Fund to exercise stock ownership rights in Portfolio Holdings in a manner that is reasonably anticipated to further the best economic interests of shareholders of the Fund. Accordingly, the Fund or its Delegate(s) shall endeavor to analyze and vote all proxies that are considered likely to have financial implications, and, where appropriate, to participate in corporate governance, shareholder proposals, management communications and legal proceedings. The Fund and its Delegate(s) must also identify potential or actual conflicts of interest in voting proxies and address any such conflict of interest in accordance with this Statement of Policy.
III. Factors to consider when voting.
A. A Delegate may abstain from voting when it concludes that the effect on shareholders economic interests or the value of the Portfolio Holding is indeterminable or insignificant.
B. In analyzing anti-takeover measures , the Delegate shall vote on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration such factors as overall long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry competition. Key measures which shall be considered include, without limitation, five-year annual compound growth rates for sales, operating income, net income, and total shareholder returns (share price appreciation plus dividends). Other financial indicators that will be considered include margin analysis, cash flow, and debit levels.
C. In analyzing contested elections , the Delegate shall vote on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration such factors as the qualifications of all director nominees. The Delegate shall also consider the independence and attendance record of board and key committee members. A review of the corporate governance profile shall be completed highlighting entrenchment devices that may reduce accountability.
D. In analyzing corporate governance matters , the Delegate shall vote on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration such factors as tax and economic benefits associated with amending an issuers state of incorporation, dilution or improved accountability associated with changes in capital structure, management proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote to amend charters and bylaws and bundled or conditioned proxy proposals.
E. In analyzing executive compensation proposals and management matters , the Delegate shall vote on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration such factors as executive pay and spending on perquisites, particularly in conjunction with sub-par performance and employee layoffs.
F. In analyzing proxy contests for control , the Delegate shall vote on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration such factors as long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry; managements track record; background to the proxy contest; qualifications of director nominees (both slates); evaluation of what each side is offering shareholders as well as the likelihood that the proposed objectives and goals can be met; and stock ownership positions.
G. A Delegate shall generally vote against shareholder social matters proposals.
IV. Delegation.
A. In the absence of a specific direction to the contrary from the Board of Trustees of the Fund, and in a manner consistent with the guidelines set forth below, the Advisor delegated will be responsible for voting proxies for all Portfolio Holdings in accordance with this Statement of Policy, or for delegating such responsibility as described below.
B. The Advisor delegated with authority to vote proxies for Portfolio Holdings shall be deemed to assume a duty of care to safeguard the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders. No Delegate shall accept direction or inappropriate influence from any other client, director or employee of any affiliated company and shall not cast any vote inconsistent with this Statement of Policy without obtaining the prior approval of the Fund or its duly authorized representative(s).
C. With regard to each Fund for which there is a duly appointed Subadvisor acting pursuant to an investment advisory agreement satisfying the requirements of Section 15(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules thereunder, the Subadvisor may, pursuant to delegated authority from the Advisor, vote proxies for Portfolio Holdings with regard to the Fund or portion of the assets thereof for which the Subadvisor is responsible. In such case, the Subadvisor shall vote proxies for the Portfolio Holdings in accordance with Articles II, III and V of this Statement of Policy, provided, however, that the Subadvisor may vote proxies in accordance with its own proxy voting policy/procedures (Subadvisor Procedures) if the following two conditions are satisfied: (1) the Advisor must have approved the Subadvisor Procedures based upon the Advisors determination that the Subadvisor Procedures are reasonably designed to further the best economic interests of the affected Fund shareholders, and (2) the Subadvisor Procedures are reviewed and approved annually by the Board of Trustees. The Subadvisor will promptly notify the Advisor of any material changes to the Subadvisor Procedures. The Advisor will periodically review the votes by the Subadvisor for consistency with this Statement of Policy.
V. Conflicts of Interest.
A. The Fund and its Delegate(s) seek to avoid actual or perceived conflicts of interest in the voting of proxies for Portfolio Holdings between the interests of Fund shareholders, on one hand, and those of the Advisor, Subadvisor, Delegate, principal underwriter, or any affiliated person of the Fund, on the other hand. The Board of Trustees may take into account a wide array of factors in determining whether such a conflict exists, whether such conflict is material in nature, and how to properly address or resolve the same.
B. While each conflict situation varies based on the particular facts presented and the requirements of governing law, the Board of Trustees or its delegate(s) may take the following actions, among others, or otherwise give weight to the following factors, in addressing material conflicts of interest in voting (or directing Delegates to vote) proxies pertaining to Portfolio Holdings: (i) rely on the recommendations of an established, independent third party with qualifications to vote proxies such as Institutional Shareholder Services; (ii) vote pursuant to the recommendation of the proposing Delegate; (iii) abstaining; or (iv) where two or more Delegates provide conflicting requests, vote shares in proportion to the assets under management of the each proposing Delegate.
C. Each Advisor shall promptly notify the President of the Fund once any actual or potential conflict of interest exists and their recommendations for protecting the best interests of Funds shareholders. No Advisor shall waive any conflict of interest or vote any conflicted proxies without the prior written approval of the Board of Trustees or the President of the Fund pursuant to section D of this Article.
D. In the event that a determination, authorization or waiver under this Statement of Policy is requested at a time other than a regularly scheduled meeting of the Board of Trustees, the President of the Fund shall be empowered with the power and responsibility to interpret and apply this Statement of Policy and provide a report of his or her determinations at the next following meeting of the Board of Trustees.
VI. Miscellaneous.
A. A copy of the current Statement of Policy with Respect to Proxy Voting and the voting records for each Fund reconciling proxies with Portfolio Holdings and recording proxy voting guideline compliance and justification, shall be kept in an easily accessible place and available for inspection either physically or through electronic posting on an approved website.
B. Each Advisor shall present a report of any material deviations from this Statement of Policy at every regularly scheduled meeting of the Board of Trustees and shall provide such other reports as the Board of Trustees may request from time to time. Each Advisor shall provide to the Fund or any shareholder a record of its effectuation of proxy voting pursuant to this Statement of Policy at such times and in such format or medium as the Fund or such shareholders shall reasonably request. Each Advisor and each affected Subadvisor shall be solely responsible for complying with the disclosure and reporting requirements under applicable laws and regulations, including, without limitation, Rules 204-2 and 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. Each Advisor shall gather, collate and present information relating to the its proxy voting activities of those of each Delegate in such format and medium as the Fund shall determine from time to time in order for the Fund to discharge its disclosure and reporting obligations pursuant to Rule 30b1-4 under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
C. Certain Funds may participate in securities lending programs administered by the custodian or a third party. Because title to loaned securities passes to the borrower, the Advisor and/or Subadvisor will be unable to vote any security that is out on loan to a borrower on a proxy record date.
D. Each Advisor and/or each affected Subadvisor shall pay all costs associated with proxy voting for Portfolio Holdings pursuant to this Statement of Policy and assisting the Fund in providing public notice of the manner in which such proxies were voted.
E. Each Advisor or Subadvisor may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a proxy committee established from time to time by the Advisor or Subadvisor, as the case may be. In performing its duties hereunder, the Advisor or Subadvisor, or any duly authorized committee, may engage the services of a research and/or voting advisor or agent, the cost of which shall be borne by such entity.
(Amended and Restated November 16, 2009)
Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc.
Excerpt from General Policy Manual
E. Proxy Voting
| General Proxy Voting Policies, Procedures and Guidelines for VIA Portfolio Managers (Assets Directly Managed) |
Responsibility: Portfolio Managers directly managing assets for VIA.
Policy (and Procedure): When assets are directly managed by VIA Associates (VIA Portfolio Manager(s)), and VIA has been granted proxy voting discretion, the following policy and procedures apply:
VIA shall in all cases cast proxy votes in the best interest of the clients. Such vote shall be consistent with applicable client policy/instruction, or in the absence of such, the Proxy Voting Policies Procedures and Guidelines described below.
Proxies of closed-end and open-end registered management investment companies will be voted subject to any applicable proxy voting guidelines of the fund and, to the extent applicable, in accordance with any resolutions or other instructions approved by authorized persons of the fund.
Absent special circumstances of the types described below, it is the policy of VIA to exercise its proxy voting discretion in accordance with the Proxy Voting Guidelines (the Guidelines) contained in the Attachments section to this Manual. VIA may vote a proxy contrary to the Guidelines if it is determined that such action is in the best interests of clients. The Guidelines are applicable to the voting of domestic and foreign proxies. The Guidelines have been adopted to make every effort to ensure that the manner in which shares are voted is in the best interest of clients and the value of the investment.
The responsibility to review proxy proposals, and make voting recommendations on behalf of VIA, is delegated to a qualified, non-affiliated, third party vendor, (such as but not limited to ISS / RiskMetrics) under the Guidelines.
VIA may occasionally be subject to conflicts of interest in the voting of proxies due to business or personal relationships it maintains with persons having an interest in the outcome of certain votes. For example, VIA may provide investment management, brokerage, underwriting, and related services to accounts owned or controlled by companies whose management is soliciting proxies. VIA and/or its employees may also occasionally have business or personal relationships with other proponents of proxy proposals, participants in proxy contests, corporate directors or candidates for directorships.
Any individual identifying a conflict of interest shall report such immediately to the VIA CCO who will determine a course of action. |
|
| Proxy Voting Policy for ERISA Clients |
Responsibility: Portfolio Managers directly managing assets for VIA.
Policy (and Procedure): Plans governed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA), are to be administered consistent with the terms of the governing plan documents and applicable provisions of ERISA. In cases where sole proxy voting discretion rests with VIA, the foregoing policies and procedures will be followed, subject to the fiduciary responsibility standards of ERISA. These standards generally require fiduciaries to act prudently and to discharge their duties solely in the interests of participants and beneficiaries. The Department of Labor has indicated that the voting decisions of ERISA fiduciaries must generally focus on the course that would most likely increase the value of the stock being voted.
|
|
| The documents governing ERISA individual account plans may set forth various procedures for voting employer securities held by the plan. Where authority over the investment of plan assets is granted to plan participants, many individual account plans provide that proxies for employer securities will be voted in accordance with directions received from plan participants as to shares allocated to their plan accounts. In some cases, the governing plan documents may further provide that unallocated shares and/or allocated shares for which no participant directions are received will be voted in accordance with a proportional voting method in which such shares are voted proportionately in the same manner as are allocated shares for which directions from participants have been received. Consistent with Labor Department positions, it is the policy of VIA to follow the provisions of a plans governing documents in the voting of employer securities, unless it determines that to do so would breach its fiduciary duties under ERISA. | ||
| Other Special Proxy Voting Situations |
The VIA may choose not to vote proxies in certain situations or for certain accounts, such as:
When a client has informed the VIA that it wishes to retain the right to vote the proxy (under such situations, VIA will instruct the custodian to send the proxy material directly to the client);
When the VIA deems the cost of voting would exceed any anticipated benefit to the client;
When a proxy is received for a client account that has been terminated with the VIA;
When a proxy is received for a security the VIA no longer manages (i.e., the VIA had previously sold the entire position); and/or
When the exercise of voting rights could restrict the ability of an accounts portfolio manager to freely trade the security in question (as is the case, for example, in certain foreign jurisdictions known as blocking markets).
|
|
| Various accounts in which the VIA has proxy voting discretion participate in securities lending programs administered by the custodian or a third party. Because title to loaned securities passes to the borrower, the VIA will be unable to vote any security that is out on loan to a borrower on a proxy record date. If the VIA has investment discretion, however, it reserves the right of the portfolio manager to instruct the lending agent to terminate a loan in situations where the matter to be voted upon is deemed to be material to the investment and the benefits of voting the security are deemed to outweigh the costs of terminating the loan. | ||
| Monitoring Proxy Voting by Subadvisers |
Responsibility: VIA CCO or his delegate.
Policy: Proxy voting by subadvisers to VIA shall be monitored periodically to ensure that such responsibilities are being carried out effectively.
Procedure: Proxy voting of subadvisers is monitored through the responses provided in the quarterly questionnaires; discussion and review during annual site visits by VIA Compliance; and the annual N-PX process. |
|
| Records Related to Proxy Voting |
Responsibility: Portfolio Managers directly managing assets for VIA.
Policy: VIA will maintain records relating to any proxy votes they have made for such period of time as is required to comply with applicable laws and regulations. The firm may rely on one or more third parties to make and retain such records (such as ISS / RiskMetrics). All votes shall be in the best interests of the client whose portfolio holds the security being voted.
Procedure: VIA will maintain the following records relating to proxy votes cast under these policies and procedures:
1. A copy of these policies and procedures;
2. A copy of each proxy statement the firm receives regarding clients securities; and
3. A record of each vote cast by the firm on behalf of a client.
A copy of each written client request for information on how the VIA voted proxies on behalf of the client, and a copy of any written response by the firm to any (written or oral) client request for information on how the firm voted proxies on behalf of the requesting client. |
|
| VIA will cause copies of the foregoing records, as they relate to particular clients, to be provided to those clients upon request except as may be required by law. It is generally the VIAs policy not to disclose its proxy voting records to third parties or special interest groups. | ||
| Filing Annual Form N-PX |
Responsibility: VIA CCO.
Policy: Form N-PX under the Investment Company Act of 1940 requires registered investment companies such as the Funds to file Form N-PX not later than August 31 of each year. Form N-PX is filed annually with the Commission and contains the Funds complete proxy voting record for the most recent twelve-month period ended June 30. The Funds also use Form N-PX to inform the Commission that certain of their portfolios do not hold any equity.
Procedure: The VIA CCO shall file the Form N-PX as required by the SEC. |
|
VIRTUS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
PART COTHER INFORMATION
| Item 28. | Exhibits |
| (a) | Amended Declaration of Trust. |
| 1. | Declaration of Trust of the Registrant establishing Virtus Variable Insurance Trust (formerly The Big Edge Series Fund and The Phoenix Edge Series Fund) dated February 18, 1986, filed with the Registration Statement on Form N-1A on April 18, 1986 and filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment No. 18 (File No. 033-05033) on June 20, 1996. |
| 2. | Amendment to Declaration of Trust effective February 28, 1990, establishing the International Series, filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 on March 2, 1992 and filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment No. 20 (File No. 033-05033) on April 29, 1997. |
| 3. | Amendment to Declaration of Trust effective November 14, 1991, conforming the Funds borrowing restrictions to California Departments Borrowing Guidelines, filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 on March 2, 1992 and filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment No. 20 (File No. 033-05033) on April 29, 1997. |
| 4. | Amendment to Declaration of Trust effective May 1, 1992, changing the name of the Trust to The Phoenix Edge Series Fund, establishing the Balanced Series, and changing the names of Stock Series to Growth Series and Total-Vest Series to Total Return Series filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 on April 28, 1992 and filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment No. 20 (File No. 033-05033) on April 29, 1997. |
| 5. | Amendment to Declaration of Trust effective January 1, 1995, establishing the Real Estate Securities Series, filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 12 on February 16, 1995 and filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment No. 20 (File No. 033-05033) on April 29, 1997. |
| 6. | Amendment to Declaration of Trust effective November 15, 1995, establishing the Strategic Theme Series, filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment No. 16 (File No. 033-05033) on January 29, 1996. |
| 7. | Amendment to Declaration of Trust effective February 21, 1996, changing the name of the Series currently designated Bond Series to the Multi-Sector Fixed Income Series, filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment No. 17 (File No. 033-05033) on April 17, 1996. |
| 8. | Amendment to Declaration of Trust effective August 21, 1996, establishing the Aberdeen New Asia Series and changing the name of the Total Return Series to Strategic Allocation Series, filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment No. 19 (File No. 033-05033) on September 3, 1996. |
| 9. | Amendment to Declaration of Trust effective May 28, 1997, establishing the Research Enhanced Index Series, filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment No. 22 (File No. 033-05033) on July 15, 1997. |
| 10. | Amendment to Declaration of Trust effective February 27, 1998, establishing the Engemann Nifty Fifty Series, Seneca Mid-Cap Series, Phoenix Growth and Income Series, Phoenix Value Equity Series and Schafer Mid-Cap Value Series, filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 (File No. 033-05033) on April 30, 2003. |
| 11. | Amendment to Declaration of Trust dated May 1, 1998 for scriveners error in Amendment filed February 27, 1998, filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 (File No. 033-05033) on April 30, 2003. |
| 12. | Amendment to Declaration of Trust effective May 1, 1999, changing the name of the Series currently designated as Balanced Series, Multi-Sector Fixed Income Series, Money Market Series, Strategic Allocation Series, Growth Series, International Series, Real Estate Securities Series, Strategic Theme Series, Aberdeen New Asia Series, Research Enhanced Index Series, Engemann Nifty Fifty Series, Schafer Mid-Cap Value Series, Seneca Mid-Cap Growth Series, Phoenix Value Equity Series, and Phoenix Growth and Income Series to Phoenix-Goodwin Balanced Series, Phoenix-Goodwin Multi-Sector Fixed Income Series, Phoenix-Goodwin Money Market Series, Phoenix-Goodwin Strategic Allocation Series, Phoenix-Goodwin Growth Series, Phoenix-Aberdeen International Series, Phoenix-Duff & Phelps Real Estate Securities Series, Phoenix-Goodwin Strategic Theme Series, Phoenix-Aberdeen New Asia Series, Phoenix Research Enhanced Index Series, Phoenix-Engemann Nifty Fifty Series, Phoenix-Schafer Mid-Cap Value Series, Phoenix-Seneca Mid-Cap Growth Series, Phoenix-Hollister Value Equity Series, and Phoenix-Oakhurst Growth and Income Series, filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 (File No. 033-05033) on April 30, 2003. |
| 13. | Amendment to Declaration of Trust effective December 1, 1999, establishing the Phoenix-Bankers Trust Dow 30 Series, Phoenix-Federated U.S. Government Bond Series, Phoenix-Janus Equity Income Series, Phoenix-Janus Flexible Income Series, Phoenix-Janus Growth Series and Phoenix-Morgan Stanley Focus Equity Series, filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment No. 35 (File No. 033-05033) on November 15, 2000. |
C-1
| 14. | Amendment to Declaration of Trust effective December 1, 1999, changing names of Phoenix-Goodwin Growth Series to Phoenix-Engemann Capital Growth Series, Phoenix-Goodwin Strategic Theme Series to Phoenix-Seneca Strategic Theme Series, Phoenix-Goodwin Balanced Series to Phoenix-Oakhurst Balanced Series, and Phoenix-Goodwin Strategic Allocation Series to Phoenix-Oakhurst Strategic Allocation Series, filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment No. 35 (File No. 033-05033) on November 15, 2000. |
| 15. | Amendment to Declaration of Trust effective April 21, 2000, changing name of Phoenix-Research Enhanced Index Series to Phoenix-J.P. Morgan Research Enhanced Index Series, filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 (File No. 033-05033) on April 30, 2003. |
| 16. |
Amendment to Declaration of Trust effective July 26, 2000, establishing the Phoenix-Bankers Trust NASDAQ-100 Index ® Series and Phoenix-Engemann Small & Mid-Cap Growth Series, filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment No. 35 (File No. 033-05033) on November 15, 2000. |
| 17. | Amendment to Declaration of Trust effective September 29, 2000, establishing the Phoenix-Sanford Bernstein Global Value Series and Phoenix-Sanford Bernstein Small-Cap Value Series and changing the name of Phoenix-Schafer Mid-Cap Value Series to Phoenix-Sanford Bernstein Mid-Cap Value Series, filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment No. 35 (File No. 033-05033) on November 15, 2000. |
| 18. |
Amendment to Declaration of Trust effective May 1, 2001, changing the name of Phoenix-Bankers Trust Dow 30 Series to Phoenix-Deutsche Dow 30 Series, and Phoenix-Bankers Trust NASDAQ-100 Index ® Series to Phoenix-Deutsche NASDAQ-100 Index ® Series, filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 (File No. 033-05033) on April 30, 2003. |
| 19. | Amendment to Declaration of Trust effective August 31, 2001 establishing the Phoenix-AIM Mid-Cap Equity Series, Phoenix-Alliance/Bernstein Growth + Value Series, Phoenix-MFS Investors Growth Stock Series, Phoenix-MFS Investors Trust Series and Phoenix-MFS Value Series, and changing the name of Phoenix-Janus Equity Income Series to Phoenix-Janus Core Equity Series, filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 (File No. 33-05033) on April 30, 2003. |
| 20. | Amendment to Declaration of Trust effective as of October 29, 2001 amending the fundamental investment restrictions of each Series, filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment No. 41 (File No. 033-05033) on March 1, 2002. |
| 21. | Amendment to Declaration of Trust effective as of March 18, 2002, merging of Phoenix-Oakhurst Balanced Series into Phoenix-Oakhurst Strategic Allocation Series, Phoenix-Engemann Nifty Fifty Series into Phoenix-Engemann Growth Series, and Phoenix-Janus Core Equity Series Income Series into Phoenix-Janus Growth Series, filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment No. 42 (File No. 033-05033) on April 29, 2002. |
| 22. | Amendment to Declaration of Trust effective May 10, 2002, changing the name of Phoenix-Morgan Stanley Focus Equity Series to Phoenix-Van Kampen Focus Equity Series, filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment No. 43 (File No. 033-05033) on May 24, 2002. |
| 23. | Amendment to Declaration of Trust effective August 9, 2002, establishing Phoenix-Kayne Large-Cap Core Series, Phoenix-Kayne Small-Cap Quality Value Series, Phoenix-Lord Abbett Large-Cap Value Series, Phoenix-Lord Abbett Mid-Cap Value Series, Phoenix-Lord Abbett Bond-Debenture Series, Phoenix-Lazard International Equity Select Series, Phoenix-Lazard Small-Cap Value Series, Phoenix-Lazard U.S. Multi-Cap Series and Phoenix-State Street Research Small-Cap Growth Series and amending Section 4.2 of Article IV list of Series as described in the Trust's registration statement, filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 (File No. 033-05033) on April 30, 2003. |
| 24. | Amendment to Declaration of Trust effective as of October 25, 2002 deleting reference to Phoenix-Federated U.S. Government Bond Series, filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment No. 45 (File No. 033-05033) on February 24, 2003. |
| 25. | Amendment to Declaration of Trust effective as of November 5, 2010, changing the name of the Trust to Virtus Variable Insurance Trust, filed via EDGAR herewith. |
| (b) | Not applicable. |
| (c) | Not applicable. |
| (d) | Investment Advisory Contracts. |
| 1. | Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc. (VIA), dated November 5, 2010, on behalf of Virtus Capital Growth Series, Virtus Growth & Income Series, Virtus International Series, Virtus Multi-Sector Fixed Income Series, Virtus Real Estate Securities Series, Virtus Small-Cap Growth Series, Virtus Small-Cap Value Series, Virtus Strategic Allocation Series, filed via EDGAR herewith. |
| 2. | Subadvisory Agreement between SCM Advisors, LLC and VIA, dated November 5, 2010, on behalf of the Virtus Capital Growth Series, filed via EDGAR herewith. |
| 3. | Subadvisory Agreement between Aberdeen Asset Management, Inc. and VIA, dated November 5, 2010, on behalf of the Virtus International Series, filed via EDGAR herewith. |
| 4. | Subadvisory Agreement between Goodwin Capital Advisers, Inc. and VIA, dated November 5, 2010, on behalf of the Virtus Multi-Sector Fixed Income Series and the Virtus Strategic Allocation Series, to be filed by amendment. |
| 5. | Subadvisory Agreement between Duff & Phelps Investment Management Co. and VIA, dated November 5, 2010, on behalf of the Virtus Real Estate Securities Series, filed via EDGAR herewith. |
| 6. | Subadvisory Agreement between Kayne Anderson Rudnick Investment Management, LLC and VIA, dated November 5, 2010, on behalf of the Virtus Small-Cap Growth Series and the Virtus Small-Cap Value Series. |
| (e) |
| 1. | Underwriting Agreement between Registrant and VP Distributors, Inc., dated November 5, 2010, filed via EDGAR herewith. |
| 2. | Distribution and Administrative Services Agreement among VIA, VP Distributors, Inc., Phoenix Life Insurance Company, PHL Variable Insurance Company and Phoenix Life and Annuity Company and 1851 Securities, Inc., effective as of November 5, 2010, filed via EDGAR herewith. |
| (f) | The Virtus Variable Insurance Trust Deferred Compensation Program, effective January 1, 2009, filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment No. 57 (File No. 033-05033) on April 30, 2009. |
| (g) | Custodian Agreement. |
C-2
| 1. | Master Custody Agreement between Registrant and The Bank of New York Mellon dated December 14, 2009, filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 (File No. 033-05033) on April 30, 2010. |
| 2. | Foreign Custody Manager Agreement by and between Registrant and The Bank of New York Mellon dated December 14, 2009, filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 (File No. 033-05033) on April 30, 2010. |
| (h) | Other Material Contracts. |
| 1. | Transfer Agency Services Agreement between Registrant and BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. (formerly, PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc.) dated November 1, 2008, filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment No. 57 (File No. 033-05033) on April 30, 2009. |
| 2. | Sub Transfer Agency Service Agreement between Registrant, Phoenix Life Insurance Company, PHL Variable Insurance Company and Phoenix Life and Annuity Company, dated November 18, 2008, filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 (File No. 033-05033) on April 30, 2010. |
| a) | First Amendment to Sub Transfer Agency Service Agreement between Registrant, Phoenix Life Insurance Company, PHL Variable Insurance Company and Phoenix Life and Annuity Company, dated November 17, 2009, filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 (File No. 033-05033) on April 30, 2010. |
| 3. | Expense Limitation Agreement between Registrant and Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc., effective as of November 5, 2010, filed via EDGAR herewith. |
| 4. | Participation Agreement among Registrant, VP Distributors, Inc., Phoenix Life Insurance Company, PHL Variable Insurance Company, Phoenix Life and Annuity Company and 1851 Securities, Inc., dated as of November 5, 2010, filed via EDGAR herewith. |
| 5. | Administration Agreement between The Phoenix Edge Series Fund and VP Distributors, Inc dated December 31, 2008, filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment No. 57 (File No. 033-05033) on April 30, 2009. |
| 6. | Rule 22c-2 Agreement among VP Distributors, Inc., Phoenix Life Insurance Company, PHL Variable Insurance Company and Phoenix Life and Annuity Company and 1851 Securities, Inc., dated as of November 5, 2010, filed via EDGAR herewith. |
| (i) | Legal Opinion. |
| 1. | Opinion and Consent of Counsel covering shares of The Phoenix Edge Series Fund, dated April 29, 2010, filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment no. 60 (File no. 033-05033) on April 30, 2010. |
| (j) | Other Opinions. |
| 1. | Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, dated April 29, 2010, filed via Edgar with Post-Effective Amendment no. 60 (File no. 033-05033) on April 30, 2010. |
| (k) | Not applicable. |
C-3
| (l) | Not applicable. |
| (m) | Rule 12b-1 Plan, filed via EDGAR herewith. |
| (n) | Not applicable. |
| (o) | Reserved. |
C-4
| (p) | Code of Ethics. |
| 1. | Amended and Restated Code of Ethics of Registrant pursuant to Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act dated November 2008, filed via EDGAR with Post-Effective Amendment No. 57 (File No. 033-05033) on April 30, 2009. |
| 2. | Amended and Restated Code of Ethics of VIA dated November 2008, filed via EDGAR herewith. |
| 3. | Code of Ethics of Aberdeen Asset Management, Inc. effective as of January 1, 2008, filed via EDGAR with Post-Effective Amendment No. 56 (File No. 033-05033) on May 1, 2008. |
| 4. | Amended and Restated Code of Ethics of Duff & Phelps Investment Management Co, dated December 2009, filed via EDGAR herewith. |
| 5. | Code of Ethics of Goodwin Capital Advisers, Inc., effective January 1, 2009, filed via EDGAR herewith. |
| 6. | Code of Ethics of Kayne Anderson Rudnick Investment Management, LLC, dated January 2006, filed via EDGAR herewith. |
| 7. | Amended and Restated Code of Ethics of SCM Advisors, LLC dated June 1, 2007, filed via EDGAR herewith. |
| (q) | Powers of Attorney for Eunice S. Groark, Hassell H. McClellan and Philip R. McLoughlin, Trustees, filed herewith. |
C-5
| Item 29. | Persons Controlled By or Under Common Control with Registrant |
None.
| Item 30. | Indemnification |
The Amended Declaration of Trust dated February 18, 1986, provides that the Fund shall indemnify each of its Trustees and officers against liabilities arising by reason of being or having been a Trustee or officer, except for matters as to which such Trustee or officer shall have been finally adjudicated not to have acted in good faith and except for liabilities arising by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of duties.
Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
| Item 31. | Business and Other Connections of the Investment Advisors and Subadvisors |
See in the Prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information for information regarding the business of the advisors and subadvisors.
For information as to the business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature of the directors and officers of the advisors and subadvisors in the last two years, reference is made to the current Form ADV filed under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, and incorporated herein by reference: Aberdeen Asset Management Inc., SEC File No. 801-49966; Duff & Phelps Investment Management Co., SEC File No. 801-14813; Goodwin Capital Advisers, Inc., SEC File No. 801-8177; Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc., SEC File No. 801-5995; SCM Advisors, LLC SEC File No. 801-51559 Kayne Anderson Rudnick Investment Management, LLC SEC File No. 801-24241.
C-6
| Item 32. | Principal Underwriter |
VP Distributors serves as the principal underwriter for the following registrants:
Virtus Variable Insurance Trust, Virtus Equity Trust, Virtus Insight Trust, Virtus Institutional Trust and Virtus Opportunities Trust.
| (b) | Directors and executive officers of VP Distributors are as follows: |
|
Name and Principal Business Address |
Positions and Offices with
|
Positions and Offices with
|
||
|
George R. Aylward 100 Pearl Street Hartford, CT 06103 |
Director and Executive Vice President | Trustee and President | ||
|
Kevin J. Carr 100 Pearl Street Hartford, CT 06103 |
Vice President, Counsel and Secretary | Vice President, Counsel, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary | ||
|
Nancy J. Engberg 100 Pearl Street Hartford, CT 06103 |
Vice President and Assistant Secretary | Anti-Money Laundering Officer and Assistant Secretary | ||
|
David Hanley 100 Pearl Street Hartford, CT 06103 |
Vice President and Treasurer | None | ||
|
David C. Martin 100 Pearl Street Hartford, CT 06103 |
Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer | None | ||
|
Jeffrey Cerutti 100 Pearl Street Hartford, CT 06103 |
Director and President | None | ||
|
Francis G. Waltman 100 Pearl Street Hartford, CT 06103 |
Director | Senior Vice President | ||
| (c) | To the best of the Registrants knowledge, no commissions or other compensation was received by any principal underwriter who is not an affiliated person of the Registrant or an affiliated person of such affiliated person, directly or indirectly, from the Registrant during the Registrants last fiscal year. |
C-7
| Item 33. | Location of Accounts and Records |
Persons maintaining physical possession of accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Rules promulgated thereunder include:
| Item 34. | Management Services |
All management-related service contracts are discussed in Part A or B of this Registration Statement.
| Item 35. | Undertakings |
Not applicable.
C-8
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this amendment to the registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in the City of Hartford and the State of Connecticut on the 1st day of December, 2010.
| Virtus Variable Insurance Trust | ||
| By: | /s/ George R. Aylward | |
|
George R. Aylward President |
||
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment to the registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the 1st day of December, 2010.
|
Signature |
Title |
|||
|
/s/ W. Patrick Bradley |
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and | |||
| W. Patrick Bradley | Principal Accounting Officer | |||
|
|
Trustee | |||
| Roger A. Gelfenbien | ||||
|
|
Trustee | |||
| Eunice S. Groark* | ||||
|
|
Trustee | |||
| John R. Mallin | ||||
|
|
Trustee | |||
| Hassell H. McClellan* | ||||
|
|
Trustee and Chairman | |||
| Philip R. McLoughlin* | ||||
|
/s/ George R. Aylward |
President | |||
| George R. Aylward | ||||
| By: |
/s/ George R. Aylward |
* George R. Aylward, pursuant to Powers of Attorney.
S-1
Exhibit Index
|
Item |
Exhibit |
|
| (a)25. | Amendment to Declaration of Trust. | |
| (d)1. | Investment Advisory Agreement. | |
| (d)2. | Subadvisory Agreement between SCM Advisors, LLC and VIA. | |
| (d)3. | Subadvisory Agreement between Aberdeen Asset Management, Inc. and VIA. | |
| (d)5. | Subadvisory Agreement between Duff & Phelps Investment Management Co. and VIA. | |
| (d)6. | Subadvisory Agreement between Kayne Anderson Rudnick Investment Management, LLC and VIA. | |
| (e)1. | Underwriting Agreement. | |
| (e)2. | Distribution and Administrative Services Agreement. | |
| (h)3. | Expense Limitation Agreement. | |
| (h)4. | Participation Agreement. | |
| (h)6. | Rule 22c-2 Agreement. | |
| (m) | Rule 12b-1 Plan. | |
| (p)2. | Amended and Restated Code of Ethics of VIA. | |
| (p)4. | Amended and Restated Code of Ethics of Duff & Phelps Investment Management Co. | |
| (p)5. | Code of Ethics of Goodwin Capital Advisers. | |
| (p)6. | Code of Ethics of Kayne Anderson Rudnick Investment Management, LLC. | |
| (p)7. | Amended and Restated Code of Ethics of SCM Advisors, LLC. | |
| (q)1. | Powers of Attorney for Eunice S. Groark, Hassell H. McClellan and Philip R. McLoughlin. | |
THE PHOENIX EDGE SERIES FUND
Amendment dated November 5, 2010
to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust
Article I, Section 1.1 of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of The Phoenix Edge Series Fund is amended to read as follows (additions are underscored and deletions are struck-through, with the exception of captions which are underlined though not amended):
SECTION 1.1 NAME. This Trust shall be known as Virtus Variable Insurance Trust and the Trustees shall conduct the business of the Trust under that name or such other name as they may from time to time determine.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned officer, pursuant to Article VII, Section 7.3 of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of The Phoenix Edge Series Fund and upon the authority granted by a vote of all of the Trustees of The Phoenix Edge Series Fund, has executed this instrument as of the 5 th day of November, 2010.
By: /s/ W. Patrick Bradley
Name: W. Patrick Bradley
Title: CFO & Treasurer
VIRTUS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT, effective as of the 5 th day of November, 2010 (the Contract Date) by and between Virtus Variable Insurance Trust (formerly The Phoenix Edge Series Fund), a Massachusetts business trust (the Trust) and Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (the Adviser).
WITNESSETH THAT:
1. The Trust hereby appoints the Adviser to act as investment adviser to the Trust on behalf of the portfolio series of the Trust established and designated by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the Trustees) on or before the date hereof, as listed on attached Schedule A (collectively, the Existing Series), for the period and on the terms set forth herein. The Adviser accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services described in this Agreement for the compensation herein provided.
2. In the event that the Trustees desire to retain the Adviser to render investment advisory services hereunder with respect to one or more additional series (the Additional Series), by agreement in writing, the Trust and the Adviser may agree to amend Schedule A to include such Additional Series, whereupon such Additional Series shall become subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
3. The Adviser shall furnish continuously an investment program for the portfolio of the Existing Series and the portfolio of any Additional Series which may become subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein (sometimes collectively referred to as the Series) and shall manage the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the portfolio of each Series, subject at all times to the supervision of the Trustees.
4. With respect to managing the investment and reinvestment of the portfolio of the Series assets, the Adviser shall provide, at its own expense:
| (a) | Investment research, advice and supervision; |
| (b) | An investment program for each Series consistent with its investment objectives, policies and procedures; |
| (c) | Implementation of the investment program for each Series including the purchase and sale of securities; |
| (d) | Implementation of an investment program designed to manage cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments for a Series with respect to assets designated from time to time to be managed by a subadviser to such Series; |
| (e) | Advice and assistance on the general operations of the Trust; and |
1
| (f) | Regular reports to the Trustees on the implementation of each Series investment program. |
5. The Adviser shall, for all purposes herein, be deemed to be an independent contractor.
6. The Adviser shall furnish at its own expense, or pay the expenses of the Trust, for the following:
| (a) | Office facilities, including office space, furniture and equipment; |
| (b) | Personnel necessary to perform the functions required to manage the investment and reinvestment of each Series assets (including those required for research, statistical and investment work); |
| (c) | Except as otherwise approved by the Board, personnel to serve without salaries from the Trust as officers or agents of the Trust. The Adviser need not provide personnel to perform, or pay the expenses of the Trust for, services customarily performed for an open-end management investment company by its national distributor, custodian, financial agent, transfer agent, registrar, dividend disbursing agent, auditors and legal counsel; |
| (d) | Compensation and expenses, if any, of the Trustees who are also full-time employees of the Adviser or any of its affiliates; and |
| (e) | Any subadviser recommended by the Adviser and appointed to act on behalf of the Trust. |
7. All costs and expenses not specifically enumerated herein as payable by the Adviser shall be paid by the Trust. Such expenses shall include, but shall not be limited to, all expenses (other than those specifically referred to as being borne by the Adviser) incurred in the operation of the Trust and any public offering of its shares, including, among others, interest, taxes, brokerage fees and commissions, fees of Trustees who are not full-time employees of the Adviser or any of its affiliates, expenses of Trustees and shareholders meetings including the cost of printing and mailing proxies, expenses of insurance premiums for fidelity and other coverage, expenses of repurchase and redemption of shares, expenses of issue and sale of shares (to the extent not borne by its national distributor under its agreement with the Trust), expenses of printing and mailing stock certificates representing shares of the Trust, association membership dues, charges of custodians, transfer agents, dividend disbursing agents and financial agents, bookkeeping, auditing and legal expenses. The Trust will also pay the fees and bear the expense of registering and maintaining the registration of the Trust and its shares with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and registering or qualifying its shares under state or other securities laws and the expense of preparing and mailing prospectuses and reports to shareholders. Additionally, if authorized by the Trustees, the Trust shall pay for extraordinary expenses and expenses of a non-recurring nature which may include, but not be limited to, the reasonable and proportionate cost of any reorganization or acquisition of assets and the cost of legal proceedings to which the Trust is a party.
2
8. The Adviser shall adhere to all applicable policies and procedures as adopted from time to time by the Trustees, including but not limited to the following:
| (a) | Code of Ethics. The Adviser shall adopt a Code of Ethics designed to prevent access persons (as defined therein in accordance with Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the Investment Company Act)) from engaging in fraudulent acts or transactions that are, or have the potential of being viewed as, a conflict of interest, and shall monitor for compliance with its Code of Ethics and report any violations to the Trusts Compliance Officer. |
| (b) | Policy with Respect to Brokerage Allocation. The Adviser shall have full trading discretion in selecting brokers for Series transactions on a day to day basis so long as each selection is in conformance with the Trusts Policy with Respect to Brokerage Allocation. Such discretion shall include use of soft dollars for certain broker and research services, also in conformance with the Trusts Policy with Respect to Brokerage Allocation. The Adviser may delegate the responsibilities under this section to a Subadviser of a Series. |
| (c) | Procedures for the Determination of Liquidity of Assets. It shall be the responsibility of the Adviser to monitor the Series assets that are not liquid, making such determinations as to liquidity of a particular asset as may be necessary, in accordance with the Trusts Procedures for the Determination of Liquidity of Assets. The Adviser may delegate the responsibilities under this section to a Subadviser of a Series. |
| (d) | Policy with Respect to Proxy Voting. In the absence of specific direction to the contrary and in a manner consistent with the Trusts Policy with Respect to Proxy Voting, the Adviser shall be responsible for voting proxies with respect to portfolio holdings of the Trust. The Adviser shall review all proxy solicitation materials and be responsible for voting and handling all proxies in relation to the assets under management by the Adviser in accordance with such policies and procedures adopted or approved by each Series. Unless the Fund gives the Adviser written instructions to the contrary, the Adviser will, in compliance with the proxy voting procedures of the Series then in effect or approved by the Series, vote or abstain from voting, all proxies solicited by or with respect to the issuers of securities in which the assets of the Series may be invested. The Adviser shall cause the Custodian to forward promptly to the Adviser (or designee) all proxies upon receipt so as to afford the Adviser a reasonable amount of time in which to determine how to vote such proxies. The Adviser agrees to provide the Trust with quarterly proxy voting reports in such form as the Trust may request from time to time. The Adviser may delegate the responsibilities under this section to a Subadviser of a Series. |
3
| (e) | Procedures for the Valuation of Securities. It shall be the responsibility of the Adviser to fully comply with the Trusts Procedures for the Valuation of Securities. The Adviser may delegate the responsibilities under this section to a Subadviser of a Series. |
9. For providing the services and assuming the expenses outlined herein, the Trust agrees that the Adviser shall be compensated as follows:
| (a) | The Trust shall pay a monthly fee calculated at an annual rate as specified in Schedule A. The amounts payable to the Adviser with respect to the Series shall be based upon the average of the values of the net assets of the Series as of the close of business each day, computed in accordance with the Trusts Declaration of Trust. |
| (b) | Compensation shall accrue immediately upon the effective date of this Agreement. |
| (c) | If there is termination of this Agreement with respect to any Series during a month, the Series fee for that month shall be proportionately computed upon the average of the daily net asset values of such Series for such partial period in such month. |
| (d) | The Adviser agrees to reimburse the Trust for the amount, if any, by which the total operating and management expenses of the portfolio of any Series (including the Advisers compensation, pursuant to this paragraph, but excluding taxes, interest, costs of portfolio acquisitions and dispositions and extraordinary expenses), for any fiscal year exceed the level of expenses which such Series is permitted to bear under the most restrictive expense limitation (which is not waived by the State) imposed on open-end investment companies by any state in which shares of such Series are then qualified. Such reimbursement, if any, will be made by the Adviser to the Trust within five days after the end of each month. For the purpose of this subparagraph (d), the term fiscal year shall include the portion of the then current fiscal year which shall have elapsed at the date of termination of this Agreement. |
10. The services of the Adviser to the Trust are not to be deemed exclusive, the Adviser being free to render services to others and to engage in other activities. Without relieving the Adviser of its duties hereunder and subject to the prior approval of the Trustees and subject further to compliance with applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act, as amended, the Adviser may appoint one or more agents to perform any of the functions and services which are to be provided under the terms of this Agreement upon such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon among the Trust, the Adviser and any such agent.
4
11. The Adviser shall not be liable to the Trust or to any shareholder of the Trust for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Trust or by any shareholder of the Trust in connection with the matters to which this Agreement relates, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard on the part of the Adviser in the performance of its duties hereunder.
| 12. | It is understood that: |
| (a) | Trustees, officers, employees, agents and shareholders of the Trust are or may be interested persons of the Adviser as directors, officers, stockholders or otherwise; |
| (b) | Directors, officers, employees, agents and stockholders of the Adviser are or may be interested persons of the Trust as Trustees, officers, shareholders or otherwise; and |
| (c) | The existence of any such dual interest shall not affect the validity hereof or of any transactions hereunder. |
13. This Agreement shall become effective with respect to the Existing Series as of the Contract Date stated above, and with respect to any Additional Series, on the date specified in any amendment to this Agreement reflecting the addition of each Additional Series in accordance with paragraph 2 (the Amendment Date). Unless terminated as herein provided, this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect until [DATE] with respect to each Existing Series and until December 31st of the first full calendar year following the Amendment Date with respect to each Additional Series, and shall continue in full force and effect for periods of one year thereafter with respect to each Series so long as (a) such continuance with respect to any such Series is approved at least annually by either the Trustees or by a vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities of such Series and (b) the terms and any renewal of this Agreement with respect to any such Series have been approved by a vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of any such party cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
Any approval of this Agreement by a vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of any Series shall be effective to continue this Agreement with respect to such Series notwithstanding (a) that this Agreement has not been approved by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of any other Series of the Trust affected thereby and (b) that this Agreement has not been approved by the holders of a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust, unless either such additional approval shall be required by any other applicable law or otherwise.
14. The Trust may terminate this Agreement with respect to the Trust or to any Series upon 60 days written notice to the Adviser at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by vote of the Trustees or, as to each Series, by a vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities of such Series. The Adviser may terminate this Agreement upon 60 days written notice to the Trust, without the payment of any penalty. This Agreement shall immediately terminate in the event of its assignment.
5
15. The terms majority of the outstanding voting securities, interested persons and assignment, when used herein, shall have the respective meanings in the Investment Company Act.
16. In the event of termination of this Agreement, or at the request of the Adviser, the Trust will eliminate all reference to Virtus from its name, and will not thereafter transact business in a name using the word Virtus in any form or combination whatsoever, or otherwise use the word Virtus as a part of its name. The Trust will thereafter in all prospectuses, advertising materials, letterheads, and other material designed to be read by investors or prospective investors delete from the name the word Virtus or any approximation thereof. If the Adviser chooses to withdraw the Trusts right to use the word Virtus, it agrees to submit the question of continuing this Agreement to a vote of the Trusts shareholders at the time of such withdrawal.
17. It is expressly agreed that the obligations of the Trust hereunder shall not be binding upon any of the Trustees, shareholders, nominees, officers, agents or employees of the Trust personally, but bind only the trust property of the Trust, as provided in the Declaration of Trust. The execution and delivery of this Agreement have been authorized by the Trustees and shareholders of the Trust and made by an authorized officer of the Trust, acting as such, and neither such authorization by such Trustees and shareholders nor such execution and delivery by such officer shall be deemed to have been made by any of them individually or be binding upon or impose any liability on any of them personally, but shall bind only the trust property of the Trust as provided in its Declaration of Trust.
18. This Agreement shall be construed and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder enforced in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
19. Subject to the duty of the Adviser and the Trust to comply with applicable law, including any demand of any regulatory or taxing authority having jurisdiction, the parties hereto shall treat as confidential all information pertaining to the Series and any Additional Series that may be named, and the actions of the Adviser and the Trust in respect thereof.
20. The Adviser will not advise or act on behalf of the Series in regard to class action filings, with respect to any securities held in the Series portfolio.
6
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first written above.
|
VIRTUS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
|
||
| By: |
/s/ George R. Aylward |
|
| Name: | George R. Aylward | |
| Title: | President | |
|
VIRTUS INVESTMENT ADVISERS, INC.
|
||
| By: |
/s/ Francis G. Waltman |
|
| Name: | Francis G. Waltman | |
| Title: | Senior Vice President | |
7
SCHEDULE A
|
Series |
Annual Investment Advisory Fee |
|||||
|
Virtus Small-Cap Growth Series (formerly Phoenix Small-Cap Growth Series) |
0.85% | |||||
|
Virtus Small-Cap Value Series (formerly Phoenix Small-Cap Value Series) |
0.90% | |||||
|
1 st $250 Million |
Next $250 Million |
Over $500 Million |
||||
|
Virtus Capital Growth Series (formerly Phoenix Capital Growth Series) |
0.70% | 0.65% | 0.60% | |||
|
Virtus Growth & Income Series (formerly Phoenix Growth and Income Series) |
0.70% | 0.65% | 0.60% | |||
|
Virtus Multi-Sector Fixed Income Series (formerly Phoenix Multi-Sector Fixed Income Series) |
0.50% | 0.45% | 0.40% | |||
|
Virtus Strategic Allocation Series (formerly Phoenix Strategic Allocation Series) |
0.60% | 0.55% | 0.50% | |||
|
Virtus International Series (formerly Phoenix-Aberdeen International Series) |
0.75% | 0.70% | 0.65% | |||
|
1 st $1 Billion |
Next $1 Billion |
Over $2 Billion |
||||
|
Virtus Real Estate Securities Series (formerly Phoenix Duff & Phelps Real Estate Securities Series) |
0.75% | 0.70% | 0.65% | |||
8
VIRTUS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
Virtus Capital Growth Series
SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT
November 5, 2010
SCM Advisors LLC
909 Montgomery Street, Suite 500
San Francisco, California 94133
RE: Subadvisory Agreement
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Virtus Variable Insurance Trust (formerly The Phoenix Edge Series Fund) (the Fund) is an open-end investment company of the series type registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the Act), and is subject to the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The shares of the Fund are offered or may be offered in several series (collectively, sometimes hereafter referred to as the Series).
Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc. (the Adviser) evaluates and recommends series advisers for the Series and is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Series.
| 1. | Employment as a Subadviser . The Adviser, being duly authorized, hereby employs SCM Advisors LLC (the Subadviser) as a discretionary series adviser to invest and reinvest that discrete portion of the assets of the Series designated by the Adviser as set forth on Schedule F attached hereto (the Designated Series) on the terms and conditions set forth herein. The services of the Subadviser hereunder are not to be deemed exclusive; the Subadviser may render services to others and engage in other activities that do not conflict in any material manner with the Subadvisers performance hereunder. |
| 2. | Acceptance of Employment; Standard of Performance . The Subadviser accepts its employment as a discretionary series adviser of the Designated Series and agrees to use its best professional judgment to make investment decisions for the Designated Series in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and as set forth in Schedule D attached hereto and made a part hereof. |
| 3. |
Services of Subadviser . In providing management services to the Designated Series, the Subadviser shall be subject to the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Fund as they apply to the Designated Series and as set forth in the Funds then current prospectus (Prospectus) and statement of additional information (Statement of Additional Information) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) as part of the Funds Registration Statement, as may be periodically amended and provided to the Subadviser by the Adviser, and to the investment restrictions set forth in |
1
|
the Act and the Rules thereunder, to the supervision and control of the Trustees of the Fund (the Trustees), and to instructions from the Adviser. The Subadviser shall not, without the Funds prior written approval, effect any transactions that would cause the Designated Series at the time of the transaction to be out of compliance with any of such restrictions or policies. |
| 4. | Transaction Procedures . All series transactions for the Designated Series shall be consummated by payment to, or delivery by, the Custodian(s) from time to time designated by the Fund (the Custodian), or such depositories or agents as may be designated by the Custodian in writing, of all cash and/or securities due to or from the Series. The Subadviser shall not have possession or custody of such cash and/or securities or any responsibility or liability with respect to such custody. The Subadviser shall advise the Custodian and confirm in writing to the Fund all investment orders for the Designated Series placed by it with brokers and dealers at the time and in the manner set forth in Schedule A hereto (as amended from time to time). The Fund shall issue to the Custodian such instructions as may be appropriate in connection with the settlement of any transaction initiated by the Subadviser. The Fund shall be responsible for all custodial arrangements and the payment of all custodial charges and fees, and, upon giving proper instructions to the Custodian, the Subadviser shall have no responsibility or liability with respect to custodial arrangements or the act, omissions or other conduct of the Custodian. |
| 5. | Allocation of Brokerage . The Subadviser shall have authority and discretion to select brokers and dealers to execute Designated Series transactions initiated by the Subadviser, and to select the markets on or in which the transactions will be executed. |
| A. | In placing orders for the sale and purchase of Designated Series securities for the Fund, the Subadvisers primary responsibility shall be to seek the best execution of orders at the most favorable prices. However, this responsibility shall not obligate the Subadviser to solicit competitive bids for each transaction or to seek the lowest available commission cost to the Fund, so long as the Subadviser reasonably believes that the broker or dealer selected by it can be expected to obtain a best execution market price on the particular transaction and determines in good faith that the commission cost is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services (as defined in Section 28(e)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) provided by such broker or dealer to the Subadviser, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or of the Subadvisers overall responsibilities with respect to its clients, including the Fund, as to which the Subadviser exercises investment discretion, notwithstanding that the Fund may not be the direct or exclusive beneficiary of any such services or that another broker may be willing to charge the Fund a lower commission on the particular transaction. |
| B. |
The Subadviser may manage other portfolios and expects that the Fund and other portfolios the Subadviser manages will, from time to time, purchase or sell the same securities. The Subadviser may aggregate orders for the purchase or sale of |
2
|
securities on behalf of the Designated Series with orders on behalf of other portfolios the Subadviser manages. Securities purchased or proceeds of securities sold through aggregated orders, as well as expenses incurred in the transaction, shall be allocated to the account of each portfolio managed by the Subadviser that bought or sold such securities in a manner considered by the Subadviser to be equitable and consistent with the Subadvisers fiduciary obligations in respect of the Designated Series and to such other accounts. |
| C. | The Subadviser shall not execute any Series transactions for the Designated Series with a broker or dealer that is (i) an affiliated person (as defined in the Act) of the Fund, the Subadviser, any subadviser to any other Series of the Fund, or the Adviser; (ii) a principal underwriter of the Funds shares; or (iii) an affiliated person of such an affiliated person or principal underwriter; in each case, unless such transactions are permitted by applicable law or regulation and carried out in compliance with any applicable policies and procedures of the Fund. The Fund shall provide the Subadviser with a list of brokers and dealers that are affiliated persons of the Fund or the Adviser, and applicable policies and procedures. |
| D. | Consistent with its fiduciary obligations to the Fund in respect of the Designated Series and the requirements of best price and execution, the Subadviser may, under certain circumstances, arrange to have purchase and sale transactions effected directly between the Designated Series and another account managed by the Subadviser (cross transactions), provided that such transactions are carried out in accordance with applicable law or regulation and any applicable policies and procedures of the Fund. The Fund shall provide the Subadviser with applicable policies and procedures. |
| 6. | Proxies . |
| A. | Unless the Adviser or the Fund gives the Subadviser written instructions to the contrary, the Subadviser, or a third party designee acting under the authority and supervision of the Subadviser, shall review all proxy solicitation materials and be responsible for voting and handling all proxies in relation to the assets of the Designated Series. Unless the Adviser or the Fund gives the Subadviser written instructions to the contrary, the Subadviser will, in compliance with the proxy voting procedures of the Designated Series then in effect, vote or abstain from voting, all proxies solicited by or with respect to the issuers of securities in which assets of the Designated Series may be invested. The Adviser shall cause the Custodian to forward promptly to the Subadviser all proxies upon receipt, so as to afford the Subadviser a reasonable amount of time in which to determine how to vote such proxies. The Subadviser agrees to provide the Adviser in a timely manner with a record of votes cast containing all of the voting information required by Form N-PX in an electronic format to enable the Fund to file Form N-PX as required by Rule 30b1-4 under the Act. |
3
| B. | The Subadviser is authorized to deal with reorganizations, exchange offers and other voluntary corporate actions with respect to securities held in the Series in such manner as the Subadviser deems advisable, unless the Fund or the Adviser otherwise specifically directs in writing. With the Advisers approval, the Subadviser shall also have the authority to: (i) identify, evaluate and pursue legal claims, including commencing or defending suits, affecting the securities held at any time in the Series, including claims in bankruptcy, class action securities litigation and other litigation; (ii) participate in such litigation or related proceedings with respect to such securities as the Subadviser deems appropriate to preserve or enhance the value of the Series, including filing proofs of claim and related documents and serving as lead plaintiff in class action lawsuits; (iii) exercise generally any of the powers of an owner with respect to the supervision and management of such rights or claims, including the settlement, compromise or submission to arbitration of any claims, the exercise of which the Subadviser deems to be in the best interest of the Series or required by applicable law, including ERISA, and (iv) employ suitable agents, including legal counsel, and to pay their reasonable fees, expenses and related costs from the Series. |
| 7. | Prohibited Conduct . In providing the services described in this Agreement, the Subadvisers responsibility regarding investment advice hereunder is limited to the Designated Series, and the Subadviser will not consult with any other investment advisory firm that provides investment advisory services to the Fund or any other investment company sponsored by Virtus Investment Partners, Inc. regarding transactions for the Fund in securities or other assets. The Fund shall provide the Subadviser with a list of investment companies sponsored by Virtus Investment Partners, Inc. and the Subadviser shall be in breach of the foregoing provision only if the investment company is included in such a list provided to the Subadviser prior to such prohibited action. In addition, the Subadviser shall not, without the prior written consent of the Fund and the Adviser, delegate any obligation assumed pursuant to this Agreement to any affiliated or unaffiliated third party. |
| 8. | Information and Reports . |
| A. |
The Subadviser shall keep the Fund and the Adviser informed of developments relating to its duties as Subadviser of which the Subadviser has, or should have, knowledge that would materially affect the Designated Series. In this regard, the Subadviser shall provide the Fund, the Adviser and their respective officers with such periodic reports concerning the obligations the Subadviser has assumed under this Agreement as the Fund and the Adviser may from time to time reasonably request. In addition, prior to each meeting of the Trustees, the Subadviser shall provide the Adviser and the Trustees with reports regarding the Subadvisers management of the Designated Series during the most recently completed quarter, which reports: (i) shall include Subadvisers representation that its performance of its investment management duties hereunder is in compliance with the Funds investment objectives and practices, the Act and applicable rules and regulations under the Act, and the diversification and |
4
|
minimum good income requirements of Subchapter M under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and (ii) otherwise shall be in such form as may be mutually agreed upon by the Subadviser and the Adviser. |
| B. | Each of the Adviser and the Subadviser shall provide the other party with a list, to the best of the Advisers or the Subadvisers respective knowledge, of each affiliated person (and any affiliated person of such an affiliated person) of the Adviser or the Subadviser, as the case may be, and each of the Adviser and Subadviser agrees promptly to update such list whenever the Adviser or the Subadviser becomes aware of any changes that should be added to or deleted from the list of affiliated persons. |
| C. | The Subadviser shall also provide the Adviser with any information reasonably requested by the Adviser regarding its management of the Designated Series required for any shareholder report, amended registration statement, or Prospectus supplement to be filed by the Fund with the SEC. |
| 9. | Fees for Services . The compensation of the Subadviser for its services under this Agreement shall be calculated and paid by the Adviser in accordance with the attached Schedule C. Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Fund and the Adviser, the Adviser is solely responsible for the payment of fees to the Subadviser. |
| 10. | Limitation of Liability . Except as otherwise stated in this Agreement, the Subadviser shall not be liable for any action taken, omitted or suffered to be taken by it in its best professional judgment, in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Agreement, or in accordance with specific directions or instructions from the Fund, provided, however, that such acts or omissions shall not have constituted a material breach of the investment objectives, policies and restrictions applicable to the Designated Series as defined in the Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information and that such acts or omissions shall not have resulted from the Subadvisers willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder. |
| 11. | Confidentiality . Subject to the duty of the Subadviser and the Fund to comply with applicable law, including any demand of any regulatory or taxing authority having jurisdiction, the parties hereto shall treat as confidential all information pertaining to the Designated Series and the actions of the Subadviser and the Fund in respect thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fund and the Adviser agree that the Subadviser may (i) disclose in marketing materials and similar communications that the Subadviser has been engaged to manage assets of the Designated Series pursuant to this Agreement, and (ii) include performance statistics regarding the Series in composite performance statistics regarding one or more groups of Subadvisers clients published or included in any of the foregoing communications, provided that the Subadviser does not identify any performance statistics as relating specifically to the Series. |
5
| 12. | Assignment . This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment, as that term is defined in Section 2(a)(4) of the Act. The Subadviser shall notify the Fund and the Adviser in writing sufficiently in advance of any proposed change of control, as defined in Section 2(a)(9) of the Act, as will enable the Fund to consider whether an assignment as defined in Section 2(a)(4) of the Act will occur, and to take the steps necessary to enter into a new contract with the Subadviser. |
| 13. | Representations, Warranties and Agreements of the Subadviser . The Subadviser represents, warrants and agrees that: |
| A. | It is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (Advisers Act). |
| B. | It will maintain, keep current and preserve on behalf of the Fund, in the manner required or permitted by the Act and the Rules thereunder including the records identified in Schedule B (as Schedule B may be amended from time to time). The Subadviser agrees that such records are the property of the Fund, and shall be surrendered to the Fund or to the Adviser as agent of the Fund promptly upon request of either. The Fund acknowledges that Subadviser may retain copies of all records required to meet the record retention requirements imposed by law and regulation. |
| C. | It shall maintain a written code of ethics (the Code of Ethics) complying with the requirements of Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act and Rule 17j-l under the Act and shall provide the Fund and the Adviser with a copy of the Code of Ethics and evidence of its adoption. It shall institute procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons (as defined in Rule 17j-1) from violating its Code of Ethics. The Subadviser acknowledges receipt of the written code of ethics adopted by and on behalf of the Fund. Each calendar quarter while this Agreement is in effect, a duly authorized compliance officer of the Subadviser shall certify to the Fund and to the Adviser that the Subadviser has complied with the requirements of Rules 204A-1 and 17j-l during the previous calendar quarter and that there has been no material violation of its Code of Ethics, or of Rule 17j-1(b), or that any persons covered under its Code of Ethics has divulged or acted upon any material, non-public information, as such term is defined under relevant securities laws, and if such a violation has occurred or the code of ethics of the Fund, or if such a violation of its Code of Ethics has occurred, that appropriate action was taken in response to such violation. Annually, the Subadviser shall furnish to the Fund and the Adviser a written report which complies with the requirements of Rule 17j-1 concerning the Subadvisers Code of Ethics. The Subadviser shall permit the Fund and the Adviser to examine the reports required to be made by the Subadviser under Rules 204A-1(b) and 17j-l(d)(1) and this subparagraph. |
| D. |
It has adopted and implemented, and throughout the term of this Agreement shall maintain in effect and implement, policies and procedures reasonably designed to |
6
|
prevent, detect and correct violations by the Subadviser and its supervised persons, and, to the extent the activities of the Subadviser in respect of the Fund could affect the Fund, by the Fund, of federal securities laws (as defined in Rule 38a-1 under the Act), and that the Subadviser has provided the Fund with true and complete copies of its policies and procedures (or summaries thereof) and related information reasonably requested by the Fund and/or the Adviser. The Subadviser agrees to cooperate with periodic reviews by the Funds and/or the Advisers compliance personnel of the Subadvisers policies and procedures, their operation and implementation and other compliance matters and to provide to the Fund and/or the Adviser from time to time such additional information and certifications in respect of the Subadvisers policies and procedures, compliance by the Subadviser with federal securities laws and related matters as the Funds and/or the Advisers compliance personnel may reasonably request. The Subadviser agrees to promptly notify the Adviser of any compliance violations which affect the Designated Series. |
| E. | The Subadviser will immediately notify the Fund and the Adviser of the occurrence of any event which would disqualify the Subadviser from serving as an investment adviser of an investment company pursuant to Section 9 of the Act or otherwise. The Subadviser will also immediately notify the Fund and the Adviser if it is served or otherwise receives notice of any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation, at law or in equity, before or by any court, public board or body, involving the affairs of the Designated Series. |
| 14. | No Personal Liability . Reference is hereby made to the Declaration of Trust establishing the Fund, a copy of which has been filed with the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and elsewhere as required by law, and to any and all amendments thereto so filed with the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and elsewhere as required by law, and to any and all amendments thereto so filed or hereafter filed. The name Virtus Variable Insurance Trust refers to the Trustees under said Declaration of Trust, as Trustees and not personally, and no Trustee, shareholder, officer, agent or employee of the Fund shall be held to any personal liability in connection with the affairs of the Fund; only the trust estate under said Declaration of Trust is liable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the Subadviser nor any of its officers, directors, partners, shareholders or employees shall, under any circumstances, have recourse or cause or willingly permit recourse to be had directly or indirectly to any personal, statutory, or other liability of any shareholder, Trustee, officer, agent or employee of the Fund or of any successor of the Fund, whether such liability now exists or is hereafter incurred for claims against the trust estate. |
| 15. | Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement, together with the Schedules attached hereto, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior written or oral agreements pertaining to the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement may be amended at any time, but only by written agreement among the Subadviser, the Adviser and the Fund, which amendment, other than amendments to Schedules A, B, D, E and F, is subject to the approval of the Trustees and the shareholders of the Fund as and to the extent required by the Act, subject to any applicable orders of exemption issued by the SEC. |
7
| 16. | Effective Date; Term . This Agreement shall become effective on the date set forth on the first page of this Agreement, and shall continue in effect until December 31, 2011. The Agreement shall continue from year to year thereafter only so long as its continuance has been specifically approved at least annually by the Trustees in accordance with Section 15(a) of the Act, and by the majority vote of the disinterested Trustees in accordance with the requirements of Section 15(c) thereof. |
| 17. | Termination . This Agreement may be terminated by any party, without penalty, immediately upon written notice to the other parties in the event of a material breach of any provision thereof by a party so notified, or otherwise upon thirty (30) days written notice to the other parties, but any such termination shall not affect the status, obligations or liabilities of any party hereto to the other parties. |
| 18. | Applicable Law . To the extent that state law is not preempted by the provisions of any law of the United States heretofore or hereafter enacted, as the same may be amended from time to time, this Agreement shall be administered, construed and enforced according to the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. |
| 19. | Severability . If any term or condition of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent or in any application, then the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby, and each and every term and condition of this Agreement shall be valid and enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law. |
| 20. | Notices . Any notice or other communication required to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed duly given if delivered personally or by overnight delivery service or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, or sent by facsimile addressed to the parties at their respective addresses set forth below, or at such other address as shall be designated by any party in a written notice to the other party. |
| (a) | To Virtus or the Fund at: |
Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc.
100 Pearl Street
Hartford, CT 06103
Attn: Kevin J. Carr
Telephone: (860) 263-4791
Facsimile: (860) 241-1028
Email: kevin.carr@virtus.com
| (b) | To the Subadviser at: |
SCM Advisors LLC
909 Montgomery Street, Suite 500
San Francisco, California 94133
Attn: Mark Palmer, Chief Compliance Officer
Telephone: (415) 486-6726
Email: mpalmer@scmadv.com
8
| 21. | Certifications . The Subadviser hereby warrants and represents that it will provide the requisite certifications reasonably requested by the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of the Fund necessary for those named officers to fulfill their reporting and certification obligations on Form N-CSR and Form N-Q as required under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 to the extent that such reporting and certifications relate to the Subadvisers duties and responsibilities under this Agreement. Subadviser shall provide a quarterly certification in a form substantially similar to that attached as Schedule E. |
| 22. | Indemnification . The Adviser agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Subadviser and the Subadvisers directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages, and expenses whatsoever, including reasonable attorneys fees (collectively, Losses), arising out of or relating to (i) any breach by the Adviser of any provision of this Agreement; (ii) the negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith, or breach of fiduciary duty of the Adviser; (iii) any violation by the Adviser of any law or regulation relating to its activities under this Agreement; and (iv) any dispute between the Adviser and any Fund shareholder, except to the extent that such Losses result from the gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith of the Subadviser or the Subadvisers reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder. |
| 23. | Receipt of Disclosure Document . The Fund and the Adviser acknowledge receipt, at least 48 hours prior to entering into this Agreement, of a copy of Part II of the Subadvisers Form ADV containing certain information concerning the Subadviser and the nature of its business. |
| 24. | Counterparts; Fax Signatures . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including executed counterparts delivered and exchanged by facsimile transmission) with the same effect as if all signing parties had originally signed the same document, and all counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute the same instrument. For all purposes, signatures delivered and exchanged by facsimile transmission shall be binding and effective to the same extent as original signatures. |
[signature page follows]
9
| VIRTUS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST | ||
|
By: |
/s/ George R. Aylward |
|
| Name: George R. Aylward | ||
| Title: President | ||
| VIRTUS INVESTMENT ADVISERS, INC. | ||
|
By: |
/s/ Francis G. Waltman |
|
| Name: Francis G. Waltman | ||
| Title: Senior Vice President | ||
ACCEPTED:
SCM ADVISORS LLC
| By: |
/s/ George R. Aylward |
|
| Name: George R. Aylward | ||
| Title: Executive Vice President |
| SCHEDULES: | A. | Operational Procedures | ||
| B. | Record Keeping Requirements | |||
| C. | Fee Schedule | |||
| D. | Subadviser Functions | |||
| E. | Form of Sub-Certification | |||
| F. | Designated Series |
10
SCHEDULE A
OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES
In order to minimize operational problems, it will be necessary for a flow of information to be supplied by Subadviser to The Bank of New York Mellon (the Custodian) and PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc., (the Sub-Accounting Agent) for the Fund.
The Subadviser must furnish the Custodian and the Sub-Accounting Agent with daily information as to executed trades, or, if no trades are executed, with a report to that effect, no later than 5 p.m. (Eastern Time) on the day of the trade each day the Fund is open for business. (Subadviser will be responsible for reimbursement to the Fund for any loss caused by the Subadvisers failure to comply.) The necessary information can be sent via facsimile machine to the Custodian and the Sub-Accounting Agent. Information provided to the Custodian and the Sub-Accounting Agent shall include the following:
| 1. | Purchase or sale; |
| 2. | Security name; |
| 3. | CUSIP number, ISIN or Sedols (as applicable); |
| 4. | Number of shares and sales price per share or aggregate principal amount; |
| 5. | Executing broker; |
| 6. | Settlement agent; |
| 7. | Trade date; |
| 8. | Settlement date; |
| 9. | Aggregate commission or if a net trade; |
| 10. | Interest purchased or sold from interest bearing security; |
| 11. | Other fees; |
| 12. | Net proceeds of the transaction; |
| 13. | Exchange where trade was executed; |
| 14. | Identified tax lot (if applicable); and |
| 15. | Trade commission reason: best execution, soft dollar or research. |
When opening accounts with brokers for, and in the name of, the Fund, the account must be a cash account. No margin accounts are to be maintained in the name of the Fund. Delivery instructions are as specified by the Custodian. The Custodian will supply the Subadviser daily with a cash availability report via access to the Custodian website, or by email or by facsimile and the Sub-Accounting Agent will provide a five-day cash projection. This will normally be done by email or, if email is unavailable, by another form of immediate written communication, so that the Subadviser will know the amount available for investment purposes.
11
SCHEDULE B
RECORDS TO BE MAINTAINED BY THE SUBADVISER
| 1. | (Rule 31a-1(b)(5) and (6)) A record of each brokerage order, and all other series purchases and sales, given by the Subadviser on behalf of the Fund for, or in connection with, the purchase or sale of securities, whether executed or unexecuted. Such records shall include: |
| A. | The name of the broker; |
| B. | The terms and conditions of the order and of any modifications or cancellations thereof; |
| C. | The time of entry or cancellation; |
| D. | The price at which executed; |
| E. | The time of receipt of a report of execution; and |
| F. | The name of the person who placed the order on behalf of the Fund. |
| 2. | (Rule 31a-1(b)(9)) A record for each fiscal quarter, completed within ten (10) days after the end of the quarter, showing specifically the basis or bases upon which the allocation of orders for the purchase and sale of series securities to named brokers or dealers was effected, and the division of brokerage commissions or other compensation on such purchase and sale orders. Such record: |
| A. | Shall include the consideration given to: |
| (i) | The sale of shares of the Fund by brokers or dealers. |
| (ii) | The supplying of services or benefits by brokers or dealers to: |
| (a) | The Fund, |
| (b) | The Adviser, |
| (c) | The Subadviser, and |
| (d) | Any person other than the foregoing. |
| (iii) | Any other consideration other than the technical qualifications of the brokers and dealers as such. |
| B. | Shall show the nature of the services or benefits made available. |
| C. | Shall describe in detail the application of any general or specific formula or other determinant used in arriving at such allocation of purchase and sale orders and such division of brokerage commissions or other compensation. |
| D. | Shall show the name of the person responsible for making the determination of such allocation and such division of brokerage commissions or other compensation. |
| 3. | (Rule 31a-1(b)(10)) A record in the form of an appropriate memorandum identifying the person or persons, committees or groups authorizing the purchase or sale of series securities. Where a committee or group makes an authorization, a record shall be kept of the names of its members who participate in the authorization. There shall be retained as part of this record: any memorandum, recommendation or instruction supporting or authorizing the purchase or sale of series securities and such other information as is appropriate to support the authorization.* |
| * | Such information might include: current financial information, annual and quarterly reports, press releases, reports by analysts and from brokerage firms (including their recommendations, i.e., buy, sell, hold) or any internal reports or subadviser review. |
12
| 4. | (Rule 31a-1(f)) Such accounts, books and other documents as are required to be maintained by registered investment advisers by rule adopted under Section 204 of the Advisers Act, to the extent such records are necessary or appropriate to record the Subadvisers transactions for the Fund. |
| 5. | Records as necessary under Board-approved policies and procedures, including without limitation those related to valuation determinations. |
13
SCHEDULE C
SUBADVISORY FEE
(a) For services provided to the Fund, the Adviser will pay to the Subadviser a fee, payable in arrears, at the annual rate stated below. The fee shall be prorated for any month during which this Agreement is in effect for only a portion of the month. In computing the fee to be paid to the Subadviser, the net asset value of each Designated Series shall be valued as set forth in the then current registration statement of the Fund.
(b) The fee to be paid to the Subadviser is to be 50% of the gross management fee as calculated based on the average daily net assets.
14
SCHEDULE D
SUBADVISER FUNCTIONS
With respect to managing the investment and reinvestment of the Designated Series assets, the Subadviser shall provide, at its own expense:
| (a) | An investment program for the Designated Series consistent with its investment objectives based upon the development, review and adjustment of buy/sell strategies approved from time to time by the Board of Trustees and the Adviser in paragraph 3 of this Subadvisory Agreement; |
| (b) | Periodic reports, on at least a quarterly basis, in form and substance acceptable to the Adviser, with respect to: i) compliance with the Code of Ethics and the Funds code of ethics; ii) compliance with procedures adopted from time to time by the Trustees of the Fund relative to securities eligible for resale under Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; iii) diversification of Designated Series assets in accordance with the then prevailing Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information pertaining to the Designated Series and governing laws; iv) compliance with governing restrictions relating to the fair valuation of securities for which market quotations are not readily available or considered illiquid for the purposes of complying with the Designated Series limitation on acquisition of illiquid securities; v) any and all other reports reasonably requested in accordance with or described in this Agreement; and vi) the implementation of the Designated Series investment program, including, without limitation, analysis of Designated Series performance; |
| (c) | Promptly after filing with the SEC an amendment to its Form ADV, a copy of such amendment to the Adviser and the Trustees; |
| (d) | Attendance by appropriate representatives of the Subadviser at meetings requested by the Adviser or Trustees at such time(s) and location(s) as reasonably requested by the Adviser or Trustees; and |
| (e) | Notice to the Trustees and the Adviser of the occurrence of any event which would disqualify the Subadviser from serving as an investment adviser of an investment company pursuant to Section 9(a) of the 1940 Act or otherwise. |
| (f) | Provide reasonable assistance in the valuation of securities including the participation of appropriate representatives at fair valuation committee meetings. |
15
SCHEDULE E
FORM OF SUB-CERTIFICATION
| To: | ||
| Re: | Subadvisers Form N-CSR and Form N-Q Certification for the [Name of Designated Series]. | |
| From: | [Name of Subadviser] | |
| Representations in support of Investment Company Act Rule 30a-2 certifications of Form N-CSR and Form N-Q. | ||
| [Name of Designated Series]. | ||
| In connection with your certification responsibility under Rule 30a-2 and Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, I have reviewed the following information presented in the schedule of investments for the period ended [Date of Reporting Period] (the Report) which forms part of the N-CSR or N-Q, as applicable, for the Fund. | ||
Schedule of Investments
Our organization has designed, implemented and maintained internal controls and procedures, designed for the purpose of ensuring the accuracy and completeness of relevant portfolio trade data transmitted to those responsible for the preparation of the Schedule of Investments. As of the date of this certification there have been no material modifications to these internal controls and procedures.
In addition, our organization has:
| a. | Designed such internal controls and procedures to ensure that material information is made known to the appropriate groups responsible for servicing the above-mentioned mutual fund. |
| b. | Evaluated the effectiveness of our internal controls and procedures, as of a date within 90 days prior to the date of this certification and we have concluded that such controls and procedures are effective. |
| c. | In addition, to the best of my knowledge there has been no fraud, whether or not material, that involves our organizations management or other employees who have a significant role in our organizations control and procedures as they relate to our duties as subadviser to the Designated Series. |
I have read the draft of the Report which I understand to be current as of [Date of Reporting Period] and based on my knowledge, such draft of the Report does not, with respect to the Designated Series, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the information contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which such information is presented, not misleading with respect to the period covered by such draft Report.
16
I have disclosed, based on my most recent evaluation, to the Designated Series Chief Accounting Officer:
| a. | All significant changes, deficiencies and material weakness, if any, in the design or operation of the Subadvisers internal controls and procedures which could adversely affect the Registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data with respect to the Designated Series in a timely fashion; |
| b. | Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves the Subadvisers management or other employees who have a significant role in the Subadvisers internal controls and procedures for financial reporting. |
I certify that to the best of my knowledge:
| a. | The Subadvisers Portfolio Manager(s) has/have complied with the restrictions and reporting requirements of the Code of Ethics (the Code). The term Portfolio Manager is as defined in the Code. |
| b. | The Subadviser has complied with the Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information of the Designated Series and the Policies and Procedures of the Designated Series as adopted by the Designated Series Board of Trustees. |
| c. | I have no knowledge of any compliance violations except as disclosed in writing to the Virtus Compliance Department by me or by the Subadvisers compliance administrator. |
| d. | The Subadviser has complied with the rules and regulations of the 33 Act and 40 Act, and such other regulations as may apply to the extent those rules and regulations pertain to the responsibilities of the Subadviser with respect to the Designated Series as outlined above. |
This certification relates solely to the Designated Series named above and may not be relied upon by any other fund or entity.
The Subadviser does not maintain the official books and records of the above Designated Series. The Subadvisers records are based on its own portfolio management system, a record-keeping system that is not intended to serve as the Designated Series official accounting system. The Subadviser is not responsible for the preparation of the Report.
|
|
|
|||
| [Name of Subadviser] | Date | |||
| [Name of Authorized Signer] | ||||
| [Title of Authorized Signer] |
17
SCHEDULE F
DESIGNATED SERIES
Virtus Capital Growth Series
18
VIRTUS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
Virtus International Series
SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT
|
Aberdeen Asset Management Inc. 1735 Market Street 32 nd Floor Philadelphia, PA 19103 |
November 5, 2010 |
| RE: | Subadvisory Agreement |
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Virtus Variable Insurance Trust (formerly The Phoenix Edge Series Fund) (the Fund) is an open-end investment company of the series type registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the Act), and is subject to the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The shares of the Fund are offered or may be offered in several series (collectively, sometimes hereafter referred to as the Series).
Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc. (the Adviser) evaluates and recommends series advisers for the Series and is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Series.
| 1. | Employment as a Subadviser . The Adviser, being duly authorized, hereby employs Aberdeen Asset Management Inc. (the Subadviser) as a discretionary series adviser to invest and reinvest that discrete portion of the assets of the Series designated by the Adviser as set forth on Schedule F attached hereto (the Designated Series) on the terms and conditions set forth herein. The services of the Subadviser hereunder are not to be deemed exclusive; the Subadviser may render services to others and engage in other activities that do not conflict in any material manner with the Subadvisers performance hereunder. |
| 2. | Acceptance of Employment; Standard of Performance . The Subadviser accepts its employment as a discretionary series adviser of the Designated Series and agrees to use its best professional judgment to make investment decisions for the Designated Series in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and as set forth in Schedule D attached hereto and made a part hereof. |
| 3. | Services of Subadviser . In providing management services to the Designated Series, the Subadviser shall be subject to the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Fund as they apply to the Designated Series and as set forth in the Funds then current prospectus (Prospectus) and statement of additional information (Statement of Additional Information) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) as part of the Funds Registration Statement, as may be periodically amended and provided to the Subadviser by the Adviser, and to the investment restrictions set forth in the Act and the Rules thereunder, to the supervision and control of the Board of Trustees of the Fund (the Trustees), and to instructions from the Adviser. The Subadviser shall not, without the Funds prior written approval, effect any transactions that would cause the Designated Series at the time of the transaction to be out of compliance with any of such restrictions or policies. |
1
| 4. | Transaction Procedures . All transactions for the Designated Series shall be consummated by payment to, or delivery by, the Custodian(s) from time to time designated by the Fund (the Custodian), or such depositories or agents as may be designated by the Custodian in writing, of all cash and/or securities due to or from the Designated Series. The Subadviser shall not have possession or custody of such cash and/or securities or any responsibility or liability with respect to such custody. The Subadviser shall advise the Custodian and confirm in writing to the Fund all investment orders for the Designated Series placed by it with brokers and dealers at the time and in the manner set forth in Schedule A hereto (as amended from time to time). The Fund shall issue to the Custodian such instructions as may be appropriate in connection with the settlement of any transaction initiated by the Subadviser. The Fund shall be responsible for all custodial arrangements and the payment of all custodial charges and fees, and, upon giving proper instructions to the Custodian, the Subadviser shall have no responsibility or liability with respect to custodial arrangements or the act, omissions or other conduct of the Custodian. |
| 5. | Allocation of Brokerage . The Subadviser shall have authority and discretion to select brokers and dealers to execute Designated Series transactions initiated by the Subadviser, and to select the markets on or in which the transactions will be executed. |
| A. | In placing orders for the sale and purchase of Designated Series securities for the Fund, the Subadvisers primary responsibility shall be to seek the best execution of orders at the most favorable prices. However, this responsibility shall not obligate the Subadviser to solicit competitive bids for each transaction or to seek the lowest available commission cost to the Fund, so long as the Subadviser reasonably believes that the broker or dealer selected by it can be expected to obtain a best execution market price on the particular transaction and determines in good faith that the commission cost is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services (as defined in Section 28(e)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) provided by such broker or dealer to the Subadviser, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or of the Subadvisers overall responsibilities with respect to its clients, including the Fund, as to which the Subadviser exercises investment discretion, notwithstanding that the Fund may not be the direct or exclusive beneficiary of any such services or that another broker may be willing to charge the Fund a lower commission on the particular transaction. |
| B. | The Subadviser may manage other portfolios and expects that the Fund and other portfolios the Subadviser manages will, from time to time, purchase or sell the same securities. The Subadviser may aggregate orders for the purchase or sale of securities on behalf of the Designated Series with orders on behalf of other portfolios the Subadviser manages. Securities purchased or proceeds of securities sold through aggregated orders, as well as expenses incurred in the transaction, shall be allocated to the account of each portfolio managed by the Subadviser that bought or sold such securities in a manner considered by the Subadviser to be equitable and consistent with the Subadvisers fiduciary obligations in respect of the Designated Series and to such other accounts. |
2
| C. | The Subadviser shall not execute any transactions for the Designated Series with a broker or dealer that is (i) an affiliated person (as defined in the Act) of the Fund, the Subadviser, any subadviser to any other Series of the Fund, or the Adviser; (ii) a principal underwriter of the Funds shares; or (iii) an affiliated person of such an affiliated person or principal underwriter; in each case, unless such transactions are permitted by applicable law or regulation and carried out in compliance with any applicable policies and procedures of the Fund. The Fund shall provide the Subadviser with a list of brokers and dealers that are affiliated persons of the Fund or the Adviser, and applicable policies and procedures. |
| D. | Consistent with its fiduciary obligations to the Fund in respect of the Designated Series and the requirements of best price and execution, the Subadviser may, under certain circumstances, arrange to have purchase and sale transactions effected directly between the Designated Series and another account managed by the Subadviser (cross transactions), provided that such transactions are carried out in accordance with applicable law or regulation and any applicable policies and procedures of the Fund. The Fund shall provide the Subadviser with applicable policies and procedures. |
| 6. | Proxies . |
| A. | Unless the Adviser or the Fund gives the Subadviser written instructions to the contrary, the Subadviser, or a third party designee acting under the authority and supervision of the Subadviser, shall review all proxy solicitation materials and be responsible for voting and handling all proxies in relation to the assets of the Designated Series. Unless the Adviser or the Fund gives the Subadviser written instructions to the contrary, the Subadviser will, in compliance with the proxy voting procedures of the Designated Series then in effect, vote or abstain from voting, all proxies solicited by or with respect to the issuers of securities in which assets of the Designated Series may be invested. The Adviser shall cause the Custodian to forward promptly to the Subadviser all proxies upon receipt, so as to afford the Subadviser a reasonable amount of time in which to determine how to vote such proxies. The Subadviser agrees to provide the Adviser in a timely manner with a record of votes cast containing all of the voting information required by Form N-PX in an electronic format to enable the Fund to file Form N-PX as required by Rule 30b1-4 under the Act. |
| B. | The Subadviser is authorized to deal with reorganizations, exchange offers and other voluntary corporate actions with respect to securities held in the Designated Series in such manner as the Subadviser deems advisable, unless the Fund or the Adviser otherwise specifically directs in writing. With the Advisers approval, the Subadviser shall also have the authority to: (i) identify, evaluate and pursue legal claims, including commencing or defending suits, affecting the securities held at any time in the Designated Series, including claims in bankruptcy, class action securities litigation and other litigation; (ii) participate in such litigation or related proceedings with respect to such securities as the Subadviser deems appropriate to preserve or enhance the value of the Designated Series, including filing proofs of claim and related documents and serving as lead plaintiff in class action lawsuits; (iii) exercise generally any of the powers of an owner with respect to the supervision and management of such rights or claims, including the settlement, compromise or submission to arbitration of any claims, the exercise of which the Subadviser deems to be in the best interest of the Designated Series or required by applicable law, including ERISA, and (iv) employ suitable agents, including legal counsel, and to pay their reasonable fees, expenses and related costs from the Designated Series. |
3
| 7. | Prohibited Conduct . In providing the services described in this Agreement, the Subadvisers responsibility regarding investment advice hereunder is limited to the Designated Series, and the Subadviser will not consult with any other investment advisory firm that provides investment advisory services to the Fund or any other investment company sponsored by Virtus Investment Partners, Inc. regarding transactions for the Fund in securities or other assets. The Fund shall provide the Subadviser with a list of investment companies sponsored by Virtus Investment Partners, Inc. and the Subadviser shall be in breach of the foregoing provision only if the investment company is included in such a list provided to the Subadviser prior to such prohibited action. In addition, the Subadviser shall not, without the prior written consent of the Fund and the Adviser, delegate any obligation assumed pursuant to this Agreement to any affiliated or unaffiliated third party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Subadviser may delegate any or all of its discretionary investment, advisory, and other rights, powers, functions and obligations hereunder to Aberdeen Asset Management Investment Services Limited (AAMISL), its affiliated registered investment adviser, without further notification to or consent from the Fund; provided, however, that the Subadviser shall always remain liable to the Fund for the Subadvisers obligations hereunder and for all actions of AAMISL to the same extent as the Subadviser is liable for its own actions hereunder. |
| 8. | Information and Reports . |
| A. | The Subadviser shall keep the Fund and the Adviser informed of developments relating to its duties as Subadviser of which the Subadviser has, or should have, knowledge that would materially affect the Designated Series. In this regard, the Subadviser shall provide the Fund, the Adviser and their respective officers with such periodic reports concerning the obligations the Subadviser has assumed under this Agreement as the Fund and the Adviser may from time to time reasonably request. In addition, prior to each meeting of the Trustees, the Subadviser shall provide the Adviser and the Trustees with reports regarding the Subadvisers management of the Designated Series during the most recently completed quarter, which reports: (i) shall include Subadvisers representation that its performance of its investment management duties hereunder is in compliance with the Funds investment objectives and practices, the Act and applicable rules and regulations under the Act, and the diversification and minimum good income requirements of Subchapter M under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and (ii) otherwise shall be in such form as may be mutually agreed upon by the Subadviser and the Adviser. |
| B. | Each of the Adviser and the Subadviser shall provide the other party with a list, to the best of the Advisers or the Subadvisers respective knowledge, of each affiliated person (and any affiliated person of such an affiliated person) of the Adviser or the Subadviser, as the case may be, and each of the Adviser and Subadviser agrees promptly to update such list whenever the Adviser or the Subadviser becomes aware of any changes that should be added to or deleted from the list of affiliated persons. |
4
| C. | The Subadviser shall also provide the Adviser with any information reasonably requested by the Adviser regarding its management of the Designated Series required for any shareholder report, amended registration statement, or Prospectus supplement to be filed by the Fund with the SEC. |
| 9. | Fees for Services . The compensation of the Subadviser for its services under this Agreement shall be calculated and paid by the Adviser in accordance with the attached Schedule C. Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Fund and the Adviser, the Adviser is solely responsible for the payment of fees to the Subadviser. |
| 10. | Limitation of Liability . Except as otherwise stated in this Agreement, the Subadviser shall not be liable for any action taken, omitted or suffered to be taken by it in its best professional judgment, in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Agreement, or in accordance with specific directions or instructions from the Fund, provided, however, that such acts or omissions shall not have constituted a material breach of the investment objectives, policies and restrictions applicable to the Designated Series as defined in the Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information and that such acts or omissions shall not have resulted from the Subadvisers willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder. |
| 11. | Confidentiality . Subject to the duty of the Subadviser, the Adviser and the Fund to comply with applicable law, including any demand of any regulatory or taxing authority having jurisdiction, the parties hereto shall treat as confidential all information pertaining to the Designated Series and the actions of the Subadviser and the Fund in respect thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fund and the Adviser agree that the Subadviser may (i) disclose in marketing materials and similar communications that the Subadviser has been engaged to manage assets of the Designated Series pursuant to this Agreement, and (ii) include performance statistics regarding the Designated Series in composite performance statistics regarding one or more groups of Subadvisers clients published or included in any of the foregoing communications, provided that the Subadviser does not identify any performance statistics as relating specifically to the Designated Series. |
| 12. | Assignment . This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment, as that term is defined in Section 2(a)(4) of the Act. The Subadviser shall notify the Fund and the Adviser in writing sufficiently in advance of any proposed change of control, as defined in Section 2(a)(9) of the Act, as will enable the Fund to consider whether an assignment as defined in Section 2(a)(4) of the Act will occur, and to take the steps necessary to enter into a new contract with the Subadviser. |
| 13. | Representations, Warranties and Agreements of the Subadviser . The Subadviser represents, warrants and agrees that: |
| A. | It is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (Advisers Act). |
| B. |
It will maintain, keep current and preserve on behalf of the Fund, in the manner required or permitted by the Act and the Rules thereunder, the records identified in Schedule B (as Schedule B may be amended from time to time). The Subadviser agrees that such records are the property of the Fund, and shall be |
5
|
surrendered to the Fund or to the Adviser as agent of the Fund promptly upon request of either. The Fund acknowledges that Subadviser may retain copies of all records required to meet the record retention requirements imposed by law and regulation. |
| C. | It shall maintain a written code of ethics (the Code of Ethics) complying with the requirements of Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act and Rule 17j-1 under the Act and shall provide the Fund and the Adviser with a copy of the Code of Ethics and evidence of its adoption. It shall institute procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons (as defined in Rule 17j-1) from violating its Code of Ethics. The Subadviser acknowledges receipt of the written code of ethics adopted by and on behalf of the Fund. Each calendar quarter while this Agreement is in effect, a duly authorized compliance officer of the Subadviser shall certify to the Fund and to the Adviser that the Subadviser has complied with the requirements of Rules 204A-1 and 17j-1 during the previous calendar quarter and that there has been no material violation of its Code of Ethics, or of Rule 17j-1(b), or that any persons covered under its Code of Ethics has divulged or acted upon any material, non-public information, as such term is defined under relevant securities laws, or if such a violation of its Code of Ethics has occurred, that appropriate action was taken in response to such violation. Annually, the Subadviser shall furnish to the Fund and the Adviser a written report which complies with the requirements of Rule 17j-1 concerning the Subadvisers Code of Ethics. The Subadviser shall permit the Fund and the Adviser to examine the reports required to be made by the Subadviser under Rules 204A-1(b) and 17j-1(d)(1) and this subparagraph. |
| D. | It has adopted and implemented, and throughout the term of this Agreement shall maintain in effect and implement, policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent, detect and correct violations by the Subadviser and its supervised persons, and, to the extent the activities of the Subadviser in respect of the Fund could affect the Fund, by the Fund, of federal securities laws (as defined in Rule 38a-1 under the Act), and that the Subadviser has provided the Fund with true and complete copies of its policies and procedures (or summaries thereof) and related information reasonably requested by the Fund and/or the Adviser. The Subadviser agrees to cooperate with periodic reviews by the Funds and/or the Advisers compliance personnel of the Subadvisers policies and procedures, their operation and implementation and other compliance matters and to provide to the Fund and/or the Adviser from time to time such additional information and certifications in respect of the Subadvisers policies and procedures, compliance by the Subadviser with federal securities laws and related matters as the Funds and/or the Advisers compliance personnel may reasonably request. The Subadviser agrees to promptly notify the Adviser of any compliance violations which affect the Designated Series. |
| E. | The Subadviser will immediately notify the Fund and the Adviser of the occurrence of any event which would disqualify the Subadviser from serving as an investment adviser of an investment company pursuant to Section 9 of the Act or otherwise. The Subadviser will also immediately notify the Fund and the Adviser if it is served or otherwise receives notice of any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation, at law or in equity, before or by any court, public board or body, involving the affairs of the Designated Series. |
6
| 14. | No Personal Liability . Reference is hereby made to the Declaration of Trust establishing the Fund, a copy of which has been filed with the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and elsewhere as required by law, and to any and all amendments thereto so filed with the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and elsewhere as required by law, and to any and all amendments thereto so filed or hereafter filed. The name Virtus Variable Insurance Trust refers to the Trustees under said Declaration of Trust, as Trustees and not personally, and no Trustee, shareholder, officer, agent or employee of the Fund shall be held to any personal liability in connection with the affairs of the Fund; only the trust estate under said Declaration of Trust is liable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the Subadviser nor any of its officers, directors, partners, shareholders or employees shall, under any circumstances, have recourse or cause or willingly permit recourse to be had directly or indirectly to any personal, statutory, or other liability of any shareholder, Trustee, officer, agent or employee of the Fund or of any successor of the Fund, whether such liability now exists or is hereafter incurred for claims against the trust estate. |
| 15. | Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement, together with the Schedules attached hereto, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior written or oral agreements pertaining to the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement may be amended at any time, but only by written agreement among the Subadviser, the Adviser and the Fund, which amendment, other than amendments to Schedules A, B, D, E and F, is subject to the approval of the Trustees and the shareholders of the Fund as and to the extent required by the Act, subject to any applicable orders of exemption issued by the SEC. |
| 16. | Effective Date; Term . This Agreement shall become effective on the date set forth on the first page of this Agreement, and shall continue in effect until December 31, 2011. The Agreement shall continue from year to year thereafter only so long as its continuance has been specifically approved at least annually by the Trustees in accordance with Section 15(a) of the Act, and by the majority vote of the disinterested Trustees in accordance with the requirements of Section 15(c) thereof. |
| 17. | Termination . This Agreement may be terminated by any party, without penalty, immediately upon written notice to the other parties in the event of a material breach of any provision thereof by a party so notified, or otherwise upon thirty (30) days written notice to the other parties, but any such termination shall not affect the status, obligations or liabilities of any party hereto to the other parties. |
| 18. | Applicable Law . To the extent that state law is not preempted by the provisions of any law of the United States heretofore or hereafter enacted, as the same may be amended from time to time, this Agreement shall be administered, construed and enforced according to the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. |
| 19. | Severability . If any term or condition of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent or in any application, then the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby, and each and every term and condition of this Agreement shall be valid and enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law. |
7
| 20. | Notices . Any notice or other communication required to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed duly given if delivered personally or by overnight delivery service or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, or sent by facsimile addressed to the parties at their respective addresses set forth below, or at such other address as shall be designated by any party in a written notice to the other party. |
| (a) | To Virtus or the Fund at: |
Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc.
100 Pearl Street
Hartford, CT 06103
Attn: Kevin J. Carr
Telephone: (860) 263-4791
Facsimile: (860) 241-1028
Email: kevin.carr@virtus.com
| (b) | To Aberdeen Asset Management Inc. at: |
ABERDEEN ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.
1735 Market Street 32 nd Floor
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Attention: Bianca DeVeney, Head of Institutional Client Services - Americas
Telephone: (215) 405-5735
Facsimile: (215) 405-2385
Email: bianca.deveney@aberdeen-asset.com
| 21. | Certifications . The Subadviser hereby warrants and represents that it will provide the requisite certifications reasonably requested by the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of the Fund necessary for those named officers to fulfill their reporting and certification obligations on Form N-CSR and Form N-Q as required under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 to the extent that such reporting and certifications relate to the Subadvisers duties and responsibilities under this Agreement. Subadviser shall provide a quarterly certification in a form substantially similar to that attached as Schedule E. |
| 22. | Indemnification . The Adviser agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Subadviser and the Subadvisers directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages, and expenses whatsoever, including reasonable attorneys fees (collectively, Losses), arising out of or relating to (i) any breach by the Adviser of any provision of this Agreement; (ii) the negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith, or breach of fiduciary duty of the Adviser; (iii) any violation by the Adviser of any law or regulation relating to its activities under this Agreement; and (iv) any dispute between the Adviser and any Fund shareholder, except to the extent that such Losses result from the gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith of the Subadviser or the Subadvisers reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder. |
| 23. | Receipt of Disclosure Document . The Fund and the Adviser acknowledge receipt, at least 48 hours prior to entering into this Agreement, of a copy of Part II of the Subadvisers Form ADV containing certain information concerning the Subadviser and the nature of its business. |
8
| 24. | Counterparts; Fax Signatures . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including executed counterparts delivered and exchanged by facsimile transmission) with the same effect as if all signing parties had originally signed the same document, and all counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute the same instrument. For all purposes, signatures delivered and exchanged by facsimile transmission shall be binding and effective to the same extent as original signatures. |
[signature page follows]
9
| VIRTUS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST | ||
| By: | /s/ George R. Aylward | |
| Name: George R. Aylward | ||
| Title: President | ||
| VIRTUS INVESTMENT ADVISERS, INC. | ||
| By: | /s/ Francis G. Waltman | |
| Name: Francis G. Waltman | ||
| Title: Senior Vice President | ||
| ACCEPTED: | ||
| ABERDEEN ASSET MANAGEMENT INC. | ||
| By: | /s/ Jennifer A. Nichols | |
| Name: Jennifer A. Nichols | ||
| Title: Director / Vice President | ||
| SCHEDULES: | A. | Operational Procedures | ||
| B. | Record Keeping Requirements | |||
| C. | Fee Schedule | |||
| D. | Subadviser Functions | |||
| E. | Form of Sub-Certification | |||
| F. | Designated Series |
10
SCHEDULE A
OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES
In order to minimize operational problems, it will be necessary for a flow of information to be supplied by Subadviser to The Bank of New York Mellon (the Custodian) and PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc., (the Sub-Accounting Agent) for the Fund.
The Subadviser must furnish the Custodian and the Sub-Accounting Agent with daily information as to executed trades, or, if no trades are executed, with a report to that effect, no later than 5 p.m. (Eastern Time) on the day of the trade each day the Fund is open for business. (Subadviser will be responsible for reimbursement to the Fund for any loss caused by the Subadvisers failure to comply.) The necessary information can be sent via facsimile machine to the Custodian and the Sub-Accounting Agent. Information provided to the Custodian and the Sub-Accounting Agent shall include the following:
| 1. | Purchase or sale; |
| 2. | Security name; |
| 3. | CUSIP number, ISIN or Sedols (as applicable); |
| 4. | Number of shares and sales price per share or aggregate principal amount; |
| 5. | Executing broker; |
| 6. | Settlement agent; |
| 7. | Trade date; |
| 8. | Settlement date; |
| 9. | Aggregate commission or if a net trade; |
| 10. | Interest purchased or sold from interest bearing security; |
| 11. | Other fees; |
| 12. | Net proceeds of the transaction; |
| 13. | Exchange where trade was executed; |
| 14. | Identified tax lot (if applicable); and |
| 15. | Trade commission reason: best execution, soft dollar or research. |
When opening accounts with brokers for, and in the name of, the Fund, the account must be a cash account. No margin accounts are to be maintained in the name of the Fund. Delivery instructions are as specified by the Custodian. The Custodian will supply the Subadviser daily with a cash availability report via access to the Custodian website, or by email or by facsimile and the Sub-Accounting Agent will provide a five-day cash projection. This will normally be done by email or, if email is unavailable, by another form of immediate written communication, so that the Subadviser will know the amount available for investment purposes.
11
SCHEDULE B
RECORDS TO BE MAINTAINED BY THE SUBADVISER
| 1. | (Rule 31a-1(b)(5) and (6)) A record of each brokerage order, and all other series purchases and sales, given by the Subadviser on behalf of the Fund for, or in connection with, the purchase or sale of securities, whether executed or unexecuted. Such records shall include: |
| A. | The name of the broker; |
| B. | The terms and conditions of the order and of any modifications or cancellations thereof; |
| C. | The time of entry or cancellation; |
| D. | The price at which executed; |
| E. | The time of receipt of a report of execution; and |
| F. | The name of the person who placed the order on behalf of the Fund. |
| 2. | (Rule 31a-1(b)(9)) A record for each fiscal quarter, completed within ten (10) days after the end of the quarter, showing specifically the basis or bases upon which the allocation of orders for the purchase and sale of series securities to named brokers or dealers was effected, and the division of brokerage commissions or other compensation on such purchase and sale orders. Such record: |
| A. | Shall include the consideration given to: |
| (i) | The sale of shares of the Fund by brokers or dealers. |
| (ii) | The supplying of services or benefits by brokers or dealers to: |
| (a) | The Fund, |
| (b) | The Adviser, |
| (c) | The Subadviser, and |
| (d) | Any person other than the foregoing. |
| (iii) | Any other consideration other than the technical qualifications of the brokers and dealers as such. |
| B. | Shall show the nature of the services or benefits made available. |
| C. | Shall describe in detail the application of any general or specific formula or other determinant used in arriving at such allocation of purchase and sale orders and such division of brokerage commissions or other compensation. |
| D. | Shall show the name of the person responsible for making the determination of such allocation and such division of brokerage commissions or other compensation. |
12
| 3. | (Rule 31a-1(b)(10)) A record in the form of an appropriate memorandum identifying the person or persons, committees or groups authorizing the purchase or sale of series securities. Where a committee or group makes an authorization, a record shall be kept of the names of its members who participate in the authorization. There shall be retained as part of this record: any memorandum, recommendation or instruction supporting or authorizing the purchase or sale of series securities and such other information as is appropriate to support the authorization.* |
| 4. | (Rule 31a-1(f)) Such accounts, books and other documents as are required to be maintained by registered investment advisers by rule adopted under Section 204 of the Advisers Act, to the extent such records are necessary or appropriate to record the Subadvisers transactions for the Fund. |
| 5. | Records as necessary under Board-approved policies and procedures, including without limitation those related to valuation determinations. |
| * | Such information might include: current financial information, annual and quarterly reports, press releases, reports by analysts and from brokerage firms (including their recommendations, i.e., buy, sell, hold) or any internal reports or subadviser review. |
13
SCHEDULE C
SUBADVISORY FEE
(a) For services provided to the Fund, the Adviser will pay to the Subadviser a fee, payable in arrears, at the annual rate stated below. The fee shall be prorated for any month during which this Agreement is in effect for only a portion of the month. In computing the fee to be paid to the Subadviser, the net asset value of each Designated Series shall be valued as set forth in the then current registration statement of the Fund.
(b) The fee to be paid to the Subadviser is to be 0.25%.
14
SCHEDULE D
SUBADVISER FUNCTIONS
With respect to managing the investment and reinvestment of the Designated Series assets, the Subadviser shall provide, at its own expense:
| (a) | An investment program for the Designated Series consistent with its investment objectives based upon the development, review and adjustment of buy/sell strategies approved from time to time by the Board of Trustees and the Adviser in paragraph 3 of this Subadvisory Agreement; |
| (b) | Periodic reports, on at least a quarterly basis, in form and substance acceptable to the Adviser, with respect to: i) compliance with the Code of Ethics and the Funds code of ethics; ii) compliance with procedures adopted from time to time by the Trustees of the Fund relative to securities eligible for resale under Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; iii) diversification of Designated Series assets in accordance with the then prevailing Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information pertaining to the Designated Series and governing laws; iv) compliance with governing restrictions relating to the fair valuation of securities for which market quotations are not readily available or considered illiquid for the purposes of complying with the Designated Series limitation on acquisition of illiquid securities; v) any and all other reports reasonably requested in accordance with or described in this Agreement; and vi) the implementation of the Designated Series investment program, including, without limitation, analysis of Designated Series performance; |
| (c) | Promptly after filing with the SEC an amendment to its Form ADV, a copy of such amendment to the Adviser and the Trustees; |
| (d) | Attendance by appropriate representatives of the Subadviser at meetings requested by the Adviser or Trustees at such time(s) and location(s) as reasonably requested by the Adviser or Trustees; and |
| (e) | Notice to the Trustees and the Adviser of the occurrence of any event which would disqualify the Subadviser from serving as an investment adviser of an investment company pursuant to Section 9(a) of the 1940 Act or otherwise. |
| (f) | Provide reasonable assistance in the valuation of securities including the participation of appropriate representatives at fair valuation committee meetings. |
15
SCHEDULE E
FORM OF SUB-CERTIFICATION
To:
| Re: | Subadvisers Form N-CSR and Form N-Q Certification for the [Name of Designated Series]. |
| From: | [Name of Subadviser] |
| Representations in support of Investment Company Act Rule 30a-2 certifications of Form N-CSR and Form N-Q. |
| [Name of Designated Series]. |
| In connection with your certification responsibility under Rule 30a-2 and Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, I have reviewed the following information presented in the schedule of investments for the period ended [Date of Reporting Period] (the Report) which forms part of the N-CSR or N-Q, as applicable, for the Fund. |
Schedule of Investments
Our organization has designed, implemented and maintained internal controls and procedures, designed for the purpose of ensuring the accuracy and completeness of relevant portfolio trade data transmitted to those responsible for the preparation of the Schedule of Investments. As of the date of this certification there have been no material modifications to these internal controls and procedures.
In addition, our organization has:
| a. | Designed such internal controls and procedures to ensure that material information is made known to the appropriate groups responsible for servicing the above-mentioned mutual fund. |
| b. | Evaluated the effectiveness of our internal controls and procedures, as of a date within 90 days prior to the date of this certification and we have concluded that such controls and procedures are effective. |
| c. | In addition, to the best of my knowledge there has been no fraud, whether or not material, that involves our organizations management or other employees who have a significant role in our organizations control and procedures as they relate to our duties as subadviser to the Designated Series. |
I have read the draft of the Report which I understand to be current as of [Date of Reporting Period] and based on my knowledge, such draft of the Report does not, with respect to the Designated Series, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the information contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which such information is presented, not misleading with respect to the period covered by such draft Report.
16
I have disclosed, based on my most recent evaluation, to the Designated Series Chief Accounting Officer:
| a. | All significant changes, deficiencies and material weakness, if any, in the design or operation of the Subadvisers internal controls and procedures which could adversely affect the Registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data with respect to the Designated Series in a timely fashion; |
| b. | Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves the Subadvisers management or other employees who have a significant role in the Subadvisers internal controls and procedures for financial reporting. |
I certify that to the best of my knowledge:
| a. | The Subadvisers Portfolio Manager(s) has/have complied with the restrictions and reporting requirements of the Code of Ethics (the Code). The term Portfolio Manager is as defined in the Code. |
| b. | The Subadviser has complied with the Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information of the Designated Series and the Policies and Procedures of the Designated Series as adopted by the Designated Series Board of Trustees. |
| c. | I have no knowledge of any compliance violations except as disclosed in writing to the Virtus Compliance Department by me or by the Subadvisers compliance administrator. |
| d. | The Subadviser has complied with the rules and regulations of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940,as amended, and such other regulations as may apply to the extent those rules and regulations pertain to the responsibilities of the Subadviser with respect to the Designated Series as outlined above. |
This certification relates solely to the Designated Series named above and may not be relied upon by any other fund or entity.
The Subadviser does not maintain the official books and records of the above Designated Series. The Subadvisers records are based on its own portfolio management system, a record-keeping system that is not intended to serve as the Designated Series official accounting system. The Subadviser is not responsible for the preparation of the Report.
| [Name of Subadviser] | Date | |||
| [Name of Authorized Signer] | ||||
| [Title of Authorized Signer] | ||||
17
SCHEDULE F
DESIGNATED SERIES
Virtus International Series
18
VIRTUS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
Virtus Real Estate Securities Series
SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT
November 5, 2010
Duff & Phelps Investment Management Co.
200 South Wacker Drive
Suite 500
Chicago, IL 60606
RE: Subadvisory Agreement
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Virtus Variable Insurance Trust (formerly The Phoenix Edge Series Fund) (the Fund) is an open-end investment company of the series type registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the Act), and is subject to the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The shares of the Fund are offered or may be offered in several series (collectively, sometimes hereafter referred to as the Series).
Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc. (the Adviser) evaluates and recommends series advisers for the Series and is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Series.
| 1. | Employment as a Subadviser . The Adviser, being duly authorized, hereby employs Duff & Phelps Investment Management Co. (the Subadviser) as a discretionary series adviser to invest and reinvest that discrete portion of the assets of the Series designated by the Adviser as set forth on Schedule F attached hereto (the Designated Series) on the terms and conditions set forth herein. The services of the Subadviser hereunder are not to be deemed exclusive; the Subadviser may render services to others and engage in other activities that do not conflict in any material manner with the Subadvisers performance hereunder. |
| 2. | Acceptance of Employment; Standard of Performance . The Subadviser accepts its employment as a discretionary series adviser of the Designated Series and agrees to use its best professional judgment to make investment decisions for the Designated Series in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and as set forth in Schedule D attached hereto and made a part hereof. |
| 3. |
Services of Subadviser . In providing management services to the Designated Series, the Subadviser shall be subject to the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Fund as they apply to the Designated Series and as set forth in the Funds then current prospectus (Prospectus) and statement of additional information (Statement of Additional Information) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the |
1
|
SEC) as part of the Funds Registration Statement, as may be periodically amended and provided to the Subadviser by the Adviser, and to the investment restrictions set forth in the Act and the Rules thereunder, to the supervision and control of the Trustees of the Fund (the Trustees), and to instructions from the Adviser. The Subadviser shall not, without the Funds prior written approval, effect any transactions that would cause the Designated Series at the time of the transaction to be out of compliance with any of such restrictions or policies. |
| 4. | Transaction Procedures . All series transactions for the Designated Series shall be consummated by payment to, or delivery by, the Custodian(s) from time to time designated by the Fund (the Custodian), or such depositories or agents as may be designated by the Custodian in writing, of all cash and/or securities due to or from the Series. The Subadviser shall not have possession or custody of such cash and/or securities or any responsibility or liability with respect to such custody. The Subadviser shall advise the Custodian and confirm in writing to the Fund all investment orders for the Designated Series placed by it with brokers and dealers at the time and in the manner set forth in Schedule A hereto (as amended from time to time). The Fund shall issue to the Custodian such instructions as may be appropriate in connection with the settlement of any transaction initiated by the Subadviser. The Fund shall be responsible for all custodial arrangements and the payment of all custodial charges and fees, and, upon giving proper instructions to the Custodian, the Subadviser shall have no responsibility or liability with respect to custodial arrangements or the act, omissions or other conduct of the Custodian. |
| 5. | Allocation of Brokerage . The Subadviser shall have authority and discretion to select brokers and dealers to execute Designated Series transactions initiated by the Subadviser, and to select the markets on or in which the transactions will be executed. |
| A. | In placing orders for the sale and purchase of Designated Series securities for the Fund, the Subadvisers primary responsibility shall be to seek the best execution of orders at the most favorable prices. However, this responsibility shall not obligate the Subadviser to solicit competitive bids for each transaction or to seek the lowest available commission cost to the Fund, so long as the Subadviser reasonably believes that the broker or dealer selected by it can be expected to obtain a best execution market price on the particular transaction and determines in good faith that the commission cost is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services (as defined in Section 28(e)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) provided by such broker or dealer to the Subadviser, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or of the Subadvisers overall responsibilities with respect to its clients, including the Fund, as to which the Subadviser exercises investment discretion, notwithstanding that the Fund may not be the direct or exclusive beneficiary of any such services or that another broker may be willing to charge the Fund a lower commission on the particular transaction. |
2
| B. | The Subadviser may manage other portfolios and expects that the Fund and other portfolios the Subadviser manages will, from time to time, purchase or sell the same securities. The Subadviser may aggregate orders for the purchase or sale of securities on behalf of the Designated Series with orders on behalf of other portfolios the Subadviser manages. Securities purchased or proceeds of securities sold through aggregated orders, as well as expenses incurred in the transaction, shall be allocated to the account of each portfolio managed by the Subadviser that bought or sold such securities in a manner considered by the Subadviser to be equitable and consistent with the Subadvisers fiduciary obligations in respect of the Designated Series and to such other accounts. |
| C. | The Subadviser shall not execute any Series transactions for the Designated Series with a broker or dealer that is (i) an affiliated person (as defined in the Act) of the Fund, the Subadviser, any subadviser to any other Series of the Fund, or the Adviser; (ii) a principal underwriter of the Funds shares; or (iii) an affiliated person of such an affiliated person or principal underwriter; in each case, unless such transactions are permitted by applicable law or regulation and carried out in compliance with any applicable policies and procedures of the Fund. The Fund shall provide the Subadviser with a list of brokers and dealers that are affiliated persons of the Fund or the Adviser, and applicable policies and procedures. |
| D. | Consistent with its fiduciary obligations to the Fund in respect of the Designated Series and the requirements of best price and execution, the Subadviser may, under certain circumstances, arrange to have purchase and sale transactions effected directly between the Designated Series and another account managed by the Subadviser (cross transactions), provided that such transactions are carried out in accordance with applicable law or regulation and any applicable policies and procedures of the Fund. The Fund shall provide the Subadviser with applicable policies and procedures. |
| 6. | Proxies . |
| A. | Unless the Adviser or the Fund gives the Subadviser written instructions to the contrary, the Subadviser, or a third party designee acting under the authority and supervision of the Subadviser, shall review all proxy solicitation materials and be responsible for voting and handling all proxies in relation to the assets of the Designated Series. Unless the Adviser or the Fund gives the Subadviser written instructions to the contrary, the Subadviser will, in compliance with the proxy voting procedures of the Designated Series then in effect, vote or abstain from voting, all proxies solicited by or with respect to the issuers of securities in which assets of the Designated Series may be invested. The Adviser shall cause the Custodian to forward promptly to the Subadviser all proxies upon receipt, so as to afford the Subadviser a reasonable amount of time in which to determine how to vote such proxies. The Subadviser agrees to provide the Adviser in a timely manner with a record of votes cast containing all of the voting information required by Form N-PX in an electronic format to enable the Fund to file Form N-PX as required by Rule 30b1-4 under the Act. |
3
| B. | The Subadviser is authorized to deal with reorganizations, exchange offers and other voluntary corporate actions with respect to securities held in the Series in such manner as the Subadviser deems advisable, unless the Fund or the Adviser otherwise specifically directs in writing. With the Advisers approval, the Subadviser shall also have the authority to: (i) identify, evaluate and pursue legal claims, including commencing or defending suits, affecting the securities held at any time in the Series, including claims in bankruptcy, class action securities litigation and other litigation; (ii) participate in such litigation or related proceedings with respect to such securities as the Subadviser deems appropriate to preserve or enhance the value of the Series, including filing proofs of claim and related documents and serving as lead plaintiff in class action lawsuits; (iii) exercise generally any of the powers of an owner with respect to the supervision and management of such rights or claims, including the settlement, compromise or submission to arbitration of any claims, the exercise of which the Subadviser deems to be in the best interest of the Series or required by applicable law, including ERISA, and (iv) employ suitable agents, including legal counsel, and to pay their reasonable fees, expenses and related costs from the Series. |
| 7. | Prohibited Conduct . In providing the services described in this Agreement, the Subadvisers responsibility regarding investment advice hereunder is limited to the Designated Series, and the Subadviser will not consult with any other investment advisory firm that provides investment advisory services to the Fund or any other investment company sponsored by Virtus Investment Partners, Inc. regarding transactions for the Fund in securities or other assets. The Fund shall provide the Subadviser with a list of investment companies sponsored by Virtus Investment Partners, Inc. and the Subadviser shall be in breach of the foregoing provision only if the investment company is included in such a list provided to the Subadviser prior to such prohibited action. In addition, the Subadviser shall not, without the prior written consent of the Fund and the Adviser, delegate any obligation assumed pursuant to this Agreement to any affiliated or unaffiliated third party. |
| 8. | Information and Reports . |
| A. |
The Subadviser shall keep the Fund and the Adviser informed of developments relating to its duties as Subadviser of which the Subadviser has, or should have, knowledge that would materially affect the Designated Series. In this regard, the Subadviser shall provide the Fund, the Adviser and their respective officers with such periodic reports concerning the obligations the Subadviser has assumed under this Agreement as the Fund and the Adviser may from time to time reasonably request. In addition, prior to each meeting of the Trustees, the Subadviser shall provide the Adviser and the Trustees with reports regarding the Subadvisers management of the Designated Series during the most recently completed quarter, which reports: (i) shall include Subadvisers representation |
4
|
that its performance of its investment management duties hereunder is in compliance with the Funds investment objectives and practices, the Act and applicable rules and regulations under the Act, and the diversification and minimum good income requirements of Subchapter M under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and (ii) otherwise shall be in such form as may be mutually agreed upon by the Subadviser and the Adviser. |
| B. | Each of the Adviser and the Subadviser shall provide the other party with a list, to the best of the Advisers or the Subadvisers respective knowledge, of each affiliated person (and any affiliated person of such an affiliated person) of the Adviser or the Subadviser, as the case may be, and each of the Adviser and Subadviser agrees promptly to update such list whenever the Adviser or the Subadviser becomes aware of any changes that should be added to or deleted from the list of affiliated persons. |
| C. | The Subadviser shall also provide the Adviser with any information reasonably requested by the Adviser regarding its management of the Designated Series required for any shareholder report, amended registration statement, or Prospectus supplement to be filed by the Fund with the SEC. |
| 9. | Fees for Services . The compensation of the Subadviser for its services under this Agreement shall be calculated and paid by the Adviser in accordance with the attached Schedule C. Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Fund and the Adviser, the Adviser is solely responsible for the payment of fees to the Subadviser. |
| 10. | Limitation of Liability . Except as otherwise stated in this Agreement, the Subadviser shall not be liable for any action taken, omitted or suffered to be taken by it in its best professional judgment, in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Agreement, or in accordance with specific directions or instructions from the Fund, provided, however, that such acts or omissions shall not have constituted a material breach of the investment objectives, policies and restrictions applicable to the Designated Series as defined in the Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information and that such acts or omissions shall not have resulted from the Subadvisers willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder. |
| 11. | Confidentiality . Subject to the duty of the Subadviser and the Fund to comply with applicable law, including any demand of any regulatory or taxing authority having jurisdiction, the parties hereto shall treat as confidential all information pertaining to the Designated Series and the actions of the Subadviser and the Fund in respect thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fund and the Adviser agree that the Subadviser may (i) disclose in marketing materials and similar communications that the Subadviser has been engaged to manage assets of the Designated Series pursuant to this Agreement, and (ii) include performance statistics regarding the Series in composite performance statistics regarding one or more groups of Subadvisers clients published or included in any of the foregoing communications, provided that the Subadviser does not identify any performance statistics as relating specifically to the Series. |
5
| 12. | Assignment . This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment, as that term is defined in Section 2(a)(4) of the Act. The Subadviser shall notify the Fund and the Adviser in writing sufficiently in advance of any proposed change of control, as defined in Section 2(a)(9) of the Act, as will enable the Fund to consider whether an assignment as defined in Section 2(a)(4) of the Act will occur, and to take the steps necessary to enter into a new contract with the Subadviser. |
| 13. | Representations, Warranties and Agreements of the Subadviser . The Subadviser represents, warrants and agrees that: |
| A. | It is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (Advisers Act). |
| B. | It will maintain, keep current and preserve on behalf of the Fund, in the manner required or permitted by the Act and the Rules thereunder including the records identified in Schedule B (as Schedule B may be amended from time to time). The Subadviser agrees that such records are the property of the Fund, and shall be surrendered to the Fund or to the Adviser as agent of the Fund promptly upon request of either. The Fund acknowledges that Subadviser may retain copies of all records required to meet the record retention requirements imposed by law and regulation. |
| C. | It shall maintain a written code of ethics (the Code of Ethics) complying with the requirements of Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act and Rule 17j-l under the Act and shall provide the Fund and the Adviser with a copy of the Code of Ethics and evidence of its adoption. It shall institute procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons (as defined in Rule 17j-1) from violating its Code of Ethics. The Subadviser acknowledges receipt of the written code of ethics adopted by and on behalf of the Fund. Each calendar quarter while this Agreement is in effect, a duly authorized compliance officer of the Subadviser shall certify to the Fund and to the Adviser that the Subadviser has complied with the requirements of Rules 204A-1 and 17j-l during the previous calendar quarter and that there has been no material violation of its Code of Ethics, or of Rule 17j-1(b), or that any persons covered under its Code of Ethics has divulged or acted upon any material, non-public information, as such term is defined under relevant securities laws, and if such a violation has occurred or the code of ethics of the Fund, or if such a violation of its Code of Ethics has occurred, that appropriate action was taken in response to such violation. Annually, the Subadviser shall furnish to the Fund and the Adviser a written report which complies with the requirements of Rule 17j-1 concerning the Subadvisers Code of Ethics. The Subadviser shall permit the Fund and the Adviser to examine the reports required to be made by the Subadviser under Rules 204A-1(b) and 17j-l(d)(1) and this subparagraph. |
6
| D. | It has adopted and implemented, and throughout the term of this Agreement shall maintain in effect and implement, policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent, detect and correct violations by the Subadviser and its supervised persons, and, to the extent the activities of the Subadviser in respect of the Fund could affect the Fund, by the Fund, of federal securities laws (as defined in Rule 38a-1 under the Act), and that the Subadviser has provided the Fund with true and complete copies of its policies and procedures (or summaries thereof) and related information reasonably requested by the Fund and/or the Adviser. The Subadviser agrees to cooperate with periodic reviews by the Funds and/or the Advisers compliance personnel of the Subadvisers policies and procedures, their operation and implementation and other compliance matters and to provide to the Fund and/or the Adviser from time to time such additional information and certifications in respect of the Subadvisers policies and procedures, compliance by the Subadviser with federal securities laws and related matters as the Funds and/or the Advisers compliance personnel may reasonably request. The Subadviser agrees to promptly notify the Adviser of any compliance violations which affect the Designated Series. |
| E. | The Subadviser will immediately notify the Fund and the Adviser of the occurrence of any event which would disqualify the Subadviser from serving as an investment adviser of an investment company pursuant to Section 9 of the Act or otherwise. The Subadviser will also immediately notify the Fund and the Adviser if it is served or otherwise receives notice of any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation, at law or in equity, before or by any court, public board or body, involving the affairs of the Designated Series. |
| 14. | No Personal Liability . Reference is hereby made to the Declaration of Trust establishing the Fund, a copy of which has been filed with the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and elsewhere as required by law, and to any and all amendments thereto so filed with the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and elsewhere as required by law, and to any and all amendments thereto so filed or hereafter filed. The name Virtus Variable Insurance Trust refers to the Trustees under said Declaration of Trust, as Trustees and not personally, and no Trustee, shareholder, officer, agent or employee of the Fund shall be held to any personal liability in connection with the affairs of the Fund; only the trust estate under said Declaration of Trust is liable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the Subadviser nor any of its officers, directors, partners, shareholders or employees shall, under any circumstances, have recourse or cause or willingly permit recourse to be had directly or indirectly to any personal, statutory, or other liability of any shareholder, Trustee, officer, agent or employee of the Fund or of any successor of the Fund, whether such liability now exists or is hereafter incurred for claims against the trust estate. |
| 15. |
Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement, together with the Schedules attached hereto, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior written or oral agreements pertaining to the subject |
7
|
matter of this Agreement. This Agreement may be amended at any time, but only by written agreement among the Subadviser, the Adviser and the Fund, which amendment, other than amendments to Schedules A, B, D, E and F, is subject to the approval of the Trustees and the shareholders of the Fund as and to the extent required by the Act, subject to any applicable orders of exemption issued by the SEC. |
| 16. | Effective Date; Term . This Agreement shall become effective on the date set forth on the first page of this Agreement, and shall continue in effect until December 31, 2011. The Agreement shall continue from year to year thereafter only so long as its continuance has been specifically approved at least annually by the Trustees in accordance with Section 15(a) of the Act, and by the majority vote of the disinterested Trustees in accordance with the requirements of Section 15(c) thereof. |
| 17. | Termination . This Agreement may be terminated by any party, without penalty, immediately upon written notice to the other parties in the event of a material breach of any provision thereof by a party so notified, or otherwise upon thirty (30) days written notice to the other parties, but any such termination shall not affect the status, obligations or liabilities of any party hereto to the other parties. |
| 18. | Applicable Law . To the extent that state law is not preempted by the provisions of any law of the United States heretofore or hereafter enacted, as the same may be amended from time to time, this Agreement shall be administered, construed and enforced according to the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. |
| 19. | Severability . If any term or condition of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent or in any application, then the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby, and each and every term and condition of this Agreement shall be valid and enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law. |
| 20. | Notices . Any notice or other communication required to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed duly given if delivered personally or by overnight delivery service or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, or sent by facsimile addressed to the parties at their respective addresses set forth below, or at such other address as shall be designated by any party in a written notice to the other party. |
| (a) | To Virtus or the Fund at: |
Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc.
100 Pearl Street
Hartford, CT 06103
Attn: Kevin J. Carr
Telephone: (860) 263-4791
Facsimile: (860) 241-1028
Email: kevin.carr@virtus.com
8
| (b) | To the Subadviser at: |
Duff & Phelps Investment Management Co.
200 South Wacker Drive
Suite 500
Chicago, IL 60606
Attn: Joyce Riegel, Chief Compliance Officer
Telephone: (312) 630-4641
Facsimile: (312) 630-2460
Email: joyce.riegel@dpimc.com
| 21. | Certifications . The Subadviser hereby warrants and represents that it will provide the requisite certifications reasonably requested by the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of the Fund necessary for those named officers to fulfill their reporting and certification obligations on Form N-CSR and Form N-Q as required under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 to the extent that such reporting and certifications relate to the Subadvisers duties and responsibilities under this Agreement. Subadviser shall provide a quarterly certification in a form substantially similar to that attached as Schedule E. |
| 22. | Indemnification . The Adviser agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Subadviser and the Subadvisers directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages, and expenses whatsoever, including reasonable attorneys fees (collectively, Losses), arising out of or relating to (i) any breach by the Adviser of any provision of this Agreement; (ii) the negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith, or breach of fiduciary duty of the Adviser; (iii) any violation by the Adviser of any law or regulation relating to its activities under this Agreement; and (iv) any dispute between the Adviser and any Fund shareholder, except to the extent that such Losses result from the gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith of the Subadviser or the Subadvisers reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder. |
| 23. | Receipt of Disclosure Document . The Fund and the Adviser acknowledge receipt, at least 48 hours prior to entering into this Agreement, of a copy of Part II of the Subadvisers Form ADV containing certain information concerning the Subadviser and the nature of its business. |
| 24. | Counterparts; Fax Signatures . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including executed counterparts delivered and exchanged by facsimile transmission) with the same effect as if all signing parties had originally signed the same document, and all counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute the same instrument. For all purposes, signatures delivered and exchanged by facsimile transmission shall be binding and effective to the same extent as original signatures. |
[signature page follows]
9
| VIRTUS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST | ||
| By: |
/s/ George R. Aylward |
|
| Name: George R. Aylward | ||
| Title: President | ||
| VIRTUS INVESTMENT ADVISERS, INC. | ||
| By: |
/s/ Francis G. Waltman |
|
| Name: Francis G. Waltman | ||
| Title: Senior Vice President | ||
ACCEPTED:
Duff & Phelps Investment Management Co.
| By: |
/s/ Nathan Partain |
|
| Name: Nathan Partain | ||
| Title: President and Chief Investment Officer |
|
SCHEDULES: |
A. | Operational Procedures | ||||
| B. | Record Keeping Requirements | |||||
| C. | Fee Schedule | |||||
| D. | Subadviser Functions | |||||
| E. | Form of Sub-Certification | |||||
| F. | Designated Series |
10
SCHEDULE A
OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES
In order to minimize operational problems, it will be necessary for a flow of information to be supplied by Subadviser to The Bank of New York Mellon (the Custodian) and PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc., (the Sub-Accounting Agent) for the Fund.
The Subadviser must furnish the Custodian and the Sub-Accounting Agent with daily information as to executed trades, or, if no trades are executed, with a report to that effect, no later than 5 p.m. (Eastern Time) on the day of the trade each day the Fund is open for business. (Subadviser will be responsible for reimbursement to the Fund for any loss caused by the Subadvisers failure to comply.) The necessary information can be sent via facsimile machine to the Custodian and the Sub-Accounting Agent. Information provided to the Custodian and the Sub-Accounting Agent shall include the following:
| 1. | Purchase or sale; |
| 2. | Security name; |
| 3. | CUSIP number, ISIN or Sedols (as applicable); |
| 4. | Number of shares and sales price per share or aggregate principal amount; |
| 5. | Executing broker; |
| 6. | Settlement agent; |
| 7. | Trade date; |
| 8. | Settlement date; |
| 9. | Aggregate commission or if a net trade; |
| 10. | Interest purchased or sold from interest bearing security; |
| 11. | Other fees; |
| 12. | Net proceeds of the transaction; |
| 13. | Exchange where trade was executed; |
| 14. | Identified tax lot (if applicable); and |
| 15. | Trade commission reason: best execution, soft dollar or research. |
When opening accounts with brokers for, and in the name of, the Fund, the account must be a cash account. No margin accounts are to be maintained in the name of the Fund. Delivery instructions are as specified by the Custodian. The Custodian will supply the Subadviser daily with a cash availability report via access to the Custodian website, or by email or by facsimile and the Sub-Accounting Agent will provide a five-day cash projection. This will normally be done by email or, if email is unavailable, by another form of immediate written communication, so that the Subadviser will know the amount available for investment purposes.
11
SCHEDULE B
RECORDS TO BE MAINTAINED BY THE SUBADVISER
| 1. | (Rule 31a-1(b)(5) and (6)) A record of each brokerage order, and all other series purchases and sales, given by the Subadviser on behalf of the Fund for, or in connection with, the purchase or sale of securities, whether executed or unexecuted. Such records shall include: |
| A. | The name of the broker; |
| B. | The terms and conditions of the order and of any modifications or cancellations thereof; |
| C. | The time of entry or cancellation; |
| D. | The price at which executed; |
| E. | The time of receipt of a report of execution; and |
| F. | The name of the person who placed the order on behalf of the Fund. |
| 2. | (Rule 31a-1(b)(9)) A record for each fiscal quarter, completed within ten (10) days after the end of the quarter, showing specifically the basis or bases upon which the allocation of orders for the purchase and sale of series securities to named brokers or dealers was effected, and the division of brokerage commissions or other compensation on such purchase and sale orders. Such record: |
| A. | Shall include the consideration given to: |
| (i) | The sale of shares of the Fund by brokers or dealers. |
| (ii) | The supplying of services or benefits by brokers or dealers to: |
| (a) | The Fund, |
| (b) | The Adviser, |
| (c) | The Subadviser, and |
| (d) | Any person other than the foregoing. |
| (iii) | Any other consideration other than the technical qualifications of the brokers and dealers as such. |
| B. | Shall show the nature of the services or benefits made available. |
| C. | Shall describe in detail the application of any general or specific formula or other determinant used in arriving at such allocation of purchase and sale orders and such division of brokerage commissions or other compensation. |
| D. | Shall show the name of the person responsible for making the determination of such allocation and such division of brokerage commissions or other compensation. |
| 3. | (Rule 31a-1(b)(10)) A record in the form of an appropriate memorandum identifying the person or persons, committees or groups authorizing the purchase or sale of series securities. Where a committee or group makes an authorization, a record shall be kept of the names of its members who participate in the authorization. There shall be retained as part of this record: any memorandum, recommendation or instruction supporting or authorizing the purchase or sale of series securities and such other information as is appropriate to support the authorization.* |
| * | Such information might include: current financial information, annual and quarterly reports, press releases, reports by analysts and from brokerage firms (including their recommendations, i.e., buy, sell, hold) or any internal reports or subadviser review. |
12
| 4. | (Rule 31a-1(f)) Such accounts, books and other documents as are required to be maintained by registered investment advisers by rule adopted under Section 204 of the Advisers Act, to the extent such records are necessary or appropriate to record the Subadvisers transactions for the Fund. |
| 5. | Records as necessary under Board-approved policies and procedures, including without limitation those related to valuation determinations. |
13
SCHEDULE C
SUBADVISORY FEE
(a) For services provided to the Fund, the Adviser will pay to the Subadviser a fee, payable in arrears, at the annual rate stated below. The fee shall be prorated for any month during which this Agreement is in effect for only a portion of the month. In computing the fee to be paid to the Subadviser, the net asset value of each Designated Series shall be valued as set forth in the then current registration statement of the Fund.
(b) The fee to be paid to the Subadviser is to be 50% of the gross management fee as calculated based on the average daily net assets.
14
SCHEDULE D
SUBADVISER FUNCTIONS
With respect to managing the investment and reinvestment of the Designated Series assets, the Subadviser shall provide, at its own expense:
| (a) | An investment program for the Designated Series consistent with its investment objectives based upon the development, review and adjustment of buy/sell strategies approved from time to time by the Board of Trustees and the Adviser in paragraph 3 of this Subadvisory Agreement; |
| (b) | Periodic reports, on at least a quarterly basis, in form and substance acceptable to the Adviser, with respect to: i) compliance with the Code of Ethics and the Funds code of ethics; ii) compliance with procedures adopted from time to time by the Trustees of the Fund relative to securities eligible for resale under Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; iii) diversification of Designated Series assets in accordance with the then prevailing Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information pertaining to the Designated Series and governing laws; iv) compliance with governing restrictions relating to the fair valuation of securities for which market quotations are not readily available or considered illiquid for the purposes of complying with the Designated Series limitation on acquisition of illiquid securities; v) any and all other reports reasonably requested in accordance with or described in this Agreement; and vi) the implementation of the Designated Series investment program, including, without limitation, analysis of Designated Series performance; |
| (c) | Promptly after filing with the SEC an amendment to its Form ADV, a copy of such amendment to the Adviser and the Trustees; |
| (d) | Attendance by appropriate representatives of the Subadviser at meetings requested by the Adviser or Trustees at such time(s) and location(s) as reasonably requested by the Adviser or Trustees; and |
| (e) | Notice to the Trustees and the Adviser of the occurrence of any event which would disqualify the Subadviser from serving as an investment adviser of an investment company pursuant to Section 9(a) of the 1940 Act or otherwise. |
| (f) | Provide reasonable assistance in the valuation of securities including the participation of appropriate representatives at fair valuation committee meetings. |
15
SCHEDULE E
FORM OF SUB-CERTIFICATION
|
To: |
||
|
Re: |
Subadvisers Form N-CSR and Form N-Q Certification for the [Name of Designated Series]. | |
|
From: |
[Name of Subadviser] | |
| Representations in support of Investment Company Act Rule 30a-2 certifications of Form N-CSR and Form N-Q. | ||
| [Name of Designated Series]. | ||
| In connection with your certification responsibility under Rule 30a-2 and Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, I have reviewed the following information presented in the schedule of investments for the period ended [Date of Reporting Period] (the Report) which forms part of the N-CSR or N-Q, as applicable, for the Fund. | ||
Schedule of Investments
Our organization has designed, implemented and maintained internal controls and procedures, designed for the purpose of ensuring the accuracy and completeness of relevant portfolio trade data transmitted to those responsible for the preparation of the Schedule of Investments. As of the date of this certification there have been no material modifications to these internal controls and procedures.
In addition, our organization has:
| a. | Designed such internal controls and procedures to ensure that material information is made known to the appropriate groups responsible for servicing the above-mentioned mutual fund. |
| b. | Evaluated the effectiveness of our internal controls and procedures, as of a date within 90 days prior to the date of this certification and we have concluded that such controls and procedures are effective. |
| c. | In addition, to the best of my knowledge there has been no fraud, whether or not material, that involves our organizations management or other employees who have a significant role in our organizations control and procedures as they relate to our duties as subadviser to the Designated Series. |
I have read the draft of the Report which I understand to be current as of [Date of Reporting Period] and based on my knowledge, such draft of the Report does not, with respect to the Designated Series, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the information contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which such information is presented, not misleading with respect to the period covered by such draft Report.
16
I have disclosed, based on my most recent evaluation, to the Designated Series Chief Accounting Officer:
| a. | All significant changes, deficiencies and material weakness, if any, in the design or operation of the Subadvisers internal controls and procedures which could adversely affect the Registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data with respect to the Designated Series in a timely fashion; |
| b. | Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves the Subadvisers management or other employees who have a significant role in the Subadvisers internal controls and procedures for financial reporting. |
I certify that to the best of my knowledge:
| a. | The Subadvisers Portfolio Manager(s) has/have complied with the restrictions and reporting requirements of the Code of Ethics (the Code). The term Portfolio Manager is as defined in the Code. |
| b. | The Subadviser has complied with the Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information of the Designated Series and the Policies and Procedures of the Designated Series as adopted by the Designated Series Board of Trustees. |
| c. | I have no knowledge of any compliance violations except as disclosed in writing to the Virtus Compliance Department by me or by the Subadvisers compliance administrator. |
| d. | The Subadviser has complied with the rules and regulations of the 33 Act and 40 Act, and such other regulations as may apply to the extent those rules and regulations pertain to the responsibilities of the Subadviser with respect to the Designated Series as outlined above. |
This certification relates solely to the Designated Series named above and may not be relied upon by any other fund or entity.
The Subadviser does not maintain the official books and records of the above Designated Series. The Subadvisers records are based on its own portfolio management system, a record-keeping system that is not intended to serve as the Designated Series official accounting system. The Subadviser is not responsible for the preparation of the Report.
|
|
|
|||
| [Name of Subadviser] | Date | |||
| [Name of Authorized Signer] | ||||
| [Title of Authorized Signer] |
17
SCHEDULE F
DESIGNATED SERIES
Virtus Real Estate Securities Series
18
VIRTUS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
Virtus Small-Cap Growth Series
Virtus Small-Cap Value Series
SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT
November 5, 2010
Kayne Anderson Rudnick Investment Management, LLC
1800 Avenue of the Stars, 2 nd Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90067
RE: Subadvisory Agreement
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Virtus Variable Insurance Trust (formerly The Phoenix Edge Series Fund) (the Fund) is an open-end investment company of the series type registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the Act), and is subject to the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The shares of the Fund are offered or may be offered in several series (collectively, sometimes hereafter referred to as the Series).
Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc. (the Adviser) evaluates and recommends series advisers for the Series and is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Series.
| 1. | Employment as a Subadviser . The Adviser, being duly authorized, hereby employs Kayne Anderson Rudnick Investment Management, LLC (the Subadviser) as a discretionary series adviser to invest and reinvest that discrete portion of the assets of the Series designated by the Adviser as set forth on Schedule F attached hereto (the Designated Series) on the terms and conditions set forth herein. The services of the Subadviser hereunder are not to be deemed exclusive; the Subadviser may render services to others and engage in other activities that do not conflict in any material manner with the Subadvisers performance hereunder. |
| 2. | Acceptance of Employment; Standard of Performance . The Subadviser accepts its employment as a discretionary series adviser of the Designated Series and agrees to use its best professional judgment to make investment decisions for the Designated Series in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and as set forth in Schedule D attached hereto and made a part hereof. |
| 3. |
Services of Subadviser . In providing management services to the Designated Series, the Subadviser shall be subject to the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Fund as they apply to the Designated Series and as set forth in the Funds then current prospectus (Prospectus) and statement of additional information (Statement of Additional Information) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the |
1
|
SEC) as part of the Funds Registration Statement, as may be periodically amended and provided to the Subadviser by the Adviser, and to the investment restrictions set forth in the Act and the Rules thereunder, to the supervision and control of the Trustees of the Fund (the Trustees), and to instructions from the Adviser. The Subadviser shall not, without the Funds prior written approval, effect any transactions that would cause the Designated Series at the time of the transaction to be out of compliance with any of such restrictions or policies. |
| 4. | Transaction Procedures . All series transactions for the Designated Series shall be consummated by payment to, or delivery by, the Custodian(s) from time to time designated by the Fund (the Custodian), or such depositories or agents as may be designated by the Custodian in writing, of all cash and/or securities due to or from the Series. The Subadviser shall not have possession or custody of such cash and/or securities or any responsibility or liability with respect to such custody. The Subadviser shall advise the Custodian and confirm in writing to the Fund all investment orders for the Designated Series placed by it with brokers and dealers at the time and in the manner set forth in Schedule A hereto (as amended from time to time). The Fund shall issue to the Custodian such instructions as may be appropriate in connection with the settlement of any transaction initiated by the Subadviser. The Fund shall be responsible for all custodial arrangements and the payment of all custodial charges and fees, and, upon giving proper instructions to the Custodian, the Subadviser shall have no responsibility or liability with respect to custodial arrangements or the act, omissions or other conduct of the Custodian. |
| 5. | Allocation of Brokerage . The Subadviser shall have authority and discretion to select brokers and dealers to execute Designated Series transactions initiated by the Subadviser, and to select the markets on or in which the transactions will be executed. |
| A. | In placing orders for the sale and purchase of Designated Series securities for the Fund, the Subadvisers primary responsibility shall be to seek the best execution of orders at the most favorable prices. However, this responsibility shall not obligate the Subadviser to solicit competitive bids for each transaction or to seek the lowest available commission cost to the Fund, so long as the Subadviser reasonably believes that the broker or dealer selected by it can be expected to obtain a best execution market price on the particular transaction and determines in good faith that the commission cost is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services (as defined in Section 28(e)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) provided by such broker or dealer to the Subadviser, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or of the Subadvisers overall responsibilities with respect to its clients, including the Fund, as to which the Subadviser exercises investment discretion, notwithstanding that the Fund may not be the direct or exclusive beneficiary of any such services or that another broker may be willing to charge the Fund a lower commission on the particular transaction. |
2
| B. | The Subadviser may manage other portfolios and expects that the Fund and other portfolios the Subadviser manages will, from time to time, purchase or sell the same securities. The Subadviser may aggregate orders for the purchase or sale of securities on behalf of the Designated Series with orders on behalf of other portfolios the Subadviser manages. Securities purchased or proceeds of securities sold through aggregated orders, as well as expenses incurred in the transaction, shall be allocated to the account of each portfolio managed by the Subadviser that bought or sold such securities in a manner considered by the Subadviser to be equitable and consistent with the Subadvisers fiduciary obligations in respect of the Designated Series and to such other accounts. |
| C. | The Subadviser shall not execute any Series transactions for the Designated Series with a broker or dealer that is (i) an affiliated person (as defined in the Act) of the Fund, the Subadviser, any subadviser to any other Series of the Fund, or the Adviser; (ii) a principal underwriter of the Funds shares; or (iii) an affiliated person of such an affiliated person or principal underwriter; in each case, unless such transactions are permitted by applicable law or regulation and carried out in compliance with any applicable policies and procedures of the Fund. The Fund shall provide the Subadviser with a list of brokers and dealers that are affiliated persons of the Fund or the Adviser, and applicable policies and procedures. |
| D. | Consistent with its fiduciary obligations to the Fund in respect of the Designated Series and the requirements of best price and execution, the Subadviser may, under certain circumstances, arrange to have purchase and sale transactions effected directly between the Designated Series and another account managed by the Subadviser (cross transactions), provided that such transactions are carried out in accordance with applicable law or regulation and any applicable policies and procedures of the Fund. The Fund shall provide the Subadviser with applicable policies and procedures. |
| 6. | Proxies . |
| A. | Unless the Adviser or the Fund gives the Subadviser written instructions to the contrary, the Subadviser, or a third party designee acting under the authority and supervision of the Subadviser, shall review all proxy solicitation materials and be responsible for voting and handling all proxies in relation to the assets of the Designated Series. Unless the Adviser or the Fund gives the Subadviser written instructions to the contrary, the Subadviser will, in compliance with the proxy voting procedures of the Designated Series then in effect, vote or abstain from voting, all proxies solicited by or with respect to the issuers of securities in which assets of the Designated Series may be invested. The Adviser shall cause the Custodian to forward promptly to the Subadviser all proxies upon receipt, so as to afford the Subadviser a reasonable amount of time in which to determine how to vote such proxies. The Subadviser agrees to provide the Adviser in a timely manner with a record of votes cast containing all of the voting information required by Form N-PX in an electronic format to enable the Fund to file Form N-PX as required by Rule 30b1-4 under the Act. |
3
| B. | The Subadviser is authorized to deal with reorganizations, exchange offers and other voluntary corporate actions with respect to securities held in the Series in such manner as the Subadviser deems advisable, unless the Fund or the Adviser otherwise specifically directs in writing. With the Advisers approval, the Subadviser shall also have the authority to: (i) identify, evaluate and pursue legal claims, including commencing or defending suits, affecting the securities held at any time in the Series, including claims in bankruptcy, class action securities litigation and other litigation; (ii) participate in such litigation or related proceedings with respect to such securities as the Subadviser deems appropriate to preserve or enhance the value of the Series, including filing proofs of claim and related documents and serving as lead plaintiff in class action lawsuits; (iii) exercise generally any of the powers of an owner with respect to the supervision and management of such rights or claims, including the settlement, compromise or submission to arbitration of any claims, the exercise of which the Subadviser deems to be in the best interest of the Series or required by applicable law, including ERISA, and (iv) employ suitable agents, including legal counsel, and to pay their reasonable fees, expenses and related costs from the Series. |
| 7. | Prohibited Conduct . In providing the services described in this Agreement, the Subadvisers responsibility regarding investment advice hereunder is limited to the Designated Series, and the Subadviser will not consult with any other investment advisory firm that provides investment advisory services to the Fund or any other investment company sponsored by Virtus Investment Partners, Inc. regarding transactions for the Fund in securities or other assets. The Fund shall provide the Subadviser with a list of investment companies sponsored by Virtus Investment Partners, Inc. and the Subadviser shall be in breach of the foregoing provision only if the investment company is included in such a list provided to the Subadviser prior to such prohibited action. In addition, the Subadviser shall not, without the prior written consent of the Fund and the Adviser, delegate any obligation assumed pursuant to this Agreement to any affiliated or unaffiliated third party. |
| 8. | Information and Reports . |
| A. |
The Subadviser shall keep the Fund and the Adviser informed of developments relating to its duties as Subadviser of which the Subadviser has, or should have, knowledge that would materially affect the Designated Series. In this regard, the Subadviser shall provide the Fund, the Adviser and their respective officers with such periodic reports concerning the obligations the Subadviser has assumed under this Agreement as the Fund and the Adviser may from time to time reasonably request. In addition, prior to each meeting of the Trustees, the Subadviser shall provide the Adviser and the Trustees with reports regarding the Subadvisers management of the Designated Series during the most recently completed quarter, which reports: (i) shall include Subadvisers representation |
4
|
that its performance of its investment management duties hereunder is in compliance with the Funds investment objectives and practices, the Act and applicable rules and regulations under the Act, and the diversification and minimum good income requirements of Subchapter M under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and (ii) otherwise shall be in such form as may be mutually agreed upon by the Subadviser and the Adviser. |
| B. | Each of the Adviser and the Subadviser shall provide the other party with a list, to the best of the Advisers or the Subadvisers respective knowledge, of each affiliated person (and any affiliated person of such an affiliated person) of the Adviser or the Subadviser, as the case may be, and each of the Adviser and Subadviser agrees promptly to update such list whenever the Adviser or the Subadviser becomes aware of any changes that should be added to or deleted from the list of affiliated persons. |
| C. | The Subadviser shall also provide the Adviser with any information reasonably requested by the Adviser regarding its management of the Designated Series required for any shareholder report, amended registration statement, or Prospectus supplement to be filed by the Fund with the SEC. |
| 9. | Fees for Services . The compensation of the Subadviser for its services under this Agreement shall be calculated and paid by the Adviser in accordance with the attached Schedule C. Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Fund and the Adviser, the Adviser is solely responsible for the payment of fees to the Subadviser. |
| 10. | Limitation of Liability . Except as otherwise stated in this Agreement, the Subadviser shall not be liable for any action taken, omitted or suffered to be taken by it in its best professional judgment, in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Agreement, or in accordance with specific directions or instructions from the Fund, provided, however, that such acts or omissions shall not have constituted a material breach of the investment objectives, policies and restrictions applicable to the Designated Series as defined in the Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information and that such acts or omissions shall not have resulted from the Subadvisers willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder. |
| 11. | Confidentiality . Subject to the duty of the Subadviser and the Fund to comply with applicable law, including any demand of any regulatory or taxing authority having jurisdiction, the parties hereto shall treat as confidential all information pertaining to the Designated Series and the actions of the Subadviser and the Fund in respect thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fund and the Adviser agree that the Subadviser may (i) disclose in marketing materials and similar communications that the Subadviser has been engaged to manage assets of the Designated Series pursuant to this Agreement, and (ii) include performance statistics regarding the Series in composite performance statistics regarding one or more groups of Subadvisers clients published or included in any of the foregoing communications, provided that the Subadviser does not identify any performance statistics as relating specifically to the Series. |
5
| 12. | Assignment . This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment, as that term is defined in Section 2(a)(4) of the Act. The Subadviser shall notify the Fund and the Adviser in writing sufficiently in advance of any proposed change of control, as defined in Section 2(a)(9) of the Act, as will enable the Fund to consider whether an assignment as defined in Section 2(a)(4) of the Act will occur, and to take the steps necessary to enter into a new contract with the Subadviser. |
| 13. | Representations, Warranties and Agreements of the Subadviser . The Subadviser represents, warrants and agrees that: |
| A. | It is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (Advisers Act). |
| B. | It will maintain, keep current and preserve on behalf of the Fund, in the manner required or permitted by the Act and the Rules thereunder including the records identified in Schedule B (as Schedule B may be amended from time to time). The Subadviser agrees that such records are the property of the Fund, and shall be surrendered to the Fund or to the Adviser as agent of the Fund promptly upon request of either. The Fund acknowledges that Subadviser may retain copies of all records required to meet the record retention requirements imposed by law and regulation. |
| C. | It shall maintain a written code of ethics (the Code of Ethics) complying with the requirements of Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act and Rule 17j-l under the Act and shall provide the Fund and the Adviser with a copy of the Code of Ethics and evidence of its adoption. It shall institute procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons (as defined in Rule 17j-1) from violating its Code of Ethics. The Subadviser acknowledges receipt of the written code of ethics adopted by and on behalf of the Fund. Each calendar quarter while this Agreement is in effect, a duly authorized compliance officer of the Subadviser shall certify to the Fund and to the Adviser that the Subadviser has complied with the requirements of Rules 204A-1 and 17j-l during the previous calendar quarter and that there has been no material violation of its Code of Ethics, or of Rule 17j-1(b), or that any persons covered under its Code of Ethics has divulged or acted upon any material, non-public information, as such term is defined under relevant securities laws, and if such a violation has occurred or the code of ethics of the Fund, or if such a violation of its Code of Ethics has occurred, that appropriate action was taken in response to such violation. Annually, the Subadviser shall furnish to the Fund and the Adviser a written report which complies with the requirements of Rule 17j-1 concerning the Subadvisers Code of Ethics. The Subadviser shall permit the Fund and the Adviser to examine the reports required to be made by the Subadviser under Rules 204A-1(b) and 17j-l(d)(1) and this subparagraph. |
6
| D. | It has adopted and implemented, and throughout the term of this Agreement shall maintain in effect and implement, policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent, detect and correct violations by the Subadviser and its supervised persons, and, to the extent the activities of the Subadviser in respect of the Fund could affect the Fund, by the Fund, of federal securities laws (as defined in Rule 38a-1 under the Act), and that the Subadviser has provided the Fund with true and complete copies of its policies and procedures (or summaries thereof) and related information reasonably requested by the Fund and/or the Adviser. The Subadviser agrees to cooperate with periodic reviews by the Funds and/or the Advisers compliance personnel of the Subadvisers policies and procedures, their operation and implementation and other compliance matters and to provide to the Fund and/or the Adviser from time to time such additional information and certifications in respect of the Subadvisers policies and procedures, compliance by the Subadviser with federal securities laws and related matters as the Funds and/or the Advisers compliance personnel may reasonably request. The Subadviser agrees to promptly notify the Adviser of any compliance violations which affect the Designated Series. |
| E. | The Subadviser will immediately notify the Fund and the Adviser of the occurrence of any event which would disqualify the Subadviser from serving as an investment adviser of an investment company pursuant to Section 9 of the Act or otherwise. The Subadviser will also immediately notify the Fund and the Adviser if it is served or otherwise receives notice of any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation, at law or in equity, before or by any court, public board or body, involving the affairs of the Designated Series. |
| 14. | No Personal Liability . Reference is hereby made to the Declaration of Trust establishing the Fund, a copy of which has been filed with the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and elsewhere as required by law, and to any and all amendments thereto so filed with the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and elsewhere as required by law, and to any and all amendments thereto so filed or hereafter filed. The name Virtus Variable Insurance Trust refers to the Trustees under said Declaration of Trust, as Trustees and not personally, and no Trustee, shareholder, officer, agent or employee of the Fund shall be held to any personal liability in connection with the affairs of the Fund; only the trust estate under said Declaration of Trust is liable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the Subadviser nor any of its officers, directors, partners, shareholders or employees shall, under any circumstances, have recourse or cause or willingly permit recourse to be had directly or indirectly to any personal, statutory, or other liability of any shareholder, Trustee, officer, agent or employee of the Fund or of any successor of the Fund, whether such liability now exists or is hereafter incurred for claims against the trust estate. |
| 15. |
Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement, together with the Schedules attached hereto, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior written or oral agreements pertaining to the subject |
7
|
matter of this Agreement. This Agreement may be amended at any time, but only by written agreement among the Subadviser, the Adviser and the Fund, which amendment, other than amendments to Schedules A, B, D, E and F, is subject to the approval of the Trustees and the shareholders of the Fund as and to the extent required by the Act, subject to any applicable orders of exemption issued by the SEC. |
| 16. | Effective Date; Term . This Agreement shall become effective on the date set forth on the first page of this Agreement, and shall continue in effect until December 31, 2011. The Agreement shall continue from year to year thereafter only so long as its continuance has been specifically approved at least annually by the Trustees in accordance with Section 15(a) of the Act, and by the majority vote of the disinterested Trustees in accordance with the requirements of Section 15(c) thereof. |
| 17. | Termination . This Agreement may be terminated by any party, without penalty, immediately upon written notice to the other parties in the event of a material breach of any provision thereof by a party so notified, or otherwise upon thirty (30) days written notice to the other parties, but any such termination shall not affect the status, obligations or liabilities of any party hereto to the other parties. |
| 18. | Applicable Law . To the extent that state law is not preempted by the provisions of any law of the United States heretofore or hereafter enacted, as the same may be amended from time to time, this Agreement shall be administered, construed and enforced according to the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. |
| 19. | Severability . If any term or condition of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent or in any application, then the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby, and each and every term and condition of this Agreement shall be valid and enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law. |
| 20. | Notices. Any notice or other communication required to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed duly given if delivered personally or by overnight delivery service or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, or sent by facsimile addressed to the parties at their respective addresses set forth below, or at such other address as shall be designated by any party in a written notice to the other party. |
| (a) | To Virtus or the Fund at: |
Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc.
100 Pearl Street
Hartford, CT 06103
Attn: Kevin J. Carr
Telephone: (860) 263-4791
Facsimile: (860) 241-1028
Email: kevin.carr@virtus.com
8
| (b) | To the Subadviser at: |
Kayne Anderson Rudnick Investment Management, LLC
1800 Avenue of the Stars, 2 nd Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90067
Attn: Judy Ridder, Chief Compliance Officer
Telephone: (310) 712-2909
Facsimile: (310) 282-2959
Email: JRidder@Kayne.com
| 21. | Certifications. The Subadviser hereby warrants and represents that it will provide the requisite certifications reasonably requested by the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of the Fund necessary for those named officers to fulfill their reporting and certification obligations on Form N-CSR and Form N-Q as required under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 to the extent that such reporting and certifications relate to the Subadvisers duties and responsibilities under this Agreement. Subadviser shall provide a quarterly certification in a form substantially similar to that attached as Schedule E. |
| 22. | Indemnification . The Adviser agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Subadviser and the Subadvisers directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages, and expenses whatsoever, including reasonable attorneys fees (collectively, Losses), arising out of or relating to (i) any breach by the Adviser of any provision of this Agreement; (ii) the negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith, or breach of fiduciary duty of the Adviser; (iii) any violation by the Adviser of any law or regulation relating to its activities under this Agreement; and (iv) any dispute between the Adviser and any Fund shareholder, except to the extent that such Losses result from the gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith of the Subadviser or the Subadvisers reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder. |
| 23. | Receipt of Disclosure Document . The Fund and the Adviser acknowledge receipt, at least 48 hours prior to entering into this Agreement, of a copy of Part II of the Subadvisers Form ADV containing certain information concerning the Subadviser and the nature of its business. |
| 24. | Counterparts; Fax Signatures . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including executed counterparts delivered and exchanged by facsimile transmission) with the same effect as if all signing parties had originally signed the same document, and all counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute the same instrument. For all purposes, signatures delivered and exchanged by facsimile transmission shall be binding and effective to the same extent as original signatures. |
[signature page follows]
9
| VIRTUS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST | ||
|
By: |
/s/ George R. Aylward |
|
|
Name: George R. Aylward |
||
|
Title: President |
||
| VIRTUS INVESTMENT ADVISERS, INC. | ||
|
By: |
/s/ Francis G. Waltman |
|
|
Name: Francis G. Waltman |
||
|
Title: Senior Vice President |
||
ACCEPTED:
Kayne Anderson Rudnick Investment Management, LLC
|
By: |
/s/ Jeannine Vanian |
|
|
Name: Jeannine Vanian |
||
|
Title: Chief Operating Officer |
| SCHEDULES: | A. | Operational Procedures | ||
| B. | Record Keeping Requirements | |||
| C. | Fee Schedule | |||
| D. | Subadviser Functions | |||
| E. | Form of Sub-Certification | |||
| F. | Designated Series |
10
SCHEDULE A
OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES
In order to minimize operational problems, it will be necessary for a flow of information to be supplied by Subadviser to The Bank of New York Mellon (the Custodian) and PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc., (the Sub-Accounting Agent) for the Fund.
The Subadviser must furnish the Custodian and the Sub-Accounting Agent with daily information as to executed trades, or, if no trades are executed, with a report to that effect, no later than 5 p.m. (Eastern Time) on the day of the trade each day the Fund is open for business. (Subadviser will be responsible for reimbursement to the Fund for any loss caused by the Subadvisers failure to comply.) The necessary information can be sent via facsimile machine to the Custodian and the Sub-Accounting Agent. Information provided to the Custodian and the Sub-Accounting Agent shall include the following:
| 1. | Purchase or sale; |
| 2. | Security name; |
| 3. | CUSIP number, ISIN or Sedols (as applicable); |
| 4. | Number of shares and sales price per share or aggregate principal amount; |
| 5. | Executing broker; |
| 6. | Settlement agent; |
| 7. | Trade date; |
| 8. | Settlement date; |
| 9. | Aggregate commission or if a net trade; |
| 10. | Interest purchased or sold from interest bearing security; |
| 11. | Other fees; |
| 12. | Net proceeds of the transaction; |
| 13. | Exchange where trade was executed; |
| 14. | Identified tax lot (if applicable); and |
| 15. | Trade commission reason: best execution, soft dollar or research. |
When opening accounts with brokers for, and in the name of, the Fund, the account must be a cash account. No margin accounts are to be maintained in the name of the Fund. Delivery instructions are as specified by the Custodian. The Custodian will supply the Subadviser daily with a cash availability report via access to the Custodian website, or by email or by facsimile and the Sub-Accounting Agent will provide a five-day cash projection. This will normally be done by email or, if email is unavailable, by another form of immediate written communication, so that the Subadviser will know the amount available for investment purposes.
11
SCHEDULE B
RECORDS TO BE MAINTAINED BY THE SUBADVISER
| 1. | (Rule 31a-1(b)(5) and (6)) A record of each brokerage order, and all other series purchases and sales, given by the Subadviser on behalf of the Fund for, or in connection with, the purchase or sale of securities, whether executed or unexecuted. Such records shall include: |
| A. | The name of the broker; |
| B. | The terms and conditions of the order and of any modifications or cancellations thereof; |
| C. | The time of entry or cancellation; |
| D. | The price at which executed; |
| E. | The time of receipt of a report of execution; and |
| F. | The name of the person who placed the order on behalf of the Fund. |
| 2. | (Rule 31a-1(b)(9)) A record for each fiscal quarter, completed within ten (10) days after the end of the quarter, showing specifically the basis or bases upon which the allocation of orders for the purchase and sale of series securities to named brokers or dealers was effected, and the division of brokerage commissions or other compensation on such purchase and sale orders. Such record: |
| A. | Shall include the consideration given to: |
| (i) | The sale of shares of the Fund by brokers or dealers. |
| (ii) | The supplying of services or benefits by brokers or dealers to: |
| (a) | The Fund, |
| (b) | The Adviser, |
| (c) | The Subadviser, and |
| (d) | Any person other than the foregoing. |
| (iii) | Any other consideration other than the technical qualifications of the brokers and dealers as such. |
| B. | Shall show the nature of the services or benefits made available. |
| C. | Shall describe in detail the application of any general or specific formula or other determinant used in arriving at such allocation of purchase and sale orders and such division of brokerage commissions or other compensation. |
| D. | Shall show the name of the person responsible for making the determination of such allocation and such division of brokerage commissions or other compensation. |
| 3. |
(Rule 31a-1(b)(10)) A record in the form of an appropriate memorandum identifying the person or persons, committees or groups authorizing the purchase or sale of series securities. Where a committee or group makes an authorization, a record shall be kept of the names of its members who participate in the authorization. There shall be retained as part of this record: any memorandum, recommendation or instruction supporting or authorizing the purchase or sale of series securities and such other information as is appropriate to support the authorization. * |
| * |
Such information might include: current financial information, annual and quarterly reports, press releases, reports by analysts and from brokerage firms (including their recommendations, i.e., buy, sell, hold) or any internal reports or subadviser review. |
12
| 4. | (Rule 31a-1(f)) Such accounts, books and other documents as are required to be maintained by registered investment advisers by rule adopted under Section 204 of the Advisers Act, to the extent such records are necessary or appropriate to record the Subadvisers transactions for the Fund. |
| 5. | Records as necessary under Board-approved policies and procedures, including without limitation those related to valuation determinations. |
13
SCHEDULE C
SUBADVISORY FEE
(a) For services provided to the Fund, the Adviser will pay to the Subadviser a fee, payable in arrears, at the annual rate stated below. The fee shall be prorated for any month during which this Agreement is in effect for only a portion of the month. In computing the fee to be paid to the Subadviser, the net asset value of each Designated Series shall be valued as set forth in the then current registration statement of the Fund.
(b) The fee to be paid to the Subadviser is to be 50% of the gross management fee as calculated based on the average daily net assets.
14
SCHEDULE D
SUBADVISER FUNCTIONS
With respect to managing the investment and reinvestment of the Designated Series assets, the Subadviser shall provide, at its own expense:
| (a) | An investment program for the Designated Series consistent with its investment objectives based upon the development, review and adjustment of buy/sell strategies approved from time to time by the Board of Trustees and the Adviser in paragraph 3 of this Subadvisory Agreement; |
| (b) | Periodic reports, on at least a quarterly basis, in form and substance acceptable to the Adviser, with respect to: i) compliance with the Code of Ethics and the Funds code of ethics; ii) compliance with procedures adopted from time to time by the Trustees of the Fund relative to securities eligible for resale under Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; iii) diversification of Designated Series assets in accordance with the then prevailing Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information pertaining to the Designated Series and governing laws; iv) compliance with governing restrictions relating to the fair valuation of securities for which market quotations are not readily available or considered illiquid for the purposes of complying with the Designated Series limitation on acquisition of illiquid securities; v) any and all other reports reasonably requested in accordance with or described in this Agreement; and vi) the implementation of the Designated Series investment program, including, without limitation, analysis of Designated Series performance; |
| (c) | Promptly after filing with the SEC an amendment to its Form ADV, a copy of such amendment to the Adviser and the Trustees; |
| (d) | Attendance by appropriate representatives of the Subadviser at meetings requested by the Adviser or Trustees at such time(s) and location(s) as reasonably requested by the Adviser or Trustees; and |
| (e) | Notice to the Trustees and the Adviser of the occurrence of any event which would disqualify the Subadviser from serving as an investment adviser of an investment company pursuant to Section 9(a) of the 1940 Act or otherwise. |
| (f) | Provide reasonable assistance in the valuation of securities including the participation of appropriate representatives at fair valuation committee meetings. |
15
SCHEDULE E
FORM OF SUB-CERTIFICATION
| To: | ||
| Re: | Subadvisers Form N-CSR and Form N-Q Certification for the [Name of Designated Series]. | |
| From: | [Name of Subadviser] | |
| Representations in support of Investment Company Act Rule 30a-2 certifications of Form N-CSR and Form N-Q. | ||
| [Name of Designated Series]. | ||
| In connection with your certification responsibility under Rule 30a-2 and Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, I have reviewed the following information presented in the schedule of investments for the period ended [Date of Reporting Period] (the Report) which forms part of the N-CSR or N-Q, as applicable, for the Fund. | ||
Schedule of Investments
Our organization has designed, implemented and maintained internal controls and procedures, designed for the purpose of ensuring the accuracy and completeness of relevant portfolio trade data transmitted to those responsible for the preparation of the Schedule of Investments. As of the date of this certification there have been no material modifications to these internal controls and procedures.
In addition, our organization has:
| a. | Designed such internal controls and procedures to ensure that material information is made known to the appropriate groups responsible for servicing the above-mentioned mutual fund. |
| b. | Evaluated the effectiveness of our internal controls and procedures, as of a date within 90 days prior to the date of this certification and we have concluded that such controls and procedures are effective. |
| c. | In addition, to the best of my knowledge there has been no fraud, whether or not material, that involves our organizations management or other employees who have a significant role in our organizations control and procedures as they relate to our duties as subadviser to the Designated Series. |
I have read the draft of the Report which I understand to be current as of [Date of Reporting Period] and based on my knowledge, such draft of the Report does not, with respect to the Designated Series, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the information contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which such information is presented, not misleading with respect to the period covered by such draft Report.
16
I have disclosed, based on my most recent evaluation, to the Designated Series Chief Accounting Officer:
| a. | All significant changes, deficiencies and material weakness, if any, in the design or operation of the Subadvisers internal controls and procedures which could adversely affect the Registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data with respect to the Designated Series in a timely fashion; |
| b. | Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves the Subadvisers management or other employees who have a significant role in the Subadvisers internal controls and procedures for financial reporting. |
I certify that to the best of my knowledge:
| a. | The Subadvisers Portfolio Manager(s) has/have complied with the restrictions and reporting requirements of the Code of Ethics (the Code). The term Portfolio Manager is as defined in the Code. |
| b. | The Subadviser has complied with the Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information of the Designated Series and the Policies and Procedures of the Designated Series as adopted by the Designated Series Board of Trustees. |
| c. | I have no knowledge of any compliance violations except as disclosed in writing to the Virtus Compliance Department by me or by the Subadvisers compliance administrator. |
| d. | The Subadviser has complied with the rules and regulations of the 33 Act and 40 Act, and such other regulations as may apply to the extent those rules and regulations pertain to the responsibilities of the Subadviser with respect to the Designated Series as outlined above. |
This certification relates solely to the Designated Series named above and may not be relied upon by any other fund or entity.
The Subadviser does not maintain the official books and records of the above Designated Series. The Subadvisers records are based on its own portfolio management system, a record-keeping system that is not intended to serve as the Designated Series official accounting system. The Subadviser is not responsible for the preparation of the Report.
|
|
|
|||
| [Name of Subadviser] | Date | |||
| [Name of Authorized Signer] | ||||
| [Title of Authorized Signer] |
17
SCHEDULE F
DESIGNATED SERIES
Virtus Small-Cap Growth Series
Virtus Small-Cap Value Series
18
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
between
VIRTUS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
and
VP DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into November 5, 2010, by and between Virtus Variable Insurance Trust (formerly The Phoenix Edge Series Fund) (the Fund) for certain of its portfolios as set forth on Schedule A hereto, (the Series), a Massachusetts business trust and VP Distributors, Inc. (VPD), a Connecticut corporation (the Underwriter).
RECITALS
(A) The Fund is a Massachusetts business trust registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act), as an open-end management investment company consisting of a number of investment portfolios.
(B) The Fund issues separate series of shares of capital stock for the Fund representing a fractional undivided interest in each of the Series.
(C) Each Series of the Funds shares (Shares) are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 1933 Act), on Form N-1A. The term Registration Statement, as used herein, shall mean the Funds 1933 Act Form N-1A registration statement, including all prospectuses therein and exhibits thereto, as of the effective date of the most recent post-effective amendment thereto.
(D) Underwriter is registered as a broker-dealer under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 1934 Act) and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).
(E) Each Series of Shares is offered and sold to separate accounts of life insurance companies issuing variable annuity contracts (the Contracts) and/or variable life insurance policies (the Policies) as investment options under such Contracts and Policies.
(F) Each such insurance company (an Insurer) has entered into a participation agreement (a Participation Agreement) (or will do so prior to purchasing Shares for its separate accounts) with the Fund and Underwriter pursuant to which it purchases Shares of the various series for its separate accounts.
(G) Each Insurer performs all of the services necessary to administer the Contracts and Policies issued by it including account maintenance, record keeping services, and administrative services that may benefit the Fund and the Series.
(H) Underwriter will engage in activities primarily intended to promote the indirect sale of Shares of one or more of the Series shown on Schedule A by promoting such Series as investment options under the Contracts and Policies. In this connection, the Fund has adopted a plan pursuant to which Shares of the Series shown on Schedule B bear an expense designed to cover some of the costs of such activities (the Distribution Plan) by the Underwriter.
1
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants herein, the parties agree as follows:
| 1. | Services as the Underwriter of the Funds Shares |
1.1 Underwriter agrees to serve as agent of the Fund for the distribution of the Funds Shares of the Series. The Fund grants to Underwriter exclusive authority to distribute the Shares. Underwriter agrees to use appropriate efforts to solicit orders for the sale of such shares and to undertake such advertising and promotion as it believes reasonable in connection with such solicitation. Underwriter agrees to offer and sell the Shares at the applicable public offering price or net asset value as set forth in the Funds Registration Statement.
1.2 In distributing the Shares, Underwriter will comply with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, including, without limitation, the 1940 Act, 1933 Act and 1934 Act, and all rules and regulations adopted thereunder, as well as all rules of the FINRA. Likewise, in distributing Shares, Underwriter will comply with the terms of the Participation Agreement in effect among it, the Fund and the Insurer to which it is offering or selling Shares.
1.3 Underwriter agrees to act as principal for resale to Insurers for Shares, as permitted by a Participation Agreement. Underwriter agrees to devote reasonable time and effort to solicit sales of the Shares, but will not be obligated to sell any specific number of Shares. The services of Underwriter to the Fund under this Agreement are not exclusive and nothing contained herein shall prevent Underwriter from serving as Underwriter of securities of other issuers, including shares of other investment companies, as long as such service to such other issuers does not impair Underwriters obligations under this Agreement.
1.4 Underwriter shall finance such activities to be reimbursed by the Insurers, as it considers reasonable and which are primarily intended to result in the sale of Shares, including, but not limited to, advertising, compensation of other underwriters, broker-dealers and sales personnel, printing and mailing prospectuses to prospective investors in a Series, and printing and mailing of sales literature to prospective investors in a Series. Underwriter shall be responsible for reviewing and providing advice on all sales literature ( e.g. , advertisements, brochures and shareholder communications, etc.) for the Series, and shall file with the FINRA or other appropriate regulators all such materials as are required to be filed under applicable laws and regulations. In addition, Underwriter shall provide sufficient personnel, during normal business hours, reasonably necessary to respond to telephone inquiries regarding the Series. Except as provided in sections 1.5 and 1.6 below, the Fund will not compensate Underwriter for Underwriters services under this Agreement.
1.5 The Series shown on Schedule A may compensate Underwriter, in accordance with the Distribution Plan, for all or a part of the activities described in Section 1.4 above. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to prohibit:
| |
a Series to pay the Underwriter, or |
2
| |
Underwriter or the Fund to pay broker-dealers selling Contracts or Policies, or other broker-dealers or financial intermediaries, that participate in activities primarily intended to promote the sale of Shares, where such payments are made pursuant to the Distribution Plan adopted by the Fund on behalf of such Series pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. |
Underwriter shall prepare reports to the Funds board of trustees regarding its activities under this Agreement as shall, from time to time, be reasonably requested by the board, including reports about the use of Distribution Plan payments, if any.
1.6 In furtherance of its duties under this Agreement, Underwriter shall become a party to each Participation Agreement.
1.7 Underwriter has designated the Insurers to promptly advise the Funds transfer agent, or any other agent designated in writing by the Fund, of all purchase orders for Shares. Without limiting the foregoing, the Fund agrees that the Underwriter is authorized to communicate directly with the transfer agent regarding Share transactions submitted by such Insurers and to act as the Funds agent to supervise the Transfer Agents processing of such Share transactions. Underwriter agrees to pay, or arrange payment, for Shares, and to promptly deliver such payment, along with appropriate instructions, to the Fund or its transfer agent. Subject to the terms of the applicable Participation Agreement, whenever in their judgment such action is warranted by unusual market, economic or, political, conditions, the Funds officers may decline to accept any orders for, or make any sales of Shares until such time as such officers consider it advisable for the Fund to accept such orders and make such sales. The Fund agrees to promptly advise Underwriter of its determination to recommend offers and sales of Shares. The Funds transfer agent shall record Share transactions in book-entry form and maintain such records.
1.8 Underwriter agrees that it is a service provider to the Fund as defined in Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act and will provide to the Fund the information required of it under the Rule.
1.9 Underwriter represents and warrants that it: (a) has adopted an anti-money laundering compliance program that satisfies the requirements of all applicable laws and regulations, (b) will notify the Fund promptly if an inspection by the appropriate regulatory authorities or an internal examination or audit identifies any material deficiency in this program, and (c) will promptly remedy any such deficiency.
1.10 The Fund agrees, at its own expense, to execute all documents, furnish any and all information, and to take any other actions, that may be reasonably necessary in connection with registering the Shares under the 1933 Act to the extent necessary and to have available for sale the number of Shares as may reasonably be expected to be purchased. Likewise, the Fund will bear all costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of its counsel and independent accountants, in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement
3
(including prospectuses contained therein) under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act. If so provided for in the applicable Participation Agreement, this may include the expense of preparing, printing, mailing and otherwise distributing prospectuses, annual or interim reports or proxy materials to shareholders and to owners of Contracts and Policies indirectly invested in Shares.
1.11 Consistent with the practice of mutual funds that make their shares available only to separate accounts of insurance companies and other qualified purchasers, the Fund agrees to comply with the terms and conditions of relevant exemptions from the securities laws of such of the 50 states of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Territory of Guam and such other jurisdictions as the Underwriter and the Fund may determine. To the extent that exemptions from the securities laws of any such jurisdiction are not available to the Fund and the Shares, the Fund shall, at its own expense, use its best efforts to comply with the registration, notification or qualification requirements of such laws in order for the Shares to be lawfully sold to Insurers in such jurisdiction, and shall maintain any such registration, notification or qualification in effect as long as may be reasonably requested by Underwriter.
1.12 The Fund shall furnish Underwriter such information about the Fund as Underwriter may, from time to time, reasonably request, all of which information must be signed by one or more of the Funds duly authorized officers; and the Fund warrants that the statements contained in any such information, when so signed by the Funds officers, will be true and correct. Upon request to the Chief Legal Officer of the Fund, the Fund also will furnish Underwriter with:
| |
annual audited financial statements of the Fund or Series, |
| |
quarterly earnings statements of the Fund or Series, |
| |
a quarterly list of portfolio securities of each Series, |
| |
as soon as practicable after the end of each month, a monthly balance sheet of each Series, |
| |
any additional information about the financial condition of the Fund or any Series that Underwriter may reasonably request from time to time. |
The Fund authorizes Underwriter to use any prospectuses contained in the Registration Statement in the forms furnished from time to time to Underwriter, and agrees to furnish such quantities of prospectuses as Underwriter may reasonably request.
Neither Underwriter nor any other person is authorized by the Fund to give any information or to make any representations, other than those contained in the Registration Statement or in any sales literature approved by the Fund.
1.13 The Fund represents that the Registration Statement has been carefully prepared in conformity with the requirements of the 1933 Act, 1940 Act and the respective rules and regulations thereunder, including Form N-1A. The Fund represents and warrants that: (a) the Registration Statement contains all statements required to be made therein in conformity with the 1933 Act and rules thereunder, and (b) all statements of fact contained in the Registration Statement are true and correct in all material respects and do not contain an untrue statement of material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.
4
To the extent it believes necessary or advisable, the Fund may propose from time to time such amendment or amendments to the Registration Statement and such supplement or supplements to prospectuses therein. In the event that Underwriter makes a written request to the Fund to amend the Registration Statement or supplement a prospectus and the Fund does not (or cannot) comply with such request within 15 days, then Underwriter may terminate this Agreement in accordance with the requirements of section 2 of this Agreement or decline to make offers of Shares until the requested amendment(s) or supplements are prepared and become effective. The Fund will make every reasonable effort to notify Underwriter reasonably far in advance of making any amendment to the Registration Statement or supplementing any prospectus contained therein.
1.14 No Shares may be offered by Underwriter or the Fund under any of the provisions of this Agreement, and no orders for the purchase or sale of Shares pursuant to this Agreement will be accepted by the Fund, if and so long as the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is suspended under any of the provisions of the 1933 Act or if and so long as a current prospectus as required by Section 10 of the 1933 Act is not on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC); provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 1.14 will in any way restrict or have an application to or bearing upon the Funds obligation to redeem its shares from any shareholder in accordance with the Registration Statement and the 1940 Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Underwriter may continue to offer Shares until it has been notified in writing of the occurrence of any of the foregoing events.
| 2. | Indemnification |
2.1 The Fund agrees promptly to notify Underwriter of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against the Fund or any of its officers or trustees in connection with the issuance and sale of any Shares.
2.2 The Fund agrees to indemnify and hold Underwriter, its several officers and directors, and any person who controls Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act, free and harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities and reasonable expenses (including the cost of investigating or defending those claims, demands or liabilities and any counsel fees incurred in connection with them) (collectively, any Underwriter Action), that Underwriter, its officers and directors, or the controlling person may incur under the 1933 Act or under common law or otherwise arising out of or based upon any untrue statement, or alleged untrue statement, of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (including any prospectus therein) or arising out of or based upon any omission, or alleged omission, to state a material fact required to be stated in the Registration Statement (or in a prospectus) or necessary to make the statements in either not misleading; provided, however, that the Funds agreement to indemnify Underwriter, its officers and directors, and the controlling person will not be deemed to cover any claims, demands, liabilities or expenses arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission in the Registration Statement (or a prospectus) made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Fund by Underwriter specifically for use in the preparation of the Registration Statement.
5
2.3 The Underwriter agrees to notify the Fund of any Underwriter Action brought against Underwriter, its officers or directors, or any controlling person, such notification to be given by letter or by electronic mail addressed to the Fund at Virtus Variable Insurance Trust, c/o Virtus Investment Partners, 100 Pearl Street, Hartford, CT 06103, Attn: Counsel, within ten days after the summons or other first legal process is served.
2.4 The Fund will be entitled to assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any claim, demand or liability contemplated by this Section 2, but, in such case, the defense will be conducted by counsel of good standing chosen by the Fund and reasonably approved by Underwriter (who will not, except with the consent of Underwriter, be counsel to the Fund). In the event the Fund elects to assume the defense of any such suit and retain counsel of good standing reasonably approved by Underwriter, the defendant or defendants in the suit will bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by any of them; but in case the Fund does not elect to assume the defense of any such suit, or in case Underwriter does not approve of counsel chosen by the Fund, the Fund will reimburse Underwriter, its officers and directors, or the controlling person or persons named as defendant or defendants in the suit, for the reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel retained by Underwriter or them.
2.5 The Funds indemnification agreement contained in this Section 2 and the Funds representations and warranties in this Agreement will remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of Underwriter, its officers and directors, or any controlling person, and will survive the delivery of any Shares. The Funds agreement of indemnity will inure exclusively to Underwriters benefit, to the benefit of its several officers and directors, and their respective estates, and to the benefit of any controlling persons and their successors, except that the Fund will not be obligated to indemnify any entity or person pursuant to this Section 2 against any liability to which Underwriter, its officers and directors, or any controlling person would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in performance of, or reckless disregard of, the obligations and duties set forth in this Agreement.
2.6 Underwriter agrees to indemnify and hold the Fund, its several officers and trustees, and any person, if any, who controls the Fund within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act, free and harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities and expenses (including the cost of investigating or defending those claims, demands or liabilities and any counsel fees incurred in connection with them) (collectively, any Fund Action) that the Fund, its officers or trustees, or the controlling person, may incur under the 1933 Act, or under common law or otherwise, but only to the extent that the liability or expense incurred by the Fund, its officers or directors, or the controlling person resulting from the claims or demands arise out of or are based upon any untrue, or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in information furnished in writing by Underwriter to the Fund specifically for use in the Registration Statement and used in the Funds answers to any of the items of the Registration Statement (or in the prospectuses contained therein), or arise out of or are based upon any omission, or alleged omission, to state a material fact in connection with the information furnished by Underwriter to the Fund and required to be stated in the answers to the Registration Statement or necessary to make the information therein not misleading.
6
2.7 The Fund agrees to notify Underwriter of any Fund Action such notification to be given by letter or electronic mail addressed to Underwriter at its principal office at 100 Pearl Street, Hartford, CT 06103, Attention: Counsel, within ten days after the summons or other first legal process is served.
2.8 Underwriter will have the right to control the defense of any action contemplated by this Section 2, with counsel of its own choosing, satisfactory to the Fund, unless the action referred to in Section 2.7 is not based solely upon an alleged misstatement or omission on Underwriters part. In such event, the Fund, its officers or trustees or the controlling person will each have the right to participate in the defense or preparation of the defense of the action.
2.9 Underwriter will not be obligated to indemnify any entity or person pursuant to this Section 2 against any liability to which the Fund, its officers and trustees, or any controlling person would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in performance of, or reckless disregard of, the obligations and duties set forth in this Agreement.
2.10 The Fund agrees to advise Underwriter immediately in writing:
| |
of any request by the SEC for amendments to the Registration Statement (or a prospectus) or any additional information regarding the Fund or any of its Series, |
| |
of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceeding for that purpose, |
| |
of the happening of any event that makes untrue any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement (or in a prospectus) or that requires the making of any change in the Registration Statement (or prospectus) in order to make the statements therein not misleading, and |
| |
of all actions of the SEC with respect to any amendments to the Registration Statement (or a prospectus) that may from time to time be filed with the SEC. |
| 3. | Amendment |
This Agreement may be amended by the parties only if the amendment is specifically approved by: (a) the board of trustees of the Fund, or by the vote of a majority of outstanding voting Shares of the Fund, and (b) a majority of those trustees of the Fund who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the approval.
| 4. | Term |
This Agreement will become effective as of November 5, 2010, and thereafter will continue automatically for successive annual periods, as long as its continuance is specifically approved at least annually: (a) by the board of trustees of the Fund, or (b) by a vote of a majority
7
(as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Funds outstanding voting Shares, provided that in either event the continuance is also approved by a majority of the directors who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the approval. This Agreement is terminable without penalty: (a) on not less than 60 days notice (i) by action of the trustees who are not interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund, or (ii) by the vote of holders of a majority of the Shares, or (b) upon not less than 60 days written notice by Underwriter.
| 5. | Miscellaneous |
5.1 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto, but not upon their transferees, successors and assigns.
5.2 Assignment . This Agreement shall terminate in the event of its assignment by either party.
5.3 Intended Beneficiaries . No provision of this Agreement shall be construed to give any person or entity other than the parties hereto any legal or equitable claim, right or remedy. The Agreement is intended for the exclusive benefit of the parties hereto.
5.4 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but both of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
5.5 Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be interpreted, construed, and enforced in accordance with the laws of Connecticut, without reference to the conflict of laws principles thereof.
5.6 Severability . If any portion of this Agreement shall be found to be invalid or unenforceable by a court or tribunal or regulatory agency of competent jurisdiction, the remainder shall not be affected thereby, but shall have the same force and effect as if the invalid or unenforceable portion had not been part of the Agreement.
5.7 Notice . Any notice shall be sufficiently given when sent by registered or certified mail to the other party at the address of such party set forth below or at such other address as such party may from time to time specify in writing to the other party.
If to the Fund:
Virtus Variable Insurance Trust
c/o Virtus Investment Partners
100 Pearl Street
Hartford, CT 06103
Attention: Counsel
If to VPD:
VP Distributors, Inc.
100 Pearl Street
Hartford, CT 06103
Attention: Counsel
8
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
|
VP DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
|
||
| By: |
/s/ Michael A. Angerthal |
|
| Name: | Michael A. Angerthal | |
| Title: | Senior Vice President | |
|
VIRTUS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
|
||
| By: |
/s/ George R. Aylward |
|
| Name: | George R. Aylward | |
| Title: | President | |
9
Schedule A
Virtus Capital Growth Series (formerly Phoenix Capital Growth Series)
Virtus Growth & Income Series (formerly Phoenix Growth and Income Series)
Virtus Multi-Sector Fixed Income Series (formerly Phoenix Multi-Sector Fixed Income Series)
Virtus Small-Cap Growth Series (formerly Phoenix Small-Cap Growth Series)
Virtus Small-Cap Value Series (formerly Phoenix Small-Cap Value Series )
Virtus Strategic Allocation Series (formerly Phoenix Strategic Allocation Series)
Virtus International Series (formerly Phoenix-Aberdeen International Series)
Virtus Real Estate Securities Series (formerly Phoenix-Duff & Phelps Real Estate Securities Series)
10
Schedule B
Virtus Capital Growth Series (formerly Phoenix Capital Growth Series)
Virtus Growth & Income Series (formerly Phoenix Growth and Income Series)
Virtus Multi-Sector Fixed Income Series (formerly Phoenix Multi-Sector Fixed Income Series)
Virtus Small-Cap Growth Series (formerly Phoenix Small-Cap Growth Series)
Virtus Small-Cap Value Series (formerly Phoenix Small-Cap Value Series )
Virtus Strategic Allocation Series (formerly Phoenix Strategic Allocation Series)
Virtus International Series (formerly Phoenix-Aberdeen International Series)
Virtus Real Estate Securities Series (formerly Phoenix-Duff & Phelps Real Estate Securities Series)
11
EXECUTION COPY
Distribution and Administrative Services Agreement
This Distribution and Administrative Services Agreement (the Services Agreement) is among Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc. (Virtus), VP Distributors, Inc. (VPD), Phoenix Life Insurance Company, PHL Variable Insurance Company, and Phoenix Life and Annuity Company (each a Company and collectively, the Company) and 1851 Securities, Inc. (1851), effective as of November 5, 2010 (the Services Agreement). The Company is a life insurance company (the Insurer) and 1851 is a broker-dealer (Underwriter) that is affiliated with Insurer and that serves as the principal underwriter for variable annuity and/or variable life insurance contracts issued by Insurer. This Agreement is part of, and contingent upon, the execution of a Transaction Agreement by and among Phoenix Variable Advisors, Inc. Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc. and Phoenix Life Insurance Company, Inc. dated July 26, 2010 (the Transaction Agreement) and shall be effective upon the Closing (as defined in the Transaction Agreement). Virtus and VPD shall be referred to herein collectively as the Virtus Parties and the Insurer and the Underwriter shall be referred to herein collectively as the Phoenix Parties.
The Insurer, the Underwriter, VPD and Virtus Variable Insurance Trust, formerly The Phoenix Edge Series Fund (along with any successor trust, the Trust) have entered into a Fund Participation Agreement, dated November 5, 2010, as amended from time to time (the Participation Agreement), pursuant to which the Insurer and 1851, on behalf of certain of the Insurers separate accounts (the Separate Accounts), purchase shares (Shares) of certain Portfolios of the Trust (along with any successor Portfolios, the Portfolios) to serve as investment vehicles under certain variable annuity and/or variable life insurance contracts (Variable Contracts) offered by the Insurer and 1851, which Portfolios may be one of several investment options available under the Variable Contracts.
The Insurer or the Underwriter solicit applications for the Variable Contracts, or enter into agreements with broker-dealers under which such broker-dealers solicit applications for the sale of the Variable Contracts, which may result in the sale of Shares.
Each of Virtus and VPD recognizes that in the course of soliciting applications for its Variable Contracts and in servicing owners of the Variable Contracts, the Insurer or the Underwriter, and the agents of the Insurer who are registered representatives of the Underwriter or other broker-dealers provide information about the Trust and its Portfolios from time to time, answer questions concerning the Trust and its Portfolios, including questions respecting Variable Contract owners interests in one or more Portfolios, and that the Insurer provides services related to investments in the Portfolios.
Each of Virtus and VPD desires to promote these efforts of soliciting applications for the Variable Contracts that may result in the sale of Shares, and providing written and oral information and services regarding the Trust to current and prospective Variable Contract owners.
Accordingly, the following represents the collective intention and understanding of the parties under this Services Agreement.
The Insurer agrees that it shall cause the Underwriter to provide distribution services (Distribution Services) that may result in the sale of Shares. Such Distribution Services may include, but are not limited to, facilitating the solicitation activities by other broker-dealers; telephone and other communication; the printing and distribution of Portfolio Prospectuses, Statements of Additional Information, and reports for other than existing shareholders; and the preparation, printing, and distribution of sales literature and advertising materials that mention the Portfolios for other than existing shareholders.
The Insurer agrees that it or its affiliates shall provide administrative services (Administrative Services and with Distribution Services are collectively, Services) to current and prospective owners of Variable Contracts including, but not limited to: teleservicing support in connection with the Portfolios; delivery and responding to inquires related to Portfolio Prospectuses and/or Statements of Additional Information, reports, notices, proxies and proxy statements and other information respecting the Portfolios (but not including services paid for by the Trust such as printing and mailing); facilitation of the tabulation of Variable Contract owners votes in the event of a meeting of Trust shareholders; maintenance of Variable Contract records reflecting Shares purchased and redeemed and Share balances, and the conveyance of that information to the Trust, its transfer agent, or Virtus, as may be reasonably requested; provision of support services including providing information about the Trust and its Portfolios and answering questions concerning the Trust and its Portfolios, including questions related to Variable Contract owners interests in one or more Portfolios; provision and administration of Variable Contract features for the benefit of Variable Contract owners participating in the Trust including fund transfers, dollar cost averaging, asset allocation, portfolio rebalancing, earnings sweep, and pre-authorized deposits and withdrawals; to the extent required by Rule 10b-10 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, preparing and mailing confirmation statements to Variable Contract owners for all purchases and redemptions of Shares of the Portfolios; and provision of other services as may be agreed upon from time to time. The Insurer further agrees that it shall comply with all Federal and state laws, rules and regulations applicable to it by virtue of entering into this Agreement.
In consideration of the Services, Virtus agrees to pay to the Company or a person designated by the Company a service fee at an annual rate equal to rates stated on Attachment A on the average daily value of Shares of the Portfolios held in Separate Accounts. To the extent that there is a Rule 12b-1 Plan currently in effect (a Plan) under the 1940 Act, with respect to the Shares of any of the above-referenced Portfolios, a portion of the service fee with respect to such Shares of such Portfolio held in Separate Accounts may be paid under the Plan, as determined by VPD and to the extent permissible under applicable law. The Insurer represents that it accepts the payments hereunder as paymaster for the Underwriter, and agrees that it shall be solely responsible for complying with any regulatory requirements related to its services as a paymaster. For purposes of computing the payment under this paragraph, the average daily value of Shares held in Separate Accounts over a quarterly period shall be computed by totaling such Separate Accounts aggregate investment (per Share net asset value multiplied by total number of Shares held by such Separate Accounts) on each business day during the calendar quarter, and dividing
2
by the total number of business days during such quarter. The payment under this paragraph shall be calculated by Virtus at the end of each calendar quarter and will be paid within thirty (30) days thereafter. Virtus and/or VPD shall send all payments and statements for Company to the attention of:
Jeanie Gagnon
Second Vice President
Phoenix Life Insurance Company
One American Row
Hartford, CT 06102-5056
This Services Agreement shall remain in full force and effect for an initial term of two years, and shall automatically renew for successive one year periods. This Services Agreement may be terminated (a) by the Virtus Parties upon one-hundred eighty days notice in the event that they believe in good faith that the Portfolios will no longer pay service fees pursuant to the Plan, provided that the termination pursuant to such notice will not be effective until after the initial term of two years and that at the time of the termination the Portfolios, in fact, no longer pay service fees pursuant to the Plan; (b) by the Virtus Parties in the event of a material violation of its terms or a material violation of Federal securities laws by the Phoenix Parties; (b) by the Phoenix Parties in the event of a material violation of its terms or a material violation of Federal securities laws by the Virtus Parties; (c) by mutual consent of the Virtus Parties and the Phoenix Parties; and shall terminate automatically (d) upon redemption of all Shares held in Separate Accounts; (e) upon termination of the Participation Agreement after the initial term of two years; (f) upon assignment of the Participation Agreement by a party to this Services Agreement to any person unaffiliated with the assignor; (g) in the event that Virtus or an affiliate is no longer the investment adviser to the Portfolios; (h) in the event that VPD or an affiliate is no longer the distributor of the Shares; (i) upon termination of the Transaction Agreement; or (j) if required by law.
Nothing in the Services Agreement shall amend, modify or supersede any contractual terms, obligations or covenants among or between any of the Insurer, the Underwriter, Virtus, VPD, or the Trust previously or currently in effect, including those contractual terms, obligations or covenants contained in the Participation Agreement or Transaction Agreement.
To the extent that state law is not preempted by the provisions of any law of the United States heretofore or hereafter enacted, as the same may be amended from time to time, this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of formation of the Trust (which as of the date hereof, is the Commonwealth of Massachusetts) without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.
3
Each notice required by this Agreement shall be given in writing and delivered personally or mailed by certified mail or courier service to the other party at the following address or such other address as each party may give notice to the other:
If to the Phoenix Parties, c/o:
Jeanie Gagnon
Second Vice President
Phoenix Life Insurance Company
One American Row
Hartford, CT 06102-5056
If to the Virtus Parties, c/o:
Virtus Investment Partners
100 Pearl Street
Hartford, CT 06103
Attention: Counsel
A notice given hereunder shall be deemed given immediately when delivered personally, three (3) calendar days after the date of certified mailing, and one (1) calendar day after the date of mailing for delivery by courier service.
This Agreement may be modified or amended, and the terms of this Agreement may be waived, only by a writing signed by each of the parties.
This Agreement contains the full and complete understanding of the parties and supersedes all prior representations, promises, statements, arrangements, agreements, warranties and understandings between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, whether oral or written, express or implied. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
[Signatures page follows.]
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement by their duly authorized officers as of the date first set forth in this Agreement
| Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc. | ||
| By: |
/s/ Francis G. Waltman |
|
| Name: Francis G. Waltman | ||
| Title: Sr. Vice President | ||
| VP Distributors, Inc. | ||
| By: |
/s/ Michael A. Angerthal |
|
| Name: Michael A. Angerthal | ||
| Title: Sr. Vice President | ||
| Phoenix Life Insurance Company | ||
| By: |
/s/ Kathleen A. McGah |
|
| Name: Kathleen A. McGah | ||
| Title: Vice President | ||
| PHL Variable Insurance Company | ||
| By: |
/s/ Kathleen A. McGah |
|
| Name: Kathleen A. McGah | ||
| Title: Vice President | ||
| Phoenix Life and Annuity Company | ||
| By: |
/s/ Kathleen A. McGah |
|
| Name: Kathleen A. McGah | ||
| Title: Vice President | ||
| 1851 Securities, Inc. | ||
| By: |
/s/ John H. Beers |
|
| Name: John H. Beers | ||
| Title: Vice President | ||
5
Attachment A
Distribution and Administrative Service Fees
|
Portfolio |
Assets in
Separate Accounts below $50 M per Portfolio (%) |
Assets
in
Separate Accounts >$50 M and <$200 M per Portfolio (%) |
Assets
in
Separate Accounts in excess of $200 M per Portfolio (%) |
|||||||||
|
Virtus International Series |
0.325 | 0.325 | 0.375 | |||||||||
|
Virtus Capital Growth Series |
0.350 | 0.400 | 0.450 | |||||||||
|
Virtus Multi-Sector Fixed Income Series |
0.250 | 0.250 | 0.300 | |||||||||
|
Virtus Strategic Allocation Series |
0.275 | 0.325 | 0.375 | |||||||||
|
Virtus Real Estate Securities Series |
0.350 | 0.400 | 0.450 | |||||||||
|
Virtus Growth & Income Series |
0.350 | 0.400 | 0.450 | |||||||||
|
Virtus Small-Cap Value Series |
0.350 | 0.400 | 0.450 | |||||||||
|
Virtus Small-Cap Growth Series |
0.350 | 0.400 | 0.450 | |||||||||
6
EXPENSE LIMITATION AGREEMENT
VIRTUS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
This Expense Limitation Agreement (the Agreement) effective as of November 5, 2010, is by and between Virtus Variable Insurance Trust (formerly The Phoenix Edge Series Fund), a Massachusetts business trust (the Registrant), on behalf of each series of the Registrant listed in Appendix A (each a Fund and collectively, the Funds) and the Adviser of each of the Funds, Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (the Adviser).
WHEREAS, the Adviser renders advice and services to the Funds pursuant to the terms and provisions of one or more Investment Advisory Agreements entered into between the Registrant and the Adviser (the Advisory Agreement);
WHEREAS, the Adviser desires to maintain the expenses of each Fund at a level below the level to which each such Fund might otherwise be subject; and
WHEREAS, the Adviser understands and intends that the Registrant will rely on this Agreement in accruing the expenses of the Registrant for purposes of calculating net asset value and for other purposes, and expressly permits the Registrant to do so.
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:
| 1. | Limit on Fund Expenses. The Adviser hereby agrees to limit each Funds Expenses to the respective rate of Total Fund Operating Expenses (Expense Limit) specified for that Fund in Appendix A of this Agreement for the time period indicated. |
| 2. | Definition. For purposes of this Agreement, the term Total Fund Operating Expenses with respect to a Fund is defined to include all expenses necessary or appropriate for the operation of the Fund including the Advisers investment advisory or management fee under the Advisory Agreement, Rule 12b-1 fees and other expenses described in the Advisory Agreement that the Fund is responsible for and have not been assumed by the Adviser, but does not include front-end or contingent deferred loads, taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, expenses incurred in connection with any merger or reorganization, or extraordinary expenses, such as litigation or acquired fund fees and expenses. |
| 3. |
Recoupment and Recapture of Fees and Expenses. Each Fund agrees to reimburse the Adviser and/or certain of its affiliates (collectively, Virtus) out of assets belonging to the relevant class of the Fund for any Total Fund Operating Expenses of the relevant class of the Fund in excess of the Expense Limit paid, waived or assumed by Virtus for that Fund, provided that Virtus would not be entitled to reimbursement for any amount that would cause Total Fund Operating Expenses to exceed the Expense Limit or, if the Expense Limit has been removed, |
|
then the previous Expense Limit, at the time that the reimbursement would be made, and provided further that no amount would be reimbursed by the Fund more than three years after the fiscal year in which it was incurred or waived by Virtus. |
| 4. | Term, Termination and Modification. This Agreement shall become effective on the date specified herein and shall remain in effect with respect to each Fund subject to a Contractual Expense Limitation for the time period indicated on Appendix A, unless sooner terminated as provided below in this Paragraph. Subsequent to the initial term indicated on Appendix A, the amount of the Expense Limit and term applicable to each Fund shall be as disclosed in the then current prospectus of that Fund. This Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to each Fund subject to a Voluntary Expense Limitation until such time as specified in a notice of its termination provided by one party to the other party. This Agreement also may be terminated by the Registrant on behalf of any one or more of the Funds at any time without payment of any penalty or by the Board of Trustees of the Registrant upon thirty (30) days written notice to the Adviser. In addition, this Agreement shall terminate with respect to a Fund upon termination of the Advisory Agreement with respect to such Fund. |
| 5. | Subsequent Term. For the term immediately subsequent to the initial term, for a term to expire no sooner than April 30, 2014, the Adviser agrees to limit the expenses of each Fund listed on Appendix A as an Extended Expense Limitation Fund to the Expense Limit that is the median Expense Limit for the Funds asset class under the standard categories by Lipper, Inc., unless amended by the Board of Trustees. |
| 6. | Assignment. This Agreement and all rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned without the written consent of the other party. |
| 7. | Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute or rule, or shall otherwise be rendered invalid, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. |
| 8. | Captions. The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or limit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. |
| 9. | Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of Massachusetts without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof; provided that nothing herein shall be construed to preempt, or to be inconsistent with, any Federal securities law, regulation or rule, including the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. |
2
| 10. | Computation. If the fiscal year-to-date Total Fund Operating Expenses of a Fund at the end of any month during which this Agreement is in effect exceed the Expense Limit for that Fund (the Excess Amount), the Adviser shall (at its option) waive or reduce its fee under the Advisory Agreement and/or remit to that Fund an amount that is sufficient to pay the Excess Amount computed on the last day of the month. |
| 11. | Liability. Virtus agrees that it shall look only to the assets of the relevant class of each respective relevant Fund for performance of this Agreement and for payment of any claim Virtus may have hereunder, and neither any other series (including the other series of the Registrant) or class of the Fund, nor any of the Registrants trustees, officers, employees, agents or shareholders, whether past, present or future, shall be personally liable therefor. |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers.
| VIRTUS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST | VIRTUS INVESTMENT ADVISERS, INC. | |||||
| By: |
/s/ George R. Aylward |
By: |
/s/ Francis G. Waltman |
|||
| George R. Aylward | Francis G. Waltman | |||||
| President | Senior Vice President | |||||
3
APPENDIX A
Contractual Expense Limitations
|
Fund |
Total Fund Operating
Expense Limit |
Term | ||||||
|
Virtus Small-Cap Growth Series (formerly Phoenix Small-Cap Growth Series) |
1.05 | % | 2 years from effectiveness | |||||
|
Virtus Small-Cap Value Series (formerly Phoenix Small-Cap Value Series) |
1.30 | % | 2 years from effectiveness | |||||
|
Virtus Capital Growth Series (formerly Phoenix Capital Growth Series) |
0.95 | % | 2 years from effectiveness | |||||
|
Virtus Growth & Income Series (formerly Phoenix Growth and Income Series) |
0.90 | % | 2 years from effectiveness | |||||
|
Virtus Multi-Sector Fixed Income Series (formerly Phoenix Multi-Sector Fixed Income Series) |
0.75 | % | 2 years from effectiveness | |||||
|
Virtus Strategic Allocation Series (formerly Phoenix Strategic Allocation Series) |
0.85 | % | 2 years from effectiveness | |||||
|
Virtus International Series (formerly Phoenix-Aberdeen International Series) |
1.03 | % | 2 years from effectiveness | |||||
|
Virtus Real Estate Securities Series (formerly Phoenix-Duff & Phelps Real Estate Securities Series) |
1.10 | % | 2 years from effectiveness | |||||
Extended Limitation Funds
Virtus Small-Cap Growth Series (formerly Phoenix Small-Cap Growth Series)
Virtus Small-Cap Value Series (formerly Phoenix Small-Cap Value Series)
Virtus Capital Growth Series (formerly Phoenix Capital Growth Series)
Virtus Growth & Income Series (formerly Phoenix Growth and Income Series)
Virtus Multi-Sector Fixed Income Series (formerly Phoenix Multi-Sector Fixed Income Series)
Virtus Strategic Allocation Series (formerly Phoenix Strategic Allocation Series)
Virtus International Series (formerly Phoenix-Aberdeen International Series)
Virtus Real Estate Securities Series (formerly Phoenix-Duff & Phelps Real Estate Securities Series)
Voluntary Expense Limitations*
|
Fund |
Total Fund Operating Expense Limit |
Effective Date |
||||
|
N/A |
||||||
| * | Voluntary expense limitations are terminable at any time upon notice. |
4
PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
Among
VIRTUS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST,
VP DISTRIBUTORS, INC.,
PHOENIX LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY,
PHL VARIABLE INSURANCE COMPANY,
PHOENIX LIFE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
and
1851 SECURITIES, INC.
THIS AGREEMENT (Agreement) is made and entered into as of the 5th day of November, 2010, by and among Phoenix Life Insurance Company, PHL Variable Insurance Company and Phoenix Life and Annuity Company (together the Company) on their own behalf and on behalf of each of their separate accounts named in Schedule A, attached (Accounts), 1851 Securities, Inc. (1851), Virtus Variable Insurance Trust, formerly known as The Phoenix Edge Series Fund (Fund) and VP Distributors, Inc. (Underwriter).
WHEREAS, the Fund is an open-end management investment company and is available to act as the investment vehicle for separate accounts now in existence or to be established at any date hereafter for variable life insurance policies, variable annuity contracts and Qualified Plans (collectively, the Variable Insurance Products) offered by life insurance companies (hereinafter Participating Insurance Companies);
WHEREAS, the beneficial interest in the Fund is divided into several series of shares, each designated a Portfolio, and each representing the interests in a particular managed pool of securities and other assets;
WHEREAS, the Fund has obtained an order from the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC), dated August 20, 2002 (Investment Company File No. 25703 granting Participating Insurance Companies and variable annuity and variable life insurance separate accounts exemptions from the provisions of sections 9(a), 13(a), 15(a), and 15(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (hereinafter the 1940 Act) and Rules 6e-2(b)(15) and 6e-3(T)(b)(15) thereunder, to the extent necessary to permit shares of the Fund to be sold to and held by variable annuity and variable life insurance separate accounts of both affiliated and unaffiliated life insurance companies (hereinafter the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order);
1
WHEREAS , the Fund is registered as an open-end management investment company under the 1940 Act and each class of shares of the Portfolios of the Fund is registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (hereinafter the 1933 Act);
WHEREAS, the Underwriter acts as the principal underwriter and distributor of those Portfolios of the Fund listed on Schedule A hereto;
WHEREAS, the Company has registered or will register certain variable annuity and/or life insurance contracts under the 1933 Act (hereinafter Contracts) (unless an exemption from registration is available);
WHEREAS, 1851 is the principal underwriter and distributor of the Contracts;
WHEREAS, the Accounts are or will be duly organized, validly existing segregated asset accounts under applicable insurance law, established by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, to set aside and invest assets attributable to the Variable Insurance Products covered by the Agreement;
WHEREAS, the Company has registered or will register the Accounts as unit investment trusts under the 1940 Act (unless an exclusion from registration is available);
WHEREAS, to the extent permitted by applicable insurance laws and regulations, the Company intends to purchase shares in the Portfolios specified in Schedule A attached on behalf of the Accounts to fund the Variable Insurance Products, and the Fund is authorized to sell such shares to unit investment trusts such as the Accounts at net asset value; and
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual promises, the Fund, the Distributor and the Company agree as follows:
ARTICLE I: Sale of Fund Shares
1.1. The Underwriter agrees to sell to the Company and 1851 those shares of the Fund which each Account orders, executing such orders on a daily basis at the net asset value (NAV) next computed after receipt by the Fund or its designee of the order for the shares of the Fund. For purposes of this Section 1.1, the Company shall be the designee of the Fund for receipt of such orders from each Account and receipt by such designee shall constitute receipt by the Fund; provided that the Fund receives notice of such order by 9:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the next following Business Day. Beginning within three months of the effective date of this Agreement, the Company agrees that all orders for the purchase and redemption of Fund shares on behalf of the Accounts will be placed by the Company with the Funds or their transfer agent by electronic transmission. Business Day shall mean any day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading and on which the Fund calculates its NAV pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. If the Fund provides the Company with materially incorrect NAV per share information through no fault of the Company, the Company, on behalf of the Accounts, shall be entitled to an adjustment to the number of shares purchased or
2
redeemed to reflect the correct NAV per share in accordance with the NAV correction procedures set forth by the Fund Board and in conformity with SEC interpretations as now in effect or as may be amended from time to time. Any material error in the calculation of NAV per share, dividend or capital gain information shall be reported by the Fund promptly upon discovery to the Company.
1.2. The Fund agrees to make its shares available indefinitely for purchase at the applicable net asset value per share by the Company and its Accounts on those days on which the Fund calculates its net asset value pursuant to rules of the SEC and the Fund shall use reasonable efforts to calculate such net asset value on each day which the New York Stock Exchange is open for regular trading. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Trustees of the Fund (hereinafter the Board) may refuse to sell shares of any Portfolio to any person, or suspend or terminate the offering of shares of any Portfolio if such action is required by law or by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction or is, in the sole discretion of the Board acting in good faith and in light of their fiduciary duties under federal and any applicable state laws, necessary in the best interests of the shareholders of such Portfolio. The Company shall establish and maintain policies and procedures designed to detect, monitor and deter (including, without limitation, rejecting specific purchase orders) Contract owners (or their agents) whose purchase and redemption activity follows a market timing pattern, and to take such other actions as it deems necessary to discourage or reduce market timing activity. For the purposes hereof, market timing activity shall mean and refer to any discernable pattern of excessive trading in and out of a Portfolio by one or more Contract owners (or their agents), including, without limitation, any purchase and sale (round trip) in and out of a single Portfolio within any thirty day period. The Company shall provide reasonable reports regarding its implementation and enforcement of such restrictions on purchase and redemption activity that follows a market-timing pattern upon request, which reports will include disclosure regarding any material changes to the Companys policies and procedures relating to market timing. The Company agrees that purchases and redemptions of Portfolio shares offered by the then current prospectus of the Fund shall be made in accordance with the provisions of such prospectus.
1.3. The Fund and the Underwriter agree that shares of the Fund will be sold only to Participating Insurance Companies and their separate accounts and Qualified Plans. No shares of any Portfolio will be sold to the general public.
1.4. The Fund and the Underwriter will not sell Fund shares to any insurance company, separate account or Qualified Plan unless an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as this Agreement is in effect to govern such sales.
1.5. The Fund agrees to redeem for cash, on the Companys request, any full or fractional shares of the Fund held by the Company, executing such requests on a daily basis at the net asset value next computed after receipt by the Fund or its designee of the request for redemption. For purposes of this Section 1.5, the Company shall be the designee of the Fund for receipt of requests for redemption from each Account and receipt by such designee shall constitute receipt by the Fund; provided that the Fund receives notice of such request for redemption on the next following Business Day. This section shall not apply to Fund shares or
3
share classes that are subject to redemption fees. The Company shall not purchase or redeem Fund shares that are subject to redemption fees, including shares of Portfolios or share classes that later become subject to redemption fees, in the absence of an additional written agreement signed by all parties.
1.6. The Company shall pay for Fund shares on the next Business Day after an order to purchase Fund shares is made in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.1 hereof. Payment shall be in federal funds transmitted by wire. For purpose of Section 2.10 and 2.11, upon receipt by the Fund of the federal funds so wired, such funds shall cease to be the responsibility of the Company and shall become the responsibility of the Fund.
1.7. Issuance and transfer of the Funds shares will be by book entry only. Stock certificates will not be issued to the Company or any Account. Shares ordered from the Fund will be recorded in an appropriate title for each Account or the appropriate subaccount of each Account.
1.8. The Fund shall furnish same day notice (by wire or telephone, followed by written confirmation) to the Company of any income, dividends or capital gain distributions payable on the Funds shares. The Company hereby elects to receive all such income dividends and capital gain distributions as are payable on the Portfolio shares in additional shares of that Portfolio. The Company reserves the right to revoke this election and to receive all such income dividends and capital gain distributions in cash. The Fund shall notify the Company of the number of shares so issued as payment of such dividends and distributions.
1.9. The Fund shall make the net asset value per share for each Portfolio available to the Company on a daily basis as soon as reasonably practical after the net asset value per share is calculated (normally by 6:30 p.m. Eastern Time) and shall use its best efforts to make such net asset value per share available by 7 p.m. Eastern Time.
1.10. The Company agrees to comply with its obligations under applicable anti-money laundering (AML) laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to its obligations under the United States Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended (by the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 and other laws), and the rules, regulations and official guidance issued thereunder.
ARTICLE II: Representations and Warranties
2.1. The Company represents and warrants that the Contracts are or will be registered under the 1933 Act or are exempt from registration thereunder; that the Contracts will be issued and sold in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Federal and State laws and that the sale of the Contracts shall comply in all material respects with state insurance suitability requirements. The Company further represents and warrants that it is an insurance company duly organized and in good standing under applicable law and that it has legally and validly established each Account prior to any issuance or sale thereof as a segregated asset account under of the Connecticut Insurance Code and that each Account is either registered or exempt from registration as a unit investment trust in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act to serve as a segregated investment account for the Contracts.
4
2.2. The Fund represents and warrants that Fund shares sold pursuant to this Agreement shall be registered under the 1933 Act duly authorized for issuance and sold in compliance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and all applicable federal and state securities laws and that the Fund is and shall remain registered under the 1940 Act. The Fund shall amend the Registration Statement for its shares under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act from time to time as required in order to effect the continuous offering of its shares. The Fund shall register and qualify the shares for sale in accordance with the laws of the various states only if and to the extent deemed advisable by the Fund or the Underwriter.
2.3. The Fund represents that it is currently qualified as a Regulated Investment Company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the Code) and that it will make every effort to maintain such qualification (under Subchapter M or any successor or similar provision) and that it will notify the Company immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that it has ceased to so qualify or that it might not so qualify in the future.
2.4. The Company represents that the Contracts are currently treated as endowment, life insurance or annuity insurance contracts, under applicable provisions of the Code and that it will make every effort to maintain such treatment and that it will notify the Fund and the Underwriter immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that the Contracts have ceased to be so treated or that they might not be so treated in the future.
2.5. The Fund has adopted a Rule 12b-1 Plan under which it makes payments to finance distribution expenses. The Fund represents and warrants that it has a board of trustees, a majority of whom are not interested persons of the Fund, which has approved the Rule 12b-1 Plan to finance distribution expenses of the Fund and that any changes to the Funds Rule 12b-1 Plan will be approved by a similarly constituted board of trustees.
2.6. The Fund makes no representation as to whether any aspect of its operations (including, but not limited to, fees and expenses and investment policies) complies with the insurance laws or regulations of the various states except that the Fund represents that the Funds investment policies, fees and expenses are and shall at all times remain in compliance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the Fund and the Underwriter represent that their respective operations are and shall at all times remain in material compliance with the laws of the State of Delaware to the extent required to perform this Agreement.
2.7. The Underwriter represents and warrants that it is a member in good standing of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) and is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC. The Underwriter further represents that it will sell and distribute the Fund shares in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and all applicable state and federal securities laws, including without limitation the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, and the 1940 Act.
5
2.8. The Fund represents that it is lawfully organized and validly existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and that it does and will comply in all material respects with the 1940 Act.
2.9. The Underwriter represents and warrants that the Adviser is and shall remain duly registered in all material respects under all applicable federal and state securities laws and that the Adviser shall perform its obligations for the Fund in compliance in all material respects with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and any applicable state and federal securities laws.
2.10. The Fund and Underwriter represent and warrant that all of their directors, officers, employees, investment advisers, and other individuals/entities dealing with the money and/or securities of the Fund are and shall continue to be at all times covered by a blanket fidelity bond or similar coverage for the benefit of the Fund in an amount not less than the minimal coverage as required currently by Rule 17g-(1) of the 1940 Act or related provisions as may be promulgated from time to time. The aforesaid Bond shall include coverage for larceny and embezzlement and shall be issued by a reputable bonding company.
2.11. The Company and 1851 represent and warrant that all of their directors, officers, employees, investment advisers, and other individuals/entities dealing with the money and/or securities of the Fund are covered by a blanket fidelity bond or similar coverage for the benefit of the Fund, and that said bond is issued by a reputable bonding company, includes coverage for larceny and embezzlement, and is in an amount not less than $5 million.
2.12. The Fund represents and warrants that the Fund will continue to comply with any representations made in the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order(s).
2.13. The Parties represent that they will enter into an information sharing agreement pursuant to Rule 22c-2 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 to enable the Fund to monitor and restrict shareholders who the Fund determines to be disruptive.
2.12 Each of the parties represents and warrants to the other that it has, or shall, to the extent required by applicable law, adopt, implement and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls (as such phrases are defined pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (hereinafter collectively the S-Ox Act)) and will cooperate with one another in exchanging copies of such policies and procedures and facilitating the filing by either party and/or their respective officers and auditors of any and all certifications or attestations as required by the S-Ox Act, including, without limitation, furnishing such sub-certifications from relevant officers of each party as such party shall reasonably request from time to time.
6
ARTICLE III: Prospectuses and Proxy Statements; Voting
3.1. The Underwriter shall provide the Company and 1851 with as many printed copies of the Funds current prospectus and Statement of Additional Information as the Company may reasonably request. If requested by the Company in lieu thereof, the Fund shall provide camera-ready film containing the Funds prospectus and Statement of Additional Information, and such other assistance as is reasonably necessary in order for the Company once each year (or more frequently if the prospectus and/or Statement of Additional Information for the Fund is amended during the year) to have the prospectus, private offering memorandum or other disclosure document (Disclosure Document) for the Contracts and the Funds prospectus printed together in one document, and to have the Statement of Additional Information for the Fund and the Statement of Additional Information for the Contracts printed together in one document. Alternatively, the Company may print the Funds prospectus and/or its Statement of Additional Information in combination with other fund companies prospectuses and statements of additional information.
All expenses of printing and distributing Fund prospectuses and Statements of Additional Information shall be the expense of the Fund, including such documents required to update disclosure annually as required by the 1933 Act and/or the 1940 Act, for the existing owners of the Contracts. The Company agrees to provide the Fund or its designee with such information as may be reasonably requested by the Fund to assure that the Funds expenses do not include the cost of printing any prospectuses or Statements of Additional Information other than those actually distributed to existing owners of the Contracts.
3.2. The Funds prospectus shall state that the Statement of Additional Information for the Fund is available from the Underwriter, 1851 or the Company (or in the Funds discretion, the Prospectus shall state that such Statement is available from the Fund).
3.3. The Fund, at its expense, shall provide the Company with copies of its proxy statements, reports to shareholders, and other communications to shareholders in such quantity as the Company shall reasonably require for distributing to Contract owners.
3.4. If and to the extent required by law the Company shall:
| (i) | solicit voting instructions from Contract owners; |
| (ii) | vote the Fund shares in accordance with instructions received from Contract owners; and |
| (iii) | vote Fund shares for which no instructions have been received in a particular separate account in the same proportion as Fund shares of such portfolio for which instructions have been received in that separate account, |
so long as and to the extent that the SEC continues to interpret the 1940 Act to require pass-through voting privileges for variable contract owners. The Company reserves the right to vote Fund shares held in any segregated asset account in its own right, to the extent
7
permitted by law. Participating Insurance Companies (as defined in the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order), including the Company, shall be responsible for assuring that each of their separate accounts participating in the Fund calculates voting privileges in a manner consistent with the standards set forth in the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order and consistent with any reasonable standards that the Fund may adopt and provide in writing, which will also be provided to the other Participating Insurance Companies.
3.5. The Fund will comply with all provisions of the 1940 Act requiring voting by shareholders, and in particular the Fund will either provide for annual meetings or comply with Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act (although the Fund is not one of the trusts described in Section 16(c) of that Act) as well as with Sections 16(a) and, if and when applicable, 16(b). Further, the Fund will act in accordance with the SECs interpretation of the requirements of Section 16(a) with respect to periodic elections of trustees and with whatever rules the Commission may promulgate with respect thereto.
ARTICLE IV: Sales Material and Information
4.1. The Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the Fund or its designee, each piece of sales literature or other promotional material in which the Fund or its investment adviser or the Underwriter is named, at least ten (10) Business Days prior to its use. No such material shall be used if the Fund or its designee reasonably objects to such use within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of such material.
4.2. The Company shall not give any information or make any representations or statements on behalf of the Fund or concerning the Fund in connection with the sale of the Contracts other than the information or representations contained in the registration statement or prospectus for the Fund shares, as such registration statement and prospectus may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or in reports or proxy statements for the Fund, or in sales literature or other promotional material approved by the Fund or its designee or by the Underwriter, except with the permission of the Fund or the Underwriter or the designee of either.
4.3. The Fund, Underwriter, or its designee shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the Company or 1851, each piece of sales literature or other promotional material in which the Company, 1851 and/or its separate account(s), is named at least ten (10) Business Days prior to its use. No such material shall be used if the Company or 1851 reasonably objects to such use within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of such material.
4.4. The Fund and the Underwriter shall not give any information or make any representations on behalf of the Company or concerning the Company, each Account, 1851 or the Contracts other than the information or representations contained in a registration statement or Disclosure Document for the Contracts, as such registration statement or Disclosure Document may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or in published reports for each Account which are in the public domain or approved by the Company for distribution to Contract owners, or in sales literature or other promotional material approved by the Company or its designee, except with the permission of the Company.
8
4.5. The Fund will provide or make available to the Company at least one complete copy of all registration statements, prospectuses, Statements of Additional Information, reports, proxy statements, sales literature and other promotional materials, and all amendments to any of the above, that relate to the Fund or its shares, contemporaneously with the filing of such document with the SEC or other regulatory authorities.
4.6. The Company will provide to the Fund at least one complete copy of all registration statements, Disclosure Documents, Statements of Additional Information, reports, solicitations for voting instructions, sales literature and other promotional materials, and all amendments to any of the above, that relate to or affect the Fund, the Contracts or each Account, contemporaneously with the filing of such document with the SEC or other regulatory authorities or, if a Contract and its associated Account are exempt from registration, at the time such documents are first published.
4.7. For purposes of this Article IV, the phrase sales literature or other promotional material includes, but is not limited to, any of the following that refer to the Fund or any affiliate of the Fund: advertisements (such as material published, or designed for use in, a newspaper, magazine, or other periodical, radio, television, telephone or tape recording, videotape display, signs or billboards, motion pictures, or other public media), sales literature ( i.e. , any written communication distributed or made generally available to customers or the public, including brochures, circulars, research reports, market letters, form letters, seminar texts, reprints or excerpts of any other advertisement, sales literature, or published article), educational or training materials or other communications distributed or made generally available to some or all agents or employees, and registration statements, Disclosure Documents, Statements of Additional Information, shareholder reports, and proxy materials.
ARTICLE V: Fees and Expenses
5.1. The Fund and Underwriter shall pay no fee or other compensation to the Company under this agreement. The Fund and Underwriter acknowledge that the Fund has adopted and implemented a plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 to finance distribution expenses and under the Plan, the Underwriter shall make payments to the Company or 1851 if and in amounts agreed to by the Underwriter in writing and such payments will be made out of existing fees otherwise payable to the Underwriter, past profits of the Underwriter or other resources available to the Underwriter. No such payments shall be made directly by the Fund.
5.2. All expenses incident to performance by the Fund under this Agreement shall be paid by the Fund. The Fund shall see to it that all its shares are registered and authorized for issuance in accordance with applicable federal law and, if and to the extent deemed advisable by the Fund, in accordance with applicable state laws prior to their sale. The Fund shall bear the expenses for the cost of registration and qualification of the Funds shares, preparation and filing of the Funds prospectus and registration statement, proxy materials and reports, setting the prospectus in type, setting in type and printing the proxy materials and reports to shareholders (including the costs of printing a prospectus that constitutes an annual report), the preparation of all statements and notices required by any federal or state law, and all taxes on the issuance or transfer of the Funds shares.
9
5.3. The Fund shall bear the expenses of distributing the Funds prospectus and reports to existing owners of Contracts issued by the Company. The Fund shall bear the costs of soliciting Fund proxies from existing Contract owners, including the costs of mailing proxy materials and tabulating proxy voting instructions, not to exceed the costs charged by any service provider engaged by the Fund for this purpose. The Fund and the Underwriter shall not be responsible for the costs of any proxy solicitations other than proxies sponsored by the Fund.
ARTICLE VI: Diversification
6.1. The Fund will at all times invest money from the Contracts in such a manner as to ensure that the Contracts will be treated as variable contracts under the Code and the regulations issued thereunder. Without limiting the scope of the foregoing, the Fund will at all times comply with Section 817(h) of the Code and Treasury Regulation 1.817-5, relating to the diversification requirements for variable annuity, endowment, or life insurance contracts and any amendments or other modifications to such Section or Regulations. In the event of a breach of this Article VI by the Fund, it will take all reasonable steps (a) to notify Company of such breach and (b) to adequately diversify the Fund so as to achieve compliance within the grace period afforded by Regulation 1.817-5.
ARTICLE VII: Potential Conflicts
7.1. The Board will monitor the Fund for the existence of any material irreconcilable conflict between the interests of the contract owners of all separate accounts investing in the Fund. An irreconcilable material conflict may arise for a variety of reasons, including: (a) an action by any state insurance regulatory authority; (b) a change in applicable federal or state insurance, tax, or securities laws or regulations, or a public ruling, private letter ruling, no-action or interpretative letter, or any similar action by insurance, tax, or securities regulatory authorities; (c) an administrative or judicial decision in any relevant proceeding; (d) the manner in which the investments of any Portfolio are being managed; (e) a difference in voting instructions given by variable annuity contract and variable life insurance contract owners; or (f) a decision by an insurer to disregard the voting instructions of contract owners. The Board shall promptly inform the Company if it determines that an irreconcilable material conflict exists and the implications thereof.
7.2. The Company will report any potential or existing conflicts of which it is aware to the Board. The Company will assist the Board in carrying out its responsibilities under the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order, by providing the Board with all information reasonably necessary for the Board to consider any issues raised. This includes, but is not limited to, an obligation by the Company to inform the Board whenever contract owner voting instructions are disregarded or there is a material difference in voting instructions given by variable annuity contract and variable life insurance contract owners.
10
7.3. If it is determined by a majority of the Board, or a majority of its disinterested trustees, that a material irreconcilable conflict exists, the Company and other Participating Insurance Companies shall, at their expense and to the extent reasonably practicable (as determined by a majority of the disinterested trustees), take whatever steps are necessary to remedy or eliminate the irreconcilable material conflict, up to and including: (1), withdrawing the assets allocable to some or all of the separate accounts from the Fund or any Portfolio and reinvesting such assets in a different investment medium, including (but not limited to) another Portfolio of the Fund, or submitting the question whether such segregation should be implemented to a vote of all affected Contract owners and, as appropriate, segregating the assets of any appropriate group ( i.e. , annuity contract owners, life insurance contract owners, or variable contract owners of one or more Participating Insurance Companies) that votes in favor of such segregation, or offering to the affected contract owners the option of making such a change; and (2), establishing a new registered management investment company or managed separate account.
7.4. If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because of a decision by the Company to disregard contract owner voting instructions and that decision represents a minority position or would preclude a majority vote, the Company may be required, at the Funds election, to withdraw the affected Accounts investment in the Fund and terminate this Agreement with respect to such Account; provided, however that such withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the extent required by the foregoing material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board. Any such withdrawal and termination must take place within six (6) months after the Fund gives written notice that this provision is being implemented, and until the end of that six month period the Underwriter and Fund shall continue to accept and implement orders by the Company for the purchase (and redemption) of shares of the Fund.
7.5. If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because a particular state insurance regulators decision applicable to the Company conflicts with the majority of other state regulators, then the Company will withdraw the affected Accounts investment in the Fund and terminate this Agreement with respect to such Account within six months after the Board informs the Company in writing that it has determined that such decision has created an irreconcilable material conflict; provided, however, that such withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the extent required by the foregoing material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board. Until the end of the foregoing six month period, the Underwriter and Fund shall continue to accept and implement orders by the Company for the purchase (and redemption) of shares of the Fund (subject to any other applicable terms and conditions).
7.6. For purposes of Sections 7.3 through 7.6 of this Agreement, a majority of the disinterested members of the Board shall determine whether any proposed action adequately remedies any irreconcilable material conflict, but in no event will the Fund be required to establish a new funding medium for the Contracts. The Company shall not be required by Section 7.3 to establish a new funding medium for the Contracts if an offer to do so has been declined by vote of a majority of Contract owners materially adversely affected by the
11
irreconcilable material conflict. In the event that the Board determines that any proposed action does not adequately remedy any irreconcilable material conflict, then the Company will withdraw the Accounts investment in the Fund and terminate this Agreement within six (6) months after the Board informs the Company in writing of the foregoing determination, provided, however, that such withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the extent required by any such material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board.
7.7. If and to the extent that Rule 6e-2 and Rule 6e-3(T) are amended, or Rule 6e-3 is adopted, to provide exemptive relief from any provision of the Act or the rules promulgated thereunder with respect to mixed or shared funding (as defined in the Shared Funding Exemptive Order) on terms and conditions materially different from those contained in the Shared Funding Exemptive Order, then (a) the Fund and/or the Participating Insurance Companies, as appropriate, shall take such steps as may be necessary to comply with Rules 6e-2 and 6e-3(T), as amended, and Rule 6e-3, as adopted, to the extent such rules are applicable; and (b) Sections 3.4, 3.5, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, and 7.5 of this Agreement shall continue in effect only to the extent that terms and conditions substantially identical to such Sections are contained in such Rule(s) as so amended or adopted.
ARTICLE VIII: Indemnification
| 8.1. | Indemnification by the Company |
8.1.(a). The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Fund and the Underwriter and each trustee of the Board and officers and each person, if any, who controls the Fund and the Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the Indemnified Parties for purposes of this Section 8.1) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with the written consent of the Company) or litigation (including legal and other expenses), to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute, regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements are related to the sale or acquisition of, or investment in, the Funds shares or the Contracts and:
| (i) |
arise out of or are based upon any untrue statements or alleged untrue statements of any material fact contained in the registration statements or Disclosure Documents for the Contracts or contained in the Contracts or sales literature for the Contracts (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, provided that this agreement to indemnify shall not apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement or omission or such alleged statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Fund |
12
|
and the Underwriter for use in any registration statement or Disclosure Document relating to the Contracts or in the Contracts or sales literature (or any amendment or supplement) or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of the Contracts or Fund shares; or |
| (ii) | arise out of or as a result of statements or representations (other than statements or representations contained in the registration statement, prospectus or sales literature of the Fund not supplied by the Company, or persons under its control) or wrongful conduct of the Company or persons under its control, with respect to the sale or distribution of the Contracts or Fund Shares; or |
| (iii) | arise out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement, prospectus, or sales literature of the Fund or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading if such a statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Fund by or on behalf of the Company; or |
| (iv) | arise as a result of any failure by the Company to provide the services and furnish the materials under the terms of this Agreement; or |
| (v) | arise out of or result from any material breach of any representation and/or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement or arise out of or result from any other material breach of this Agreement by the Company, |
as limited by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 8.1(b) and 8.1(c) hereof.
8.1.(b). The Company shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation incurred or assessed against an Indemnified Party as such may arise from such Indemnified Partys willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Partys duties or by reason of such Indemnified Partys reckless disregard of obligations or duties under this Agreement or to the Fund, whichever is applicable.
8.1.(c). The Company shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless such Indemnified Party shall have notified the Company in writing within a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal
13
process giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the Company of any such claim shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on account of this indemnification provision. In case any such action is brought against the Indemnified Parties, the Company shall be entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense of such action. The Company also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action. After notice from the Company to such party of the Companys election to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and the Company will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.
8.1.(d). The Indemnified Parties will promptly notify the Company of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against them in connection with the issuance or sale of the Fund Shares or the Contracts or the operation of the Fund.
| 8.2. | Indemnification by 1851 |
8.2.(a). 1851 agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Fund and the Underwriter and each trustee of the Board and officers and each person, if any, who controls the Fund and the Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the Indemnified Parties for purposes of this Section 8.2) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with the written consent of 1851) or litigation (including legal and other expenses), to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute, regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements are related to the sale or acquisition of, or investment in, the Funds shares or the Contracts and:
| (i) | arise out of or are based upon any untrue statements or alleged untrue statements of any material fact contained in the registration statements or Disclosure Documents for the Contracts or contained in the Contracts or sales literature for the Contracts (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, provided that this agreement to indemnify shall not apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement or omission or such alleged statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to 1851 by or on behalf of the Fund and the Underwriter for use in any registration statement or Disclosure Document relating to the Contracts or in the Contracts or sales literature (or any amendment or supplement) or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of the Contracts or Fund shares; or |
14
| (ii) | arise out of or as a result of statements or representations (other than statements or representations contained in the registration statement, prospectus or sales literature of the Fund not supplied by 1851, or persons under its control) or wrongful conduct of 1851 or persons under its control, with respect to the sale or distribution of the Contracts or Fund Shares; or |
| (iii) | arise out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement, prospectus, or sales literature of the Fund or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading if such a statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Fund by or on behalf of the 1851; or |
| (iv) | arise as a result of any failure by 1851 to provide the services and furnish the materials under the terms of this Agreement; or |
| (v) | arise out of or result from any material breach of any representation and/or warranty made by 1851 in this Agreement or arise out of or result from any other material breach of this Agreement by 1851, |
as limited by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 8.2(b) and 8.2(c) hereof.
8.2.(b). 1851 shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation incurred or assessed against an Indemnified Party as such may arise from such Indemnified Partys willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Partys duties or by reason of such Indemnified Partys reckless disregard of obligations or duties under this Agreement or to the Fund, whichever is applicable.
8.2.(c). 1851 shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless such Indemnified Party shall have notified 1851 in writing within a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify 1851 of any such claim shall not relieve 1851 from any liability which it may have to the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on account of this indemnification provision. In case any such action is brought against the Indemnified Parties, 1851 shall be entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense of such action.
15
1851 also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action. After notice from 1851 to such party of 1851s election to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and 1851 will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.
8.2.(d). The Indemnified Parties will promptly notify 1851 of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against them in connection with the issuance or sale of the Fund Shares or the Contracts or the operation of the Fund.
| 8.3. | Indemnification by the Underwriter |
8.3.(a). The Underwriter agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, 1851, the Fund and each of their directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company, 1851 and the Fund within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the Indemnified Parties for purposes of this Section 8.3) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with the written consent of the Underwriter) or litigation (including legal and other expenses) to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements are related to the sale or acquisition of, or investment in, the Funds shares or the Contracts and:
| (i) | arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the registration statement or prospectus or sales literature of the Fund (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, provided that this agreement to indemnify shall not apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement or omission or such alleged statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Underwriter by or on behalf of the Fund, the Company or 1851 for use in the registration statement or prospectus for the Fund or the Contracts or in sales literature (or any amendment or supplement) or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of the Contracts or Fund shares; or |
| (ii) | arise out of or as a result of statements or representations (other than statements or representations contained in the Registration Statement, prospectus or sales literature for the Contracts not supplied by the Underwriter or persons under its control) or wrongful conduct of the Fund, Adviser or Underwriter or persons under their control, with respect to the sale or distribution of the Contracts or Fund shares; or |
16
| (iii) | arise out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a registration statement or Disclosure Document or sales literature covering the Contracts, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement or statements therein not misleading, if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Fund; or |
| (iv) | arise as a result of any failure by the Underwriter to provide the services and furnish the materials under the terms of this Agreement; or |
| (v) | arise out of or result from any material breach of any representation and/or warranty made by the Underwriter in this Agreement or arise out of or result from any other material breach of this Agreement by the Underwriter; |
as limited by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 8.3(b) and 8.3(c) hereof.
8.3.(b). The Underwriter shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation to which an Indemnified Party would otherwise be subject by reason of such Indemnified Partys willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Partys duties or by reason of such Indemnified Partys reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement or to each Company or the Account, whichever is applicable.
8.3.(c). The Underwriter shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless such Indemnified Party shall have notified the Underwriter in writing within a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the Underwriter of any such claim shall not relieve the Underwriter from any liability which it may have to the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on account of this indemnification provision. In case any such action is brought against the Indemnified Parties, the Underwriter will be entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense thereof. The Underwriter also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action. After notice from the Underwriter to such party of the Underwriters election to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and
17
the Underwriter will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.
8.3.(d). The Indemnified Parties agree promptly to notify the Underwriter of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against them or any of their officers or directors in connection with the issuance or sale of the Contracts or the operation of each Account.
| 8.4. | Indemnification by the Fund |
8.4.(a). The Fund agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, 1851 and the Underwriter and each of their directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company, 1851 and the Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the Indemnified Parties for purposes of this Section 8.4) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with the written consent of the Fund) or litigation (including legal and other expenses) to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements result from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Board or any member thereof, are related to the operations of the Fund and:
| (i) | arise as a result of any failure by the Fund to provide the services and furnish the materials under the terms of this Agreement (including a failure to comply with the diversification requirements specified in Article VI of this Agreement); or |
| (ii) | arise out of or result from any material breach of any representation and/or warranty made by the Fund in this Agreement or arise out of or result from any other material breach of this Agreement by the Fund; |
as limited by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 8.3(b) and 8.3(c) hereof.
8.4.(b). The Fund shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation incurred or assessed against an Indemnified Party as such may arise from such Indemnified Partys willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Partys duties or by reason of such Indemnified Partys reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement or to the Company, the Fund, the Underwriter or each Account, whichever is applicable.
8.4.(c). The Fund shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless such Indemnified Party shall have notified the Fund in writing within a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such
18
Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the Fund of any such claim shall not relieve the Fund from any liability which it may have to the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on account of this indemnification provision. In case any such action is brought against the Indemnified Parties, the Fund will be entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense thereof. The Fund also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action. After notice from the Fund to such party of the Funds election to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and the Fund will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.
8.4.(d). The Indemnified Parties agree promptly to notify the Fund of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against it or any of its respective officers or directors in connection with this Agreement, the issuance or sale of the Contracts, with respect to the operation of either Account, or the sale or acquisition of shares of the Fund.
ARTICLE IX: Applicable Law
9.1. This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions hereof interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the state of Connecticut.
9.2. This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of the 1933, 1934 and 1940 acts, and the rules and regulations and rulings thereunder, including such exemptions from those statutes, rules and regulations as the SEC may grant (including, but not limited to, the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order) and the terms hereof shall be interpreted and construed in accordance therewith.
ARTICLE X: Term
This agreement shall commence as of November 5, 2010 for an initial term of 3 years, may be automatically thereafter on an annual basis and may be terminated in accordance with Section 11 below.
ARTICLE XI: Termination
11.1. This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the first to occur of:
| (a) | termination by any party for any reason by ninety (90) days advance written notice delivered to the other parties after the initial term of three years; or |
19
| (b) | termination by the Company and 1851 by written notice to the Fund and the Underwriter with respect to any Portfolio based upon the Companys determination that shares of such Portfolio are not reasonably available to meet the requirements of the Contracts; or |
| (c) | termination by the Company and 1851 by written notice to the Fund and the Underwriter with respect to any Portfolio in the event any of the Portfolios shares are not registered, issued or sold in accordance with applicable state and/or federal law or such law precludes the use of such shares as the underlying investment media of the Contracts issued or to be issued by the Company; or |
| (d) | termination by the Company and 1851 by written notice to the Fund and the Underwriter with respect to any Portfolio in the event that such Portfolio ceases to qualify as a Regulated Investment Company under Subchapter M of the Code or under any successor or similar provision, or if the Company reasonably believes that the Fund may fail to so qualify; or |
| (e) | termination by the Company and 1851 by written notice to the Fund and the Underwriter with respect to any Portfolio in the event that such Portfolio fails to meet the diversification requirements specified in Article VI hereof; or |
| (f) | termination by either the Fund or the Underwriter by written notice to the Company and 1851, if either one or both of the Fund or the Underwriter respectively, shall determine, in their sole judgment exercised in good faith, that the Company and/or its affiliated companies has suffered a material adverse change in its business, operations, financial condition or prospects since the date of this Agreement or is the subject of material adverse publicity; or |
| (g) | termination by the Company and 1851 by written notice to the Fund and the Underwriter, if the Company shall determine, in its sole judgment exercised in good faith, that either the Fund or the Underwriter has suffered a material adverse change in its business, operations, financial condition or prospects since the date of this Agreement or is the subject of material adverse publicity; or |
| (h) | automatic termination in the event that the Underwriter is no longer the principal underwriter and distributor of the Portfolios and no affiliate of the Underwriter has taken on such role and been assigned the Underwriters rights and duties hereunder. |
20
11.2. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, the Fund and the Underwriter shall at the option of the Company, continue to make available additional shares of the Fund pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, for all Contracts in effect on the effective date of termination of this Agreement (hereinafter referred to as Existing Contracts). Specifically, without limitation, the owners of the Existing Contracts shall be permitted to reallocate investments in the Fund, redeem investments in the Fund and/or invest in the Fund upon the making of additional purchase payments under the Existing Contracts. The parties agree that this Section 10.2 shall not apply to any terminations under Article VII and the effect of such Article VII terminations shall be governed by Article VII of this Agreement.
11.3. The provisions of Articles II (Representations and Warranties), VIII (Indemnification), IX (Applicable Law) and XIII (Miscellaneous) shall survive termination of this Agreement. In addition, all other applicable provisions of this Agreement shall survive termination as long as shares of the Fund are held on behalf of Contract owners in accordance with section 11.2, except that the Fund and Underwriter shall have no further obligation to make Fund shares available in Contracts issued after termination.
11.4. The Company shall not redeem Fund shares attributable to the Contracts (as opposed to Fund shares attributable to the Companys assets held in the Account) except (i) as necessary to implement Contract Owner initiated or approved transactions, or (ii) as required by state and/or federal laws or regulations or judicial or other legal precedent of general application (hereinafter referred to as a Legally Required Redemption) or (iii) as permitted by an order of the SEC pursuant to Section 26(b) of the 1940 Act. Upon request, the Company will promptly furnish to the Fund and the Underwriter the opinion of counsel for the Company (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Fund and the Underwriter) to the effect that any redemption pursuant to clause (ii) above is a Legally Required Redemption. Furthermore, except in cases where permitted under the terms of the Contracts, the Company shall not prevent Contract Owners from allocating payments to a Portfolio that was otherwise available under the Contracts without first giving the Fund or the Underwriter 90 days notice of its intention to do so.
ARTICLE XII: Notices
Any notice shall be sufficiently given when sent by registered or certified mail to the other party at the address of such party set forth below or at such other address as such party may from time to time specify in writing to the other party.
If to the Fund:
Virtus Variable Insurance Trust
c/o Virtus Investment Partners
100 Pearl Street
Hartford, CT 06103
Attention: Counsel
21
If to the Company:
Phoenix Life Insurance Company
PHL Variable Insurance Company
Phoenix Life and Annuity Company
One American Row
Hartford, CT 06102
Attention: General Counsel
If to the Underwriter:
VP Distributors, Inc.
c/o Virtus Investment Partners
100 Pearl Street
Hartford, CT 06103
Attention: Counsel
If to 1851:
1851 Securities, Inc.
c/o Phoenix Life Insurance Company
One American Row
Hartford, CT 06102
Attention: General Counsel
ARTICLE XIII: Miscellaneous
13.1. All persons dealing with the Fund must look solely to the property of the Fund for the enforcement of any claims against the Fund as neither the Board, officers, agents nor shareholders assume any personal liability for obligations entered into on behalf of the Fund.
13.2. Subject to the requirements of legal process and regulatory authority, each party hereto shall treat as confidential the names and addresses of the owners of the Contracts and all information reasonably identified as confidential in writing by any other party hereto and, except as permitted by this Agreement, shall not disclose, disseminate or utilize such names and addresses and other confidential information until such time as it may come into the public domain without the express written consent of the affected party.
13.3. The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delineate any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.
13.4. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
13.5. This Agreement may be amended from time to time by mutual written consent of the Parties.
13.6. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of the Agreement shall not be affected thereby.
22
13.7. Each party hereto shall cooperate with each other party and all appropriate governmental authorities (including without limitation the SEC, FINRA and state insurance regulators) and shall permit such authorities reasonable access to its books and records in connection with any investigation or inquiry relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, each party hereto further agrees to furnish the California Insurance Commissioner with any information or reports in connection with services provided under this Agreement which such Commissioner may request in order to ascertain whether the insurance operations of the Company are being conducted in a manner consistent with the California Insurance Regulations and any other applicable law or regulations.
13.8. The rights, remedies and obligations contained in this Agreement are cumulative and are in addition to any and all rights, remedies and obligations, at law or in equity, which the parties hereto are entitled to under state and federal laws.
13.9. This Agreement or any of the rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of all parties hereto; provided, however, that the Underwriter may assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder to any affiliate of or company under common control with the Underwriter, if such assignee is duly licensed and registered to perform the obligations of the Underwriter under this Agreement. The Company shall promptly notify the Fund and the Underwriter of any change in control of the Company.
13.10. Upon request, the Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the Fund or its designee copies of the following reports:
| (a) | the Companys annual statement (prepared under statutory accounting principles) and annual report (prepared under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), if any), as soon as practical and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year; |
| (b) | the Companys quarterly statements (statutory) (and GAAP, if any), as soon as practical and in any event within 45 days after the end of each quarterly period: |
| (c) | any financial statement, proxy statement, notice or report of the Company sent to stockholders and/or policyholders, as soon as practical after the delivery thereof to stockholders; |
| (d) | any registration statement (without exhibits) and financial reports of the Company filed with the SEC or any state insurance regulator, as soon as practical after the filing thereof; |
23
| (e) | any other report submitted to the Company by independent accountants in connection with any annual, interim or special audit made by them of the books of the Company, as soon as practical after the receipt thereof. |
[Signature page follows.]
24
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name and on its behalf by its duly authorized representative.
| 1851 SECURITIES, INC. | PHOENIX LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY | |||||||
| By: |
/s/ John H. Beers |
By: |
/s/ Kathleen A. McGah |
|||||
| Name: | John H. Beers | Name: | Kathleen A. McGah | |||||
| Its: | Vice President and Secretary | Its: | Vice President and Counsel | |||||
| PHL VARIABLE INSURANCE COMPANY | PHOENIX LIFE AND ANNUITY COMPANY | |||||||
| By: |
/s/ Kathleen A. McGah |
By: |
/s/ Kathleen A. McGah |
|||||
| Name: | Kathleen A. McGah | Name: | Kathleen A. McGah | |||||
| Its: | Vice President and Asst. Secretary | Its: | Vice President and Asst. Secretary | |||||
| VIRTUS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST | VP DISTRIBUTORS, INC. | |||||||
| By: |
/s/ George R. Aylward |
By: |
/s/ Michael A. Angerthal |
|||||
| Name: | George R. Aylward | Name: | Michael A. Angerthal | |||||
| Its: | President | Its: | Senior Vice President | |||||
25
SCHEDULE A
SEPARATE ACCOUNTS AND APPLICABLE PORTFOLIOS
PHOENIX LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PHOENIX LIFE VARIABLE ACCUMULATION ACCOUNT (40 Act Reg. # 811-03488)
(Separate account established: 6/21/82)
Variable Accumulation Annuity Contracts funded by this Separate Account:
PHOENIX LIFE VARIABLE UNIVERSAL LIFE ACCOUNT (40 Act Reg. # 811-04721)
(Separate account established: 6/17/85)
Variable Universal Life Insurance Policies funded by this Separate Account:
|
33 Act Reg. # |
Variable Insurance Product |
Policy Form # |
||
| 033-06793 |
The Phoenix Edge ® The Phoenix Edge ® - SPVL |
5000 V610, V610 NY |
||
| 033-23251 |
Flex Edge Flex Edge Success ® Joint Edge ® Individual Edge ® |
2667 V603 V601 V603(PIE) |
||
| 333-23171 |
Estate Edge ® Estate Strategies Developed exclusively for NFP Securities, Inc. |
V602 V611 |
||
| 333-86921 |
Corporate Edge Executive Benefit VUL Developed for Clark Bardes Phoenix Executive VUL SM |
V608 V607 V614 |
||
| 333-119919 |
Phoenix Express VUL SM (Maine & New York) Phoenix Express VUL SM (Maine & New York) |
V616 06PEXVUL |
||
| 333-146301 | Phoenix Benefit Choice VUL ® | 07VUL | ||
| 333-149636 | Phoenix Joint Edge ® VUL | 08JE | ||
| 333-152387 | Phoenix Executive VUL ® | 08XVUL | ||
26
The following separate accounts are closed to new business.
These accounts invest in the Phoenix Capital Growth Series.
|
33 Act Reg. # |
40 Act Reg. # |
|||
|
PHOENIX LIFE SEPARATE ACCOUNT B |
002-33165 | N/A | ||
|
PHOENIX LIFE SEPARATE ACCOUNT C |
033-49564 | 811-02268 | ||
|
PHOENIX LIFE SEPARATE ACCOUNT D |
033-49562 | 811-02269 |
PHL VARIABLE INSURANCE COMPANY
PHL VARIABLE ACCUMULATION ACCOUNT (40 Act Reg. # 811-08914)
(Separate account established: 12/7/94)
Variable Accumulation Annuity Contracts funded by this Separate Account:
|
33 Act Reg. # |
Variable Insurance Product |
Contract # |
||
| 033-87376 |
Phoenix Spectrum Edge ® The Big Edge Choice ® The Phoenix Edge ® - VA Phoenix Spectrum Edge ® + |
D611 D601 D602, D602 NY D611 |
||
| 333-48140 | Phoenix Income Choice ® | I601 | ||
| 333-68164 | Phoenix Investors Edge ® | D609 | ||
| 333-78761 |
Freedom Edge ® Retirement Planners Edge |
D615 D603 |
||
| 333-82912 | Phoenix Asset Manager | D613 | ||
| 333-95611 | Phoenix Premium Edge ® | D604 | ||
| 333-123040 | Phoenix Dimensions SM | D617 | ||
| 333-152905 | Phoenix Flexible Retirement Choice SM | 08VA |
PHL VARIABLE ACCUMULATION ACCOUNT II (40 Act Reg. # 811-22146)
(Separate account established: 10/25/07)
Variable Accumulation Annuity Contracts funded by this Separate Account:
|
33 Act Reg. # |
Variable Insurance Product |
Contract # |
||
| 333-147565 | Phoenix Portfolio Advisor ® | PHL-2300-2 |
PHLVIC Variable Universal Life Account (40 Act Reg. # 811-09065)
(Separate account established: 09/10/98)
Variable Universal Life Insurance Policies funded by this Separate Account:
|
33 Act Reg. # |
Variable Insurance Product |
Policy Form # |
||
| 333-65823 | Flex Edge Success ® | V605 | ||
| 333-76778 | The Phoenix Edge ® - SVUL | V612 | ||
| 333-81458 | The Phoenix Edge ® - VUL | V613 | ||
| 333-119916 |
Phoenix Express VUL SM Phoenix Express VUL SM |
V615 06PEXVUL |
||
| 333-143656 | Phoenix Benefit Choice VUL ® | 07VUL | ||
| 333-149105 | Phoenix Joint Edge ® VUL | 08JE | ||
| 333-152389 | Phoenix Executive VUL ® | 08XVUL |
27
PHOENIX LIFE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
Phoenix Life and Annuity Variable Universal Life Account (40 Act Reg. # 811-07835)
(Separate account established: 07/01/96)
Variable Universal Life Insurance Policies funded by this Separate Account:
|
33 Act Reg. # |
Variable Insurance Product |
Contract # |
||
| 333-12989 |
Corporate Edge Executive Benefit VUL Developed for Clark Bardes Flex Edge Success ® |
V609 V606 V604 |
28
Rule 22c-2 Agreement
AGREEMENT entered into as of November 5, 2010 by and among VP Distributors, Inc. (Fund Agent), Phoenix Life Insurance Company, PHL Variable Insurance Company, and Phoenix Life and Annuity Company (together Insurance Company), and 1851 Securities Inc.(1851).
As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings, unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context:
Funds shall mean the series of Virtus Variable Insurance Trust, formerly known as The Phoenix Edge Series Fund, underwritten by Fund Agent.
1851 is a broker, dealer that distributes certain insurance products issued by the Insurance Company.
Fund Agent is the principal underwriter, for the Funds.
Insurance Company is Phoenix Life Insurance Company, PHL Variable Insurance Company, and Phoenix Life and Annuity Company that holds securities issued by the Funds in a separate account.
WHEREAS, the Fund Agent, the Insurance Company and 1851 are parties to an agreement or arrangement whereby contract or policy owners in a separate account of the Insurance Company have an interest in an account with the Funds through such separate account of the Insurance Company (Shareholders).
WHEREAS, Fund Agent, Insurance Company and 1851 desire to enter into this Rule 22c-2 Agreement (this Agreement) in order to comply with the requirements of Rule 22c-2 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the Rule).
WHEREAS, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the undersigned (the Fund Agent, Insurance Company and 1851 shall be collectively referred to herein as the Parties and individually as a Party);
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, which consideration is full and complete, the Parties hereby agree as follows:
| 1. | Shareholder Information |
| 1.1 | Agreement to Provide Information . The Insurance Company and 1851 agree that one of them shall provide the Funds, upon written request, the taxpayer information number (TIN), if known, of any or all Shareholder(s) and the amount, date, name or other identifier of any investment professional(s) associated with the Shareholder(s) (if known), and transaction type (purchase, redemption, transfer, or exchange) of every purchase, redemption, transfer, or exchange of Fund shares held through an account maintained by the Insurance Company during the period covered by the request. |
1.1.1 Period Covered by Request . Requests must set forth a specific period, generally not to exceed 180 days from the date of the request, for which transaction information is sought. The Fund may request transaction information older than _180_ days from the date of the request as it deems necessary to investigate compliance with policies established by the Fund for the purposes of eliminating or reducing any dilution of the value of the outstanding shares issued by the Fund. If requested by the Fund, the Insurance Company and 1851 agree that one of them shall provide the information specified in 1.1 for each trading day.
1.1.2 Form and Timing of Response . The Insurance Company and 1851 agree that determination as to which of them is transmitting the requested information shall be based upon which has the information pertaining to the relevant Shareholder(s) on its books and records, and that such Party shall transmit the requested information that is on its books and records to the Funds or its designee promptly, but in any event not later than 10 business days, after receipt of a request. If the requested information is not on the books and records of either the Insurance Company or 1851, the Insurance Company and 1851 agree that one of them shall use reasonable efforts to: (i) promptly obtain and transmit the requested information; (ii) obtain assurances from the accountholder that the requested information will be provided directly to the Fund Agent promptly; or (iii) if directed by the Fund Agent, block further purchases of Fund shares from such accountholder. In such instance, whichever of the Insurance Company and 1851 is performing the actions agrees to inform the Fund Agent whether it plans to perform (i), (ii) or (iii). Responses required by this paragraph must be communicated in writing and in format mutually agreed upon by the parties. To the extent practicable, the format for any transaction information provided to the Fund Agent should be consistent with the NSCC Standardized Data Reporting Format.
1.1.3 Limitations on Use of Information . The Fund Agent agrees not to use the information received for marketing or any other similar purpose without the prior written consent of the Insurance Company and/or 1851, as applicable.
| 2. | Agreement to Restrict Trading . Each of the Insurance Company and 1851 agrees to execute written instructions from the Fund Agent to restrict or prohibit further purchases or exchanges of Fund shares by a Shareholder that has been identified by the Fund Agent as having engaged in transactions of the Funds shares (directly or indirectly through the Insurance Companys account) that violate policies established by the Funds for the purposes of eliminating or reducing any dilution of the value of the outstanding shares issued by the Funds. |
2.2.1 Form of Instructions . Instructions must include the TIN, if known, and the specific restriction(s) to be executed. If the TIN is not known, the instructions must include any equivalent identifying number of the Shareholder(s) or account(s) or other agreed upon information to which the instruction relates.
2.2.2 Timing of Response . Each of the Insurance Company and 1851 agrees to execute instructions as soon as reasonably practicable, but not later than five business days after receipt of the instructions.
2.2.3 Confirmation by the Insurance Company and/or 1851 . The Insurance Company and 1851 agree that whichever of them is responsible for executing instructions given under this Section 2 must provide written confirmation to the Fund Agent that instructions have been executed. The Insurance Company and 1851 agree that such confirmation must be provided as soon as reasonably practicable, but not later than ten business days after the instructions have been executed.
| 3.3 | Definitions . For purposes of this paragraph: |
3.3.1 The term Funds includes the funds principal underwriter and transfer agent. The term does not include any excepted funds as defined in SEC Rule 22c-2(b) under the Investment Company Act of 1940. 1
3.3.2 The term Shares means the interests of Shareholders in a separate account corresponding to the redeemable securities of record issued by the Fund under the Investment Company Act of 1940 that are held by the Insurance Company in a separate account.
3.3.3 The term Shareholder means a contract or policy owner in a separate account of the Insurance Company who has an interest in an account with the Funds through such separate account of the Insurance Company, whether the Shares are held by the Insurance Company or by 1851 in nominee name.
[Signature page follows.]
| 1 |
As defined in SEC Rule 22c-2(b), term excepted fund means any: (1) money market fund; (2) fund that issues securities that are listed on a national exchange; and (3) fund that affirmatively permits short-term trading of its securities, if its prospectus clearly and prominently discloses that the fund permits short-term trading of its securities and that such trading may result in additional costs for the fund. |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.
| VP DISTRIBUTORS, INC. | ||
|
/s/ Michael A. Angerthal |
||
| By: | Michael A. Angerthal | |
| Title: | Senior Vice President | |
| PHOENIX LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY: | ||
|
/s/ Kathleen A. McGah |
||
| By: | Kathleen A. McGah | |
| Title: | Vice President | |
| PHL VARIABLE INSURANCE COMPANY: | ||
|
/s/ Kathleen A. McGah |
||
| By: | Kathleen A. McGah | |
| Title: | Vice President | |
| PHOENIX LIFE AND ANNUITY COMPANY: | ||
|
/s/ Kathleen A. McGah |
||
| By: | Kathleen A. McGah | |
| Title: | Vice President | |
| 1851 SECURITIES, INC. | ||
|
/s/ John H. Beers |
||
| By: | John H. Beers | |
| Title: | Vice President | |
VIRTUS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
(the Fund)
DISTRIBUTION PLAN PURSUANT TO RULE 12b-1
under the
INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
| 1. | Introduction |
The Fund, on behalf of its series listed in Appendix A, as may be amended from time to time (individually and collectively, the Series), and VP Distributors, Inc. (the Distributor), a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, have entered into a Distribution Agreement pursuant to which the Distributor acts as principal underwriter of each Series for sale to the permissible purchasers. The Trustees of the Fund have determined to adopt this Distribution Plan (the Plan), in accordance with the requirements of Rule 12b-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the Act) and have determined that there is a reasonable likelihood that the Plan will benefit the Fund and its shareholders.
| 2. | Rule 12b-1 Fees |
The Fund shall pay to the Distributor, at the end of each month, an amount on an annual basis equal to 0.25% of the average daily value of the net assets of any Series, as compensation for the Distributors services as distributor of the Fund in connection with any activities or expenses primarily intended to result in the sale of the shares of the Series. Expenses may include, but are not limited to, payment of compensation, including incentive compensation to securities dealers and financial institutions and organizations to obtain various distribution related and/or shareholder services for the purchasers of variable annuity or variable life insurance contracts (Variable Contracts) investing indirectly in shares of the Series; payment of compensation to and expenses of personnel of the Distributor who support the distribution of shares of the Series; expenses related to the cost of financing or providing such financing from the Distributors or an affiliates resources in connection with the Distributors payment of such distribution expenses and the payment of other direct distribution costs such as the cost of sales literature, advertising and prospectuses. Shareholder services include, but are not limited to, transmitting prospectuses, statements of additional information, shareholder reports, proxy statements and other materials to prospective purchasers of Variable Contracts investing indirectly in shares of the Series; providing educational materials; providing facilities to answer questions about the Series; receiving and answering correspondence; assisting prospective purchasers of Variable Contracts investing indirectly in shares of the Series in completing application forms and selecting account options; and providing such other information and services as the Distributor or Series may reasonable request.
| 3. | Reports |
At least quarterly in each year this Plan remains in effect, the Funds Principal Accounting Officer or Treasurer, or such other person authorized to direct the disposition of monies paid or payable by the Fund, shall prepare and furnish to the Trustees of the Fund for their review, and
1
the Trustees shall review, a written report complying with the requirements of Rule 12b-1 under the Act regarding the amounts expended under this Plan and the purposes for which such expenditures were made.
| 4. | Required Approval |
This plan shall not take effect until it, together with any related agreement, has been approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Funds Trustees as well as a vote of at least a majority of the Trustees of the Fund who are not interested persons (as defined in the Act) of the Fund and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of this Plan or in any related agreement (the Disinterested Trustees), cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on this Plan or any related agreement and this Plan.
| 5. | Term |
This Plan shall remain in effect for one year from the date of its adoption and may be continued thereafter if specifically approved at least annually by a vote of at least a majority of the Trustees of the Fund as well as a majority of the Disinterested Trustees. This Plan may be amended at any time, provided that (a) the Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount of the distribution expenses without the approval of at least a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the Act) of the Series and (b) all material amendments to this Plan must be approved by a majority vote of the Trustees of the Fund and of the Disinterested Trustees cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of such vote.
| 6. | Selection of Disinterested Trustees |
While this Plan is in effect, the selection and nomination of Trustees who are not interested persons (as defined in the Act) of the Fund shall be committed to the discretion of the Disinterested Trustees then in office.
| 7. | Related Agreements (excluding the Distribution and Administrative Services Agreement among Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc., VP Distributors, Inc., and Phoenix Life Insurance Company, PHL Variable Insurance Company, and Phoenix Life and Annuity Company) |
Any related agreement shall be in writing and shall provide that (a) such agreement shall be subject to termination without penalty with respect to any Series to which such agreement is applicable, by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the Act) of such Series, on not more than 60 days written notice to the other party to the agreement, and (b) such agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.
| 8. | Termination |
This Plan may be terminated at any time with respect to any Series by a vote of a majority of the Disinterested Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the Act) of such Series. In the event this Plan is terminated or otherwise discontinued with respect to any Series, no further payments will be made hereunder from such Series.
2
| 9. | Records |
The Fund shall preserve copies of this Plan and any related agreements and all reports made pursuant to Paragraph 3 hereof, and any other information, estimates, projections and other materials that serve as a basis therefor, considered by the Trustees of the Fund, for a period of not less than six years from the date of this Plan, the agreement or report, as the case may be, the first two years in an easily accessible place.
| 10. | Non-Recourse |
A copy of the Funds Declaration of Trust (the Declaration of Trust) is on file in the office of the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The Declaration of Trust refers to the Trustees collectively as Trustees, but not as individuals or personally, and no Trustee, shareholder, officer, employee or agent of the Fund may be held to any personal liability, nor may any resort be had to their private property for the satisfaction of any obligation or claim or otherwise in connection with the affairs of the Fund but the Fund property only shall be liable.
Adopted as of: October 29, 2010
3
APPENDIX A
Virtus Capital Growth Series (formerly Phoenix Capital Growth Series)
Virtus Growth & Income Series (formerly Phoenix Growth and Income Series)
Virtus Multi-Sector Fixed Income Series (formerly Phoenix Multi-Sector Fixed Income Series)
Virtus Small-Cap Growth Series (formerly Phoenix Small-Cap Growth Series)
Virtus Small-Cap Value Series (formerly Phoenix Small-Cap Value Series)
Virtus Strategic Allocation Series (formerly Phoenix Strategic Allocation Series)
Virtus International Series (formerly Phoenix-Aberdeen International Series)
Virtus Real Estate Securities Series (formerly Phoenix-Duff & Phelps Real Estate Securities Series)
4
CODE OF ETHICS
VIRTUS INVESTMENT ADVISERS, INC.
Amended and Restated 11/2008
This Code of Ethics applies to all Access Persons of Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc.
| 1. | Statement of Ethical Principles |
The Adviser holds its employees to a high standard of integrity and business practices. In serving their respective shareholders and clients, the Adviser strives to avoid conflicts of interest or the appearance of conflicts of interest in connection with the personal trading activities of its employees and the securities transactions in any managed account.
While affirming their confidence in the integrity and good faith of all of their employees, officers, trustees, and directors, the Adviser recognizes that the knowledge of present or future portfolio transactions or the power to influence portfolio transactions, if held by such individuals, could place them in a position where their personal interests might conflict with the interests of the managed account, if they were to trade in securities eligible for investment by the managed account.
In view of the foregoing and of the provisions of Sections 204-2 and 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, the Adviser has determined to adopt this Code of Ethics to specify and prohibit certain types of transactions deemed to create conflicts of interest (or at least the potential for or the appearance of such a conflict) and to establish reporting requirements and enforcement procedures. When Access Persons covered by the terms of this Code of Ethics engage in personal securities transactions, they must adhere to the following general principles as well as to the Codes specific provisions:
| (a) | At all times, the interests of the Adviser and the Advisers clients must be paramount; |
| (b) | Personal transactions must be conducted consistent with this Code of Ethics in a manner that avoids any actual or potential conflict of interest; and |
| (c) | No inappropriate advantage should be taken of any position of trust and responsibility. |
| (d) | Compliance with all applicable federal securities laws must be maintained, to include the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, and the Investment Company Act of 1940. |
| (e) | Access Persons are required to adhere to the standards of business conduct outlined in the The Phoenix Companies, Inc. Code of Conduct. |
| (f) | Access Persons of the Advisor are required to adhere to the Virtus Mutual Funds Code of Ethics. |
| 2. | Unlawful Actions |
It is unlawful for any Affiliated person, in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, by the person of a Security Held or to be Acquired by any client account:
| (a) | to employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud any client; |
| (b) | to make any untrue statement of a material fact to any client or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made to any client, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; |
| (c) | to engage in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on any client; or to engage in any manipulative practice with respect to any client; |
| (d) | to divulge or act upon any material, non-public information, as such term is defined under relevant securities laws. |
| 3. | Definitions |
| (a) | Access Person means any Director, officer, general partner, Portfolio Manager or Advisory Person of the adviser. An Access person is any supervised person who has access to nonpublic information regarding purchase or sales in managed accounts, or portfolio holdings of a managed account. The Compliance Department shall maintain a list of the Advisers Access Persons. |
| (b) | Adviser means Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc. |
| (c) | Advisory Person means |
| (i) | any employee of the Adviser or of any company in a control relationship to the Adviser, who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Adviser for a Client, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; and |
| (ii) | Any natural person in a control relationship to the Fund or investment adviser who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Fund with regard to the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by the Fund. |
| (iii) | Any Investment Personnel. |
2
| (d) | Beneficial ownership shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) in determining whether a person is the beneficial owner of a security for purposes of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act) and the rules and regulations thereunder. Generally, beneficial ownership means having or sharing, directly or indirectly through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or otherwise, a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in the security. For the purposes hereof, |
| (i) | Pecuniary interest means the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the security. |
| (ii) | Indirect pecuniary interest includes, but is not limited to: (a) securities held by members of the persons immediate family (this means any child, child-in-law, stepchild, grandchild, parent, parent-in-law, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, or sibling-in-law and includes adoptive relationships) sharing the same household (which ownership interest may be rebutted); (b) a general partners proportionate interest in portfolio securities held by a general or limited partnership; (c) a persons right to dividends that is separated or separable from the underlying securities (otherwise, a right to dividends alone will not constitute a pecuniary interest in securities); (d) a persons interest in securities held by a trust; (e) a persons right to acquire securities through the exercise or conversion of any derivative security, whether or not presently exercisable; and (f) a performance-related fee, other than an asset based fee, received by any broker, dealer, bank, insurance company, investment company, investment manager, trustee, or person or entity performing a similar function, with certain exceptions ( see Rule 16a-1(a)(2)). |
| (e) | Chief Compliance Officer refers to the person appointed by the Advisor pursuant to the provisions of Section 206(4)-7. |
| (f) | Client means each and every investment company, or series thereof, or other institutional account managed by the Adviser, individually and collectively. |
| (g) | Compliance Officer may refer to the Advisers designated Compliance Officer or any person designated to perform the administrative functions of this Code. |
| (h) | Control shall have the same meaning as that set forth in Section 2(a)(9) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act). |
| (i) | Covered Security means all securities, including options, exchange traded funds and those issued by any reportable fund, except securities that are direct obligations of the Government of the United States, bankers acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and shares of traditional, unaffiliated registered open-end investment companies. |
3
| (j) | Initial Public Offering means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. |
| (k) | Investment Personnel shall mean: |
| (i) | any employee of the Adviser (or of any company in a control relationship to the Adviser) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities; and |
| (ii) | any natural person who controls the Adviser and who obtains information concerning recommendations made regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Fund. Investment Personnel includes any Portfolio Manager or other investment person, such as an analyst or trader, who provides information and advice to a Portfolio Manager or assists in the execution of the investment decisions. |
| (l) | Limited Offering or Private Placement means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) thereof, or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505, or Rule 506 thereunder. |
| (m) | Managed Account shall mean those Clients accounts, individually and collectively, for which the Portfolio Manager makes buy and sell decisions. |
| (n) | Portfolio Manager means the person or portfolio management team entrusted to make or participate in the making of the buy and sell decisions for a Client. |
| (o) | Purchase or sale of a security includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a security or the purchase or sale of a security that is exchangeable for or convertible into a security. |
| (p) | Security shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act. |
| (q) | Reportable Fund includes those 1940 Act registered investment companies for which the Adviser or an affiliate acts as adviser or sub-adviser, or principal underwriter. |
4
| 4. | Exempted Transactions |
The preclearance prohibitions of Section 5 of this Code, shall not apply to:
| (a) | Purchases or sales effected in any account over which the Advisory Person has no direct or indirect influence or control in the reasonable estimation of the Advisers Compliance Officer. This exemption will also apply to personal brokerage accounts for which a third party (e.g. broker, financial advisor) makes all investment decisions on behalf of the Access Person. The discretionary arrangement must be documented to the Advisers Compliance Department. |
| (b) | Purchases or sales which are non-volitional on the part of either the Advisory Person or the managed account. |
| (c) | Purchases of shares necessary to establish an automatic dividend reinvestment plan or pursuant to an automatic dividend reinvestment plan, and subsequent sales of such securities. |
| (d) | Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired. |
| (e) | Purchase or sale of securities issued under an employee stock purchase or incentive program unless otherwise restricted. |
| 5. | Prohibited Activities |
| (a) | IPO Rule : No Access Person may directly or indirectly acquire beneficial ownership in any securities in an Initial Public Offering (including IPOs offered through the Internet), except with the prior written approval of the Advisers Compliance Officer. No FINRA registered person may participate in an IPO pursuant to NASD Rule 2790. |
| (b) | Limited Offering/Private Placement Rule : No Access Person may directly or indirectly acquire beneficial ownership in any securities in a Limited Offering or Private Placement except with the prior written approval of the Advisers Compliance Officer. |
| (i) | The Advisers Compliance Officer will make a record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to grant approval for transactions in IPOs and Limited Offerings, and will maintain these records for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval is granted. |
| (c) | Preclearance Rule : No Advisory Person may directly or indirectly acquire or dispose of beneficial ownership in a Covered Security unless such transaction has been precleared by the Advisers Compliance Officer. All option transactions must be precleared . Preclearance is required prior to executing any trade through any personal brokerage account, unless specially exempted under Section 4 above. Preclearance is valid through the business day next following the day preclearance is given. |
| (i) | The Advisers Compliance Officer will monitor investment activity by the Advisory Person involving the precleared transaction. |
5
| (ii) | Compliance reserves up to one business day to respond to any request for preclearance. |
Note : The Advisers Compliance Officer may deny approval of any transaction requiring preclearance under this Preclearance Rule, even if the transaction is nominally permitted under this Code of Ethics, if he or she reasonably believes that denying preclearance is necessary for the protection of a Managed Account. Any such denial may be appealed to the Advisers Chief Compliance Officer. The decision of the Chief Compliance Officer shall be final.
| (d) | Open Order Rule : No Advisory Person may directly or indirectly acquire or dispose of beneficial ownership in any Covered Security on a day during which a Managed Account has a pending buy or sell order for that security of the same type (i.e., buy or sell) as the proposed personal trade, until such order is executed or withdrawn. |
Exceptions : The following securities transactions are exempt from the Open Order Rule:
| 1. | Purchases or sales of up to 500 shares of an issuer ranked in the Standard & Poors 500 Composite Stock Index (S&P 500) at the time of purchase or sale The Advisers Compliance Officer shall make available an updated list of such issuers quarterly. |
| 2. | Purchases or sales approved by the Advisers Compliance Officer in his/her discretion. |
| (e) | Blackout Rule : No Investment Personnel may directly or indirectly acquire or dispose of beneficial ownership in a Covered Security within seven calendar days before and after a Managed Account trades in that Covered Security. |
Transactions permitted under the Blackout Rule must also satisfy the Open Order Rule and the Preclearance Rule, if and to the extent the transaction is not covered by exceptions to those rules.
Any profits realized by a Portfolio Manager on a personal trade in violation of Sections 5(d) and (e) must be disgorged at the request of the Fund.
6
| (f) | Ban on Short-term Trading. Advisory Persons must hold all reportable securities, including options, for a period of not less than sixty (60) days from date of acquisition. Options must be written for a minimum 60 day term. |
| (g) | Gifts . No Access Person shall accept any gift or other item (for the purpose of this Code gifts include but are not limited to cash, merchandise, gifts, prizes, travel expenses, meals and certain types of entertainment) of more than $100 in value per year from any person or entity that does business with or on behalf of the Advisor or the Fund. All gifts and entertainment received or given must be reported to the Advisors Compliance Department. |
| (h) | Service as Director . No Advisory Person shall serve on the board of directors of a publicly traded company without prior authorization by the President or the Compliance Officer of the Adviser. If board service is authorized, such Advisory Person shall have no role in making investment decisions with respect to the publicly traded company. |
| (i) | Market Timing Prohibited . No Portfolio Manager shall engage in excessive trading or market timing activities with respect to any mutual fund whether or not such mutual fund is a Managed Account, or is managed by such Adviser/Subadvisor or any affiliated adviser or subadviser. For the purposes of the foregoing, market timing shall be defined as a purchase and redemption, regardless of size, in and out of the same mutual fund within any sixty (60) day period. The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to Portfolio Managers investing in mutual funds through automatic reinvestment programs, and any other non-volitional investment vehicles. Portfolio Managers shall provide quarterly certifications as to their compliance with this restriction. |
| 6. | Reporting and Compliance Procedures |
| (a) | The Advisor shall provide a copy of the Code of Ethics, and any amendments thereto, to all Access Persons. |
| (b) | All Access Persons shall direct their brokers to supply, at the same time that they are sent to the Access Person, a copy of the confirmation for each personal securities trade and a copy of each periodic account statement to the Advisers Compliance Officer. |
| (c) |
Every Access Person shall report to the Advisers Compliance Officer the information described in Section 6(c) of this Code with respect to transactions in any Covered Security in which such Access Person has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the Covered Security, provided that an Access Person whose duplicate broker trade confirmations or account statements are received by the Advisers Compliance Officer, pursuant to Section 6(a) with respect to the time period required by |
7
|
Section 6(c), may reference that duplicate information in their quarterly report if all of the information required in Section 6(c) is contained in those confirmations and statements. |
| (d) | Every report required pursuant to Section 6(b) above shall be made not later than 15 days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction to which the report relates was effected, and shall contain the following information: |
| (i) | with respect to any transaction during the quarter in a Covered Security in which the Access Person had or acquired any direct or indirect beneficial ownership: |
| (A) | The date of the transaction, the title and number of shares of equity securities; or, the maturity date, principal amount and interest rate of debt securities, of each Covered Security involved; and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number; |
| (B) | The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale, or any other type of acquisition or disposition); |
| (C) | The price of the Covered Security at which the transaction was effected; and |
| (D) | The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected. |
| (ii) | with respect to any account established during the quarter in which Securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person: |
| (A) | The name of the broker, dealer, or bank with whom the Access Person established the account; and |
| (B) | The date the account was established. |
| (iii) | Access Persons are required to report transactions in any affiliated mutual fund for which they have any direct or indirect beneficial ownership; except as specifically exempted by Section 4 above. |
| (iv) | The date the report is submitted by the Access Person. |
| (e) |
No later than 10 days after becoming an Access Person, and annually thereafter on or before January 31 of each year, each Access Person (other than Disinterested Trustees) must submit to the Advisers Compliance Officer a report of his or her personal securities holdings (the Initial Holdings Report and the Annual Holdings Report, respectively), which must include the following information |
8
|
(the Applicable Date for the Initial Holdings Report is the date the person became an Access Person; the Applicable Date for the Annual Holdings Report must be a date no earlier than December 31 of the prior year): |
| (i) | The title, type and number of shares; and/or the maturity date, principal amount and interest rate of debt securities; and as applicable, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership as of the Applicable Date. |
| (ii) | The title, number of shares, and, as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number of any Reportable Fund holding in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership as of the Applicable Date. |
| (iii) | The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account in which securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person as of the Applicable Date. |
| (iv) | The date the report is submitted by the Access Person. |
| (f) | Each Access Person shall submit annually to the Advisers Compliance Officer a certification by the Access Person that he or she has received, read and understood the Code of Ethics, has complied with the Codes requirements, and has disclosed or reported all personal securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the Codes requirements. The certification will be submitted to the Compliance Officer by January 31 of each year. |
| (g) | Any report made under this Section 6 may contain a statement that the report shall not be construed as an admission by the person making such report that he or she has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security to which the report relates. |
| (h) | (i) | The Advisers Compliance Officer shall submit an annual report to the Directors of the Adviser that summarizes the current Code of Ethics procedures, identifies any violations requiring significant remedial action, and recommends appropriate changes to the Code, if any. |
| (ii) | The Advisers Compliance Officer shall submit to the managed funds Compliance Officer an annual written report that |
| (A) | Summarizes the current procedures under the Code of Ethics; |
| (B) | Describes any issues arising from the Code of Ethics or procedures since the last report, including, but not limited to, information about material violations of the Code or procedures and sanctions imposed in response to the material violations; and |
9
| (C) | Certifies that the Adviser, has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the Code. |
| (iii) | These reports will be available to the Chief Compliance Officer of the Funds. |
| (i) | Any Access Person shall immediately report any potential violation of this Code of which he or she becomes aware to the Advisers Compliance Officer. |
| (j) | An Access Person need not make reports under this Section 6 with respect to transactions effected for any account over which such person does not have any direct or indirect influence or control. |
| (k) | Each Advisers Compliance Officer will review all reports and other information submitted under this Section 6. This review will include such comparisons with trading records of managed accounts as are necessary or appropriate to determine whether there have been any violations of the Code. |
| (l) | Each Advisers Compliance Officer will maintain a list of all Access Persons who are required to make reports under the Code, and shall inform those Access Persons of their reporting obligations. Each Advisers Compliance Officer shall promptly notify any Access Person when any report has not been filed on a timely basis. |
| 7. | Sanctions |
Upon discovering a violation of this Code, the Directors of the Adviser may impose such sanctions as it deems appropriate, including inter alia, a letter of censure or suspension or termination of employment, or suspension of personal trading privileges for such period as it may deem appropriate. Provided further, the Advisers Compliance Officer shall review and present sanctions levied for non-compliance at each regularly scheduled Fund Board meeting. Recommended sanctions are attached as Schedule A.
| 8. | Exceptions |
The Advisers Compliance Officer, may grant written exceptions to provisions of the Code based on equitable considerations. The exceptions may be granted to individuals or classes of individuals with respect to particular transactions, classes of transactions or all transactions, and may apply to past as well as future transactions, provided , however , that no exception will be granted where the exceptions would result in a violation of Section 204-2. Exceptions granted will be reported to the Directors of the Advisor, as well as the Boards of any managed fund.
10
| 9. | Recordkeeping |
All Code of Ethics records will be maintained pursuant to the provisions of Rules 204A-1 and 17j-1.
| 10. | Other Codes of Ethics |
This Code of Ethics does not amend or supercede any other Code(s) of Ethics that may affect the duties and obligations of any person affected hereby.
11
CERTIFICATION:
By my signature below, I certify that I have received, read, and understood the foregoing policies of the Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc. Code of Ethics, and will comply in all respects with such policies.
|
|
|
|||
| Name | Date | |||
| Please print or type name: | ||||
12
|
Initial Holdings Report |
Q Report |
Q Report Affiliated MF Transactions |
Annual Report |
Pre-Clear |
||||
|
All Access Persons
|
All Access Persons
|
Investment Personnel
|
All Access Persons
|
Advisory Persons
|
||||
|
1 st violation written warning 2 nd violation within the same year - $50.00 fine payable to the Phoenix Foundation 3 rd violation within the same year suspension of trading privileges for 30 days |
1 st violation written warning 2 nd violation within the same year - $50.00 fine payable to the Phoenix Foundation 3 rd violation within the same year suspension of trading privileges for 30 days |
1 st violation written warning 2 nd violation within the same year - $50.00 fine payable to the Phoenix Foundation 3 rd violation within the same year suspension of trading privileges for 30 days |
1 st violation written warning |
1 st violation written warning 2 nd violation within the same year - $100 fine payable to the Phoenix Foundation and suspension of trading privileges for 30 days 3 rd violation within the same year suspension of trading privileges for 90 days |
||||
|
Pre-Clear IPOs &
Limited
|
Blackout |
60-Day Holding Requirement |
Market Timing Prohibition
|
Open Order Rule |
||||
|
Advisory Personnel
|
Investment Personnel
|
Advisory Personnel
|
Investment Personnel
|
Investment Personnel
|
||||
|
1 st violation Reported to Chief Legal Officer and President of Phoenix Investment Counsel for determination of appropriate sanctions. 2 nd violation possible grounds for termination |
1 st violation disgorgement of profits on the personal trade 2 nd violation Reported to Chief Legal Officer and President of Phoenix Investment Counsel for determination of appropriate sanctions. 3 rd violation possible grounds for termination |
1 st violation written warning 2 nd violation violation within the same year - $50.00 fine payable to the Phoenix Foundation 3 rd violation within the same year suspension of trading privileges for 60 days |
1 st violation possible grounds for termination at determination of Chief Legal Officer and President of Phoenix Investment Counsel |
1 st violation Reported to Chief Legal Officer and President of Phoenix Investment Counsel for determination of appropriate sanctions. 2 nd violation possible grounds for termination |
||||
| * | s/t NASD Prohibition Rule 2790 |
DUFF & PHELPS INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT CO.
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CODE OF ETHICS (amended December 2009)
| 1. | Standard of Business Conduct |
| A. | Statement of Ethical Principles |
The Adviser holds its employees to a high standard of integrity and business practices. In serving their respective shareholders and clients, the Adviser strives to avoid conflicts of interest or the appearance of conflicts of interest in connection with the personal trading activities of its employees and the securities transactions in any managed account.
While affirming their confidence in the integrity and good faith of all of their employees, officers, trustees, and directors, the Adviser recognizes that the knowledge of present or future portfolio transactions or the power to influence portfolio transactions, if held by such individuals, could place them in a position where their personal interests might conflict with the interests of the managed account, if they were to trade in securities eligible for investment by the managed account.
In view of the foregoing and of the provisions of Section 204-2 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (Advisers Act), as amended, the Adviser has determined to adopt this Code of Ethics (the Code) to specify and prohibit certain types of transactions deemed to create conflicts of interest (or at least the potential for or the appearance of such a conflict) and to establish reporting requirements and enforcement procedures. Because the Code cannot foresee all possible situations that may arise, the Adviser ultimately relies upon the integrity and judgment of its personnel. This Code presents a framework against which all Supervised Persons should seek to measure their conduct. When Supervised Persons covered by the terms of this Code engage in personal securities transactions, they must adhere to the following general principles as well as to the Codes specific provisions:
Supervised Persons covered by the terms of this Code must adhere to the following general principles as well as to the Codes specific provisions:
a) At all times, the interests of the Adviser and the Adviser Clients must be paramount;
b) Personal transactions must be conducted consistent with this Code in a manner that avoids any actual or potential conflict of interest;
c) No inappropriate advantage should be taken of any position of trust and responsibility;
d) Information concerning the identity of security holdings and financial circumstances of clients is confidential;
e) Ensure that the investment management and overall business of the firm complies with the policies of Duff & Phelps Investment Management Co., Virtus Investment Partners (Virtus) and applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and regulations; and
f) Supervised Persons are required to adhere to the standards of business conduct in the Virtus Code of Conduct.
| B. | Unlawful Actions |
a) to employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud any client;
b) to make any untrue statement of a material fact to any client or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made to any client, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;
c) to engage in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on any client; or to engage in any manipulative practice with respect to any client; and
d) to divulge or act upon any material, non-public information, as such term is defined under relevant securities laws.
| 2. | Definitions |
| A. | Supervised Persons means any directors, officers, and partners of the Adviser (or other persons occupying a similar status or performing similar functions); employees of the Adviser; and any other person who provides advice on behalf of the Adviser and is subject to the Advisers supervision and control. |
| B. | Access Person means any director, officer, general partners and partners of the Adviser (or other persons occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), who has access to nonpublic information regarding any clients purchase or sale of securities, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any fund the Adviser or its control affiliates manage or is involved in making securities recommendations to clients, or has access to such recommendations that are non-public, or Advisory Person of the Adviser. The Compliance Department shall maintain a list of the Advisers Access Persons. |
2
| C. | Adviser means Duff & Phelps Investment Management Co. |
| D. | Advisory Person means (i) any employee of the Adviser or of any company in a control relationship to the Adviser, who, in connection with his regular functions or duties, makes, participates in or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of a security by the Adviser for a Client, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; and (ii) any natural person in a control relationship to the Adviser who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Client with regard to the purchase or sale of a security. This grouping customarily includes the Portfolio Manager and other investment personnel comprising an investment team, such as an analyst or trader, who provide information and advice that enter into the investment decision to buy or sell a security for a Client. |
| E. | Affiliated Officer means (i) any corporate officer or director of the Adviser who is not a resident at the Advisers business location: and (ii) is subject to the provisions of an affiliates (e.g. Virtus Investment Advisers, Inc. or the Virtus Funds) code of ethics for personal trading, in which case Virtus Corporate Compliance would have responsibility for administration of all aspects of their code with respect to those individuals. Virtus Corporate Compliance will provide affirmation that these individuals are in compliance with their Code. |
| F. | A security is being considered for purchase or sale when a recommendation to purchase or sell a security has been made and communicated and, with respect to the Advisory Person making the recommendation, when such person seriously considers making such a recommendation. |
| G. | Beneficial Ownership shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act) in determining whether a person is the beneficial owner of a security for purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and includes ownership by any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in a security. For purposes hereof, |
| (i) | Pecuniary interest means the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the security. |
3
| (ii) | Indirect pecuniary interest includes, but is not limited to: (a) securities held by Immediate Family Members sharing the same household; (b) a general partners proportionate interest in portfolio securities held by a general or limited partnership; (c) a persons right to dividends that is separated or separable from the underlying securities (otherwise, a right to dividends alone will not constitute a pecuniary interest in securities); (d) a persons interest in securities held by a trust; (e) a persons right to acquire securities through the exercise or conversion of any derivative security, whether or not presently exercisable; and (f) a performance-related fee, other than an asset based fee, received by any broker, dealer, bank, insurance company, investment company, investment manager, trustee, or person or entity performing a similar function, with certain exceptions (see Rule 16a-1(a)(2)). |
An Access Person is presumed to have a beneficial interest in, and therefore an obligation to report, the securities that are held by his or her Immediate Family Members sharing the Access Persons household. Access Persons should note that Advisers policies and procedures with respect to personal securities transactions also apply to transactions by a spouse, domestic partner, child or other Immediate Family Member residing in the same household.
| H. | Chief Compliance Officer refers to the person appointed by the Adviser pursuant to the provisions of Section 206(4)-7 of the Advisers Act (hereinafter, the CCO) |
| I. | Client means each and every investment company, or series thereof, or other account managed by the Adviser, individually and collectively. |
| J. | Control shall have the same meaning as that set forth in Section 2(a) (9) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the IC Act), as amended. |
| K. | Immediate Family Member With respect to personal securities reporting requirements, terms such as Employee, Personal Brokerage Account, Supervised Person and Access Person are defined to include Access Persons spouse or domestic partner who share their household and any relative by blood, adoption or marriage living in the Access Persons household. This definition includes children (including financially dependent children away at school), stepchildren, grandchildren, parents, step-parents, grandparents, siblings and parents-children-or siblings-in-law. |
| L. | Initial Public Offering (hereinafter IPO) means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933 as amended, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. |
4
| M. | Managed Fund or Portfolio shall mean those Clients, individually and collectively, for whom the Portfolio Manager makes buy and sell decisions. |
| N. | Personal Brokerage Account refers to any account (including, without limitation, a custody account, safekeeping account and an account maintained by an entity that may act in a brokerage or a principal capacity) in which securities may be traded or custodied, and in which an Access Person has any Beneficial Ownership, and any such account of an Immediate Family Member living in their household (as defined in Section K. above). Sometimes an Access Person may hold non-reportable securities (such as unaffiliated open-end mutual funds) in a brokerage account. This type of account is considered a Personal Brokerage Account for reporting purposes and monthly statements must be forwarded to Compliance. |
| O. | Portfolio Manager means the person (or one of the persons) entrusted with the day-to-day management of the Clients portfolio. |
| P. | Private Placement or Limited Offering means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) thereof, or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505 or Rule 506 thereunder. |
| Q. | Purchase or sale of a reportable security includes, among other things, the writing of an option or the purchase or sale of a security that is exchangeable for or convertible into, a security that is held or to be acquired for a Client. |
| R. |
Reportable security shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the IC Act, as amended, and Rule 204A-1 of the Advisers Act as amended, and includes common stocks, preferred stocks, stock options (put, call and straddle), debt securities, privilege on any security or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof) and derivative instruments, ETFs, UIT ETFs, closed-end mutual funds, affiliated mutual funds and municipal securities. 529 Plans are legally considered municipal securities, which fall under the definition of reportable securities; however, it may be difficult to report transactions in these plans because the underlying investments are not transparent. If the underlying investments in the plan are identifiable, a determination should be made whether they meet the definition of reportable securities for reporting purposes. It shall not include transactions and holdings in direct obligations of Government of the United States; money market instruments; bankers acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and other |
5
|
high quality short-term debt instruments; shares of money market funds; transactions and holdings in shares of open-end mutual funds, unless the Adviser or a control affiliate acts as the investment adviser or principal underwriter for the fund; and transactions in units of a unit investment trust if the unit investment trust is invested exclusively in unaffiliated open-end mutual funds. Note: This exception extends only to open end funds registered in the U.S.; therefore, transactions and holdings in offshore funds ARE reportable . |
| 3. | Disclosure of Personal Brokerage Accounts |
All Access Persons must disclose their Personal Brokerage Accounts to the Compliance Department. It is each Access Persons responsibility to ensure that the Compliance Department is appropriately notified of all Personal Brokerage Accounts and to direct the broker to provide the Compliance Department with brokerage transaction confirmations and account statements (and verify that it has been done). Access Persons cannot assume that the broker-dealer will automatically arrange for this information to be set up and forwarded correctly.
| 4. | Exempted Transactions |
The pre-clearance prohibitions of Section 5 of this Code shall not apply to:
A. Purchases or sales of reportable securities effected in any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control in the reasonable estimation of the CCO. This exemption will apply to Personal Brokerage Accounts for which a third party (e.g. broker, financial advisor) makes all investment decisions on behalf of the Access Person and the Access Person does not discuss any specific transactions for the account with the third-party manager.
B. Purchases or sales of reportable securities (1) not eligible for purchase or sale by the Client; or (2) specified from time to time by the Directors, subject to such rules, if any, as the Directors shall specify.
C. Purchases or sales which are non-volitional on the part of either the Access Person or the Client.
D. Purchases of shares of reportable securities necessary to establish an automatic dividend reinvestment plan or pursuant to an automatic dividend reinvestment plan, and the subsequent sales of such reportable securities. Additional purchases and sales that are not automatic, however, are subject to the pre-clearance requirement.
6
E. Purchases of reportable securities effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired.
F. Purchases or sales of reportable securities issued under an employee stock purchase or incentive program unless otherwise restricted.
G. Transactions of reportable securities effected pursuant to an automatic investment plan.
| 5. | Prohibited Activities |
| A. | IPO Rule: No Access Person may directly or indirectly acquire beneficial ownership in any securities in an IPO, except with the prior written approval of the CCO. This rule also applies to IPOs offered through the Internet. |
| B. | Private Placement / Limited Offering Rule: No Access Person may directly or indirectly acquire beneficial ownership in any securities in a Private Placement or Limited Offering except with the prior written approval of the CCO. Any such approved purchase should be disclosed to the Client if that issuers securities are being considered for purchase or sale by the Client. |
| C. | Pre-Clearance Rule: No Access Person may purchase or sell a reportable security unless such purchase or sale has been pre-cleared by the Compliance Department. Pre-clearance is required prior to executing a trade through a Personal Brokerage Account or an internet brokerage account unless specifically exempted (or, in the case of a private placement or IPO, if approval to purchase is granted, the closing of the transaction). An order that is not executed within that time must be re-submitted for pre-clearance approval. Pre-clearance is also required for transactions in puts, calls, ETFs, UIT ETFs, closed-end funds, and other well-known stock indices (e.g. the S&P 500). Pre-clearance is valid through the next business day (3 p.m. cst) following pre-clearance approval. |
Exceptions: The following reportable securities transactions do not require pre-clearance:
| 1. |
Purchases or sales of up to 500 shares of reportable securities of issuers ranked in the Standard & Poors 500 Composite Stock Index (S&P 500) at the time of purchase or sale. The Virtus Compliance |
7
|
Department maintains this list and updates it after the end of each quarter. It can be found on the Virtus intranet website. A paper copy is available for review in the Advisers Compliance Department. |
| 2. | Purchase orders of reportable securities sent directly to the issuer via mail (other than in connection with a Private Placement or Limited Offering) or sales of such securities which are redeemed directly by the issuer via mail. |
| 3. | Transactions of reportable securities effected pursuant to an automatic investment plan. |
Note: The CCO or other designated compliance personnel may deny approval of any transaction requiring pre-clearance under this Pre-clearance Rule, even if nominally permitted under this Code, if it is believed that denying pre-clearance is necessary for the protection of the Client or the Adviser. Any such denial may be appealed to the Advisers Counsel. The decision of Counsel shall be final.
| D. | Open Order Rule: No Access Person may purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any reportable security in which they have, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership, when the Client has a pending buy or sell order for that security of the same type (i.e. buy or sell) as the proposed personal trade, until the Clients order is executed or withdrawn. |
Exceptions: The following reportable securities transactions are exempt from the Open Order Rule:
| 1. | Purchases or sales of up to 500 shares of reportable securities of issuers ranked in the Standard & Poors 500 Composite Stock Index (S&P 500) at the time of purchase or sale. |
| 2. | Purchases or sales of reportable securities approved by the CCO in his/her discretion. |
Any profits realized on a personal trade in violation of this Section 5D must be disgorged.
| E. | Blackout Rule: If a Portfolio Managers portfolio holds a reportable security that is the subject of a proposed personal trade by that Portfolio Manager, such personal trade may be permitted only as follows: |
| 1. | If the proposed personal trade is on the same side as the last portfolio transaction in that security, the personal trade cannot occur within two days of such portfolio transaction (i.e. neither at T nor T + 1 calendar day). |
8
| 2. | If the proposed personal trade is on the opposite side of the last portfolio transaction in that security, the personal trade cannot occur unless (a) it is more than two days after the portfolio transaction (i.e. T + 2 calendar days or later) and (b) the pre-clearance request, if required, for such personal transaction at the time of purchase or sale, is to the reasonable satisfaction of the Compliance Department, and an explanation of the reasons the portfolio is not effecting a similar transaction. |
| 3. | Portfolio Managers of Mutual Funds may not directly or indirectly acquire or dispose of beneficial ownership in a covered security within seven calendar days before and after the Fund portfolio trades in that security. The seven day period is exclusive of the day on which the trade is executed. |
Any profits realized by a Portfolio Manager on a personal trade in violation of this Section 5E must be disgorged.
| F. | Holding Period Rule: Access Persons must hold each reportable security, for a period of not less than sixty (60) days, whether or not the purchase of such reportable security was an exempt transaction under any other provision of Section 5. A FIFO accounting methodology will be applied for determining compliance with this holding rule. |
| G. | Access Persons may not give or receive gifts or payments that may be construed to have an influence on business transactions conducted by the Adviser. Gifts to or from Consultants or Clients must not exceed $100 per person per year. Gifts include any items of value, including items such as sports paraphernalia or equipment, wine or food baskets, gift certificates for shopping or to a restaurant or spa. Tickets to events are considered gifts if the associate does not attend the event. The $100 limit that applies to gifts does not apply to entertainment. Nonetheless, entertainments must be neither so frequent nor so extensive as to raise any question of propriety. The CCO or other designated personnel will ensure the maintenance of records of all gifts and payments of $100 or more per person and all entertainment are kept. ALL gifts and entertainment received or given must be reported to the Compliance Department. Effective with this Code, a ll Access Persons are required to submit a log on a quarterly basis. |
9
| H. | No Advisory Person shall serve on the board of directors of a publicly traded company without prior authorization from Counsel or the CCO. If board service is authorized, such Advisory Person shall have no role in making investment decisions with respect to the publicly traded company. |
| I. | No Portfolio Manager shall engage in excessive trading or market timing activities with respect to any mutual fund whether or not such mutual fund is managed by such Adviser/Sub-advisor or any affiliated adviser/sub-advisor. For the purposes of the foregoing, market timing shall be defined as a purchase and redemption, regardless of size, in and out of the same mutual fund within any sixty (60) day period. The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to Portfolio Managers investing in mutual funds through asset allocation programs, automatic reinvestment programs, and any other non-volitional investment vehicles. Portfolio Managers shall provide quarterly certifications as to their compliance with this restriction. |
| J. | No Supervised Person shall divulge or act upon any material, non-public information as such term is defined under relevant securities laws . |
| 6. | Reporting & Compliance Procedures |
| A. | All Access Persons shall direct their brokers to supply, at the same time that they are sent to the Access Person, a copy of the confirmation for each personal reportable securities trade in a Personal Brokerage Account and a copy, at least quarterly, of an account statement for each Personal Brokerage Account to the Compliance Department. Access to duplicate confirmations and account statements will be restricted to those persons who are assigned to perform review functions, and all such materials will be kept confidential except as otherwise required by law. |
| B. | Every Access Person shall report to the Adviser the information described in Section 6C of this Code with respect to transactions in any reportable security in which such Access Person has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the reportable security; provided, however, that an Access Person shall not be required to make a report with respect to transactions effected for any account over which such person does not have any direct or indirect influence. Additionally every Access Persons must include Virtus affiliated mutual fund transactions not included in any received brokerage statements, including Virtus-Fidelity 401(k) for which the Adviser does not require broker confirms or statements. Contributions made to an affiliated mutual fund or to Virtus stock in a Virtus-Fidelity 401(k) in the form of payroll deductions ARE considered transactions and are reportable on the Quarterly Report. |
10
| C. | Every transaction report required pursuant to Section 6B above shall be made not later than 15 days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction to which the report relates was effected, and shall contain the following information: |
(i) The date of the transaction, the title and number of shares of equity securities; or, the maturity date, principal amount and interest rate of debt securities, of each reportable security involved; and as applicable, the exchange ticker symbol or cusip number;
(ii) The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale, or any other type of acquisition or disposition);
(iii) The price of the reportable security at which the transaction was effected;
(iv) The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected; and
(v) The date of approval of the transaction and the person who approved it as required by Section 5B or C above.
| D. | Each Access Person shall submit an Initial Holdings and Annual Holdings report listing all personal reportable securities holdings to the Compliance Department upon the commencement of service and annually thereafter (the Initial Holdings Report and the Annual Holdings Report, respectively). The information on the Initial Holdings Report must be current as of a date not more than 45 days prior to the date the individual becomes an Access Person. An Initial Holdings Report must be submitted to Compliance no later than 10 days after becoming an Access Person. The Annual Holdings Report holdings information shall be as of December 31 and include a certification by the Access Person that he or she has read and understood the Code and has complied with the Codes requirements. The Annual Holdings Report and certification will be submitted to the Compliance Department by January 31. Annually, any Virtus affiliated mutual fund, open or closed must be disclosed including those held in the Access Persons Virtus-Fidelity 401(k) plan. If the Access Person does not own any Virtus funds in the Virtus-Fidelity 401(k) plan he/she does not need to disclose the open-end mutual fund holdings. |
11
Every Initial Holdings Report and Annual Holdings Report required pursuant to Section 6D above shall contain the following information:
(i) The title, type and number of shares; and/or the maturity date, principal amount and interest rate of debt securities; and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, number of shares, and principal amount of each reportable security in which the Access Person has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;
(ii) The name of any broker, dealer or bank with which the Access Person maintains an account in which any reportable securities are held for the Access Persons direct or indirect benefit;
(iii) The date the Access Person submits the report; and
(iv) For Annual Holdings Report only, a certification by the Supervised Person that he or she has read and understood the Code and has complied with the Codes requirements.
Exceptions to reporting requirements (Quarterly Transactions and Initial and Annual Holdings):
| (i) | Any report with respect to reportable securities held in accounts over which the Access Person had no direct or indirect influence or control; |
| (ii) | A transaction report with respect to reportable securities transactions effected pursuant to an automatic investment plan; |
| (iii) | A transaction report if the report would duplicate information contained in broker trade confirmations or account statements received no later than 30 days after the end of the applicable calendar quarter; |
| (iv) | Any person who is an Access Person by virtue of being a director of a Fund, but who is not an interested person (as defined in the IC Act) with respect to that Fund need not make an initial or annual holdings report under 6D; and |
| (v) |
Any person who is an Access Person by virtue of being a director of a Fund, but who is not an interested person (as defined in the IC Act) with respect to that Fund need not make a quarterly transaction report under 6C above unless such person, at the time of any transaction during the quarter, knew, or in the ordinary course of |
12
|
fulfilling his or her official duties as a director of the Fund should have known, that the security such person purchased or sold is or was purchased or sold by the Fund or was being considered for purchase or sale by the Fund. |
| E. | Any report made under this Section 6 may contain a statement that the report shall not be construed as an admission by the person making such report that he or she has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security to which the report relates. |
| F. | The CCO shall submit an annual report to the Advisers Fund Board of Directors that summarizes the current Code procedures, identifies any violations requiring significant remedial action, and recommends appropriate changes to the Code, if any. |
| G. | Any Supervised Person must promptly report possible violations of the Code to the CCO or his/her designee (including but not limited to potential conflicts of interest) when they suspect, in good faith, that a violation may have occurred or is reasonably likely to occur. In the event that a matter implicates the CCO or his/her designee, notice of a violation should be reported to the CCO of Virtus Investment Partners. Failure to do so is in itself a violation of this Code. No retaliation or retribution of any kind will be taken against any Supervised Person who, in good faith, reports a suspected violation of this Code. All information will be kept confidential, to the extent possible, under the circumstances. |
| H. | The Advisers Compliance Department will review all reports and other information submitted under Section 6. This review will include such comparisons with trading records of client accounts as are necessary or appropriate to determine whether there have been any violations of the Code. |
| I. | The Advisers Compliance Personnel will maintain a list of all Access Persons who are required to make reports under the Code, and shall inform those Access Persons of their reporting obligations. |
| J. | The Adviser shall provide a copy of the Code and any amendments thereto, to all Supervised Persons and shall obtain their written acknowledgement of receipt of such. |
13
| 7. | Recordkeeping Requirements |
The Adviser will maintain and cause to be maintained in an easily accessible place, the following records:
| (i) | A copy of any Code of Ethics for the organization that is in effect, or at any time within the past (5) years was in effect; |
| (ii) | A record of any violation or of any action taken as a result of the violation of any such Code that occurred during the current year and the past five (5) calendar years; |
| (iii) | A record of all written acknowledgments as required by Rule 204A-1 for each Supervised Person who is currently, or within the past (5) years was, a Supervised Person; |
| (iv) | A copy of each report made by an Access Person during the current year and the past five (5) calendar years as required by Rule 17j-1 and/or Rule 204A-1 and Section 6C and 6D of this Code, including any information provided in lieu of the reports under Section 6C and 6D above; |
| (v) | A list of all persons, currently or within the past five (5) years who are or were required to make reports pursuant to Rule 17j-1 and/or Rule 204A-1 and Section 6C and 6D above, or who were responsible for reviewing those reports, together with an appropriate description of their title or employment; |
| (vi) | A copy of each report made by the CCO pursuant to Section 6F above during the current year and the past five (5) calendar years; and |
| (vii) | A record of any decision made during the current year and the past five (5) calendar years by the CCO, and the reasons supporting each such decision, to grant prior approval pursuant to Section 5A and 5B above for acquisition by an Access Person of securities in an IPO or a private placement transaction. |
| 8. | Sanctions |
Upon discovering a violation of this Code, the Parent of the Adviser or if applicable the Funds Board of Directors, in addition to any remedial action already taken by the respective adviser or related entity, may impose such sanctions as it deems appropriate (see under separate cover the currently imposed sanctions), including, among other things, a letter of censure or suspension or termination of employment, or suspension of personal trading privileges for such period as it may deem appropriate.
| 9. | Exceptions |
The Advisers CCO may grant written exceptions to provisions of the Code based on equitable considerations. The exceptions may be granted to individuals or classes of individuals with respect to particular transactions, provided, however, that no exception will be granted where the exception would result in a violation of Section 204-2. Exceptions granted will be reported to the Directors of the Adviser, as well as the Boards of any managed Fund.
14
CODE OF ETHICS
GOODWIN CAPITAL ADVISERS, INC.
Amended and Restated 01/2009
This Code of Ethics applies to all Access Persons of Goodwin Capital Advisers, Inc.
| 1. | Statement of Ethical Principles |
The Adviser holds its employees to a high standard of integrity and business practices. In serving their respective shareholders and clients, the Adviser strives to avoid conflicts of interest or the appearance of conflicts of interest in connection with the personal trading activities of its employees and the securities transactions in any managed account.
While affirming their confidence in the integrity and good faith of all of their employees, officers, trustees, and directors, the Adviser recognizes that the knowledge of present or future portfolio transactions or the power to influence portfolio transactions, if held by such individuals, could place them in a position where their personal interests might conflict with the interests of the managed account, if they were to trade in securities eligible for investment by the managed account.
In view of the foregoing and of the provisions of Sections 204-2 and 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, the Adviser has determined to adopt this Code of Ethics to specify and prohibit certain types of transactions deemed to create conflicts of interest (or at least the potential for or the appearance of such a conflict) and to establish reporting requirements and enforcement procedures. When Access Persons covered by the terms of this Code of Ethics engage in personal securities transactions, they must adhere to the following general principles as well as to the Codes specific provisions:
| (a) | At all times, the interests of the Adviser and the Advisers clients must be paramount; |
| (b) | Personal transactions must be conducted consistent with this Code of Ethics in a manner that avoids any actual or potential conflict of interest; and |
| (c) | No inappropriate advantage should be taken of any position of trust and responsibility. |
| (d) | Compliance with all applicable federal securities laws must be maintained, to include the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, and the Investment Company Act of 1940. |
| (e) | Access Persons are required to adhere to the standards of business conduct outlined in The Phoenix Companies Code of Conduct. |
| (f) | Access Persons of the Advisor are required to adhere to The Phoenix Edge Series Fund (the Fund) Code of Ethics. |
| 2. | Unlawful Actions |
It is unlawful for any Affiliated person, in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, by the person of a Security Held or to be Acquired by any client account:
| (a) | to employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud any client; |
| (b) | to make any untrue statement of a material fact to any client or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made to any client, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; |
| (c) | to engage in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on any client; or to engage in any manipulative practice with respect to any client; |
| (d) | to divulge or act upon any material, non-public information, as such term is defined under relevant securities laws. |
| 3. | Definitions |
| (a) | Access Person means any Director, officer, general partner, Portfolio Manager or Advisory Person of the Adviser. An Access person is any supervised person who has access to nonpublic information regarding purchase or sales in managed accounts, or portfolio holdings of a managed account. The Compliance Department shall maintain a list of the Advisers Access Persons. |
| (b) | Adviser means Goodwin Capital Advisers, Inc. |
| (c) | Advisory Person means |
| (i) | any employee of the Adviser or of any company in a control relationship to the Adviser, who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Adviser for a Client, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; |
| (ii) | Any natural person in a control relationship to the Fund or investment adviser who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Fund with regard to the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by the Fund; and |
| (iii) | Any Investment Personnel. |
2
| (d) | Beneficial ownership shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) in determining whether a person is the beneficial owner of a security for purposes of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act) and the rules and regulations thereunder. Generally, beneficial ownership means having or sharing, directly or indirectly through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or otherwise, a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in the security. For the purposes hereof, |
| (i) | Pecuniary interest means the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the security. |
| (ii) | Indirect pecuniary interest includes, but is not limited to: (a) securities held by members of the persons immediate family (this means any child, child-in-law, stepchild, grandchild, parent, parent-in-law, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, or sibling-in-law and includes adoptive relationships) sharing the same household (which ownership interest may be rebutted); (b) a general partners proportionate interest in portfolio securities held by a general or limited partnership; (c) a persons right to dividends that is separated or separable from the underlying securities (otherwise, a right to dividends alone will not constitute a pecuniary interest in securities); (d) a persons interest in securities held by a trust; (e) a persons right to acquire securities through the exercise or conversion of any derivative security, whether or not presently exercisable; and (f) a performance-related fee, other than an asset based fee, received by any broker, dealer, bank, insurance company, investment company, investment manager, trustee, or person or entity performing a similar function, with certain exceptions ( see Rule 16a-1(a)(2)). |
| (e) | Chief Compliance Officer refers to the person appointed by the Advisor pursuant to the provisions of Section 206(4)-7. |
| (f) | Client means each and every investment company, or series thereof, or other account managed by the Adviser, individually and collectively. |
| (g) | Compliance Officer may refer to the Advisers designated Compliance Officer or any person designated to perform the administrative functions of this Code. |
| (h) | Control shall have the same meaning as that set forth in Section 2(a)(9) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act). |
| (i) | Covered Security means all securities, including options , exchange traded funds and those issued by any reportable fund, except securities that are direct obligations of the Government of the United States, bankers acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and shares of traditional, unaffiliated registered open-end investment companies. |
3
| (j) | Initial Public Offering (IPO) means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. |
| (k) | Investment Personnel shall mean: |
| (i) | any employee of the Adviser (or of any company in a control relationship to the Adviser) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities; and |
| (ii) | any natural person who controls the Adviser and who obtains information concerning recommendations made regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Fund. Investment Personnel includes any Portfolio Manager or other investment person, such as an analyst or trader, who provides information and advice to a Portfolio Manager or assists in the execution of the investment decisions. |
| (l) | Limited Offering or Private Placement means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) thereof, or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505, or Rule 506 thereunder. |
| (m) | Managed Account shall mean those Clients accounts, individually and collectively, for which the Portfolio Manager makes buy and sell decisions. |
| (n) | Portfolio Manager means the person or portfolio management team entrusted to make or participate in the making of the buy and sell decisions for a Client. |
| (o) | Purchase or sale of a security includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a security or the purchase or sale of a security that is exchangeable for or convertible into a security. |
| (p) | Security shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act. |
| (q) | Reportable Fund includes those 1940 Act registered investment companies for which the Adviser or an affiliate acts as adviser or sub-adviser, or principal underwriter. |
| 4. | Exempted Transactions |
The preclearance prohibitions of Section 5 of this Code, shall not apply to:
| (a) |
Purchases or sales effected in any account over which the Advisory Person has no direct or indirect influence or control in the reasonable estimation of the Advisers |
4
|
Compliance Officer. This exemption will also apply to personal brokerage accounts for which a third party (e.g. broker, financial advisor) makes all investment decisions on behalf of the Access Person. The discretionary arrangement must be documented to the Advisers Compliance Department. |
| (b) | Purchases or sales which are non-volitional on the part of either the Advisory Person or the managed account. |
| (c) | Purchases of shares necessary to establish an automatic dividend reinvestment plan or pursuant to an automatic dividend reinvestment plan, and subsequent sales of such securities. |
| (d) | Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired. |
| (e) | Purchase or sale of securities issued under an employee stock purchase or incentive program unless otherwise restricted. |
| 5. | Prohibited Activities |
| (a) | IPO Rule : No Access Person may directly or indirectly acquire beneficial ownership in any securities in an IPO (including IPOs offered through the Internet), except with the prior written approval of the Advisers Compliance Officer. No FINRA registered person may participate in an IPO pursuant to FINRA Rule 2790. |
| (b) | Limited Offering/Private Placement Rule : No Access Person may directly or indirectly acquire beneficial ownership in any securities in a Limited Offering or Private Placement except with the prior written approval of the Advisers Compliance Officer. |
| (i) | The Advisers Compliance Officer will make a record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to grant approval for transactions in IPOs and Limited Offerings, and will maintain these records for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval is granted. |
| (c) | Preclearance Rule : No Advisory Person may directly or indirectly acquire or dispose of beneficial ownership in a Covered Security unless such transaction has been precleared by the Advisers Compliance Officer. All option transactions must be precleared. Preclearance is required prior to executing any trade through any personal brokerage account, unless specially exempted under Section 4 above. Preclearance is valid through the business day next following the day preclearance is given. |
5
| (i) | The Advisers Compliance Officer will monitor investment activity by the Advisory Person involving the precleared transaction. |
| (ii) | Compliance reserves up to one business day to respond to any request for preclearance. |
Note : The Advisers Compliance Officer may deny approval of any transaction requiring preclearance under this Preclearance Rule, even if the transaction is nominally permitted under this Code of Ethics, if he or she reasonably believes that denying preclearance is necessary for the protection of a Managed Account. Any such denial may be appealed to the Advisers Chief Compliance Officer. The decision of the Chief Compliance Officer shall be final.
| (d) | Open Order Rule : No Advisory Person may directly or indirectly acquire or dispose of beneficial ownership in any Covered Security on a day during which a Managed Account has a pending buy or sell order for that security of the same type (i.e., buy or sell) as the proposed personal trade, until such order is executed or withdrawn. |
Exceptions : The following securities transactions are exempt from the Open Order Rule:
| 1. | Purchases or sales of up to 500 shares of an issuer ranked in the Standard & Poors 500 Composite Stock Index (S&P 500) at the time of purchase or sale The Advisers Compliance Officer shall make available an updated list of such issuers quarterly. |
| 2. | Purchases or sales approved by the Advisers Compliance Officer in his/her discretion. |
| (e) | Blackout Rule : No Investment Personnel may directly or indirectly acquire or dispose of beneficial ownership in a Covered Security within seven calendar days before and after a Managed Account trades in that Covered Security. |
Transactions permitted under the Blackout Rule must also satisfy the Open Order Rule and the Preclearance Rule, if and to the extent the transaction is not covered by exceptions to those rules.
Any profits realized by a Portfolio Manager on a personal trade in violation of Sections 5(d) and (e) must be disgorged at the request of the Fund.
| (f) | Ban on Short-term Trading. Advisory Persons must hold all reportable securities, including options, for a period of not less than sixty (60) days from date of acquisition. Options must be written for a minimum sixty (60) day term. |
6
| (g) | Gifts . No Access Person shall accept any gift or other item (for the purpose of this Code gifts include but are not limited to cash, merchandise, gifts, prizes, travel expenses, meals and certain types of entertainment) of more than $100 in value from any person or entity that does business with or on behalf of the Advisor or the Fund in any one year. All gifts and entertainment received or given must be reported to the Advisors Compliance Department. |
| (h) | Service as Director . No Advisory Person shall serve on the board of directors of a publicly traded company without prior authorization by the President or the Compliance Officer of the Adviser. If board service is authorized, such Advisory Person shall have no role in making investment decisions with respect to the publicly traded company. |
| (i) | Market Timing Prohibited . No Portfolio Manager shall engage in excessive trading or market timing activities with respect to any mutual fund whether or not such mutual fund is a Managed Account, or is managed by such Adviser/Subadvisor or any affiliated adviser or subadviser. For the purposes of the foregoing, market timing shall be defined as a purchase and redemption, regardless of size, in and out of the same mutual fund within any sixty (60) day period. The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to Portfolio Managers investing in mutual funds through automatic reinvestment programs, and any other non-volitional investment vehicles. Portfolio Managers shall provide quarterly certifications as to their compliance with this restriction. |
| 6. | Reporting and Compliance Procedures |
| (a) | The Advisor shall provide a copy of the Code of Ethics, and any amendments thereto, to all Access Persons. |
| (b) | All Access Persons shall direct their brokers to supply, at the same time that they are sent to the Access Person, a copy of the confirmation for each personal securities trade and a copy of each periodic account statement to the Advisers Compliance Officer. |
| (c) | Every Access Person shall report to the Advisers Compliance Officer the information described in Section 6(c) of this Code with respect to transactions in any Covered Security in which such Access Person has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the Covered Security, provided that an Access Person whose duplicate broker trade confirmations or account statements are received by the Advisers Compliance Officer, pursuant to Section 6(a) with respect to the time period required by Section 6(c), may reference that duplicate information in their quarterly report if all of the information required in Section 6(c) is contained in those confirmations and statements. |
7
| (d) | Every report required pursuant to Section 6(b) above shall be made not later than fifteen (15) days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction to which the report relates was effected, and shall contain the following information: |
| (i) | with respect to any transaction during the quarter in a Covered Security in which the Access Person had or acquired any direct or indirect beneficial ownership: |
| (A) | The date of the transaction, the title and number of shares; the maturity date, principal amount and interest rate of debt securities, of each Covered Security involved; as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number; |
| (B) | The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale, or any other type of acquisition or disposition); |
| (C) | The price of the Covered Security at which the transaction was effected; and |
| (D) | The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected. |
| (ii) | with respect to any account established during the quarter in which Securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person: |
| (A) | The name of the broker, dealer, or bank with whom the Access Person established the account; and |
| (B) | The date the account was established. |
| (iii) | Access Persons are required to report transactions in any affiliated mutual fund for which they have any direct or indirect beneficial ownership; except as specifically exempted by Section 4 above. |
| (iv) | The date the report is submitted by the Access Person. |
| (e) | No later than ten (10) days after becoming an Access Person, and annually thereafter on or before January 31 of each year, each Access Person (other than Disinterested Trustees) must submit to the Advisers Compliance Officer a report of his or her personal securities holdings (the Initial Holdings Report and the Annual Holdings Report, respectively), which must include the following information (the Applicable Date for the Initial Holdings Report is the date the person became an Access Person; the Applicable Date for the Annual Holdings Report must be a date no earlier than December 31 of the prior year): |
| (i) | The title, type and number of shares; and/or the maturity date, principal amount and interest rate of debt securities; and as applicable, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership as of the Applicable Date. |
8
| (ii) | The title, number of shares, and, as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number of any Reportable Fund holding in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership as of the Applicable Date. |
| (iii) | The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account in which securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person as of the Applicable Date. |
| (iv) | The date the report is submitted by the Access Person. |
| (f) | Each Access Person shall submit annually to the Advisers Compliance Officer a certification by the Access Person that he or she has received, read and understood the Code of Ethics, has complied with the Codes requirements, and has disclosed or reported all personal securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the Codes requirements. The certification will be submitted to the Compliance Officer by January 31 of each year. |
| (g) | Any report made under this Section 6 may contain a statement that the report shall not be construed as an admission by the person making such report that he or she has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security to which the report relates. |
| (h) | (i) |
The Advisers Compliance Officer shall submit an annual report to the Directors of the Adviser that summarizes the current Code of Ethics procedures, identifies any violations requiring significant remedial action, and recommends appropriate changes to the Code, if any. |
| (ii) | The Advisers Compliance Officer shall submit to the managed funds Compliance Officer an annual written report that |
| (A) | Summarizes the current procedures under the Code of Ethics; |
| (B) | Describes any issues arising from the Code of Ethics or procedures since the last report, including, but not limited to, information about material violations of the Code or procedures and sanctions imposed in response to the material violations; and |
| (C) | Certifies that the Adviser, has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the Code. |
9
| (iii) | These reports will be available to the Chief Compliance Officer of the Fund. |
| (i) | Any Access Person shall immediately report any potential violation of this Code of which he or she becomes aware to the Advisers Compliance Officer. |
| (j) | An Access Person need not make reports under this Section 6 with respect to transactions effected for any account over which such person does not have any direct or indirect influence or control. |
| (k) | Each Advisers Compliance Officer will review all reports and other information submitted under this Section 6. This review will include such comparisons with trading records of managed accounts as are necessary or appropriate to determine whether there have been any violations of the Code. |
| (l) | Each Advisers Compliance Officer will maintain a list of all Access Persons who are required to make reports under the Code, and shall inform those Access Persons of their reporting obligations. Each Advisers Compliance Officer shall promptly notify any Access Person when any report has not been filed on a timely basis. |
| 7. | Sanctions |
Upon discovering a violation of this Code, the Directors of the Adviser may impose such sanctions as it deems appropriate, including inter alia, a letter of censure or suspension or termination of employment, or suspension of personal trading privileges for such period as it may deem appropriate. Provided further, the Advisers Compliance Officer shall review and present sanctions levied for non-compliance at each regularly scheduled Fund Board meeting. Recommended sanctions are attached as Schedule A.
| 8. | Exceptions |
The Advisers Compliance Officer may grant written exceptions to provisions of the Code based on equitable considerations. The exceptions may be granted to individuals or classes of individuals with respect to particular transactions, classes of transactions or all transactions, and may apply to past as well as future transactions, provided , however , that no exception will be granted where the exceptions would result in a violation of Section 204-2. Exceptions granted will be reported to the Directors of the Advisor, as well as the Boards of any managed fund.
10
| 9. | Recordkeeping |
All Code of Ethics records will be maintained pursuant to the provisions of Rules 204A-1 and 17j-1.
| 10. | Other Codes of Ethics |
This Code of Ethics does not amend or supercede any other Code(s) of Ethics that may affect the duties and obligations of any person affected hereby.
11
CERTIFICATION:
By my signature below, I certify that I have received, read, and understood the foregoing policies of the Goodwin Capital Advisers, Inc. Code of Ethics, and will comply in all respects with such policies.
|
|
|
|||
| Name | Date |
| Please print or type name: _______________________________________________________ |
12
Schedule A
|
Initial Holdings Report |
Q Report |
Q Report Affiliated MF Transactions |
Annual Report |
Pre-Clear |
||||
|
All Access Persons |
All Access Persons | Investment Personnel | All Access Persons | Advisory Persons | ||||
|
1 st violation written warning 2 nd violation within the same year - $50.00 fine payable to the Phoenix Foundation 3 rd violation within the same year suspension of trading privileges for 30 days |
1 st violation written warning 2 nd violation within the same year - $50.00 fine payable to the Phoenix Foundation 3 rd violation within the same year suspension of trading privileges for 30 days |
1 st violation written warning 2 nd violation within the same year - $50.00 fine payable to the Phoenix Foundation 3 rd violation within the same year suspension of trading privileges for 30 days |
1 st violation written warning |
1 st violation written warning 2 nd violation within the same year - $100 fine payable to the Phoenix Foundation and suspension of trading privileges for 30 days 3 rd violation within the same year suspension of trading privileges for 90 days |
||||
|
Pre-Clear IPOs & Limited Offerings* |
Blackout |
60-Day Holding Requirement |
Market Timing Prohibition and Q Certificate |
Open Order Rule |
||||
|
Advisory Personnel |
Investment Personnel | Advisory Personnel | Investment Personnel | Investment Personnel | ||||
|
1 st violation Reported to Chief Legal Officer and President of Goodwin Capital Advisers for determination of appropriate sanctions. 2 nd violation possible grounds for termination |
1 st violation disgorgement of profits on the personal trade 2 nd violation Reported to Chief Legal Officer and President of Goodwin Capital Advisers for determination of appropriate sanctions. 3 rd violation possible grounds for termination |
1 st violation written warning 2 nd violation - violation within the same year - $50.00 fine payable to the Phoenix Foundation 3 rd violation within the same year suspension of trading privileges for 60 days |
1 st violation - possible grounds for termination at determination of Chief Legal Officer and President of Goodwin Capital Advisers |
1 st violation Reported to Chief Legal Officer and President of Goodwin Capital Advisers for determination of appropriate sanctions. 2 nd violation possible grounds for termination |
||||
| * | s/t FINRA Prohibition Rule 2790 |
KAYNE ANDERSON RUDNICK
CODE OF ETHICS 1
Introduction
This Code of Ethics is adopted to effectuate the purposes and objectives of Rule 204A-1 and Rule 204-2 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the Advisers Act), and Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the Company Act). Section 204A of the Advisers Act requires the establishment and enforcement of policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent the misuse of material, non-public information by investment advisers. Rule 204-2 imposes record keeping requirements with respect to personal securities transactions of certain persons employed by investment advisers. Rule 17j-1 also requires an adviser to an investment company adopt a written code of ethics containing provisions reasonably designed to prevent persons from violating established principles, and to prevent the violations of its code of ethics.
General Principles
The following general principles are understood to govern the personal investment activities of Kayne Anderson Rudnick Investment Management, LLC (KAR) personnel, KARs fiduciary duty to clients, and the obligation of KAR personnel to uphold that fundamental duty:
| |
The duty at all times to place the interests of clients first; |
| |
The requirement that all personal securities transactions be conducted in such a manner as to be consistent with the code of ethics and to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of an employees position of trust and responsibility; |
| |
The principle that investment adviser personnel should not take inappropriate advantage of their position; |
| |
The fiduciary principle that information concerning the identity of security holdings and financial circumstances of clients is confidential, and |
| |
The principle that independence in the investment decision making process is paramount. |
It is the mandate of KAR that the code is conscientiously followed and effectively enforced. The prime responsibility for following the code of ethics rests with each employee. While KAR oversees compliance with the code of ethics, a conscientious professional attitude on the part of each employee ensures that KAR fulfills the highest ethical standards.
All employees of KAR are considered Access Persons for purposes of this Code of Ethics.
Definitions
Supervised Person means: (i) directors, officers, and partners of the adviser (or other persons occupying a similar status or performing similar function); (ii) employees of the adviser; (iii) any
| 1 |
Adopted September 30, 1996. Revised October 27, 1997, January 1, 2000, August 1, 2000, December 1, 2000, February 1, 2002, November 14, 2002, June 30, 2003, September 18, 2003, November 12, 2003, and January 1, 2005, January 1, 2006. |
other person who provides advise on behalf of the adviser and is subject to the advisers supervision and control; (iv) or any other person designated by the chief compliance officer or the chief operating officer.
Access Person means any supervised person who: (i) has access to non-public information regarding any clients purchase or sale of securities, or non-public information regarding the portfolio holdings of any fund the adviser or its control affiliates manage; (ii) is involved in making securities recommendations to clients, or has access to such recommendations that are nonpublic.
Officers of KAR who, (i) are not employees, (ii) do not have any investment making decision responsibility at KAR, and (iii) are not members of the Management Committee, are not defined as Access Persons. Consequently, these individuals are not subject to personal securities reporting requirements.
Family Members for purposes of personal securities reporting requirements, employees determined to be a supervised person or an access person are defined to also include: (i) the employees immediate family (including any relative by blood or marriage living in the employees household, and domestic partners); (ii) any account in which the employee has a direct or indirect beneficial interest (such as a trust); (iii) any account in which the employee has trading discretion, but does not have a direct or indirect beneficial interest.
Beneficial Ownership shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be in determining whether a person is subject to the provisions of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations there under, with the exception that the a determination of direct or indirect beneficial ownership shall apply to all securities which an Access Person has or acquires.
Covered Securities means any stock, bond, future, options on securities, indexes, or currencies; shares of open-end mutual funds that are advised or sub-advised by KAR including affiliated mutual funds; all kinds of limited partnerships; foreign based unit trust and foreign based mutual funds; private investment funds, hedge funds, investment clubs, and any other instrument that is considered a security under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.
Excepted Securities means direct obligations of the U.S. government (e.g., treasury securities), bankers acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and high quality short-term debt obligations, including repurchase agreements; shares issued by money market funds; shares of open-end mutual funds that are not advised or sub-advised by KAR, and are not affiliated with KAR; shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more open-end funds, none of which are funds advised or sub-advised by KAR.
Federal Securities Laws means the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Investment company Act of 1940, Investment Advisers Act of 1940, Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, any rules adopted by the commission under any of theses statues, the Bank Secrecy Act as it applies to funds and investment advisers, and any rules adopted thereunder by the commission or the Department of the Treasury.
Material Non-public Information relates not only to issuers but also to KARs securities recommendations and client securities holdings and transactions.
Trading Program means the purchase or sale of a Security across the majority of existing Client Accounts managed in a particular investment style. A Trading Program does not include purchases or sales of Securities for new Client Accounts or as a result of additions to, or withdrawals from, one or more Client Accounts.
Standards of Business Conduct
Compliance with Laws and Regulations
KAR expects its employees to comply with all laws, rules, and regulations applicable to the KARs operations and business. Employees should seek guidance whenever they are in doubt as to the applicability of any law, rule or regulation regarding a contemplated course of action.
KAR employees are not permitted, in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, of a security held or to be acquired by a client:
| |
To defraud such client in any manner; |
| |
To mislead such client, including by making a statement that omits material facts; |
| |
To engage in any act, practice or course of conduct which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon such client; |
| |
To engage in any manipulative practice with respect to such client; or |
| |
To engage in any manipulative practice with respect to securities, including price manipulation. |
As a registered investment adviser, KAR is subject to regulation by the Securities and Exchange Commission, and compliance with federal, state, and local laws. KARs management insists on strict compliance with the spirit and the letter of these laws and regulations.
Conflicts of Interest
KAR has an affirmative duty of care, loyalty, honesty, and good faith to act in the best interests of its clients. Compliance with this duty can be achieved by avoiding conflicts of interest and by fully disclosing all material facts concerning any conflicts that do arise with respect to any client. KAR employees should try to avoid situations that have even the appearance of conflict or impropriety.
| |
Conflicts among Client Interest . Conflicts of interest may arise where the firm or its supervised persons have reason to favor the interests of one client over another client (e.g., larger accounts over smaller accounts, accounts compensated by performance fees over accounts not so compensated, accounts in which employees have made material personal investments, accounts of close friends or relatives of supervised persons). KAR specifically prohibits inappropriate favoritism of one client over another client that would constitute a breach of fiduciary duty. |
| |
Competing with Client Trades . KAR prohibits Access Persons from using knowledge about pending or currently considered securities transactions for clients to profit personally, directly or indirectly, as a result of such transactions including by purchasing or selling such securities. |
| |
Disclosure of Personal Interest. KAR prohibits investment personnel from recommending, implementing or considering any securities transaction for a client without having disclosed any material beneficial ownership, business or personal relationship, or other material interest in the issuer or its affiliates to the Chief Operating Officer or the Chief Compliance Officer. If the Chief Operating Officer or the Chief Compliance Officer deems the disclosed interest to present a material conflict, the investment personnel may not participate in any decision-making process regarding the securities of that issuer. If a research analyst has a material interest in an issuer, the KAR assigns a different analyst to cover the issuer. |
| |
Referrals/Brokerage. KAR employees are to act in the best interest of the firms clients regarding execution and other costs paid by clients for brokerage services. Employees should adhere to the firms policies and procedures regarding brokerage (including allocation, best execution, soft dollars, and directed brokerage). For further information, refer to the Best Execution, Trade Rotation and Allocation, and Soft Dollar policies in the KAR Regulatory Compliance Manual. |
Insider Trading
The Code of Ethics prohibits KAR employees from trading, either personally or on behalf of others, while in possession of material, non-public information. Employees are prohibited from communicating material non-public information to others in violation of the law. For further information, refer to the Insider Trading policy.
Personal Securities Transactions
Under this Code of Ethics, all Access Persons are:
| |
Prohibited from purchasing securities offered and sold as part of an initial public offering (IPO). |
| |
Required to pre-clear all purchases or sales of securities, unless exempt under the Pre-Clearance Exemption section of this policy. |
| |
Required to pre-clear all limited offerings (e.g., private placements, LLCs). Prior approval takes into account, among other factors, whether the investment opportunity should be reserved for clients, and whether the opportunity is being offered to an individual by virtue of his or her position with the adviser. |
| |
Required to pre-clear purchases and sales of mutual funds advised and sub-advised by KAR, including affiliated mutual funds. This includes the purchase or sale of KAR mutual funds in the KAR 401(k) plan that is outside of the normal monthly contribution purchases. |
| |
Required to hold purchases of mutual funds advised or sub-advised by KAR, including affiliated mutual funds for at least 60 days from date of purchase. Exceptions may be granted if approved by two members of the Investment Compliance Committee (ICC). |
| |
Required to hold securities purchased under the de minimis rule for 60 days. Exceptions may be granted if approved by two members of the Investment Compliance Committee. |
| |
Permitted to purchase or sell securities in KARs model portfolios or Focus Lists within the limitations discussed in the Personal Securities Transaction Procedure and Reporting section. |
Gifts and Entertainment
A conflict of interest occurs when the personal interests of employees interfere or could potentially interfere with their responsibilities to the firm and its clients. Supervised Persons should not accept inappropriate gifts, favors, entertainment, special accommodations, or other things of material value that could influence their decision-making or make them feel beholden to a person or firm. Supervised Persons should not offer gifts, favors, entertainment, or other things of value that could be viewed as overly generous or aimed at influencing decision-making or making a client feel beholden to the firm or the supervised person.
| |
Gifts . No Supervised Person may receive any gift, services, or other things of more than a $175.00 value per year from any person or entity that does business with or on behalf of KAR, without pre-approval by the Chief Compliance Officer or Chief Operating Officer. No Supervised Person may give or offer any gift of more than a $175.00 value per year to existing clients, prospective clients, or any entity that does business with or on behalf of the adviser without pre-approval by the Chief Compliance Officer or the Chief Operating Officer. Compliance will maintain a Gift Log of all gifts over $175 given or received from by any KAR employees, which are not broker/dealer related. The Gift Log will include: employee name, type of gift, dollar amount of gift, and sender of the gift. In addition, Compliance will maintain a Gift Log of all gifts over $100 given or received by any broker/dealer. The broker/dealer Gift Log will include: employee name, type of gift, dollar amount of gift, and broker who sent the gift. |
| |
Cash . No Supervised Person may give or accept cash gifts or cash equivalents to or from a client, prospective client, or any entity that does business with or on behalf of KAR without approval from the Chief Compliance Officer. |
| |
Entertainment . No Supervised Person may provide or accept extravagant or excessive entertainment to or from a client, prospective client, or any person or entity that does or seeks to do business with or on behalf of KAR. Supervised Persons may provide or accept a business entertainment event, such as dinner or a sporting event. |
Political and Charitable Contributions
Supervised Persons are prohibited from making political contributions for the purpose of obtaining or retaining advisory contracts with government entities. KAR prohibits its supervised persons from considering KARs current or anticipated business relationships as a factor in soliciting political or charitable donations.
Confidentiality
Information concerning the identity of security holdings and financial circumstances of clients is confidential.
| |
Firm Duties . KAR keeps all information about clients (including former clients) in strict confidence, including the clients identity (unless the client consents), the clients financial circumstances, the clients security holdings, and advice furnished to the client by KAR. |
| |
Supervised Persons Duties . KAR prohibits Supervised Persons from disclosing to persons outside the firm any material non-public information about any client, the securities investments made by KAR on behalf of a client, information about contemplated securities transactions, or information regarding KARs trading strategies, except as required to effectuate securities transactions on behalf of a client or for other legitimate business purposes. |
| |
Internal Walls . Supervised persons are prohibited from sharing information with persons employed by affiliated entities, except for legitimate business purposes. See Insider Trading Policy for more information. |
| |
Regulation S-P . Supervised persons comply with KARs Privacy Policy. See the Privacy Policy section for additional information. |
Service on a Board of Directors
Employees may, under certain circumstances, be granted permission to serve as directors, trustees or officers of outside organizations. These organizations can include public or private corporations, partnerships, charitable foundations and other not-for-profit institutions. Employees may also receive compensation for such activities. KAR employees are prohibited from engaging in such outside activities without approval from the Chief Operating Officer or Chief Compliance Officer. Approval is granted on a case by case basis, subject to proper resolution of potential conflicts of interest. Outside activities are approved only if any conflict of interest issues can be satisfactorily resolved and all appropriate disclosures are made on Form ADV, Part II.
Other Outside Activities
General . KAR discourages Supervised Persons from engaging in outside business or investment activities that may interfere with their duties at KAR. KAR employees should avoid involvement in the decision making process of investing in KAR products for any charitable organization of which they are a member of the board of directors. KAR employees should avoid selecting KAR products for any charitable organization of which they are a member of the investment committee.
Fiduciary Appointments . Supervised Persons should obtain the approval from either the Chief Operating Officer or the Chief Compliance Officer prior to accepting an executorship, trusteeship, or power of attorney, other than with respect to a family member.
Marketing and Promotional Activities . Supervised Persons are reminded that all oral and written statements, including those made to clients, prospective clients, their representatives, or the media, must be professional, accurate, balanced, and not misleading in any way. See the Marketing/Advertising policies for additional information.
Personal Securities Transaction Procedures and Reporting
Pre-Clearance Procedures.
Access Persons must obtain pre-clearance from the Chief Compliance Officer, or in his or her absence, from a member of the Investment Compliance Committee. Access Persons are required to have a duplicate confirmation or periodic brokerage statements concerning the transaction sent to the Chief Compliance Officer. The Chief Compliance Officer must obtain pre-clearance from a member of the Investment Compliance Committee. Pre-clearance forms include the name of the security, the quantity, number of shares, the share price, the signature of the authorizing individual, and the date and time.
All Access Persons are required to pre-clear purchases and sales of any individual security defined as a covered security, with the exception of securities defined in the Pre-Clearance Exemption section of this policy. Pre-cleared trades must be executed within 48 hours of approval. A longer pre-clearance may be granted only in cases involving certain illiquid securities.
All Access Persons may purchase or sell securities held in the Model Portfolio or Focus List subject to the following Rules:
| |
No Access Person may purchase or sell shares of a security that KAR is purchasing or selling for any Client Accounts pursuant to a Trading Program within five business days before or after the completion of the Trading Program. |
| |
No Access person may purchase or sell any Security that KAR is purchasing or selling for any Client Accounts other than as a result of a Trading Program, on any given day until all orders for such purchases or sales have been completed. |
| |
No Access Person may sell any Security until at least 60 days after it has been purchased. Exceptions may be granted if approved by two members of the Investment Compliance Committee. |
Given market and company fluctuations, the monitoring and enforcing of the five business days before the start of a trading program is not an exact science. If an access person purchases or sells a security (even if it was pre-cleared) within five business days before the start of a trading program, KAR reserves the right to break the trade at the Access Persons expense.
Securities purchased that are not in the Model Portfolio or Focus List do not need to be held for at least 60 days.
Shares of open-end mutual funds that are advised or sub-advised by KAR including affiliated mutual funds must be pre-cleared. All sales of the Phoenix-Kayne mutual funds in the KAR 401(k) plan require pre-clearance. All purchases of the Phoenix-Kayne mutual fund in the KAR 401(k) plan, outside of normal contributions, require pre-clearance. If an employee resets their forward asset allocation, no pre-clearance is required. If an employee rebalances their 401(k) plan which involves Phoenix-Kayne Mutual Funds, the employee must pre-clear these trades.
All Access Persons are required to pre-clear all limited offerings (e.g., private placements). Additional contributions or withdrawals to the same limited offering do not require subsequent pre-clearance. Prior approval takes into account, among other factors, whether the investment opportunity should be reserved for clients, and whether the opportunity is being offered to an individual by virtue of his or her position with the adviser.
Pre-Clearance Exemptions
Pre-clearance is not required for the following types of transactions, however they may be subject to quarterly reporting requirements:
| |
Purchases or sales over which an Access Person does not have direct or indirect influence or control; |
| |
Purchases or sales pursuant to an automatic investment plan; |
| |
Purchases effected upon exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuers, and sales of such rights so acquired; |
| |
Acquisition of securities through stock dividends, dividend reinvestments, stock splits, reverse stock splits, mergers, consolidations, spin-offs, and other similar corporate reorganizations or distributions generally applicable to all holders of the same class of securities; |
| |
Open end investment company shares other than shares of investment companies advised or sub-advised by KAR, including its affiliates; |
| |
Exchange traded funds that are based on a broad-based securities index (e.g., SPY, QQQ) (subject to quarterly reporting requirements) |
| |
De minimis transactions in large-cap securities (subject to quarterly reporting requirements). |
The de minimis rule includes securities in KARs Model Portfolios and Focus Lists provided that the securities meet the market capitalization requirements. Access Persons may purchase large-cap securities within the following parameters: no more than 500 shares in an issuer with a market capitalization of $5 billion or greater, in a one-month period. These purchases must be held for 60 days, and are subject to quarterly reporting requirements.
Access Persons may sell large-cap securities within the following parameters: no more than 500 shares in an issuer with a market capitalization of $5 billion or greater, in a one-month period. These sales are subject to quarterly reporting requirements.
The Chief Compliance Officer monitors de minimis trading for patterns of abuse. If a pattern of abuse is determined to have occurred, the Investment Compliance Committee reserves the right to suspend or cancel the ability of an Access Person to conduct de minimis transactions.
Reporting Requirements
Holdings Reports . All Access Persons are required to submit a report of all holdings in covered or reportable securities within 10 days of becoming an Access Person and thereafter of an annual basis to the Chief Compliance Officer. The holdings report must include: (i) the title and exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, type of security, number of shares, and principal amount (if applicable) of each reportable security in which the access person has any direct or
indirect beneficial ownership; (ii) the name of any broker, dealer, or bank with which the access person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the Access Persons direct or indirect benefit; and (iii) the date the report is submitted. The information supplied must be current as of a date no more than 45 days before the annual report is submitted. For new Access Persons, the information must be current as of a date not more than 45 days before the person became an Access Person. Annual Holdings Reports are to be submitted no later than 30 days from year-end.
Quarterly Reports . All Access Persons must submit transaction reports to the Chief Compliance Officer no later than 15 days after the end of each calendar quarter covering all transactions in covered/reportable securities during the quarter. The transaction reports include information about each transaction involving a reportable security in which the Access Person had, or as a result of the transaction acquired, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership. The reports must include: (i) the date of the transaction, the title and exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and the principal amount (if applicable) of each reportable security involved; (ii) the nature of the transaction (e.g., purchase, sale); (iii) the price of the security at which the transaction was effected; (iv) the name of the broker, dealer, or bank with or through which the transaction was effected; and (v) the date the report is submitted.
Quarterly Brokerage Account Reports . All Access Persons must disclose any new brokerage account opened during the quarter containing securities held for their direct or indirect benefit to the Chief Compliance Officer. The information on the account must include: (i) the name of the broker, dealer, or bank with whom the Access Person established the account; (ii) the date the account was established; and (iii) the date the report is submitted.
Confidentiality of Reports . Transaction and holding reports are maintained in confidence, except to the extent necessary to implement and enforce the provisions of the code or to comply with requests for information from government agencies.
Exempt Transactions . The following securities need not be reported on holding or transactions reports:
| |
Any report with respect to Securities held in accounts over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control; and |
| |
A transaction report with respect to transactions effected pursuant to an automatic investment plan. This includes dividend reinvestment plans. |
Duplicate Brokerage Confirmations and Statements
All Access Persons are required to direct their brokers to provide to the Chief Compliance Officer, on a timely basis, duplicate copies of confirmations of all personal securities transactions and copies of periodic statements for all securities accounts.
Monitoring of Personal Securities Transactions
KAR is required to review personal securities transactions and holdings reports periodically. The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for reviewing and monitoring personal securities transactions and trading patterns of its Access Persons. A member of the Investment Compliance Committee reviews and monitors the personal securities transactions and trading patterns of the Chief Compliance Officer. The review of personal securities holdings and transaction reports can include the following:
| |
An assessment of whether the Access Person followed required internal procedures, such as pre-clearance; |
| |
Comparison of personal trading to the Focus List and Model Portfolios; |
| |
Periodically analyzing the Access Persons trading for patterns that may indicate abuse, including market timing. |
Before making any determination that a non-compliant transaction may have been made by an Access Person, the Chief Compliance Officer gives such person an opportunity to supply additional explanatory information. If the Chief Compliance Officer determines that noncompliance with the Code of Ethics has or may have occurred; the issue along with supporting documentation will be brought to the attention of the Investment Compliance Committee for discussion and action.
The Chief Compliance Officer maintains a current list of all Access Persons, and takes steps to ensure that all reporting Access Persons have submitted statements in a timely manner.
Certification of Compliance
Initial Certification . KAR provides all Access Persons with a copy of the Code of Ethics at the time of employment. KAR requires all new employees designated as Access Persons to certify in writing that they have: (i) received a copy of the code; (ii) read and understand all provisions of the code; and (iii) agreed to comply with the terms of the code.
Acknowledgement of Amendments . KAR provides all Access Persons with any amendments to the code. KAR requires all Access Persons to certify in writing that they have received, read, and understood the amendments to the code.
Annual Certification . Annually, all Access Persons certify that they have read, understood, and complied with the code of ethics. The certification includes a representation that the Access Person has made all the reports required by the code and has not engaged in any prohibited conduct.
Recordkeeping
Effective with the January 7, 2005 implementation date of rule 204A-1, KAR maintains the following records in a readily accessible place:
| |
A copy of each code that has been in effect at any time during the past five years; |
| |
A record of any violation of the code and any action taken as a result of such violation for five years from the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurred; |
| |
A record of all written acknowledgments of receipt of the code and amendments for each person who is currently, or within the past five years was, an Access Person. These records are kept for five years after an individual ceases to be an Access Person of KAR; |
| |
Holdings and transaction reports made pursuant to the code; |
| |
A list of the names of persons who are currently, or within the past five years were, Access Persons; |
| |
A record of any decision and supporting reasons for approving acquisition of securities by Access Persons in limited offerings for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which approval was granted; |
| |
A record of any decisions that grant an Access Person a waiver from or exception to the code. |
Administration and Enforcement of the Code
Form ADV Disclosure . KAR includes a description of its Code of Ethics in Schedule F of Form ADV, Part II, and provides a copy of its code to any client or prospective client upon request.
Training and Education . The Chief Compliance Officer periodically conducts training regarding the Code of Ethics. All Access Persons are required to attend all training sessions or read all applicable materials.
Annual Review . The Chief Compliance Officer, in conjunction with the Investment Compliance Committee, at least annually reviews the adequacy of the code and the effectiveness of its implementation.
Reporting Violations. KAR requires all Access Persons to promptly report any apparent or suspected violations, in addition to actual or known violations of the Code of Ethics to the Chief Compliance Officer or a member of the Investment Compliance Committee. Reports are treated confidentially to the extent permitted by law, and investigated promptly and appropriately. Reports may be submitted anonymously.
Types of Reporting . Access Persons should report the following types of violations: non-compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations; fraud or illegal acts involving any aspect of the firms business; material misstatements in regulatory filings, internal books and records, client records, or reports; activity that is harmful to clients, including fund shareholders; and deviations from required controls and procedures that safeguard clients and the firm.
Retaliation . Retaliation against an individual who reports a violation is prohibited and constitutes a further violation of the code.
Sanctions
Any violation of the code by an Access Person can result in sanctions as deemed appropriate by the Investment Compliance Committee. Sanctions can include but are not limited to a letter of censure, monetary fines, temporary or permanent suspension of trading for any employee or related accounts, suspension, termination of employment, disgorging of any profits made, or any other sanction deemed appropriate by the Investment Compliance Committee.
Waivers to Policy
Upon written request to the Investment Compliance Committee, the ICC may waive any non-regulatory imposed constraint for sufficient business reasons. Waivers will be reflected in the minutes of the Investment Compliance Committee.
Please direct any questions concerning the Code of Ethics to the Chief Compliance Officer, or any member of the Investment Compliance Committee.
SCM Advisors LLC
Code of Ethics
Including
SCMs Policy on Personal Trading
(Amended and Restated as of June 1, 2007)
Things You Need to Know to Use This Code:
| 1. | Terms in boldface type have special meanings as used in this Code. To understand this Code, you need to read the definitions of these terms. The definitions can be found in Part III of this Code. |
| 2. | To understand what parts of this Code apply to you, you need to know whether you fall into one of these categories: |
| |
Access Person |
| |
Advisory Person |
If you are not an Advisory Person you are, by default, an Access Person . A current list of Advisory Persons can be found on the SCM Intranet. If you are not sure which category applies to you, ask the Chief Compliance Officer .
This Code has three (3) sections:
Part I Standards of Conduct
Part II Personal Trading
Part III Terms Defined
There are also three (3) Reporting Forms that Access Persons and Advisory Persons must complete pursuant to this Code. You can get copies of the Reporting Forms from the Chief Compliance Officer .
NOTE: If you are an Advisory Person , you are also an Access Person , so you must comply with both the Access Person provisions and the Advisory Person provisions.
| 3. | The Chief Compliance Officer has the authority to grant written waivers of the provisions of this Code in appropriate instances. However: |
| |
SCM expects that waivers will be granted only in rare instances, and |
| |
Some provisions of this Code that are mandated by SEC rule cannot be waived. |
|
SCM Advisors LLC |
1 | Private and Confidential |
SCM Advisors LLC
Part I - Standards of Conduct
| A. | General Principles - These Apply to All Personnel |
SCM is a fiduciary for its investment advisory and sub-advisory clients. Because of this fiduciary relationship, it is generally improper for SCM or its personnel to:
| |
Use for their own benefit (or the benefit of anyone other than the Advisory Client ) information about SCMs trading or recommendations for Advisory Client accounts; or |
| |
Take advantage of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available for SCMs Advisory Clients . |
Also, as a matter of business policy, SCM wants to avoid even the appearance that SCM, its personnel, or others receive any improper benefit from information about Advisory Client trading or accounts, or from our relationships with our Advisory Clients or with the brokerage community.
SCM expects all personnel to comply with the spirit of this Code, as well as the specific rules contained in this Code. SCM and this Code require all employees to comply with all applicable federal securities laws, including the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Bank Secrecy Act and Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and any rules adopted by any government agency under any of those statutes. In addition, all employees must report promptly to the Chief Compliance Officer any violations of this Code of which they become aware.
SCM treats violations of this Code (including violations of the spirit of this Code) very seriously. It is important for employees to avoid actions that, while they may not actually involve a conflict of interest or an abuse of an Advisory Clients trust, may have the appearance of impropriety. If you violate either the letter or the spirit of this Code, SCM might impose penalties or fines, require disgorgement of trading gains, or suspend or terminate your employment.
Improper trading activity can constitute a violation of this Code. But you can also violate this Code by failing to file required reports, or by making inaccurate or misleading reports or statements concerning trading activity or securities accounts. Your conduct can violate this Code, even if no Advisory Clients are harmed by your conduct.
If you have any doubt or uncertainty about what this Code requires or permits, you should ask the Chief Compliance Officer . Dont assume you know the answer.
|
SCM Advisors LLC |
2 | Private and Confidential |
SCM Advisors LLC
Part I - Standards of Conduct (continued)
| B. | General Anti-Fraud Prohibition - This Applies to All Personnel |
It is a violation of this Code of Ethics for any officer, director or employee of SCM, in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly:
| |
To employ any device, scheme, or artifice to defraud any Advisory Client of SCM; |
| |
To make any untrue statement of a material fact to any Advisory Client of SCM or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made to the Advisory Client , in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; |
| |
To engage in any act, practice, or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on any Advisory Client of SCM; |
| |
To engage in any manipulative practice with respect to any Advisory Client of SCM; |
| |
To engage in any transaction in securities on the basis of material, nonpublic information in violation of applicable law. |
| C. | Gifts to or from Brokers or Advisory Clients This Applies to All Personnel |
No personnel may accept or receive on their own behalf or on behalf of SCM any gift or other accommodations from a vendor, broker, securities salesman, Advisory Client , or prospective Advisory Client (a business contact) that might create a conflict of interest or interfere with the impartial discharge of the recipients responsibilities to SCM or its Advisory Clients or place the recipient or the Firm in a difficult or embarrassing position. This prohibition applies equally to gifts to members of the Family/Household of SCM personnel.
No personnel may give on his or her own behalf or on behalf of SCM any gift or other accommodation to a business contact that may be construed as an improper attempt to influence the recipient.
In no event should gifts to or from any one-business contact have a value that exceeds the annual limitation on the dollar value of gifts established by the NASD from time to time (currently $100).
These policies are not intended to prohibit normal business entertainment. For more information, please review the firms Policy Regarding Gifts or ask the Chief Compliance Officer .
|
SCM Advisors LLC |
3 | Private and Confidential |
SCM Advisors LLC
Part I - Standards of Conduct (continued)
| D. | Service on the Board or as an Officer of Another Company - This Applies to All Personnel |
To avoid conflicts of interest, inside information, and other compliance and business issues, SCM prohibits all its employees from serving as officers or members of the board of any other for-profit entity, except with the advance written approval of the Chief Operating Officer and Chief Compliance Officer of SCM. SCM can deny approval for any reason. This prohibition does not apply to service as an officer or board member of any parent or subsidiary of SCM. Any transactions for any Advisory Client account in securities of any company that any employee of SCM serves as an officer or board member must be pre-approved by the Chief Compliance Officer . Also, you must: (a) certify on a quarterly basis that neither you nor any member of your Family/Household has such a position with a public company, and (b) inform the Compliance Department immediately if you or any member of your Family/Household assumes such a position.
|
SCM Advisors LLC |
4 | Private and Confidential |
SCM Advisors LLC
Part II - Personal Trading
| A. | Reporting Requirements - These Apply to All Access Persons (including All Advisory Persons) |
NOTE: One of the most complicated parts of complying with this Code is understanding what holdings, transactions, and accounts you must report and what accounts are subject to trading restrictions. For example, accounts of certain members of your Family/Household are covered, as are certain categories of trust accounts, certain investment pools in which you might participate, and certain accounts that others may be managing for you. To be sure you understand what holdings, transactions, and accounts are covered, it is essential that you carefully review the definitions of Covered Security , Family/Household, and Beneficial Ownership in the Definitions section at the end of this Code. For your own protection and the protection of SCM, you should always err on the side of reporting if you have any question as to whether you are required to report.
ALSO: You must file the reports described below, even if you have no holdings, transactions, or accounts to list in the reports.
| 1. | Initial Holdings Reports. No later than 10 days after you become an Access Person , you must file with the Chief Compliance Officer a Holdings Report (See Attachment A- copies of all reporting forms are available from the Chief Compliance Officer and on the SCM Intranet). |
The report requires you to list all Covered Securities in which you (or members of your Family/Household ) have Beneficial Ownership . It also requires you to list all brokers, dealers, and banks where you maintained an account in which any securities (not just Covered Securities ) were held for the direct or indirect benefit of you or a member of your Family/Household on the date you became an Access Person . The report must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date you became an Access Person .
The report also requires you to confirm that you have read and understand this Code, that you understand that it applies to you and members of your Family/Household and that you understand that you are an Access Person and, if applicable, an Advisory Person under this Code.
|
SCM Advisors LLC |
5 | Private and Confidential |
SCM Advisors LLC
Part II - Personal Trading (continued)
| 2. | Quarterly Transaction Reports. No later than 15 days after the end of March, June, September, and December each year, you must complete and submit to the Chief Compliance Officer a Quarterly Transactions Report. This Report will be disseminated by the Compliance Department to all Access Persons via e-mail. |
The Report requires you to list all transactions (other than transactions effected pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan ) during the most recent calendar quarter in Covered Securities, in which transactions you (or a member of your Family/Household ) had Beneficial Ownership . The report also requires you to list all brokers, dealers, and banks where you or a member of your Family/Household established an account in which any securities (not just Covered Securities ) were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of you or a member of your Family/Household.
Every Quarterly Transactions Report shall contain the following information:
| |
The date of the transaction, the title, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), and the number of shares, and the principal amount of each security involved; |
| |
The nature of the transaction ( i.e. , purchase, sale, or any other type of acquisition or disposition); |
| |
The price at which the transaction was effected; |
| |
The name of the broker, dealer, or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected; and |
| |
The date when you submit the report. |
Copies of statements or confirmations containing the information specified above may be submitted in lieu of listing the transactions. Persons submitting statements (or causing statements to be submitted) will be deemed to have satisfied this reporting requirement, and need only sign off quarterly on having complied.
For periods in which no reportable transactions were effected, the Quarterly Transactions Report shall contain a representation that no transactions subject to the reporting requirements were effected during the relevant time period.
|
SCM Advisors LLC |
6 | Private and Confidential |
SCM Advisors LLC
Part II - Personal Trading (continued)
| 3. | Annual Holdings Reports. No later than January 30th of each year, you must file with the Chief Compliance Officer an Annual Holdings Report on Attachment A. The report must state the date on which you submit it. |
The Report requires you to list all Covered Securities , including shares of mutual funds, in which you (or a member of your Family/Household ) had Beneficial Ownership as of December 31 of the prior year. It also requires you to list all brokers, dealers, and banks where you or a member of your Family/Household maintained an account in which any securities (not just Covered Securities ) were held for the direct or indirect benefit of you or a member of your Family/Household on December 31 of the prior year.
The report also requires you to confirm that you have read and understand this Code and have complied with its requirements, that you understand that it applies to you and members of your Family/Household, and that you understand that you are an Access Person and, if applicable, an Advisory Person under this Code.
| 4. | Personal Accounts; Duplicate Confirmation Statements. All personal brokerage accounts of SCM personnel and/or any members of their Family/Household must be maintained at a brokerage approved by the Compliance Department (See Attachment D). Any exceptions to this policy must be approved by the Compliance Department. If you or any member of your Family/Household has, or intends to open, a securities account with any broker, dealer, or bank, including a broker on the approved list, you or your Family/Household member must (a) notify the Compliance Department and (b) direct that broker, dealer, or bank to send, directly to the Firms Chief Compliance Officer , contemporaneous duplicate copies of all transaction confirmation statements and all account statements relating to that account. |
| 5. | Exceptions to Reporting Requirements. An Access Person is not required to file reports under paragraphs A.1, A.2 or A.3 above with respect to accounts over which neither the Access Person nor any member of his or her Family/Household exercises any direct or indirect influence or control. |
|
SCM Advisors LLC |
7 | Private and Confidential |
SCM Advisors LLC
Part II - Personal Trading (continued)
| B. | Transaction Restrictions - These Apply to All Access Persons (including All Advisory Persons). |
| 1. | Pre-clearance. You and members of your Family/Household are prohibited from engaging in any transaction in a Covered Security (other than as excepted below) for any account in which you or a member of your Family/Household has any Beneficial Ownership , unless you obtain, in advance of the transaction, written pre-clearance for that transaction from the Chief Compliance Officer . All requests for pre-clearance must be submitted to the Chief Compliance Officer via e-mail using the SCM E-mail/Outlook Pre-clearance Form (See Attachment C). |
Once obtained, pre-clearance is valid only for the day on which it is granted . The Chief Compliance Officer may revoke a pre-clearance any time after it is granted and before you execute the transaction. The Chief Compliance Officer may deny or revoke pre-clearance for any reason. In no event will pre-clearance be granted for any Covered Security if, to the knowledge of the Chief Compliance Officer , the Firm has a buy or sell order pending for that same security or a closely related security (such as an option relating to that security, or a related convertible or exchangeable security) for any Advisory Client . Please note that obtaining pre-clearance for a transaction does not guarantee that the trade will not be later reversed should a subsequent trade in the same security be effected in any account.
|
SCM Advisors LLC |
8 | Private and Confidential |
SCM Advisors LLC
Part II - Personal Trading (continued)
The pre-clearance requirements DO NOT apply to the following categories of transactions:
| |
Transactions in shares of open-end mutual funds that are not registered investment companies advised or sub-advised by SCM. 1 Closed-end funds and Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs) require pre-clearance. |
| |
Transactions that occur by operation of law or under any other circumstance in which neither the Access Person nor any member of his or her Family/Household exercises any direct or indirect influence or control over the account in which the transaction occurred. |
| |
Purchases of Covered Securities pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan. |
| 2. | Initial Public Offerings and Private Placements. Neither you nor any member of your Family/Household may acquire any Beneficial Ownership in any Covered Security in: (a) an initial public offering, under any circumstances; or (b) a private placement ( including a private placement of interests in a hedge fund or other investment limited partnership), except with specific approval from SCMs Chief Operating Officer (in addition to normal pre-clearance from the Compliance Department). |
| 3. | Short-Term Trading. Neither you nor any member of your Family/Household may purchase and sell, or sell and purchase, shares of any Fund sub-advised by SCM within any period of 60 calendar days. If you or any member of your Family/Household purchase and sell, or sell and purchase, any other Covered Security (or any closely related security, such as an option or a related convertible or exchangeable security) within any period of 60 calendar days, then the Firm will require any profits from the transactions to be donated to a charity designated by the Firm. |
| 1 |
A list of mutual funds that SCM sub-advises can be found on the firms intranet site under Sub-Advised Clients. |
|
SCM Advisors LLC |
9 | Private and Confidential |
SCM Advisors LLC
Part II - Personal Trading (continued)
| C. | Blackout Periods - Applies to All Advisory Persons Only |
No Advisory Person (including any member of the Family/Household of such Advisory Person ) may purchase or sell any Covered Security within the seven calendar days immediately before or after a calendar day on which any Advisory Client account purchases or sells that Covered Security (or any closely related security, such as an option or a related convertible or exchangeable security). If any such transactions occur, SCM, at the sole discretion of the Chief Compliance Officer and the senior management of SCM, will generally require any profits from the transactions to be donated to a charity designated by the Firm. Program trades and Advisory Client account liquidations that occur in an Advisory Clients account during an Advisory Persons blackout period may not, at the sole discretion of the Chief Compliance Officer and senior management of SCM, require an Advisory Person to reverse his or her purchase or sell. Note that the total blackout period is 15 days (the day of the Advisory Client trade, plus seven days before and seven days after).
NOTE: It sometimes happens that an Advisory Person who is responsible for making investment recommendations or decisions for Advisory Client accounts (such as a portfolio manager or analyst) determineswithin the seven calendar days after the day he or she (or a member of his or her Family/Household ) has purchased or sold for his or her own account a Covered Security that was not, to the Advisory Person s knowledge, then under consideration for purchase by any Advisory Client accountthat it would be desirable for Advisory Client accounts as to which the Advisory Person is responsible for making investment recommendations or decisions to purchase or sell the same Covered Security (or a closely related security). In this situation, the Advisory Person MUST put the Advisory Clients interests first, and promptly make the investment recommendation or decision in the Advisory Clients interest, rather than delaying the recommendation or decision for Advisory Clients until after the seventh day following the day of the transaction for the Advisory Persons (or Family/Household members) own account to avoid conflict with the blackout provisions of this Code. Additionally, such Advisory Person shall submit a written report to the Chief Compliance Officer describing the circumstances of the purchase or sale of the Covered Security for his or her own account, and attesting that at the time of such purchase or sale, the Advisory Person did not have actual knowledge that the Covered Security was being considered for purchase or sale by any Advisory Client account. SCM recognizes that this situation may occur in entire good faith, and will not require disgorgement of profits in such instances if it appears, in the sole discretion of the Chief Compliance Officer and senior management of SCM, that the Advisory Person acted in good faith and in the best interests of SCMs Advisory Clients .
|
SCM Advisors LLC |
10 | Private and Confidential |
SCM Advisors LLC
Part III - Terms Defined
| A. | Definitions |
These terms have special meanings in this Code of Ethics:
| |
Access Person |
| |
Advisory Client |
| |
Advisory Person |
| |
Automatic Investment Plan |
| |
Beneficial Ownership |
| |
Chief Compliance Officer |
| |
Chief Operating Officer |
| |
Covered Security |
| |
Executive Committee |
| |
Family/Household |
The special meanings of these terms as used in this Code of Ethics are explained below. Some of these terms (such as beneficial ownership) are sometimes used in other contexts, not related to Codes of Ethics, where they have different meanings. For example, beneficial ownership has a different meaning in this Code of Ethics than it does in the SECs rules for proxy statement disclosure of corporate directors and officers stockholdings, or in determining whether an investor has to file 13D or 13G reports with the SEC.
IMPORTANT: If you have any doubt or question about whether an investment, account or person is covered by any of these definitions, ask the Chief Compliance Officer. Dont just assume you know the answer.
Access Person means: (A) any officer, director, general partner or employee of SCM who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, influences, or obtains information regarding, the purchase or sale of any securities (even if they are not Covered Securities ) for any Advisory Client account, or any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales (whether or not they are Covered Securities ).
Advisory Client means any Fund or managed portfolio that SCM Advisors LLC serves as Advisor or Sub-Advisor.
|
SCM Advisors LLC |
11 | Private and Confidential |
SCM Advisors LLC
Part III - Terms Defined (continued)
Advisory Person means any Access Person who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in or influences (A) the purchase or sale of any securities (even if they are not Covered Securities ) for any client account or (B) any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales. SCMs Executive Committee members are also Advisory Persons . A person who is an Access Person solely by virtue of the fact that that person obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of any securities or any recommendation with respect to such purchases or sales, but does not make, participate in, or influence such purchases, sales, or recommendations is not an Advisory Person .
Automatic Investment Plan means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An Automatic Investment Plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.
|
SCM Advisors LLC |
12 | Private and Confidential |
SCM Advisors LLC
Part III - Terms Defined (continued)
Beneficial Ownership means any opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in the profit from any transaction in securities. It also includes transactions over which you exercise investment discretion (other than for a client of SCM), even if you dont share in the profits.
Beneficial Ownership is a very broad concept. Some examples of Beneficial Ownership include:
| |
Securities held in a persons own name, or that are held for the persons benefit in nominee, custodial or street name accounts. |
| |
Securities owned by or for a partnership in which the person is a general partner (whether the ownership is under the name of that partner, another partner or the partnership or through a nominee, custodial or street name account). |
| |
Securities that are being managed for a persons benefit on a discretionary basis by an investment adviser, broker, bank, trust company, or other manager, unless the securities are held in a blind trust or similar arrangement under which the person is prohibited by contract from communicating with the manager of the account and the manager is prohibited from disclosing to the person what investments are held in the account. (Just putting securities into a discretionary account is not enough to remove them from a persons Beneficial Ownership . This is because, unless the account is a blind trust or similar arrangement, the owner of the account can still communicate with the manager about the account and potentially influence the managers investment decisions.) |
| |
Securities in a persons individual retirement account. |
| |
Securities in a persons account in a 401(k) or similar retirement plan, even if the person has chosen to give someone else investment discretion over the account. |
| |
Securities owned by a trust of which the person is either a trustee or a beneficiary . |
| |
Securities owned by a corporation, partnership, or other entity that the person controls (whether the ownership is under the name of that person, under the name of the entity or through a nominee, custodial or street name account). |
This is not a complete list of the forms of ownership that could constitute Beneficial Ownership for purposes of this Code. You should ask the Chief Compliance Officer if you have any questions or doubts at all about whether you or a member of your Family/Household would be considered to have Beneficial Ownership in any particular situation.
|
SCM Advisors LLC |
13 | Private and Confidential |
SCM Advisors LLC
Part III - Terms Defined (continued)
Chief Compliance Officer means the person designated to perform the functions of the Chief Compliance Officer . You can reach the Chief Compliance Officer by calling (415) 486-6500 (or by e-mail at compliance@scmadv.com ). For purposes of reviewing the Chief Compliance Officers own transactions and reports under this Code, the functions of the Chief Compliance Officer are performed by an alternate Compliance Officer of the firm.
Three alternate Compliance Officers have been designated for SCM: (1) Chief Operating Officer, (2) Chairman of the Executive Committee and (3) Director of Equity.
The Chief Compliance Officer will create a list of all Access Persons and update the list with reasonable frequency. The Chief Compliance Officer will circulate a copy of this Code and any amendments hereto to each Access Person , together with an acknowledgement of receipt, which shall be signed and returned to the Chief Compliance Officer by each Access Person promptly after he or she becomes an Access Person and at least once a year thereafter.
Chief Operating Officer means the person designated to perform the functions of the Chief Operating Officer . You can reach the Chief Operating Officer by calling (415) 486-6500 (or by e-mail at compliance@scmadv.com). The Chief Operating Officer will coordinate with the Chief Compliance Officer on certain compliance related matters such as personal trading, approval of Access Persons to participate in IPOs and private placements and approval of Access Persons to serve on a companys Board of Directors. The Chief Operating Officer or an alternate Compliance Officer will review the Chief Compliance Officers own transactions and reports under this Code.
|
SCM Advisors LLC |
14 | Private and Confidential |
SCM Advisors LLC
Part III - Terms Defined (continued)
Covered Security means anything that is considered a security under the Investment Company Act of 1940, including, but not limited to:
| |
Equities |
| |
Corporate Bonds |
| |
Municipal Bonds |
| |
Closed-End Mutual Funds |
| |
Open-End Mutual Funds of any Advisory Client |
| |
Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs) |
| |
SPDRs |
| |
QQQQs |
| |
Investments in limited partnerships |
| |
Options on equities, indexes and currencies |
| |
Investments in foreign mutual funds |
| |
Investments in investment clubs |
This list is not all-inclusive of every security defined as a Covered Security. If you are unsure whether you need to pre-clear a particular transaction, contact the Compliance Department for assistance.
For the purposes of this Code, the following securities are exempt from the definition of Covered Security and as such, do not need to be pre-cleared with the Compliance Department:
| |
Direct obligations of the US Government |
| |
Money market mutual funds. |
| |
Open end mutual funds that are not Advisory Clients. |
If you have any question or doubt about whether an investment is considered a security or a Covered Security under this Code, ask the Chief Compliance Officer .
|
SCM Advisors LLC |
15 | Private and Confidential |
SCM Advisors LLC
Part III - Terms Defined (continued)
Executive Committee shall mean the following persons, individually and collectively: Albert Gutierrez, Doug S. Couden, Sam Austin, Diane M. Spirandelli and Steve Go.
Family/Household means:
| |
Your spouse or domestic partner (unless they do not live in the same household as you and you do not contribute in any way to their support). |
| |
Your children, if they: (A) are under the age of 18 or (B) live in the same household as you or (C) receive any support from you. |
| |
Any of these people who live in your household: your stepchildren, grandchildren, parents, stepparents, grandparents, brothers, sisters, parents-in-law, sons-in-law, daughters-in-law, brothers-in-law and sisters-in-law, including adoptive relationships. |
Comment - There are a number of reasons why this Code covers transactions in which members of your Family/Household have Beneficial Ownership . First, the SEC regards any benefit to a person that you help support financially as indirectly benefiting you, because it could reduce the amount that you might otherwise contribute to that persons support. Second, members of your household could, in some circumstances, learn of information regarding the Firms trading or recommendations for client accounts, and must not be allowed to benefit from that information.
|
SCM Advisors LLC |
16 | Private and Confidential |
SCM Advisors LLC
ATTACHMENT A
HOLDINGS REPORT
For the Year/Period Ended:
(month/day/year)
Check here if this is an Initial Holdings Report ¨
The following is a complete list of accounts, which fall within the firms Code of Ethics and Policy on Personal Trading. The accounts listed shall include those of your family/household as defined in the firms Code of Ethics. Please attach copies of statements if more than one account.
Brokerage Account
Account Name(s): Acct #
Firm:
Accounts Managed by Outside Investment Advisors
Name/Address of Advisor
_____________________________________________________________________________
Name of
Account/Number
I have no discretion over the above account I may use discretion over the above account
Partnerships (limited or general)
Name of
Partnership
Limited/General Partner
_____________________________________________________________________________
% of your interest Can you make or influence investments by the partnership? Yes No
Securities Acquired by Private Placement
(Include description, details of acquisition and custodian OR attach copy of most recent statement)
Accounts Managed Outside of the Firm
Do you manage or participate in the management of accounts outside of the firm? Yes No If yes, provide complete details below or on a separate sheet of paper.
PLEASE COMPLETE THE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING
| I have no securities holdings | ||
|
|
I do not maintain trading accounts outside of the firm, other than those permissible under the firms Code of Ethics, listed above. | |
I understand the firm will be requesting copies of confirms and statements or other similar evidence of ownership, from the entities above.
|
Employees signature |
Date |
|
SCM Advisors LLC |
17 | Private and Confidential |
SCM Advisors LLC
ATTACHMENT B
CODE OF ETHICS
ANNUAL CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE
This Code of Ethics (the Code) has been adopted by SCM Advisors LLC, primarily for the purpose of providing rules and guidelines for employees with respect to their personal securities transactions. The firm is required to adopt a Code in accordance with Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940 and Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
I have read, understand and agree to comply with the Code of Ethics of SCM Advisors LLC.
|
Employee Signature
|
Dated
|
|||
|
Print Employee Name |
|
SCM Advisors LLC |
18 | Private and Confidential |
SCM Advisors LLC
ATTACHMENT C
PERSONAL TRADING REQUEST FOR PRE-CLEARANCE
[You are being provided a sample of this form if you wish to request a pre-clear manually; this form is available online through your Outlook mail program.]
PERSONAL & CONFIDENTIAL FAX:415-486-6724 QUESTIONS: 415-486-6726
From: Tel:
(print name)
In accordance with the Code of Ethics for SCM Advisors, I hereby:
|
____ |
request trade clearance for | No. of | ||||||
| stocks (common or preferred); bonds (coupon/maturity) | Shares | ___________ | ||||||
Purchase Sale [if sale, please indicate purchase date: ]
Check here if proposed Purchase is in an initial public offering
request trade clearance for private placement of
request authorization to serve on Board of public company
notify of brokerage account
| * | If this is checked, please sign if you have requested the firm to provide duplicate confirmations and statements to the Firms Compliance Officer. Signature: |
I am a: Portfolio Manager Advisory Person Access Person
I certify that:
| 1. | I have received and read the Code within the past year and believe that this transaction is consistent with the Codes policy of requiring detection, disclosure and prevention of conflicts of interest in personal trading activities. |
| 2. | If approved, I will execute the trade within the day of approval. Furthermore, I understand that this pre-clearance is only valid for this day and I will need to receive separate pre-clearance if I wish to effect a transaction in this security on another day. |
|
Signature: |
Date: | |
|
APPROVED: |
Date: | |
|
NOT APPROVED/REASON: |
Date: | |
|
SCM Advisors LLC |
19 | Private and Confidential |
SCM Advisors LLC
ATTACHMENT D
APPROVED BROKER LIST FOR EMPLOYEE PERSONAL ACCOUNTS
Employees and members of their Family or Household, as defined in the SCM Code of Ethics, may maintain brokerage accounts at any of the following list of approved brokers. Prior approval from the Compliance Department is required to open a brokerage account with any broker not listed below.
AG Edwards
Ameritrade
Banc of America
Bear Stearns
Charles Schwab
Citigroup
Conifer Securities
E*Trade
Fidelity
Friedman Billings Ramsey
Harris Direct
Oppenheimer
Options Express
Merrill Lynch
Morgan Stanley
Scottrade
Smith Barney
T. Rowe Price
TD Waterhouse
UBS
US Bancorp
Vanguard
Wachovia
Wells Fargo
|
SCM Advisors LLC |
20 | Private and Confidential |
SCM Advisors LLC
February 1, 2007
Sub-Advised Affiliated Mutual Funds
| Phoenix Opportunities Trust | ||
| 1sen4 | Phoenix Bond Fund | |
| 1sen1 | Phoenix Earnings Driven Growth Fund | |
| Phoenix Strategic Equity Series Fund | ||
| 1pdp4 | Phoenix Strategic Growth Fund | |
| Phoenix Series Fund | ||
| 1pdp10 | Phoenix High Yield Fund | |
| Phoenix Insight Funds Trust | ||
| 1pdp11 | Phoenix Insight High Yield Fund | |
| 1pdp12 | Phoenix Insight Bond Fund | |
| Sub-Advised Non-Affiliated Mutual Funds | ||
| 1dunham5 | Dunham Corporate/Govt Bond Fund | |
|
SCM Advisors LLC |
21 | Private and Confidential |
POWER OF ATTORNEY
I, the undersigned member of the Board of Trustees of the Virtus Variable Insurance Trust having a file number under the Securities Act of 1933 of 033-05033, hereby constitute and appoint George R. Aylward, Kevin J. Carr and Jennifer Fromm, or any of them, as my true and lawful attorneys and agents with full power to sign for me in the capacity indicated below, any or all registration statements on Form N-1A, amendments thereto, and such other filings as may be appropriate, with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 and/or the Investment Company Act of 1940 relating to said mutual fund, and hereby ratify and confirm my signature as it may be signed by said attorneys and agents.
I hereby declare that a photostatic, xerographic or other similar copy of this original instrument shall be as effective as the original.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this 1 day of December, 2010.
| Roger A. Gelfenbien, Trustee | Hassell H. McClellan, Trustee | |||
| /s/ Eunice S. Groark | ||||
| Eunice S. Groark, Trustee | Philip R. McLoughlin, Trustee | |||
| John R. Mallin, Trustee | ||||
All signatures need not appear on the same copy of this Power of Attorney.
POWER OF ATTORNEY
I, the undersigned member of the Board of Trustees of the Virtus Variable Insurance Trust having a file number under the Securities Act of 1933 of 033-05033, hereby constitute and appoint George R. Aylward, Kevin J. Carr and Jennifer Fromm, or any of them, as my true and lawful attorneys and agents with full power to sign for me in the capacity indicated below, any or all registration statements on Form N-1A, amendments thereto, and such other filings as may be appropriate, with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 and/or the Investment Company Act of 1940 relating to said mutual fund, and hereby ratify and confirm my signature as it may be signed by said attorneys and agents.
I hereby declare that a photostatic, xerographic or other similar copy of this original instrument shall be as effective as the original.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this 30 day of November, 2010.
| /s/ Hassell H. McClellan | ||||
| Roger A. Gelfenbien, Trustee | Hassell H. McClellan, Trustee | |||
| /s/ Philip R. McLoughlin | ||||
| Eunice S. Groark, Trustee | Philip R. McLoughlin, Trustee | |||
| John R. Mallin, Trustee | ||||
All signatures need not appear on the same copy of this Power of Attorney.